This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world’s books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
THE UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE.
ANNUAL
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ee ata Fan rte tere 2 » ’
NOVEMBER DBQEMEED, 1906, “tos MARCH: 1907. ”
PR ERPR IRIN NPR ERIN EN ORIN IS OR ERT ST RENIN OR LRON FR GEINI SINAN IRIN PR
fPAeclbourne: PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY, BY J. KEMP, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER,
1907.
»
<
— + awe
—_—
ooer? e e aoav® overs evoet : ee eeaee ° e . Foe ee eevee” PCs eee? oee° ‘ ee ? e ba . @ e,e re a eee? ie ec rocee ooer® oe? ee hg © ete eete® e _ eoos®? o*- Segue . *e 7 .° ° ®e : e wete hci eevee e eo oe” “Jo %e eee” * ° . e %-e wocee Cee oe & aa oe fe eeee? ®~e
CONTENTS.
[ES
ANNUAL EXAMINATIOK—
Greek. — Part I. — (Translation of Prepared Books) .
Latin. — Part I. — - (Translation of "Prepared Books) .
Greek. — Part II. — (Translation of "Prepared Books) .
Latin.— Part IL. — (Translation of. ‘Prepared Books) .
Greek. — Part I. — (Composition and Unseen Translation)
Latin, — Part I. — (Composition and Unseen Translation )
Greek. — Part II. — (Composition and Unseen Translation )
Latin. — Part II. — (Composition and Unseen Translation)
Greek. —Part IT. (Outlines of Greek ‘History, Lit: rature, and Antiquities)
Latin.—Part Il. (Outlines of Roman History, Literature, and Antiquities)
Comparative Philology.—Second Year
Comparative Philology.—Third Year ae
English.—Part I.—First Paper sé ves
English.—Part I.—Second Paper
English.—Part II.—First Paper se ae
English.—Part II.—Second Paper ... see
French.—Part I.—First Paper
French.—Part I.—Second Paper. — Prescribed Authors
French.—Part I.—Third Paper. —History of
the Literature and Language
French.—Part II.—First Paper es
French.—Part II —Second Paper. — Prescribed Authors ste
French.—Parts I. and II.—Third Paper sa
German,—Part I—First Paper.— Prescribed Authors es ie vase Ss
Page 1, 307 5, 311
10
-» 16, 316
21, 321
22, 322
lV
CONTENTS.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION—continued— Page German.—Part I.—Second Paper _... 67 German.—Part I.—Honours, and Part IT. —Pass
(First Paper).—(Composition and Unseen
Translation) ue ‘es 70 German.—Part II.—Second Paper a 74 German.—Part IT.—Third Paper [- 77 Ancient History _... oe 89, 341 History of the British Empire. —Part I. .. 80, 343 History of the British ia cae —Part IT. . 82, 344 Political Economy ... ... 83, 345 Pure Mathematics.—Part I. . ... 85, 346 Pure Mathematics.—Part IJ. . 87, 348 Mixed Mathematics.—Part I. 89, 350 Mixed Mathematics.—Part II. —Engineering
Course ... 93, 353 Mixed Mathematics. ‘_—Part U.—Arts.—First
Paper... es 95 Mixed Mathematics.—Part II.—Arts. —Second
Paper ... nee ies é 97 Deductive Logic . 99, 356 Inductive Logic _... .. 101, 358 Mental Philosophy.—Paper No. 1 103 Mental Philosophy.—Paper No. 2 . 104, 359 Moral Philosophy . 105, 360
Natural Philosophy.—Part I. — Arts & Education 106, 363 Natural Philosophy.—Part II.— Arts and Science 108, 366
Natural Philosophy.—Part II.—Engineering Course .. 110 Natural Philosophy. —Part II. —Engineering Course ... 112 Geology.—Part I . : 361 Geology.—Part If. —Mining Honours ; ; Science Pass ose wt ve 114 Biology.— Part I —Botany 116 Biology.—Part I.—Written Paper ... 362 Biology.— Part I.—Laboratory Work 363 Natural Science.—Physical Geo graphy . 117,415 —Natural Science.—Chemistry .. 118, 371 Natural Science.— Zoology 119 Natural Science.—Zoology.—Pass and Honour Paper Poe ba aes 120 Astronomy ' Si ois 121 ~Chemistry.—Part 1, oe see 368
CONTENTS. V ANNUAL ExsaMINATION—continued— Page —Chemistry.—Part II. sis or 369 —Chemistry.—Part ITI. i ae S65 123 —Organic Chemistry.— First Year - $70 Inorganic Chemistry —Third Year Science 124 Physiological Chemistry and Histology oea 125 —Technical Chemistry.—Third Year Science 126 Elementary Physics and Chemistry. vere Course ... tae 127 Jurisprudence (including Roman Law) .. 128, 372 Constitutional History and Law (Part I.) and Public International Law . ... 129, 374 Constitutional History and Law.— Part II ... 181, 376 Constitutional History and Law.—Part III. ... 183, 377 Private International Law ... ... 185, 381 Administrative Law ... 187, 379 Law of Property in Land and Conveyancing ... 189, 394 Law of Contracts and Personal Property ... 142, 383 The Law of Wrongs, Civil and Criminal ... 144, 387 The Law of Procedure <a ; -- 148, 384 Equity ge acs i ... 162, 391 Education.—Section ‘A. ee bas .»- 155, 839 Education.—Section B. 54 sie ... 157, 340 Machine Designing ius ‘ee 159 Applied Mechanics.—First Paper 397 Hydraulic Engineering.—First Paper 398 Hydraulic Engineering.—Second Paper 399 Mechanical Engineering.—Part I.—Second Paper . 400 Mechanical Engineering.—Part II.—First Paper 401 Mechanical Engineering. — Part II,— Second Paper ... see 402 Civil Engineering. —Part I, —First Paper 403. Civil Engineering —Part I.—Second Paper 404 Surveying.—Part I.—First Paper 406 Surveying-—Part I.—Second Paper ... 409 —Metallurgy.—Part I. Sa 413 Physiology.—First Year Massage Candidates ... 416 Physiology.—Third Year Medicine ... 417 Physiology and Histology.—Third Year Medicine 418 Anatomy.— First Paper 419 Anatomy.—Second Paper 420 Materia Medica and Pharmacy 42) Theory and Practice of Medicine 422 Forensic Medicine ... 423 Obstetrics and Gynecology .. ate 424
vi CONTENTS. ANNUAL EXAMINATION—continued—
General ree Lis and ees y.
Special Pathology . : tee
Surgery... sai aie
Harmony.—First Year Diploma $i 159,
Harmony. — First Year Mus, Bac. —Sccond Year Diploma
Harmony.—Second Year Mus. Bac.—Third Year Diploma 3
Harmony.—Third Year—Diploma
Harmony.—Mus, Bac.—Third Year ...
Counterpoint.—First Year Diploma
Counterpoint.—First Year Mus. Bac. —Second Year Diploma...
Counterpoint.—Second Year Mus. Bac. —Third Year Diploma _... ies
Counterpoint.—Third Year Mus. Bac,
Double Counterpoint, Canon and Fugue. - — Part I.—Third Year Diploma.—Third Year Mus. Bac. History, Literature, and Zisthetics of Music.— Third Year Mus. Bac. and Diploma in Music History, Literature, and Austhetics.—First Year: Mus. Bac.—Second Year Diploma .., oes Form and Analysis.— First Year Mus. Bac.— Second Year Diploma he
Form and Analysis.—Third Ycar Diploma.— Second Year Mus. Bac. _....
Instrumentation.—Third Year Diploma (Pass and Hon.)—Thbird Year Mus. Bac. (Pass)
Musical Terminology.—First Year Diploma
Musical Terminology.—First Year
Honour ExaMINaTION—
Greek.—Part I.—(Translation of Prepared Books) .
Latin.—Part I. —(Translation of Prepared Books)
Greek.—Part I1—(Translation of Prepared Books) .
Latin. —Part II. _(Translation of “Prepared Books) .. sie
Greek. —Part I. —( Unprepared Translation)
Latin.—Part I.—(Unprepared Translation)
Greek.—Part II.—(Unprepared Translation) ..,
. 163,
Page 425 426 427 428
430 166 432 167 169 170 171 172 173 176 178 179 181] 183
184 434
186 191
197
208 209 212 215
ww -—-- ---—~— +
CONTENTS. vil
Honour ExaMINaTION—continued— Page Latin.—Part II.—(Unprepared ern) . «=. 218 Greek.—Part L—(Composition) sf we = «221 Latin. — Part I. —(Composition) Sag .. 222 Greek.— Part II.—(Composition) Sea . 224 Latin Part I1.—(Composition) ee . 2.28 German.—Part I.—Second Paper ia we eee German.— Part I.—Third Paper ed .. 230 Ancient History.—Second Paper 234 History of the British Empire.— Part 1.—Seeondd
Paper ren 236 Pure Mathematics. —Part I —First Paper ... 287 Pure Mathematics.—Part I.—Second Paper .. =—-:289 Pure Mathematics.—Part I1.—First Paper .. 242 Pure Mathematics,—Part IIl.—Second Paper... 244 Mixed Mathematics.—Part I—Second Paper... 247 Mixed Mathematics. — Part IJ.—Arts and En-
gineering ... 251 Mixed Mathematics. — Part II. —Arts and En-
eering.—Second Paper ... sel 255 Deductive Logic.—Second Paper seh .. 258 Inductive Logic.—Second Paper .. 260 Biology.—Part I.—Medical Course. —Written ... 261 Biology.—Part I—Practical Examination ww. «= 262 Biology.—Part I.—Zoology.—Science Course ... 263 Natural Philosophy.—Part I.. 264
Natural Philosophy.— Part II.—Arts and Science 266 Natural Philosophy.—Part I. — papmeseme::
Course... sh . 268
~ Chemistry.—Part I. .... . 270 ~ Chemistry.—Part II. —Science and Engineering | 271 Jurisprudence (including Roman Law) .. ica 272 Constitutional History and Law.—Part Il. «6-278 Law of Property in Land and Conveyancing ... 275 Law of Contracts and Personal Property we «= 2.77 Physical Geography ... 279 Physiology and Histology. —Second Year Science 280 —Education.—Second Paper... 281 __ Metallurgy.—Part I—First Paper... .. 282 ~ Metallurgy.—Part I —Second Paper... - «=: 288 Geology —Part I. _... si .. 284 Applied Mechanics.—First Paper ea .. 286 Applied Mechanics.—Second Paper _... . 287
Mechanical Engineering.—Part I.— First Paper 288
vill CONTENTS.
Honour EXAMINATION—continued—
Mechanical kngineering. — Part Paper ce Surveying.—Part I. —Fi irst Paper Surveying.—Part L—Second Paper Surveying.—Part I].—First Paper Surveying.—Part II.—Seeond Paper Surveying. — Part III.—First Paper Surveying.—Part III.—Second Paper
I. — Second
vil Engineering.—Part I.—First Paper Civil Engineering.—Part I.—Second Paper
Fina Honour EXxaMInaTION IN ARTS AND SCLENCE—
School of Classical Philology.
Greek Translation _... see Latin Translation
Greek Composition
Latin Composition
Comparative Philology
Greek and Roman Literary Criticism Greek and Latin Literature
General Paper
Page
289 290 29] 296 297 298 300 302 303
435 439 443 445 446 448 451 452
School of History, including Constitutional and tes History,
and Political Economy.
Ancient History.—First Paper Ancient History.—Second Paper
History of the British Empire.—First Paper ‘ History of the British Empire.—Second eens soe
History sas
Political Economy. —First Paper Political Economy.—Second Paper Political Economy.—Degree of M.A.
School of Logic and Philosophy.
I.—Formal Logic II.—Inductive Logic... I1I.—Psychology IV.—Metaphysics__... V.—Moral Philosophy VI.—History of Philosophy
455 456 457 458 459 459 461 461
CONTENTS.
Finat Hon. Exam. 1x Arts anv SOLENCE—continued—
School of Modern Languages. English.—First Paper aes ever ae English.—Second Paper — see oes English.—Third Paper ais “is es Knglish.—Fourth Paper “iis ies a5 French.—First Paper se aie ves French.—Second Paper ee soe sie
French.—Third Paper eng coe French.—Fourth Paper a ba German, —First Paper
German.—Second Paper ee fe ~ German.—Third Paper “és ees vas - School of Natural Philosophy. General Physics and Heat ea iss ae Light and Sound bios (aa ee F Electricity and Magnetism ; Special Course sae School of Geology. Geology.—First Paper see és ies Geology.—Second Paper “as ses vr School of Chemistry. <2 dicey Paper ie wes ies Chemistry.—Second Paper _,,.. aes die Chemistry.—Third Paper e Frat Honour Examination 1nN Laws— Public International Law wae sith ive Private International Law ees
Constitutional History and Law.—Part I. ves
The Law of Wrongs and the Law of Procedure.— First Paper
The Law of Wrongs and the Law of Procedure.— —_ Second Paper Da
Equity
Law of Property i in Land and Conveyancing
The Law of Contracts and Personal Property...
Administrative Law ... seis aoe Fiwat Honour ExaMINaTION In MEDICINE—
Theory and Practice of Medicine sae see
Clinical Medicine. Casefor Commentary ...
Obstetrics.—-Case for Commentary vias ses
“x CONTENTS.
Frvat Honour Exam. 1x MEpictinE—contmued— Page Obstetrics. ... ies ve as: «. 5380 Forensic Medicine _ ... 530 General and Special Pathology, including Bae-
teriology ... .. 531 Gynscology.—Case for Commentary ne oe. «= 32 Gynecology .. eas ee w. 532 Surgery. —Case for Commentary’ ss ». 633 Surgery.—Honours... so GG .. 534
Finac Honour EXAMINATION IN ENGINEERING—
Hydraulic Engineering. — Part A.—First Paper ... 535 Hydraulic Engineering.—Part A —Second raver 539
Hydraulic Engineering.—Part B. see . 540 Thermo-dynamics and Electro-magnetism ¢- ... 541 Civil Engineering.—First Paper ee . 543 Civil Engineering.— Second Paper a .. 544 Mechanical.Engineering.—First Paper ... . «= 48 Mechanical Engineering. —Second Paper . 546 Applied Mechanics.—First Paper és w= 547 Applied Mechanics.—Second Paper _... 548
Mixed Mathematics (Engineering).—First Paper 549 Mixed Mathematics (Engineering).—Second Paper 550
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF M.C.E.—
Mining Engineering.—First Paper ei ve 052 Mining Engineering.—Second Paper... 553 Road and Bridge Construction and Maintenance.- — First Paper 554 Road and Bridge Construction and Maintenance — Second Paper . a » 655 Hydraulic Engineering. —Pert A. ine -- 6556 Surveying and Levelling.—First Paper... wo. 657 Surveying and Levelling.—Second Paper .. 559 SuPPLEMENTARY Pass EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE— Theory and.Practice.of Medicine _ ... . 562 Forensic Medicine _... nee .. 663 Special Pathology _... Ge eed oe §=— 56k Obstetrics and Gynecology... ws . 565 Surgery.—Pass 15 .. 566 Materia Medica and Pharmacy _ ae .. 567 Therapeuties, Dietetics, and Hygiene ... .. 568 Physiology and Histology wis ses 568
Anatomy... or ve ous .- 569
ANNUAL EXAMINATION,
NOVEMBER, 1906.
FOR THE
DEGREES OF B.A., B.Sc., LL.B., M.B., B.S., B.C.E., AND B.M.E, AND FOR THE DIPLOMAS OF EDUCATION, MUSIC, MINING, AND METALLURGY.
GREEK.—Parr I. (TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of' Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you think them called for— (u) pnter goBnOnc gidéa yap Hoe rakic wrepvywv Boaitc auidrAare rp0ce Ba TOvOE TAYOV, WaTpYyaC poytg maperrovea gpévac. parm vopopor O€ pe Exreupay avpac’ krurov yap ayw yaduGoc dujev Gvrpwy puyor, éx 8 Exrnké pov ray Ospepamy aide avOnv © axédidog byw TrEepwrg.
(2)
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
éyw yap ovK Ei dvarvy@, TOO elveKa
Bédoep’ av we wreElarowoe wnpovag TUyXELy.
ov ofr’, éved pe kal Kaocyvhrov ruyxat teipuva’” ArAavrog, b¢ xpoc Earépove Téruug éornxe Kiov’ ovparvoi re Kat Goro
Gpore épelowy, &yBoc ode ebayKxador.
IQ. 4 yap wor’ Eorey exrecciv dpyiic Ala ; ITP. ijdoe’ Gy, cipar, ravd’ idotea cuppopar. IQ. mac 0’ ob« &y, frig x Atdc raoyw Kaas ; IIP. we roivuy dyrwy rwvdé cor pabeiv mapa. IQ. mpoc¢ rov ripavva oxiixrpa cvdAnOhoerat; TIP. mpocg abro¢g avrov xevoppdvwy BovrAevpdrwy. IQ. roig rpéxy; onpnvor, ei ph ree BAGBGn. TIP. yapet yapor rowirov, » wor’ doxadg. Kakptva mpw@rog ef dveiparwy a xp?
trap yevéoBat, kAndovag rE dvaxpirouc éyvapio abroic’ évodioucg re cuudAove yappwrviywr re arijov ociwvev oxeOpic dedyen’, oirivéc re dektot guerv,
evwrvpous Te, Kal Olatray HyTiva
Exovo’ Exaoro, Kai mpoc AAAHAove TiveEc. ExOpac re kai orépynOpa Kal Evvedpiar’ orhayxvwy re NELOTHTA, Kal yporay riva Exovr’ ay etn daluoowy mpdc iOovhy.
2. (a) Give a terse account of the conditions under
which a drama was exhibited in the time of Aeschylus.
(b) What rational account can be given of the
myth of Prometheus ?
3. Explain the meaning of—avijpiBpov yéAaopa—rijy
avdnpopyropa alayv—'ApaBlac adpeov a&vBoc, ot ré\topa Kavxacov xédac vépovrat— Epwvec— knpotAaoroc bévatE—airAwv Matwwrixédc—ai xpoch- yopot spuec.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 3
And the grammar of—ei yap p’ io yijv heer, we ph Oedc éweynbec—elervoauny Bporove tov (or ro) pa tic “Addov podety—obx Eorev Srp peigova poipay veipaus’ 7} coi—rivoc aprdakiacg mowvac OAEKEL;
4, Translate, with notes, as above—
(a) GAN’ Et aoe elmev" co) Opacupaye, we NEvEtC 5 pi amoKpivwpat wy mpoetmec penser 5 wOrEpoy, ® Bavpacte, pnd & ToUTwY TL _Tuyxaver ov, adr erepov etre Te TOU GAnBovc 5 i} THC Nevers 5 3; rh ay aire elmec apo¢ ravra; Elev, t¢n* we On Spoor Touro éxelyg. Ovdév ye KwArve, yy 0 éyw’ cio oy Kal pj Eorey Bpotov, gaiverar d€ To epwrnBevre rowovroy, Hrréy Te avrov olet dmoxptvetoBau TO gacrdpevor EauTy, dy TE hpete drayopebwpey édyv Te BA 5 ; “AAO re ody, Edn, kal od otrw TOLHTELS 5 ; ov éyw ameizoy, rovTwy te atoxpevet; Ox ay Bavpdcarpe, hy o ey@, et poe oxePauéve otTw dk euev.
3 & A ‘ f bd A s U (6) aytprac b€ cat parrec ert mrovoiwy Ovpac idvreg wetOovorty we tart Tapa apior dvuvapic Ex Dewy ropilopévn Ouoiae re kai émyoaic, eire re adiknpa 4 ~ ~ b J Tov yéyovey airov i) mpoyorwy, axeioBar ped Hnéovey re xal Eopray, gay ré ra &xOpov mnpHvac e0érAy pera opKkpar Saraviiy, é dpoiwe dikatoy adixy Bréwbery éraywyaic rioly Kal karadéopote, Tous Geovc, bc pac, reiDovréc agioy Vanpereiv. Tovrote d€ ma&otv roicg Adyouc paprupac TowTac énayorrat, ot pev Kaktac wépe ebmereiac OuddvTEc, we . € ThY pév Kaxdérnra Kai idaddy garevy edéobac Le NT is , \ eg 4 >, 9 U Be cg pnidiwg’ dein pev Oddc, para oO éyyvOe vaiee ~ 7 9 ~ e ~ . 7 o Tig 0 aperiic iSpwra Oeot mporapoOey EOnxay Kal Tiva O00y pakpay Te Kat avayTi;* B2
4 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
5. Translate, with grammatical and explanatory notes where necessary :—
(a) Kedrgbece 8) Hydic xpooBeivac rp dcxaly 7} i we ro TPWTOV edéyopey, eyovrec Sixacov elvat Tov pev pidov el moteivy, Tov e éx por Kax@ic, vov POC TUUTY ade Aéyetv, 6 dre gorty dixacoy Tov pey gidov dyaboyv ovra ev roteiv, rov 8 éyOpov kaxoy dvra Brawrecy.
(6) gery 6€ rovro ruparvic, 7) ob Kara oppor raA)Orpra Kai hafpg cal Bia ddacpeirat, xai iepa kai Sova cal dca Kai dnpdora, GAAG EvdAdAHBSny, ov é~ Exdory péeper bray Tic dduchoas ph AaGn, Cnueovrai re kal dveion Exel Ta peytora *
(c) diAov yap Src ob rovro Néyet, Swep pre Eéyoper, TO TLvog TapakaraBepévou Te drpotv pn swdpdvwe amatrovyre amrodiddvat' Kairoe ye dpecdoperdy wou torev rovro, 6 mapaxurébero* 1) yap; Nat. 3 P) , o€ o’ e ~ c e , Arocoréoy 0€ ye ob0 Orworiovy Tore OTOTE TLC pH owhporwe amatroin.
6. What is the meaning of — cipwréveoOar, Eppacor, karareivac, eipuyc, teoe Adyot, npuovpyéc ? Dis- tinguish in meaning between — Oeivac vopouc, OécOar VOHOUE 5 ; edXEpiIS, ebrrering 3 oct, Xp, Mpoonh- Ket; ow wavy, ob Tavy Tt; 3 oléa rov &vOpwroy, 6 dvOpwrog yrapiuoc tatty Epoi.
?. Explain why a discussion on the nature of justice ormed the proem to Plato’s Ideal Common- wealth.
8. Outline the arguments by which Socrates, starting from Simonides’ definition of Justice, forces Polemarchus to admit that the just man is a thief.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 5
LATIN.—Parr I. (TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examwurers.
1, Translate, with concise notes in the margin where you think them necessary—
(a2) Sin autem ad pugnam exierint, nam saepe duobus Regibus incessit magno discordia motu, Continuoque animos vulgi et trepidantia bello Corda licet longe praesciscere : namque morantes Martius ille aeris rauci canor increpat, et vox Auditur fractos sonitus imitata tubarum ;
Tum trepidae inter se coeunt, pennisque coruscant, Spiculaque exacuunt rostris, aptantque lacertos, t circa regem atque ipsa ad praetoria densae Miscentar, magnisque vocant clamoribus hostem.
(b) Ac veluti lentis Cyclopes fulmina massis Cum properant, alii taurinis follibus auras Accipiunt redduntque, alii stridentia tingunt Aera lacu; gemit impositis incudibus Aitna ; Illi inter sese magna vi bracchia tollunt In numerum, versantque tenaci forcipe ferrum : Non aliter, si parva licet componere magnis,
: Cecropias innatus apes amor urget habendi,_ Munere quamque suo. Grandaevis oppida curae, Et munire favos, et daedala fingere tecta.
(c) Nam qua Pellaei gens fortunata Canopi Accolit effuso stagnantem flumine Nilum Et circum pictis vehitur sua rura phaselis ;
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Quaque pharetratae vicinia Persidis urget, Et viridem Aegyptum nigra fecundat harena Et diversa ruens septem discurrit in ora Usque coloratis amnis devexus ab Indis : Omnis in hac certam regio iacit arte salutem.
9. (a) Discuss the object of Vergil in writing the Georgics. Comment on any means which he adopts of making a didactic work “ poetical.”
(5) What are the chief errors which he commits in regard to bees ?
3. Explain—imbrex, insincerus cruor,invisa Minervae aranea, viva volare sideris in numerum, suspen- dunt ceras, Curetum sonitus, vellere signa, vestibulum.
4. State the grammar of—trunca pedum—neque enim plus septuma ducitur sestas—pabula venti ferre domum prohibent.
5. Translate, as hbove—
(a) virtus repulsae nescia sordidae intaminatis fulget honoribus nec sumit aut ponit secures arbitrio popularis aurae.
virtus recludens inmeritis mori caelum negata temptat iter via : coetusque volgares et udam ’ spernit humum fugiente penna.
(d) hic dies anno redeunte festus corticem adstrictum pice dimovebit amphorae fumum bibere institutae
consule Tullo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 7
(c) aurum per medios ire satellites et perrumpere amat saxa potentius ictu fulmineo: concidit auguris Argivi domus ob lucrum
demersa exitio; diffiidit urbium
portas vir Macedo et subruit aemulos
reges muneribus; munera navium saevos inlaqueant duces.
(d) campestres melius Scythae, quorum plaustra vagas rite trahunt domos, vivunt et rigidi Getae, inmetata quibus iugera liberas fruges et Cererem ferunt, nec cultura placet longior annua, defunctumque laboribus aequali recreat sorte vicarius.
6. Explain the epithets in—
Vester, Camenae, vester in arduos Tollor Sabinos, seu mihi frigidum Preeneste, seu Tibur supinum Seu figuidae placuere Baiae.
7. What is meant by “Epicurean” as applied to Horace ? Illustrate such principles from any- thing you may remember in the Odes.
8. Explain the grammar of—abstineto irarum— testudo resonare septem callida nervis—donec non alia magis arsisti.
9. Where were—Lipara, Algidus, Rhodope, Cantabri, Castalia, Galaesus ?
8 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
10. ‘Translate with notes—
(a) phalarica erat Saguntinis missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti praeterquam ad ex- tremum, unde ferrum exatabat; id, sicut in pilo, quadratum stuppa circumligabant linebantque pice; ferrum autem tres longum habebat pedes, ut cum armis.transfigere corpus posset. sed id maxime, etiam si baesisset m scuto nec pene- trasset in corpus, pavorem faciebat, quod, cum medium accensum mitteretur conceptumque ipso motu multo maiorem ignem ferret, arma omitti cogebat nudumque militem ad insequentes ictus praebebat.
(5) tum nemini visum id longum, cum ab occasu solis ad exortus intenderent iter; nunc, post- quam multo maiorem partem itineris emensam cernant, Pyrenaeum saltum inter ferocissimas gentes superatum, Rhodanum, tantum amnem, tot milibus Gallorum prohibentibus, domita etiam ipsius fluminis vi traiectum, in conspectu Alpes habeant, quarum alterum latus Italiae sit, in ipsis portis hostium fatigatos subsistere—quid Alpes aliud esse credentes quam montium altitu- dines ? fingerent altiores Pyrenaei iugis; nullas profecto terras caelum contingere nec inexsuper- abiles humano generi esse.
(ce) id vero laboris velut de integro initium fuit; nam nec explicare quicquam nec statuere poterant, nec, quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia per- scindente vento et rapiente; et mox aqua levata vento cum super gelida montium iuga concreta esset, tantum nivosae grandinisdeiecit, ut omnibus omissis procumberent homines tegminibus suis magis obruti quam tecti; tantaque vis frigoris insecuta est, ut ex illa miserabili hominum
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NoV., 1906. )
iumentorumque strage cum se quisque attollere ac levare vellet, diu nequiret, quia torpentibus rigore nervis vix flectere artus poterant.
1]. Translate and explain— (a) ipsi triumviri Romani, qui ad agrum venerant adsignandum.
(b) Aegates insulas Erycemque ante oculos pro- ponite. |
12, Comment on— (a) adversum femur tragula graviter ictus. (6) nox una Hannibali sine equitibus acta est.
13. Explain praetorium missum; agmen quadratum ; de re publica referre, votoram nuncupatio, solum vertere, animam reciprocare, navales socii, adfatim.
14. Summarize the chief events in -the histories of Rome and Carthage between the first and second Punic wars.
10
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
GREEK.—Parr II. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.
[N.B.—Second Year Candidates need not attempt more
than Srx, nor Third Year Candidates more than Kicut, of the passages for translation. ]
Translate, with brief notes in the margin if
necessary—
(a) avrap éxei p evlavro cai obdAoxtrac xpoBadovro,
(0)
abépucay pey mp@ra kal Eopatay kal Edetpay, pnpove tT ekérapov kara re kvion Exaduay dimruxa wothoavrec, & én’ airay 3 wpobérnoay* kate 0 éml oxicne 6 6 yépur, ért 0 aiOorra olyvoy Acipe- véou O€ wap’ avroy Exov repTw(oda xépoly. avrap érei Kara pijpa Kan Kal ordayyva xacavro, plaruddéy 7’ Gpa rddXa kal aug’ 6Bedotorr Ereipay, Orrnoay re wepeppadéwe Epvoarrd re wayra.
avrap éxel mavoavro mévov TETUKOYTO TE OaiTa, daivuvr’, ovdd re Bupoc Edevero dauroc éions.
avrap érel rdovog Kai Ednriog ef Epo Evo,
KoUpoL pev KpnTijpac éreoréearro Toroio,
vupnoay 0 apa mao éxaplapevor deraeooy.
Oc ap’ Egn. OKNTTpY O€ HeTdgpevoy HOE Kai Guw wrjeev' 00 idraOn, Oadepov d€ of Exmece Odxpv. opimot 3d aipardecoa peragpévou éLuravéorn oxhnrpov tro ypuctov* 6 8 ap’ ELero rapGnoéy re, avynhoac 6 aypeiov idwy aropdpearo Cdxpv. of b€ cal dyvuipevol wep éx’ abro Hou yéXaocay. Ode Cé ree Etrecke Lowy Eo rANoiov Gov
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 11
@ rérot, 4 OY pevpl ’Odvoaeve EaOAa Eopyev Bovddc 7’ thapywv ayabac rodepdy re Kopyoowr* viv oe rode péy’ aptoroy éy ’Apyetorecy Epeter, d¢ ror AwGnrijpa éxeaBdrov icy’ ayopawy.
2. Explain—yvnéc dpgpeéAtcooat—divwrotor A€xecor.v—ei
dé mor Eo ye piay PovrAeicopev—Oérac apgud- wedov—éml fpa pépecv—dv Bordpewy xadeover Veot dvdpec b€ re mavrec Aiyalwva—OEmores —ZDperHev.
3. Give a succinct account of— (a) the probable dialect of the original Achilles-
(5)
poem ;
indications in Homer of the physique and
armour of the Achaeans as distinguished from other Aegean peoples.
4, Write down the Attic equivalents of—iyepOer,
Xen, Emcrerpagarat, faro.
§. Translate (as above)—
(2)
xaipe. rdde pev xara Doirtcoay euToday pédog vrep xohtac aoc reprerac’ 76 Kaorépeor 3 év Aiodrldeoor yopdatc Bédwy &Opnoov xapiy exraxruxov poppueyyor aryrdpuevoc. yévo’ olocg éoot paberv’ xaddcg ror ridwy rapa wal, aisl kandc. 6 d€ ‘PadduarOuc eb xéxpayer, drt gpevar Ehaye kxaprov apuwpnroy, od axarace Oupov réprerat évoaber, ota WiOipwy radrdpate Ever’ aiel Bporoy. duayov caxdy audorepac derarBodeay troparec, Gpyaic arevéc GAwméxwy iWedot.
» EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(d) Dapepoy per xpn oe rap avépt diry
ordpev, ebirmou Baothit Kupavac, ogpa Kwyd- Lovre ovy ’Apkeaing,
Moica, Aaroléacoty Gperdpevoy TvOari 7’ avinc ovpoy dpywy,
évBa rore xpvocéwy Acdc ainrw@y rapecpoc
ovK arodapou’ AmddAAwvoc ruxevroe ipea
Xpiicev oixcoriipa Barroy xaprogdpov Ar Buac, iepay
vaoov we Hon Aitwy KriogEev EvappaToV
TOALY EY aDYLVOEVTE PacTY.
6. Name any striking features of (a) the grammar and dialect (5) the constructive manner of Pindar.
7. Comment on—Xevxaic miOnoaryra ppaciv—evpeve- ovrec aveyiov — ey Tv6ave réoaatc— npootpiwy apforac — Iloiavrog vidy roféray —’Apyidoxor ExOeorv miacydpevov— Apyovs yadtvor.
8. ‘Translate (as above)—
(a) 6 AEvKaomig SOpyurac ade EvTpETHC Eri WOALY dmKkwy. tle dpa pvoerat, rig Gp’ Eewapkéces Bewv i} Dear ; worepa oT éyw worinéow Bpérn Satnovwr ; iw paxapec evedpor. axpacer Speréwy ExeoOar’ ri pédoper Ayacrdvor; dxover ij obK axovEr’ Goridwy KrvToOY 5 nétwy Kai orepéwy wor’, ci py viv, apgi uray’ Lope 5 Ktumoyv dédopKa* marayog oby Evdc dopéc. ri pétecc, mpodwoetc, wadalyOwy “Apne, ray reay yay ; ® xpvoorhAn’ daipoy, Emed Exide wWOdALY, dv mor evgAnray EOov.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 13
(b) otrw, yévoro. rov d€ xéprrov av Ayo, repxracoe xpooraxOevra Boppaiarc rvAarc, tupPoy kar’ abrov Awyevoic Audiovoc. duvvoe 8 aixpyy, iy Exet, paddAoy Beod oéBev wexroOec ouparwy 8 Sxéprepor,
q poy Aawalev dorv Kadpelwy Gig
Atdg* 768’ abédg pnrpog é& cpeoxdov Praornpa KxadXixpypoy, avipdratc avi. oreixet 0 tovdoc dpre Oca Tapyiowy
&pac gvovene rapguc avréAXovoa Opié.
6 0’ wpoy obre rapbérwy éexwvupor ppdvnpa, yopyor 0 oup’ Exwy, xpociorarat. ov pny axduracrés y’ Epiorarae rvAar*
TO yap wédEwe bverdoc Evy yadxnAary
gaxél, KUKAWTO swpaTo TpOAHpaTL, Lplyy’ wpdorroy mpoopeunyarnpevny yopgoe évwpa, Napmpoy Exxpovoroy épac’
9. (a) Give instances of metaphorical condensation in the style of Aeschylus. In what ways are Greek metaphors qualified or defined ?
(6) Give instances of plays upon words.
10. Comment briefly on the story of Cadmus, of the Sphinx, and on the epithet érrdrvdo.
11. Write a note on the grammar of—
Geoi woNtrat, ph pe dovrelag ruyeiv—éxrép- cay Tod gnaiv, ovde THY Atoc Epty redw oxnacay éurroowy oyedeiv—
and on the meaning of —
€Opéar’ oixtoriipac, sxwe yévowbe moc Kpeo¢ Tode— peAavoeroy oaKoc— immkav mncarlwy da oropa, wuptyeveray yadivev—TnOioc matdes— udoriE—xapwiroug ’Epuvuc.
14 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
12. Translate (as above)—
(a) mapair 'e€ TE Tpoerrety rotoe Ewurav Exdorouc nup dvaxaiecy® Komedi & répt Thy épny avrg pedhoecy, wore adowéac amxéoBa é¢ ry ‘EXXdda. radra Hpecé oft mwortev, cal abrixa Tip avaxavodpevor érparorvro mpoc Ta mpéBara. ot yap EiPoéec rapa- xpnodpevoe roy Baxcdog ypnopoy we ovdev Néyorra, otre re tEexopicayro ovdev ovre mpoecdtarro we mapecouévou ope rodeov, wEpiTeréa TE ETrOLoAYTO ogiot abroios ra mphypara’ Brxce yap dde exer mept rourwy 6 xpnopdc’
bpazeo BapBapspuvoy 6 bray Cuydy sic Gra BadrAy
BbéBAwoy EvBoine a maha rroAupneadag alyac. rovrowot O€ OvOEY TOLL EEL Xpneape vous Ev Totoe rore Tapeovai re Kai mpoacoxiporat Kakolot, Trapiy ope ouppopy xpija0a mpoc ra Pe
(6) mparow yap “Avépror ynowréwy airnOévrec ™pog Oepraroxhéoc Xphuara obk edoocayv’ dA\a mpoicyo- pévou Oepiaroxhéog Aé-yor roves, we fxoev AOnvaitor mepl EwUToue Exovrec ovo Beove peyadouc, TlecOw re Kat ‘AvayKainy, oUrw TE ope kapra doréa elvac Xphpara, t brexpivayro mpoc ravra NéyorrTec, we Kara Adyor ioay dpa at ’AOivat peyahae Te kai evdai- povec, kal Oewv yxpnotoy Heorey ev" éxel ’Avdpiouc ye elvae yewreivay Ec Ta péy.ora ayyxovyrac, kal Veove duo axphoroug obK Exdelrey opewy TY vijcov, adn’ aici Prroxwpeery, Teviny re xai ‘Apnyaviny® xai rourwy ray Oewv émnBddroug edvrag ’Avoplovc ov dwoev ypypara’
13. Where were Scione, Ellopia, Hollows of Euboea, Aphetae, Amphissa, Hermione ?
14. Give the Herodotean words for jjrraw, BAaxrw, and the Attic for avayvaoa, éxéaro. Comment on the Tonic use of mpéara, repespin, ériorapat, and on the grammar of éxoréero wav Sxwe av ékcowOein.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 15
15. Translate (as above)—
(a) “Ore pév ovy mayr’ &vépa eixdrwe anocéxovrat rept ravrnc Tite aperiic oop ovdoy da ro hyetoOac wayri peretva atric, ravra Neyo" Gre 6€ abryy ob pvoe nyovvrat elvat ov8 &x6 Tov abropuaron, ada dedaxrov re kat é& EmepeNsiac rapayiyvecba Pi ay mapayiyyntar, rovTd gor pera TovTO Tepacopac amodettat. bea yap fryovvrar GAAhXove cake Eyxecv &vOpwroe pucec ij TUN, OVdEic Bvpovrac obs vouDeTEt ob0e Cedaoxet ove KoAGLEL Tove Ta¥ra Exovrag, iva py Towtro: Wow, GAN’ ENeovorv’ oloy rove aisypovc i] opuxpovc dobeveic ric obrwo avénroc Wore ri TOUTWY ENLXELPELY ROLEEY ;
(6) ei yap ric A€you Gre "AAA OrD tadéper, J Lwxparec, TO Twapayphpa Ov rov cig rov torepoy Xpdvoy Kat ndéog Kat Avmnpow, Moy add» Te, painy dy éywye, 7) oovy Kal orn 5 3 ov yap to0? dry GAXg. Grn’ domwep ayaBec ioravat avOpwros, ovvieic ra Hoéa Kai ovvBeic ra AutNpd, Kal TO Eyyv¢o Kal TO Topp ornoac éy To cue, elwé mérepa wrelw Eaoriv. éay prev yap nota mpocg Hota ¢ loriic, ra peilw det cat wrEio Aurea’ éay de Avwnpa ™pOC humnpa, ra ear- Tw Kat opuxporepa’ gay de idea Tpoc AuTnpa, £ éay pev ra amapa imepBaddnrac i vro THY yew, & éav Te ra éyyus Ur0 TOY KOppw tay TE Ta mOppw bro ray eve, rabray ry mpatuy mpaxréov éy fl ay ravr’ Evy éay O€ Ta Hoa TO THY anapey, ob mpakrTéa* pn my GdAy Exel, gainy dy, ratra, & dvOpwro ;
16. Explain the attitude of Socrates towards sophistic teaching.
17. Comment on—zdppw sdoke ray vuxrwy elyat— Irmo- Kparn, Tov tev ’AokAnmiacev—rnpoorpov—robroic Kara rovro eivat ov Evpudépopar—Depexparnc 6 tomrnc edidabey ext Anvaig—yvabt caurov kai pnoey a&yay.
16
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
LATIN.—Part II. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.) The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you
: @)
(6)
think them called for—
Tllud in his rebus vereor, ne forte rearis inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris. quod contra saepius illa religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta. Aulide quo pacto Triviai virginis aram Iphianassai turparunt sanguine foede ductores Danaum delecti, prima virorum.
cui simul infula virgineos circumdata comptus ex utraque pari malarum parte profusast,
et maestum simul ante aras adstare parentem sensit et hunc propter ferrum celare ministros aspectuque suo lacrimas effundere civis, muta metu terram genibus summissa petebat. nec miserae prodesee in tali tempore quibat quod patrio princeps donarat nomine regem.
denique materies si rerum nulla fuisset
nec locus ac spatium, res in quo quaeque geruntur,
numquam Tyndaridis formae conflatus amore
ienis, Alexandri Phrygio sub pectore gliscens,
clara accendisset saevi certamina belli,
nec clam durateus Troianis Pergama partu
inflammasset equos nocturno Graiiugenarum.
9%, Comment on—Heraclitus clarus ob obscuram
linguam—Acragantinus Empedocles—Anaxa- gorae homoeomerian.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 17
3. State concisely the physical theory of Epicurus,
giving (if possible) the Greek terme with the atin equivalents.
Give the various words used by Lucretius for “atoms” and ‘ universe.”
=
Explain the forms—indugredi, consumpse, escit, aqual. !
Translate, as above—
Licet superbus ambules pecunia, Fortuna non mutat genus.
Videsne, Sacram metiente te viam Cum bis trium ulnarum toga,
Ut ora vertat huc et huc euntium Liberrima indignatio ?
“Sectus flagellis hic triumviralibus Praeconis ad fastidium
Arat Falerni mille fundi iugera Et Appiam mannis terit,
Sedilibusque magnus in primis eques Othone contempto sedet !
Cer e
6. Translate, as above—
(a) chee longa brevi subiecta vocatur iambus, es citus; unde etiam trimetris saccrescere lussit . Nomen iambeis, cum senos redderet ictus Primus ad extremum similis sibi. Non ita pridem, Tardior ut paullo graviorque veniret ad aures Spondeos stabiles in iura paterna recepit Commodus et patiens, non ut de sede secunda Cederet aut quarta socialiter. Hic et in Acci Nobilibus trimetris apparet rarus, et Enni CO
18 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
In scaenam missos cum magno pondere versus Aut operae celeris nimium curaque carentis Aut ignoratae premit artis crimine turpi. (5) Versibus impariter iunctis querimonia primum, Post etiam inclusa est voti sententia compos. (c) Neve minor neu sit quinto productior actu.
?. Translate, with short notes—,
(a) Cum hoc Pompeius egit et, ut ad me ipse re- ferebat—alium enim habeo neminem testem—, vehementer egit, cum diceret in summa se per- fidiae et sceleris infamia fore, si mihi periculum crearetur ab eo, quem ipse armasset, cum ple- beium fieri passus esset; fidem recepisse sibi et ipsum et Appium de me; hane si ille non ser- varet, ita laturum, ut onones intellegerent nihil sibi antiquius amicitia nostra fuisse.
(6) De intercessione statim ambo consules referre coeperunt, cum sententiae gravissimae dicerentur, senatui placere mihi domum restitui, porticum Catuli locari, auctoritatem ordinis ab omnibus magistratibus defendi, si quae vis esset facta, senatum existimaturum eius opera factum esse, qui senatus consulto intercessisset, Serranus per- timuit et Cornicinus ad suam veterem fabulam rediit : abiecta toga se ad generi pedes abiecit ; ille noctem sibi postulavit: non concedebant ; reminiscebantur enim Kal, Ianuar.; vix tandem ili de mea voluntate concessum est.
(c) Qua re facis tu quidem fraterne, quod me hor- taris, sed mehercule currentem nunc quidem, ut omnia meu studia in istum unum conferam. Ego vero ardenti quidem studio, ac fortasse efficiam, quod saepe viatoribus, cum proper- ant, evenit, ut, si serius quam voluerint forte
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 19
surrexerint, properando etiam citius, quam si de nocte vigilassent, perveniant, quo velint; sic ego, quoniam in isto homine colendo tam indor- mivi diu, te mehercule saepe excitante, cursu corrigam tarditatem cum equis, tum vero— quoniam tu scribis poema ab eo nostrum probari —dquadrigis poaticis.
8. Translate and explain — (a) Is, quem putabant magistrum fore, si bona venirent. (5) Mirandas éx:onuaciac sine ulla pastoricia fistula auferebamus. (c) Carmine gai tragico vilem certavit ob hircum Mox etiam agrestes Satyros nudavit.
(d) Ignotum tragicae genus invenisse Camenae Dicitur et plaustris vexisse poemata Thespis, Quae canerent agerentque peruncti faecibus ora.
9. Comment on the grammar of— (a) Desertus ab officiis tuis ; (5) Equidem malneram, quod erat susceptum ab illis, silentio transiri. (ec) Te nunc, mea Terentia, sic vexari.
(d) Di faxint.
10. Where were Cythnus, Pannonia, Lugdunum, Baetica, Vetera, the Lacus Curtius, the Miliarium Aureum, the Castra Praetoriana, the Porticus Vipsania ?
ll, Translate, with grammatical notes—
(«) Muta ista et inanima intercidere ac reparari promisca sunt. C2
20) EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(5) Prope in proelium exarsere ni Valens ad- monuisset.
(c) Haud dubie servaverat non clementia, quippe tot interfectis, sed effugium in futurum.
(2d) Ubi per turmas advenere, vix ulla acies ob- stiterit.
12. Explain—ita visum expedire provinciam domi retinere—vexilla Germanica—primipilaris—tes- serarius—insula — equites legionis — legatus— cella Iunonis—evocatus.
13. Translate, with notes—
(a) sextus dies agitur, commilitones, ex quo ig- narus futuri, et sive optandum hoc nomen sive timendum erat, Caesar adscitus sum. quo domus nostrae aut rei publicae fato, in vestra manu positum est, non quia meo nomine tristiorem casum paveam, ut qui adversas res expertus cum maxime discam ne secundas quidem minus dis- criminis habere: patris et senatus et ipsius im- perii vicem doleo, si nobis aut perire hodie necesse est aut, quod aeque apud bonos miserum est, occidere.
(6) Vibius Crispus, pecunia potentia ingenio inter claros magis quam inter bunos, Annium Faustum equestris ordinis, qui temporibus Neronis dela- tiones factitaverat, ad cognitionem senatus voca- bat. nam recens Galbae principatu censuerant patres, ut accusatorum causae noscerentur. id senatus consultum varie iactatum et, prout potens vel inops reus inciderat, infirmum aut validum retinebat adhuc terrores. et propria vi Crispus incubuerat delatorem fratris sui perver- tere traxeratque magnam senatus partem, ut indefensum et inauditum dedi ad exitium postu- larent.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 21
GREEK.—Part I. (COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Greek prose—
In the course of the night, Leonidas observed what had happened. He saw that if he did not retreat immediately, he would be surrounded b the Persians and would perish. But the law of Sparta forbade the soldier to leave his post, and Leonidas was not afraid to die. He ordered the other troops to retire while it-was yet possible ; he himself, with his three hundred Spartans, remained to die at his post. Accordingly the other troops departed, but the seven hundred Thespians resolved to stay and die with Leonidas. And now, before the Persians could descend behind them, the Spartans fell upon the host in front; Leonidas was the first to fall, but his soldiers continued fighting until the Persians, who had crossed the mountain, arrived. Then, ceasing from the attack, they took up their position on a hill to defend themselves against aay enemy, who now encompassed them on every side.
9. Translate into good English—
“Avépec Tépoat, tpeic kal Egure ev TH airy piv kat érpagnre, kal ra cwpard re obdér iudy yeElpova Exere, Puyae re obder xaxiovac tpiv mpootKer hor éxev. rowiro. 8 dvrec, év pey ry warpide ob pe- relyere Te towy Hiv, oby bg poy aredaberrec,
9% EXAMINATION PAPERS.
GAN’ tnd rov dvayeny byty elvac ramirhdeca ropi- GecOar. viv O€ Srwe pév ravra Elere, éuot pedjoec avy roic Beoic® ELeore 0 ipiv, ei BovrAEoOe, AaBovrac Era, oldrep iyucic Exouer, ele Tov abror hpty Kev~ vvoyv éuGBaivery, Kav Te Ex Tovrwy Kadov Kayabor ylyynrat, ro épotwy uty abwvecOa. Tov per ovr npdoOev xpdvov tpeic re rokdrat Kai dxovrioral Fre nal fypeic, kal et re xelpove huey ravra roteiv Fre, ovdev Oavpacrdy’ ob yap hy bly oxoAn, Sorep huty, rovrwy eripédecOar Ev o€ rabrn TH orice OddEY Huetc vpwr mpoéEopev. Owpak pév ye wepi ra orépva dppérrwy exdorp éorat, yéppov be év Ti dprarepg, 6 wayrec eiOiopeOa opeiv, paxapa dé éy ry dekiq, q 6) waley rove évayrlove denoe, ovdecy gurarropévove pn re walorrec ELapaprwper.
LATIN.—Part I. (COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
Lhe Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin Prose—
The mutineers, seeing their leader fall, pre- pared themselves for revenge; and this whole company, with the king himself, had undoubtedly perished on the spot, had it not been for the extraordinary courage which Richard displayed on the occasion. He ordered his whole com- pany to stop; he advanced alone towards the enraged multitude; and accosting them with an intrepid countenance, he asked them, “ What is the meaning of this disorder, my good people? Are ye angry that ye have lost your leader? I am your king; I will be your
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 23
leader.” The populace, overawed by his pre- -sence, followed him ; he led them into the fields, to prevent any disorder which might have arisen from their continuing in the city; being there joined by Sir Robert Knollys, and a body of well-armed veteran soldiers, who had _ been secretly drawn together, he strictly ordered that officer not to fall upon the rioters and commit an indiscriminate slaughter upon them.
2. Translate into good English—
Sed, quoniam res humansee fragiles caducae- que sunt, semper aliqui anquirendi sunt quos diligamus et a quibus diligamur. Caritate enim benevolentiaque sublata, omnis est e vita sub- lata iucunditas. Equidem ex omnibus rebus, quas mihi aut fortuna aut natura tribuit, nihil habeo quod cum amicitia Scipionis possim com-
arare. In hac mihi de republica consensus, in
ac rerum privatarum consilium, in eadem requies plena oblectationis fuit. Numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi, quod quidem senserim; nibil audivi ex ipso quod nollem. Una domus erat, idem victus, isque communis : neque solum militia, sed etiam peregrinationes rusticationesque communes. Nam quid ego de studiis dicam cognoseendi semper aliquid atque discendi, in quibus remoti ab oculis populi omne otiosum tempus contrivimus ? Quarum rerum recordatio et memoria si una cum illo occidisset, desiderium coniunctissimi atque amantissimi viri ferre nullo modo possem. Sed nec illa ex- tincta sunt, alunturque potius et augentur cogi- tatione et memoria; et, si illis plane orbatus essem, Magnum tamen afferret mihi aetas ipsa solatiutn.
OF EXAMINATION PAPERS.
GREEK.—Parr II. (COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Greek Prose—
The vessel being repaired, we again embarked, and in two days arrived in safety at Cadiz. I found great confusion reigning there ; numerous bands of the factious were reported to be hover- ing in the neighbourhood. An attack was not deemed improbable, and the place had just been declared in a state of siege. I dressed myself and walked about the town. In one place no less than six orators were haranguing at the same time on the state of the country, and the probability of an intervention on the part of England and France. As I was listening to one of them, he suddenly called upon me for my opinion, as I was a foreigner, and seemingly just arrived. I replied that I could not venture to guess what steps the two Govern- ments would pursue under the present circum- stances, but thought that it would be as well if the Spaniards would exert themselves more and call lesa on Jupiter. As I did not wish to engage in any political conversation, I in- stantly quitted the house, and sought those parts of in town where the lower classes principally reside.
2. Translate into good English— ovroc rolyuy 6 Kipoc A€yerat Avoavepg, dre WAGev d&ywy airg ra tapa Trey cupupaywy sepa, &drAa re gidoppovetabar (we abroc epn 6 Avoarvdpoc
EE
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 25
Lévy moré rive év Meyaporc denyoipevoc), xal rov évy apdeot mapadeccor émdexviva. eel c& eaipaley 6 Avoavépog we Karka pev ra dévdpa ein, Se tooyv b€ ravra medurevpéva, cpOoi O€ ot orixoe trav dévopwr, ebywria 8& mavTa xaddc eins Sopal dé xodAal cal feta ovpmapopaproiey abroic mEpimarouet, ravra Bavpagwr elmev’ ’AXN’ éyw ro, ® Kipe, wavra pevy raira Oavpalw éxt r@ xdAXet, word dé p&dAov &yapat rov xara- perphoarréce aoe kal dtardtavroc Exaora rovrwy. axovoayra dé ravra rov Kipoy fobivai re «at cixeiy’ Taira rolvuy, & Atoavdpe, ey ravra cat duepérpnoa Kal dtéraka, gore 8 abrov & Kai éptrevoa airéc. Kai 6 Avoavdpoc tpn, azo- Brépag eig abrov cai dey rey re iparlwy ro KaAXoc Ov elye kai rijc oopije aicBopevocg cal roy ovpexTay Kai roy Werlwy [ro KaN2o¢ ] Kal Tov dou xdopou ov elyev, Ti Evers, @ Kipe ; i yap ov raig caicg yepol rovrwy ri Epurevaac } ; kal rov Kipor aroxpivacBat, Oavpagerc Touro, & Avoavdpe ; Suvupe coe rov Mi6pny, bravTep vyiaivw, pnwwnore Oetrvijcat tpiv idp@oat, 7 TOY TOAEUKGY Te TOY yewpyiKay Epywyv pereror i) del Ey yé re gidoryovpervoc.
LATIN.—Part II. (COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
Lhe Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin prose—
These fellows, with the look of banditti, were in no respect better; and the traveller who should meet them in a solitary place would have
26 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
little reason to bless his good fortune. One of the carriers whom I afterwards met in the aforesaid town, informed me that the whole party were equally bad, and that he and his companions had been plundered by them of various articles, and threatened with death if they attempted to complain. How frightful to figure to oneself an army of such beings in a foreign land, sent thither either to invade or defend; and yet Spain, at the time I am writing this, is looking forward to armed assistance from Portugal. May the Lord in His mercy grant that the soldiers who proceed to her assistance may be of a different stamp; and yet, from the lax state of discipline which exists in the Portu- guese army, in comparison with that of Eng- land and France, I am afraid that the inoffensive population of the disturbed provinces will say that wolves have been summoned to chase away foxes from the sheep-fold. —
2. Translate into good English—
Inter duas acies tantum erat relictum spati ut satis esset ad concursum utriusque exercitus. Sed Pompeius suis praedixerat ut Caesaris im- petum exciperent neve se loco moverent aciem- ie eius distrahi paterentur; idque admonitu GC.
iari fecisse dicebatur, ut primus excursus vis- que militum infringeretur aciesque distenderetur atque in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adori- rentur ; leviusque casura pila sperabat in loco retentis militibus quam si ipsi immissis telis occurrissent, simval fore ut duplicato cursu Caesaris milites exanimarentur et lassitudine conficerentur. Quod nobis quidem nulla ratione factum s Pompeio videtur, propterea quod est
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 27
quaedam animi incitatio atque alacritas natura- iter innata omnibus, quae studio pugnae incen- ditur. Hance non reprimere sed augere impera- tores debent; neque frustra antiquitas institutum est ut signa undique concinerent clamoremque univerai tollerent ; quibus rebus et hostes terreri et suos incitari existimaverunt.
Sed nostri milites signo dato cum infestis pilis procucurrissent atque animum advertissent non concurri a Pompeianis, usu periti ac superioribus pugnis exercitati sua sponte cursum represserunt et ad medium tere spatium constiterunt, ne con- sumptis viribus appropinquarent, parvoque in- termisso temporis epatio ac rursus renovato cursu pila miserunt celeriterque, ut erat praeceptum a Caesare, gladios strinxerunt.
GREEK.—Parr IJ. (OUTLINES OF GREEK HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ANTIQUITIES.)
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Write a brief account of (a) the Epic cycle, (0d) the Lesbian lyrists.
2. Either describe succinctly a performance of tragedy about B.c. 450. (Use the Greek technical terms. )
Or, Give an account of the work of Theophrastus, Plutarch, Apollonius Rhodius.
3. Describe a typical Greek temple, and also a sacrifice.
98 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4. Draw a diagram of Athens and the Peiraeus, and mark the position of Academia, Lyteum, Dionysiac Theatre, Pnyx, Ilissus, Cephisus, Cerameicus. |
5. Where were — Pylos, Ithaca, Amphipolis, Megalopolis, Abydos, Delos, Cythera? State some fact connected with each.
6. Give a terse description of the proceedings in the Ecclesia.
7. Explain—eicgopa, povorkn, pérotxoc, gparpia, abd}, moAELapxXoc.
8. How was the Persian power extended by Cyrus the Great, Cambyses, Darius? State in outline the chief events connected with the three Persian expeditions against Greece.
9. Relate briefly the part taken in the Peloponnesian War by Phormio, Brasidas, Demosthenes, Gylippus.
10. Under what circumstances were the following battles fought :—Eurymedon, Tanagra, Aegos- potami, Leuktra ?
LATIN.—Part II. (QUTLINES OF ROMAN HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ANTI- QUITIES.)
The Board of Examiners. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. 1. (a) Divide Latin literature into periods, explain- ing the principle upon which you do so, and naming the chief authors in each.
(5) Discuss briefly the salient qualities and de- fects of Latin literature as a whole.
to
10.
ANNUAL RBXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 29
. Describe (a) the literary work of Cicero apart
from his speeches; (0) the dramatic work of Seneca.
. Describe (with diagram) the Forum Romanum and
its chief sites and buildings before a.p. 100.
. Distinguish the various troops and officers in the
Roman army of the early Imperial times. Also distinguish the various signa. Use the Latin terms.
. Give a brief account of (a) Roman meals; (4)
Roman writing and writing materials.
. Where were Numantia, Trasimenus, the Treveri,
Tibur, Noricum ?
. Explain—tablinum, comitia curiata, vestibulum,
raeda, cenacula, ordo equestris, vilicus, pistrina.
. What were the character and extent of Rome’s
influence in Italy in the year 350 B.o.? = T)lus- trate your answer by a rough map.
By what wars did she complete the conquest of Italy ?
. Name the chief champions of popular rights
between 150 3B.c. and 90 B.c. State in the briefest possible form the chief aims and measures of each.
Summarise the chief events in Roman History between the battles of Philippi and Actium.
How, after the battle of Actium, did Augustus reconcile the Romans to what practically amounted to monarchy ?
30 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY-:. SECOND YEAR, ,
Professor Tucker.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. What is meant by “Semasiology”? Discuss and illustrate the difficulty of creating a science in this respect.
2. Draw a diagram of the articulating apparatus. State what occurs when we pronounce the English 7, ng (in thing), u, g, f, @ French nasalised vowel, and the Scotch ch.
3. (a) Explain “sonant nasal,” “pitch accent,” “indeterminate vowel.”
(0) Write phonetically the words of the last question (a).
4. What tendencies of phonetic change are universal ? Give illustrations of the processes.
5.(a) Describe the exact connection of the Greek and Latin alphabets.
(6) How did “alphabetical” signs develop from ‘‘ phonograms ” ?
6. Given in certain English words the consonants w...d, h...t, r..d, 8...t, sp...k, what Greek, Latin, and German consonants should (or might) correspond to them? Conversely give the English consonants for «...7, 17... y, w... 0.
Explain clearly the method by which you proceed in such comparisons.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 31
7.(a) Compare the morphological methods of the Bantu, American Indian, and Turkish speeches.
(5) Discuss briefly the connection of race and language.
8. Give a short account of the languages which are or have been spoken over the following areas :—(a) the British Islands and France, (6) European Russia. If possible, place such languages on an outline map.
9.(a2) By what arguments do we arrive at an ‘original home ” of the J.-E. people ? (6) Give a synoptic table of the history of the Teutonic branch.
COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY. THIRD YEAR. Professor Tucker.
1. Comment on the vowels italicised %— Levir, vinum, poena, quattuor. Discuss the exact relationship of similis, éuaddc—Lovem, Zijva— Ovnoxw, réparar—eribrum, cerno—yvvh, pydaopar.
2. Take the following words ; analyse them into their original component parts; point out and account for anything phonetically or morphologically peculiar in any of them—
agpsc (with ember), ais (with aidva), dooa (with revd), drepor (with of érepo), EEet (Doric = tke), peoapBpin (Ion., with tyépa), évré.
32
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(with sunt), posi (with pono), ndnus (with évaroc¢), éxaroordct (with centésimus), honestus (with honor?s’ ,versus (with verto), épicow (with runcare), hth «(with ye pevdc), d0ivw ( with $06n), ravurac \v ith reéverac), posco (with precor), stabults, cere. m with xpara), arin (with oré\hw), your: (with y4varoc), uiéy (with aige, aei).
3. Write a concise account of the formation of the
Or
>
“I
I-E. verb in respect of (a) tense-stems, (6) in- finitives. Give illustrations throughout.
Give (with examples) a full account of the for-
mation of comparatives and superlatives in Greek and Latin.
Decline *mater, *ouis, and the demonstrative *so,
ed, explaining such Greek and Latin forms as deviate from the proper phonetic equivalence.
Give and illustrate the history of q, » in Greek, the I-E. aspirates in Latin, and ¢ in both.
Account for gépecc, pépys, E6opar, sint, hrvrat, Képn,
€opéy, Exardv, secundus, guingue, dpaxpno, tuus, kvol.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 30
| Er GLISH.-<P sa I. 4) Ya oh nv first PaPeN.
wey Mr, Murdo. jo PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Give a concise account of the changes that took piace in the grammatical structure of the nelish Language after the Norman Conquest.
2. “ In the history of inflections, two counteracting influences, which are always operating upon language, become plainly visible.” Explain this statement.
3. What is a dialect? Give some account of the dialects of Early English.
4. What is meant by the term “ Latin of the Second Period” ? Vt ). Explain the following phrases:—I have no long spoon—put it to the foil—young scamels from the rock—upon a sore injunction—it did bass
. Iny trespass—each putter-out of five for one.
6. Explain tersely— (2) What a pied ninny’s this! Thou scurvy patch !
(6) His mother was a witch, and one so strong That could control the moon, make flows and ebbs And deal in her command without her power. D
y
/
(¢)
(d)
(e)
EXAMINATION PAPERS,
My charms crack not; my spirits obey ; and time
Goes upright with his carriage.
a every day some sailor's wife, The master of some merchant and the merchant Have just our theme of woe.
ee and the fair soul herself Weigh’d between loathness and obedience at Which end o’ the beam should bow.
. oe. ele) cANVErt What best is boded me to mischief !
7. Write concise explanatory notes on—
(2)
(2)
(c) (d)
So our virtues
Lie in th’ interpretatior of the time : And power, unto itself most commendable, Hath not a tomb so evident as a chair T’ extol what it had done. , I would they would forget me, like the virtues Which our divines lose by ’em. He lurch’d all swords o’ the garland.
oc8 nay, sometimes, Like to a bowl upon a subtle ground I’ve tumbled past the throw ; and in his praise Have almost stamp’d the leasing.
(e) Ay, as an ostler, that for the poor’st piece
Will bear the knave by th’ volume.
8. Explain the following phrases from Paradise
Lost:—above the Aonian mount—some small night-founder’d skiff—the Tuscan artist—Busiris and his Memphian chivalry—that hill of scandal —on the grunsel-edge—the giant brood of Phlegra—that small infantry warred on by cranes.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 38
Y. Explain the following lines with rererence to their context :— (a) The ascending pile Stood fixt her stately highth.
(6) A leper once he lost and gained a king.
(c) . . that soil may best Deserve the precious bane. (d). Anon they move
In perfect phalanx to the Dorian mood Of flutes and soft recorders.
(e) As far removed from God and light of Heaven As from the centre thrice to the utmost pole.
(f) Millions of spirits for his fault amerced Of Heaven.
JO. Comment upon—
(a) Taliessin is our fullest throat of song,
And one hath sung and all the dumb will sing. (b) . . What other fire than he
Whereby the blood beats, and the blossom
blows
And the sea rolls, and all the world is warm’d? (c) All men, to one so bound by such a vow,
And women were as phantoms.
(2) I saw the fiery face as of a child That smote itself into the bread, and went. (e) And mirthful sayings, children of the place, That have no meaning half a league away. (f/) I saw the spiritual city and all her spires And gateways in a glory like one pearl.
11. Compare Tennyson and Milton in the matter of (a) diction; (6) versification. D2
36 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
12. Explain the following from Johnson’s Life of Pope :— (a) Wycherley wrote verses in his praise, which he was charged by Dennis with writing to him- ‘self. (b) At its first appearance it was termed by Addison merum sal.
(c) It is certainly the noblest version of poetry which the world has ever seen.
(d) The subsequent editions of the first Epistle exhibited two memorable corrections.
(e) Bolingbroke hated Warburton, who had drawn his pupil from him.
ENGLISH.—Parrt I. SEconD PaPER.
Mr. Murdoch. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
A
1, Discuss the theory that Zhe Z’empest was written for a court performance in 1613.
2. Write a note on the “ dramatic unities” with special | reference to The Tempest.
3. Write a short account of the group of plays to which Zhe Tempest belongs. Why are they called ‘‘ romances ” ?
4, Discuss the character of Coriolanus.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 37
0. Write a short note on the supposed “sources” of Paradise Lost.
6. Discuss the origin of the Arthurian Legend.
7. What is your own opinion of the allegorical signifi- cance of The Holy Grail ?
8. Give a concise summary of the history of the English novel up to the time of Scott.
9. What are the most striking characteristics of Johnson’s prose style?
B. Pass Candidates only. Write a short essay on Scott as a historical novelist. C. Additional for Honours.
1. Write a concise account of Dryden—(a) as a poet, (6) as @ prose writer.
2. Give some account of one work by each of the fol- lowing :—Sterne, Goldsmith, Gibbon, Collins, Thomson, Coleridge. Give (approximately) the date of publication in each case.
3. Explain fully—
(a) Wel couthe he peynten lyfly that it wroghte, With many a florin he the hewes boghte.
(6) Yet sawgh I brent the shippes hoppesteres. (c) Men may the olde at-renne, and noght at-rede.
38 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(ad) The clothered blood, for any lechecraft, Corrupteth, and is in his bouk y-laft.
(e) The careyne in the bush, with throte y-corve : A thousand aslayn, and nat of qualm y-storve
(J). . but rather lyk manie Engendred of humour malencolyk, Biforen, in his celle fantastyk.
4. Commert on the metre of the following lines :— (2) In-to a studie he fil al sodeynly. (6) Now it shyneth, now it reyneth faste. (c) And thinketh heer cometh my mortel enemy.
or
At what points does Browning depart from his- torical accuracy in order to adapt the story of Strafford to the requirements of drama?
6. Explain the following lines with reference to their context :—
(a) He’s surely not disposed to let me bear ‘The fame away from him of these late deeds In Ireland ?
b . I know the Faction, as Laud styles it, tutors Scotland : all their plans Suppose no Parliament: in calling one You take them by surprise.
(c) A breed of silken creatures lurk and thrive In your contempt.
(d) I can’t think, therefore, your soul’s purchaser Did well to laugh you to such utter scorn When you twice prayed so humbly for its
price, The thirty silver pieces.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 39)
ENGLISH.—Parrt II. First Paper.
Mr. Murdoch. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Explain the followiig words from Hamlet :-— quillet, lazar, anele, bisson, handsaw, yaw, chopine, escote, fardel, romage.
In what sense, now rare or obsolete, does Shakespeare use the words—censure, rival, shrewd, union, addition, ecstasy, abuse ?
2. Write concise notes on the following passages :—
(a) So frown’d he once, when, in an angry parle, He smote the sledded Polacks on the ice.
(6) There is, sir, an eyrie of children, little eyases, that cry out on the top of question, and are most tyrannically clapped for’t.
(c) . . and am I then revenged, To take him in the purging’ of his soul, When he is fit and season’d for his passage ?
(d) . - her speech is nothing, Yet the unshaped use of it doth move The hearers to collection.
(e) For use almost can change the stamp of nature, And either mastér the devil, or throw him out With wondrous potency.
40
J.
4.
5.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Explain the following lines with reference to their context :—
(a) And be no more an exhaled meteor, A prodigy of fear and a portent Of broached mischief to the unborn times. (6) All plumed like estridges that with the wind Bated, like eagles having lately bathed. (c) The skipping king, he ambled up and down With shallow jesters and rash bavin wits, Soon kindled and soon burnt. ; : . he isa worthy gentleman, Exceedingly well read, and profited In strange concealments. | (e) I must speak in passion, and I will do it in King Cambyses’ vein. (7) O villain, thou stolest a cup of sack eighteen years ago, and wert taken with the manner.
(¢)
Summarise the differences between the First Quarto of Hamlet and the Second.
State concisely the chief reasons for believing that Shakespeare was not the first to dramatise the story of Hamlet.
6. Describe the two types of history-play followed by
7.
8.
Shakespeare, and discuss, in this connection, his indebtedness to Marlowe.
Give, in summary form, Dryden’s arguments for the use of rhyme in tragedy. Did his practice accord with his theory ?
Give the substance of Macaulay’s comparison of Addison with Swift and Voltaire.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 41
9. Comment on the following lines from Gray—
(a) The generous spark extinct revive, Teach me to love and to forgive, : Exact my own defects to scan, What others are, to feel, and know myself a man
(6) What idle progeny succeed To chase the rolling circle’s speed | Or urge the flying ball ? (c) Two coursers of ethereal race With necks in thunder clothed, and long- resounding pace.
‘ (d) Some pious drops the closing eye requires.
(ec) He gave to Mis’ry all he had, a tear, He gain’d from Heav’n (’twas all he wish’d) a friend.
10. How is Burke’s attitude towards the French Revolution to be reconciled with the political principles enunciated in his previous writings ?
11. Write a short description of Burke’s prose style.
Additional for Honours.
12. Interpret (with any pertinent comment}—
(a) Ther saugh I first the derke imagining Of felonye, and al the compassing ;
The cruel ire, as reed as any glede; The pykepurs, and eek the pale drede ; The smyler with the knyf under the cloke ; The shepne brenning with the blake smoke; The tresoun of the mordring in the bedde; The open werre, with woundes al bi-bledde ; Contek, with blody knyt and sharp manace;
| Al ful of chirking was that sory place.
49 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(8) Ne no man shal un-to his felawe ryde But o cours, with a sharp y-grounde spere ; Foyne, if him list, on fote, himself to were.
(c) Two fyres on the anter gan she bete, And di ide hir thinges, as men may biholde In Stace of Thebes, and thise bokes olde.
13. Give a concise account of Chaucer’s work, distin- guishing his three periods.
ENGLISH.—Parrt II. Seconp Paper. Mr. Murdoch.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Describe the system of versification employed in Anglo-Saxon poetry.
2. How do you account for the literary barrenness of the fifteenth century in England ?
3. Write a note on the origins of English drama.
4. (a) Give a brief account of one work by each of the following :—Michael Drayton, ‘'homas Nash, Ben Jonson, Sir John Denham.
(b) State precisely what you mean by Euphuism.
5. (a) Compare Dryden and Pope as satirists. (5) Compare Milton’s prose with Dryden’s.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 43
6. In what sense can Gray and Collins be said to have been heralds of the Romantic Revival in English poetry ?
¢. Give a concise account of the prose work of Cole- ridge, Hazlitt, and De Quincey.
B.
Write a short essay on one of the following subjects :— (a) Wordsworth’s attitude to Nature. (5) The meaning of “ Style.” (c) Macaulay as a literary critic.
C.
For Pass Candidates only.
1. What are the chief points discussed in the Essay .ol! of Dramatic Poesy, and what is Dryden’s con- clusion in each case?
2. Mention some points of resemblance between Ham- let and Julius Cesar.
3. Write a note on the character of Falstaff.
4 Write a short account of Addison’s work—(q@) as
dramatist, (b) as poet. D.
For Honours. 1. Discuss} Coleridge’s account of Hamlet’s charac- ter.
44 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Explain Hutton’s statement, that Browning is ‘‘a great imaginative apologist, rather than either a lyric or dramatic poet.”
3. What does Hutton mean by “ the voluntary element in Wordsworth’s genius ” ?
4. How, according to Hutton, was Arnold influenced by Goethe and Wordsworth respectively ?
5. What is meant by the term mysticism as applied, by Hutton, to Shelley’s poetry ?
FRENCH.—Part I.
First PapeEr.
The Board of Examiners. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
I.—VERSION.
1. Traduisez: (nz trop littéralement nz trop librement)— Pass and Honours.
(a) France in the middle ages, and even in the earlier half of the 14th century, was still a vast agplomeration of heterogeneous races, each with different customs and different traditions. Aquitaine was as English as Surrey was French; Brittany was still a separate and generally an inimical country; Burgundy, Provence, and even Périgord, were petty sovereignties independent
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 46
of the Crown of France. These different districts had each their different manner of letting land and providing for its tillage.
But, in almost all of them, French agriculture was already remarkable; far superior, for in- stance, to that of England, notwithstanding her temperate winters and rich soil. The English kitchen-garden was then, as now, singularly deficient.
Pass and Honours.
(6) In spite of his universality, and eleyance and clearness of his style, he was a man without true passion either for art or science; and by his want of warmth furthered the tendency towards arti- ficiality from which the language and literature already suffered. His true importance is a pre- cursor of the scientific and ‘“ philosophic” spirit of the 18th century, not only as a popularizer of science, but also as the initiator of scientific doubt and destructive criticism.
Honours only.
(c) Every castle was, in fact, a school—a seminary of polite education. From the king to the pettiest baron, every noble received at his court the children of his principal vassals; and thus every noble child was educated to the standard of the sphere immediately above his own. In their homes, from the age of seven, boys and girls alike had learned to spell, to ride, to know that they were Christians. At the age of ten or twelve they were generally sent to court. Here they learned, above all, the duties and behaviour of gentle people.
Great care was taken that they should be well bred, chivalrous, courteous, neatly clad, and clean.
46
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
II.—TRapDvUcTION. Pass and Honours.
1. Traduisez:
(a) Moins riche que homme en qualités exquises,
la femme |’emporte par les qualités natives, ce que Montaigne appelle les qualités de prime- saut; son instinct la cuide parfois aussi heureuse- ment que la plus rigoureuse logique ; tandis que nous discourons, elle observe : le grand livre du monde lui est familier: elle devine, elle déméle, elle pénétre: c’est, dans le détail des choses de Ame, un merveilleux psychologue. Sa volonté concoit, quand il le faut, les résolutions les plus vaillantes, les résolutions du sacrifice: od nous décidons par raison, elle écoute son coeur, et la tendresse n’a pas de source plus profonde, le dévouement de plus complet abandon. Au bon sens le plus solide elle sait allier les gréces légéres. Dans tout ce qui demande du tact, du goft, moins d’application que de génie, ]’oubli ou le don de soi-méme, dans la conversation, la correspondance, la critique, des juges difliciles ne lui reconnaissent pas de supérieur: elle a la finesse, l’élan, le charme. Ce sont 1a des richesses incomparables dont il n’est besoin que de diriger et de perfectionner l’emploi. On peut régler, son imagination et rectifier son jugement, éclairer ses sentiments et assurer sa volonté, discipliner en un mot ses facultés sans en contraindre l’allure naturelle.
(5) jen ’étais qu’une plante inutile, un roseau
Aussi je végétais, si fréle qu’un oiseau
En se posant sur moi pouvait briser ma vie. Maintenant je suis fifite et |’on me porte envie. Car un vieux vagabond, voyant que je pleurais, Un matin en passant m’arracha du marais,
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 47
De mon coeur, qu’il vida, fit un tuyau sonore,
Le fit sécher un an, puis, le percgant encore,
I] v fixa la gamme avec huit trous égaux ;
Et depuis, quand sa lévre aux souffles musicaux
Eveille les chansons au creux de mon silence,
Je tressaille, je vibre et la note s’élance ;
Le chapelet des sons va s’égrenant dans lair;
On dirait le babil d’une source au flot clair ;
Et dans ce flot chantant qu’un vague écho répéte
Je sais noyer le cceur de |’homme et de la béte
| IIT.—Syntraxe& ComPAREE.
(Pass and Honours). — (Répondez briévement en anglais aux questions survantes. )
(2) Comment expliquez-vous l’assertion suivante: ‘* Le francais semble étre a Vétat de transition en ce qui concerne son accentuation”—et quelles sont les econséquences grammaticales de cette faiblease de l’aceent? Donnez quelques ex- emples a l’appui de votre raisonnement.
(6) Montrez au moyen de lignes les différences, qui existent dans la construction d’une phrase ordinaire en anglais et en frangais—Enumérez
| les défauts et qualités de chaque construction.
(c) Traduisez les comparaisons suivantes par des ‘< sumiles ” anglais correspondants.
Boire comme un trou; Manger comme quatre ; Impartial comme la justice; Jaune comme un citron; Lent comme uné tortue.
Citez d’autres comparaisons que vous pourriez savoir en francais.
48
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
FRENCH.— Parr I. SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.
1. Traduisez (en soignant le style et la précision des
expressions ) :
Pass only.
(2) Mélange, action, savoir-faire, tout cela ne se
concilie guére, il faut le dire, avec l’idée d’inno- cence, de dignité individuelle. Ce génie libre et raisonneur, dont la mission est la lutte, apparait sous les formes peu gracieuses de la guerre, de l'industrie, de la critique, de la dialectique. Le rire moqueur, la plus terrible des négations, n’embellit pas les lévres ov il repose. Nous avons grand besoin de la physionomie pour ne pas étre un peuple laid. Quoi de plus grimagant que notre premier regard sur le monde du moyen foe? Le Gargantua de Rabelais, fait frémir 4 cété de la noble ironie de Cervantés et du fameux badinage de |’ Ariote.
Il y en avait de tout petits, qui tachaient de prouver qu’ils avaient seize ans, et qu’ils avaient droit de partir. L’Assemblée, par grace, avait abaissé jusqu’a cet Age la taculté de s’erréler.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 49
Il y avait des hommes mars, des hommes déja grisonnants, qui ne voulaient pour rien au monde laisser une telle occasion, et plus lestes que les jeunes partaient devant pour la frontiére.
Personne ne voyait ces choses sans émotion. La jeune audace de ces enfants, le dévouement de ces hommes qui laissaient-la tout, sacrifiaient tout, tiraient les larmes des yeux. ‘els pleur- uient, se désespéraient de ne pouvoir partir aussi. Les partants chantaient et dansaient, lorsque les municipaux les menaient le soir & |’Hétel de ville. Ils disaient & la foule émue: “ Chantez donc aussi, vous autres! criez: Vive la nation !”
Pass and Honours.
(6) Le travail de la campagne est agréable &
considérer, et n’a rien d’assez pénible en lui- méme pour émouvoir & compassion. L/’objet de Putilité publique et privée le rend intéressant: et puis c’est la premiere vocation de homme; il rappelle & l’esprit une idée agréable, et au coeur tous les charmes de l’Age d’or.
La seule habitude qu’on doit laisser prendre a l’enfant est de n’en contracter aucune; qu’on ne le porte pas plus sur un bras que sur |’autre ; qu’on ne l’accoutume pas & présenter une main plutét que l’autre, &s’en servir plus souvent, & vouloir manger, dormir, agir aux mémes heures, a ne pouvoir rester seul ni nuit ni jour.
Toutes nos langues sont des ouvrages de |’art. On a longtemps cherché s’il y avait une langue naturelle et commune & tous les hommes: sans doute il y en aune; et c’est cells que les enfants parfent avant de savoir parler.
E
50 , EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Pass only.
(c) Tous ces barbares avaient la tate élevée, ies couleurs vives, les yeux bleus, le regard farouche et menacant ; ils portaient de larges braies, et leur tunique était chamarrée de morceaux de pourpre; un ceinturon de crin pressait & leur coté leur fidéle épée. L’épée du Gaulois ne le quitte jamais: mariée pour ainsi dire avec son maitre, elle ’accompagne pendant la vie, elle le suit sur le bficher funébre, et descend avec lui au tombeau. Tel était le sort qu’avaient jadis les épouses dans les Gaules, tel est aussi celui qu’elles ont encore aux rivages de |’Indas.
Pass and Honours.
(d) Ces petites phrases qui ne supportaient pas la discussion, arrachaient un oui ou un non &l’inter- locuteur, et la conversation tombait 4 plat. Monsieur de B. . . . ~ implorait alors assistance de son visiteur en mettant & l’ouest son nez de vieux carlin poussif; il vous regardait de ses gros yeux vairons d’une fagon qui signi- fiait: Vous dites? Les ennuyeux empressés de parler d’eux-mémes, il les chérissait, il les écoutait avec une probe et délicate attention qui le leur rendait si précieux que les bavards d’Angouléme lui accordaient une sournoise intelligence et le prétendaient mal jugé.
Les Questions suivantes peuvent se traiter en | Anglass. Pass and Honours.
2, Commentez les 4 morceaux précédents (a), (6), (c), (d), en ce qui concerne les ouvrages aufquels ils
| ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. a1
aussi les personnuges ou les événements dont
appartiennent, ainsi que leurs auteurs. sag bai ils font mention.
3. Quels points d’affinité remarquez-vous entre J. J.
Rousseau et Chateaubriand et comment est-il
| possible de leur appliquer & tous deux le titre de ! “‘Fondateur du Romantisme” ?
Pass only.
Pass and Honours.
4. Décrivez longzuement la place spéciale que Michelet et Balzac ont su se créer dans la Littérature francaise. Prouvez que dans celui-l& on trouve Penthousiasme et l’Ame d’un poéte; et dans celui-ci du romantisme et du réalisme.
Pass and Honours. », Jusqu’&é quel point A. Daudet est-il naturaliste ? Montrez la différence qui existe entre lui et E.
Zola. Etendez vous sur cette question.
Honours only. Lraitez en frangais la question suivante.
Comparez le romantisme francais avec le romantisme anglais. Ne vous servez pas seule- ment de la critique de Brunetiére; donnez plutét le résultat de vos propres pensées.
52
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
FRENCH.—Part II.
First Paper. Lhe Board of Examiners.
I.—VERSION.
1. Traduisez: (ne trop littéralement ni trop libre-
ment )—
(a) Sincerity is the luxury allowed, like diadems
and authority, only to the highest rank, that being permitted to speak truth, as having none above it to court, to conform unto. Every man alone is sincere. At the entrance of a second person, hypocrisy begins.' We parry and fend the approach of our fellow man by compliments, by gossip, by amusements, by affairs. e cover up our thoughts from him under a hundred folds. Almost every man we meet requires some civility—requires to be humoured; he has some fame, some talent, some whim of religion or philanthropy in his head that is not to be ques- tioned, and which spoils all conversation with him. Buta friend is a sane man who exercises not my ingenuity, but me. My friend gives me entertainment without requiring any stipulation on my part.
We are holden to men by every sort of tie, by blood, by pride, by fear, by hope, by lucre, by lust, by hate, by admiration, by every cir- cumstance and badge and trifle, bat we can scarce believe that so much character can subsist
SEE Sa eens — Eee ———_—_—_—_——— EE wae _ ———
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 53
as to draw us by love... . I wish that friend ship should have feet, as well as eyes and eloquence.
(65 During a visit which he paid to one of his relations, the owner of a house at Chambery, behind which stretched a garden where he had played in his childhood, Xavier de Maistre wished to revisit alone this scene of his early pleasures. He asked and easily obtained per- mission from his friend to go there unobserved ; but as his visit to this unpretending enclosure was unnecessarily prolonged, his friend, anxious at his long absence, went to look for him, and did not see him; no tree, no’ salient object could, however, conceal him from sight. At last, after an hour’s anxious search, he was discovered b the side of a pool of water, on the surface of whic he was throwing small pieces of paper, and was looking at the water-spiders playing round them. ‘‘ I remember,” he said to his friend, “that, when a child, this pastime amused me greatly ; I wanted to see whether it would be so now that I am old, and really [ have not found a very great difference.”
If.—TrapvuctTIion. 2. Traduisez—
(2) Concevons que nous voguions pendant un million d’années (avec la vitesse de la lumiére, qui est de 75,000 lieues par seconde)—Sommes-nous aux confins de l’univers visible ?— Voici des immensités noires qu’il faut franchir.—Mais la- bas de nouvelles étoiles s’allument au fond des cieux. Elangons-nous vers elles, atteignons-les.
ot
=
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Nouveau million d’années, nouvelles révélations, nouvelles splendeurs étoilées, nouveaux univers, nouveaux mondes, nouvelles terres, nouvelles humanités.
Eh quoi! Jamais de fin? Jamais d’horizon fermé? Jamais devote? Jamais de ciel qui nous arréte? toujours l’espace, toujours le vide ? Ov donc sommes-nous ? Quel chemin avons- nous parcouru? ... Nous sommes... au vestibule de Vinfini! .... Nous n’avons pas avancé d’un seul pas! Nous sommes toujours au méme point! Le centre est partout, la circonférence nulle part . . . . Oui, voila ouvert devant nous l’infini, dont )’étude n’est pas com- mencée . . . Nous n’avons rien vu, nous recu- lons d’épouvante, nous tombons anéantis, in- vapables de poursuivre une carriére inutile... . Eh! nous pouvons tomber, tomber en ligne droite dans l’abime béant, tomber toujours dans Péternité entiére, jamais, jamais nous n’attein- drons le fond, pas plus que nous n’avons atteint la cime: que dis-je? Jamais nous n’en appro- cherons! Ni ciel, ni enfer; ni orient, ni occident; ni haut, ni bas; ni gauche, ni droite. En quelque direction que nous considérions Univers, il est infini dans tous les sens. Dans cet infini, les associations de soleils et de mondes qui constituent notre univers visible ne forment
wune fle du grand archipel, et dans )’éternité P la durée, la vie de notre planéte toute entiére n’est que le songe d’un instant.
(b) Les jours succéderont aux jours, et les années
S’effeuilleront ainsi que des roses fanées, Avant que je n’étreigne entre ces faibles bras Les seuls trésors que j’ai adorés ici bas:
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 5
La gloire et le génie. Et pourtant, comme jaime
Ces Lettres dont j'ai fait ma volupté supréme !
Comme j’entends vibrer tout mon coeur dans les mots !
Ce qu’ils m’ont prodiué de plaisirs et de maux,
Ce que j’ai consumé de nuits passionnées
A guetter une phrase au vol, et de journées !
Créer! sentir les mots palpiter sur la page, Les entendre frémir d’amour, pleurer de rage, Et moi-méme avec eux vibrer, souffrir, crier. . Etre en eux comme Dieu dans le monde. Créer!
II}.—SyntTaxt ComMPaREE.
(Répondez en anglais aux questions suivantes. )
(2) Montrez, au moyen d’exemples, les points de différence jes plus saiilants dans |’emploi du passif en anglais et en francais.
.b) Comment doit-on traduire en anglais les mots ci-dessous en italique? Expliquez cette traduc- tion.
Ils voient clair dans leurs affaires ;
Tl me parla tout franc ;
Ils étaient tout surpris et indignés ;
Ils se contenterent d’examiner mes papiers.
56
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
FRENCH .—Part IT.
SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.
1. Traduisez (en soignant le style et la précision des
CXPTesSi0Ns).
(a) Sa maniére littéraire ne m’a pourtant pas
servi de type, et dans des moments ot ma pensée éprouvait le besoin d’une expression hardie, sa forme délicate et adroite m’a paru plus propre A m’empétrer qu’é me dégager. Mais quand les heures de fiévre sont passées, on revient & cette forme un peu vanlootée, comme on revient & Van- loo lui-méme, pour en reconnaitre la vraie force et la vraie beauté & travers le caprice de ]‘indivi- dualité et le cachet de l’école ; sous ces miévreries souriantes de la recherche, il y a quand méme le génie du maitre.
Les superstitions rustiques lui venaient en droite ligne de la religion des druides, cette doctrine peu connue dans son essence, car on ne l’a jugée que d’aprés les crimes qui |’ont souillée et dénaturée. La vierge Marie et le grand’fade se confondaient étrangement dans l’imagination poétiquement sauvage de la bergére d’Ep-Nell.
(6) Ce sont eux qui ont osé ecroire les premiers
qu'il suffisait du tableau des affections privées pour intéresser l’esprit et le cour de homme;
nr rnp rr — ee
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 57
que ni l’illustration des personnages, ni |’impor- tance des intéréts, ni le merveilleux des événe- ments, n’étaient nécessaires pour captiver l'imagination, et qu’il y avait dans la puissance d’aimer de quoi renouveler sans cesse et les tableaux et les situations, sans jamais lasser la curiosité. Ce sont eux enfin qui ont fait des romans des ouvrages de morale ov les vertus et les destinées obscures peuvent trouver des motifs d’exaltation et se .créer un genre d’héroisme.
(c) Nous croyons que |’auteur d’un. bon ouvrage
doit se garder de trois choses, du titre, de l’épitre dédicatoire, et de la préface. Les autres doivent se garder d’une quatriéme, c’est d’écrire.
e e e A e e
L’épitre dédicatoire n’a 6té souvent présentée he par la bassesse intéressée, & la vanité édaigneuse: De la vient cet amas d’ouvrages mervenaires ; Stances, odes, sonnets, épitres liminaires, Od toujours le héros passe pour sans pareil, Et, fat-il louche ou borgne, est réputé soleil.
On étouffe l’esprit des enfants sous un amas de connaissances inutiles; mais de toutes les sciences la plus absurde & mon avis, et celle qui est la plus capable d’étouffer toute espéce de génie, c’est la géométrie. Cette science ridicule @ pour objet des surfaces, des lignes et des points qui n’existent pas dans la nature. On fait passer en esprit cent mille lignes courbes entre un cercle et une ligne droite qui le touche, quoique,
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
dans la réalité, on n’y puisse pas passer un fétu. La géométrie, en vérité, n’est qu’une mauvaise plaisanterie.
(d) Il n’y avait & cet endroit qu’un assez gros volume allemand, relié en peau de truie, avec des clous de cuivre aux plats et d’épaisses nervures surle dos. . . . . Le volume dont les plats étaient légérement entre-baillés, reposait sur sa tranche médiame.
Sa bouche était impérieuse et ironique et ses yeux bleus riaient d’une fagon inquiétante sous des sourcils noirs, dont l’arc était trés pur.
Pour ma part, je ne découvre dans l’humanité aucun signe de déclin, jai beau entendre parler de la décadence. Jen ’y crois pas. Je ne crois pas méme que nous soyons parvenus au plus haut point de civilisation. Je crois que l’évolution de ’humanité est extrémement lente et que les différences qui se produisent d’un siécle 4 l'autre
, dans les inoeurs sont, & les bien mesurer, plus \ petites qu’on ne s’‘imagine. Mais elles nous frap- pent. Etles innombrables ressemblances que ‘ nous avons avec nos péres, nous ne les remar- ‘ quons pas. Le train du monde est lent.
(e) L’histoire ne résout pas les questions; elle nous
_apprend & Texaminer. Elle nous enseigne au
: moins comment il faut s’y prendre pour observer
\ les faits humains, Le regard que nous jetons
! sur les choses présentes est toujours troublé par
quelque = intérét personnel, quelque préjugé ou
se passion, Voir juste est presque impos-
‘ble. Sil s’agit au contraire du passé, notre regard est plus calme et plus sar.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 59
Les Questions Suivantes Peuvent s¢ Truiter en Anglars.
2. Commentez a fond les morceaux précédents (a), (5),
oe
(c), (d), (e), en ce qui concerne leur origine et leurs auteurs. |
. Nommez les cing divisions littéraires dans lesquelles
apparait le talent de Voltaire comme prosateur et indiquez briédvement le réle qu’il a joué dans le roman et I’histoire.
. Discutez l’assertion suivante: que Mme de Stael est
une des femmes écrivains les plus importantes que le monde ait vues. Est-ce tout A fait juste en ce qui concerne son style et sa conception du roman ?
Contrastez le style de G. Sand et celui d’A France et montrez les influences religieuses, politiques et littéraires qui ont agi sur louvre de ces deux romanciers.
En quoi le naturalisme de Daudet différe-t-il cde celui d’E. Zola ?
Donnez des notes trés succinctes des oeuvres et du style des écrivains suivants: Augustin Thierry, Michelet, Thiers et Fustel de Coulanges.
60 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
FRENCH.—Parts I. anp II. THIRD PAPER.
HISTORY OF THE LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE.
(Les réponses peuvent se faire en anglais.)
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
I.— HistTolRE DE LA LITTERATURE.
Traitez SEULEMENT CINQ (les questions suivantes, mais en comprenant toujours dans votre choix les questions (a}, (c), ( /’).
(a) Indiquez d’une maniére concise et claire les traits saillants de l’histoire du Roman en France depuis d’Urfé jusqu’a Flaubert. Enumérez & grands traits les écrivains qui ont illustré cette branche importante de la Littérature pendant toute cette période. Mentionnez leurs ceuvres principales.
(6) Pourquoi les Chroniqueurs occupent-ils une place si importante au Moyen-Age, en ce qui con- cerne l'histoire? Qui étaient-ils? De qui ont- ils pris la place and quels sont leurs ouvrages ?
(c) Quel réle la science et la philosophie jouent- elles dans l’histoire du Roman? Quw’ entend-on ies roman & thése, roman romantique, roman
istorique et roman naturaliste? Dans quelles
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 61
périodes de la Littérature trouve-t-on des ex- emples de ces différents genres ? quels en sont les principaux représentants ? Citez les ouvrages les mieux connus.
(d2) A quelles époques de la Littérature peut-on constater l’influence des écrivains anglais sur les romanciers francais? Quels étaient ces écrivains et ces romanciers? Etendez-vous longuement sur cette question.
(ec) Quelles ont été les différentes tendances du roman en France depuis le XVIIe sidécle jusqu’& nos jours et quelles sont les causes de la popu- larité du roman moderne ?
(f) Montrez bridévement en quoi différent les Chroniqueurs du Moyen-Age, les écrivains de Mémoires des XVIe and XVIIe siécles et les Historiens des XVI IIe and XI Xe sidcles ? Citez des faits, des noms et des ouvrages.
(g) Ecrivez une note détaillée sur chacun des écrivains suivants: Pascal, Mme. de Sévigné, Bossuet, Fénelon, Fustel de Coulanges.
JI.—Hisro1rE DE LA LANGUE.
1, Part IT.—Qu’entendez-vous par Epopée nationale et Romans d’aventures ? Quelles autres divisions complétent ce qu’on appelle Poésie Epique? quel est le caractére général des extraits que vous avez lus de cette épopée et quels sont ces extraits ? Donnez-en des détails tras concis.
2. Part I.—Tracez rapidement les progrés du dialecte de )’IIe de France depuis les origines jusqu’ aprés la croisade contre les Albigeois.
62 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
GERMAN.—Parrt I. First Paper. The Board of Examiers. PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.
1. Translate, locate, and annotate—
(a) Der du von dem Himmel bist, Alles Leid und Schmerzen stillest, Den, der doppelt elend ist, Doppelt mit Erquickung fillest, Ach, ich bin des Treibens miide ! Was soll all der Schmerz und Lust ? Siiszer Friede, Komm, ach komm in meine Brust!
(b) Geh! gehorche meinen Winken, Nutze deine jungen Tage, Lerne zeitig kliiger sein. Auf des Gliickes grosser Wage Steht die Zunge selten ein ; Du mast steigen oder sinken, Du must herrschen und gewinnen, Oder dienen und verlieren, Leiden oder trinmphieren, Amboss oder Hammer sein.
(c) Kennst du den Berg und seinen Wolkensteg: ? Das Maultier sucht im Nebel seinen Weg ; In HéGhlen wohnt der Drachen alte Brut; Ks stiirzt der Fels und iiber ihn die Flut. Kennst du ihn wohl ? Dahin! Dahin Geht unser Weg! o Vater, lass uns ziehn !
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 63
2. Translate and explain—
(a) Diese Gondel vergleich’ ich der sanft ein-
schaukelnden Wiege,
Und das Kistchen darauf scheint ein geriiu- miger Sarg.
Recht so! Zwischen der Wieg’ und dem Sarg
wir schwanken und schweben
Auf dem grossen Canal sorglos durch’s Leben dahin.
(5) Wiszt ihr, wie auch der Kleine was ist? Er mache das Kleine Recht; der Grosze begehrt just so das Grosze zu tun.
(c) Lange haben die Groszen der Franzen Sprache
gesprochen,
Halb nur geachtet den Mann, dem sie vom Munde nicht floss :
Nun lallt alles Volk entziickt die Sprache der Franken ;
Ziirnet, Miachtige, nicht! Was ihr ver- langtet, geschieht.
3. Translate, locate, and comment upon the following passage :—
Aber aus der dumpfen grauen Ferne
Kiindet leise wandelnd sich der Sturm an,
Driickt die Vigel nieder auf’s Gewiisser,
Driickt der Menschen schwellend Herz dar- nieder,
Und er kommt. Vor seinem starren Wiiten
Streckt der Schiffer klug die Segel nieder ;
Mit dem angstertiillten Balle spielen
Wind und Wellen.
64 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
Und an jenem Ufer driiben stehen
Freund’ und Lieben, beben auf dem Festen :
Ach, warum ist er nicht hier geblieben !
Ach, der Sturm! Verschlagen wee vom Glicke !
Soll der Gute so zu Grunde gehen ?
Ach, er sollte! ach, er kénnte! Gotter!
Doch er stehet miinnlich an dem Steuer:
Mit dem Schitfe spielen Wind und Wellen, Wind und Wellen nicht mit seinem Herzen ; Herrschend blickt er auf die grimme Tiefe, Und vertrauet, scheiternd oder landend, Seinen Gottern.
4. Translate and locate—
Und er richtete den Zeigefinger,
Der so rétlich war wie eine Rose,
Nach dem weiten ausgespannten Teppich, Fing mit seinem Finger an zu zeichnen : Oben malt’ er eine schéne Sonne,
Die mir in die Augen machtig gliinzte,
Und den Saum der Wolken macht’ er golden, Liess die Strahlen durch die Wolken dringen ; Malte dann die zarten leichten Wipfel
Frisch erquickter Baume, zog die Hiigel, Kinen nach dem andern, frei dahinter ;
Unten liess er’s nicht an Wasser fehlen, Zeichnete den Fluss so ganz natiirlich,
Dasz er schien im Sonnenstrahl zu glitzern, Dasz er schien am hohen Rand zu rauschen.
5. Translate into idiomatic English and annotate :
(a) Dasz er gleich den Briidern eine héhere Schule besuchen wiirde, daran war nicht zu denken. Die Mutter hegte wohl eine Zeit lang den Plan,
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 65
ihn den Alteren folgen zu lassen, sobald diese das A biturientenexamen gemacht haben wiirden, -denn es tat ihrem Herzen wehe, dasz dieser eine den anderen nachstehen sollte, aber schlieszlich fiigte sie sich. Und es war wohl auch am besten so. Paul selber hatte es nie anders
-erwartet. Er hielt sich fiir ein durchaus unter- -geordnetes Wesen den Briidern gegeniiber und
hatte es schon langst aufgegeben, ihnen jemals ‘zu gleichen. Wenn sie zu den Ferien heimka- men, Sammetmiitzen auf den wallenden Haaren, bunte Bander quer iiber die Brust gespannt—
-denn sie gehérten einer verbotenen Schiilerver-
bindung an—so schaute er zu ihnen empor wie zu Wesen aus héheren Welten. Begierig lauschte er, wenn sie untereinander tiber Sallust and Cicero und die Dramen des Aeschylos sprachen—und sie sprachen gern davon, sian allein, um ihm zuimponieren. Der Gegenstand seiner allerhdchsten Bewunderung aber war ‘das dicke Buch, anf dessen vorderster Seite das Wort ‘ Logarithmentafel” geschrieben stand. Wie gelehrt musz der sein, der das alles im Kopfe hat? sagte er sich, den Deckel des Buches streichelnd, denn er dachte nicht anders, als dasz man alle diese Zahlen auswendig: lernte.
‘(6) Der Verteidiger hatte geendet. Ein Murmeln
ging durch den weiten Schwurgerichtssaal, dessen Galerie von dichtgedringten Kdépfen starrte.
Wenn der Angeklagte die Wirkung des glinzenden Plaidoyers durch ein unbedachtes Wort nicht wieder verdarb, so war er gerettet.
Die Replik des Staatsanwalts verhallte ‘ungehort.
F
66
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Und nun klirrten die Lorgnetten und Opern- gucker. Aller Augen wandten sich nach dem blassen, schlicht gekleideten Manne, der auf demselben Armensiinderbiinkchen sasz, auf welchem vor acht Jahren der tiickische Knecht
gesessen hatte.
Der Prisident hatte gefragt, ob der Augek- lagte noch etwas zur Erhirtung seiner Unschuld beizubringen habe.
‘“‘ Schweigen, Schweigen !” ging es murmelnd durch den Saal.
Aber Paul erhob sich und sprach, erst leise und stockend, doch sicherer von Augenblick z Augenblick : |
‘¢ Es tut mir von Herzen leid, dasz. die Miihe, welche sich der Herr Rechtsanwalt gegeben hat, mich zu erretten, umsonst gewesen sein soll. Aber ich bin nicht so unschuldig an der Tat, wie er mich darstellt.”
6. Translate and locate the following passages :—
(a) Nein, eine Grenze hat Tyrannenmacht
Wenn der Gedriickte nirgends Recht kann finden,
Wenn unertriglich wird die Last, greift er
Hinauf getrosten Mutes in den Himmel
Und holt herunter seine ew’gen Rechte,
Die droben hangen unveriiuszerlich
Und unzerbrechlich, wie die Sterne selbst.
Der alte Urstand der Natur kehrt wieder,
Wo Mensch dem Menschen gegeniibersteht.
Zum letzten Mittel, wenn kein andres mehr
Verfangen will, ist ihm das Schwert gegeben—
Der Giiter héchstes diirfen wir verteid’ gen
Gegen Gewalt. Wir stehn vor unser Land,
Wir stehn vor unsre Weiber, unsre Kinder!
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 67
(6) Auf dieser Bank von Stein will ich mich setzen, Dem Wanderer zur kurzen Ruh bereitet Denn hier ist keine Heimat. Jeder treibt Sich an dem andern rasch und fremd voriiber Und fraget nicht nach seinem Schmerz. Hier
eht Der sorgenvolle Kaufmann und der leicht Geschiirzte Pilger, der andiicht’ge Ménch, Der diistre Rauber und der heitre Spielmann, Der Siumer mit dem schwer beladnen Rosz, Der ferne herkommt von der Menachen Lindern,
Denn jede Strasze fihrt ans End’ der Welt. Sie alle ziehen ihres Wegres fort An ihr Geschift und meines ist der Mord !
GERMAN.—Panrrt I.
SEconND PapgErR. (COMPOSITION, UNSEEN TRANSLATION, PHONETICS, AND GRAMMAR.)
The Board of Examvuners.
1. Translate into German—
My dear Lord Houghton—It is very kind of you to remember me ut this time, and to send me the gift of your two volumes. I thank you warmly for your kindness. I came down here on Monday, and the time of the journey passed rapidly as I read portions of your first volume. I have a great love of poetry; but I suspect few have less capacity for writing it than I have. What makes it easy to some and impossible to others I cannot understand. I console myself with the belief that it is necessary
¥ 2
68
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
for some of us to write and speak only in prose. And so you are to lose your now only daughter. It is cruel, but inevitable. I have four daughters now scattered and gone, and my house is almost as lonely as yours. My boys remain with me, but they do not make up for the loss of my girls, I hope your daughters will be happy, and that their happiness will do something to lessen the misery of having lost them. I remem- ber the pleasant evenings at F——, and I can imagine how changed is now the scene; but I will not further moralise.
Believe me, always sincerely yours,
JoHN Brianrt. Kelso, 25th November, 1881.
2, Translate into English—
(a) Als sie mun endlich in die ktihlen Schatten
des duftenden Waldes traten, als die Biische wie in sehnsiichtigen Seufzern fliisterten, als die wunderbaren Melodien der rauschenden Biche, die Lieder der Végel fernhin ténten und den Widerhall weckten, der ihnen aus den Bergen antwortete, da stand Balthasar plétzlich still und rief, indem er die Arme weit ausbreitete, als woll’ er Baum und Gebiisch liebend umfangen : “OQ, nun ist mir wieder wohl, unbeschreiblich wohl. In der Stadt ist mir oft zu Mute, als wollten die Hiiuser iiber meinem Kopf zusam- menstiirzen ; eine unsagbare Angst treibt mich hinaus. Aber hier, hier erftillt bald mein Gemiit eine siisze Ruhe. Auf den blumigen Rasen gelagert, schaue ich hinauf in das weite Blau des Himmels, und iiber mir, iiber den jubelnden Wald hinweg, ziehen die goldenen Wolken wie
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 69
herrliche Triume aus einer fernen Welt voll seliger Freuden. O mein Freund, dann erhebt sich aus meiner eigenen Brust ein wunderbarer Geist, und ich vernehm’ es, wie er in geheimnis- vollen Worten spricht mit den Biischen, mit den Biumen, mit den Wogen des Waldbachs, und nicht vermag ich die Wonne zu nennen, die dann in wehmiitigem Bangen mein ganzes Wesen durchstrémt.”
(>) Man meint immer, man miisse alt werden um gescheit zu sein ; im Grunde aber hat man bei zanehmenden Jahren zu tun, sich so klug zu erhalten wie man gewesen ist. Der Mensch wird in seinen verschiedenen Lebensstuten wohl ein andrer, aber man kann nicht sagen, dasz er ein besserer werde, und er kann in gewissen Dingen so gut in seinem zwanzigsten Jahre recht haben wie in seinem sechzigsten. Wenn daher ein Schriftsteller aus verschiedenen Epochen seines Lebens Werke zuriicklisst, so kommt es beson- ders darauf an, dasz er ein angeborenes Funda- ment und Wohlwollen besitze, dasz er auf jeder Stufe rein gesehen und empfunden, und ohne Nebenzwecke gerade und treu gesagt habe wie er gedacht. Dann wird sein Geschriebenes, wenn es auf der Stufe recht war, wo es entstand, auch ferner recht bleiben, der Autor mag sich auch spiiter entwickeln und verindern wie er will.
3. («) What is understood by a“ continuant” ? What by a ‘nasal consonant” ?
(6) Show the difference in the pronunciation of: E. “hole” G. “hohl”; E. “stand” G. “stand”; E. “feel” G. “viel”: E. “hurt” G. “hort.”
20 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(c) Transcribe the first sentence of the passage given above under 2 (6) (from “ Man” to ‘* gewesen ist.”) in phonetic spelling.
4. (a) Give the nominative singular of all the nouns in the plural oceurring in the passage given ander 2 (a), and the nominative plural of all those in the singular, with the definite article.
(6) Give the first person singular of the imperfect indicative, and the past participle, of all the strong’ or irregular verbs in the same passage.
{c) Write out the first four sentences of P’s speech in the same passage as they would sound in indirect narration (‘“ Hr rief, nun set thm wieder wohl,” &c., to “ Freuden ”’).
GERMAN. Part I.—Honours, and
Part II.—Pass (First Paprér).—(ComPosiTION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into German:
(a) I cannot understand the rage manifested by the greater part of the world for reading new books. If the public had read all the books that have gone before, I can conceive how they should not wish to read the same work twice over ; but when I consider the countless volumes that lie unopened, unregarded, unread, and
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 71
unthought of, I cannot enter into the pathetic
complaints that I bear made, that Sir Walter
writes no more, that the press is idle, that Lord Byron is dead. If I bave not read a book before, it is, to all intents and purposes, new to me, whether it was printed yesterday or three hundred years ago. If it be urged that it has no modern, passing incidents, and is out of date and old-fashioned, then it is so much the newer; it is further removed from other works that I have lately read, from the familiar routine of ordinary life, and makes so much more addition to my knowledge. But many people would as soon think of putting on an old armour as of taking up a book not published within the last month, or year at the utmost. There is a fashion in reading as well as in dress, which lasts only for the season.
{b) I continued the labours of the village-school
as actively and faithfully as I could. It was truly hard work at first. Some time elapsed before, with all my efforts, I could comprehend my scholars and their nature. Wholly untaught, with faculties quite torpid, they seemed to me hopelessly dull; and, at first sight, all dull alike, but I soon found I was mistaken. There was
.a difference among them as amongst the
educated; and when I got to know them, and they me, this difference rapidly developed itself. Their amazement at me, my language, my rules, and ways, once subsided, I found some of these heavy-looking, gaping rustics wake into sharp- witted girls enough. Many showed themselves obliging, and amiable, too; and I discovered amongst them not a few examples. of natural
72
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
» politeness, and innate self-respect, as well as of
excellent capacity, that won both my good-will and my admiration. The rapidity of their progress, in some instances, was even surprising’. and an honest and happy pride I took in it.
2. Translate into English :
(a) Alle Biicher, die je geschrieben wurden, vom
diltesten bis zum jiingsten, stehen in einem geheimnisvollen Zusammenhang. Denn keiner, der ein Buch geschrieben, ist durch sich selbst o'eworden, was er uns ist, jeder steht auf den Schultern seiner Vorginger, Alles, was vor ihm geschaffen wurde, hat irgendwie dazu geholfen, ihm Geist und Seele zu bilden. Und wieder, was er geschaffen, hat irgendwie andre Menschen gebildet, und aus seinem Geist ist in spiitere ibergegangen. So bildet der Inhalt aller Biicher ein groszes Geisterreich auf Erden, von den vergangenen Seelen leben und nihren sich alle, welche jetzt schaffen. In diesem Sinne ist der Geist des Menschengeschlechts eine unermesz- liche Einheit, der jeder Einzelne angehért, der einst lebte und schuf, der jetzt atmet und Neues. wirkt. Der Geist, den die vergangenen Menschen als ihren eigenen emptanden, er ging und geht jeden Tag in Andre tiber. Was heut geschrieben ist, wird morgen vielleicht die Habe von tausend Fremden, wer langst seinen Leib der Natur zuriickgegeben hat, lebt unauf- hérlich in neuem irdischem Dasein fort, und wird tiiglich in Tausenden auf’s Neue lebendig.
Das Geschlecht, das Venedig gegriindet, bat sich nicht zum Spasz auf diese Inseln gefliichtet ; es war keine Willkiir, welche die Folgenden
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 73:
trieb, sich mit ihnen zu vereinigen: die Not lehrte sie, ihre Sicherheit in der unvorteil- haftesten Lage suchen, die ihnen nachher so vorteilhaft ward und sie klug machte. Nun dringten sich die Wohnungen empor; Sand und Sumpf wurden durch Felsen ersetzt; die Hiuser suchten die Luft, wie Baume, die geschlossen stehen: sie muszten an Héhe zu gewinnen suchen was ihnen an Breite abging. Auf jede Spanne des Bodens geizig, und gleich anfangs in enge Riume gedriingt, lieszen sie zu Gassen nicht mehr Platz, als nétig war, eine Hausreihe von der gegeniiberstehenden zu trennen und dem Biirger notdiirftige Durchgiinge zu erhalten. Im iibrigen war ihnen das Wasser statt Strasze, Platz und Spaziergang. Der Venezianer muszte- eine neue Art von Geschépf werden, wie man denn auch Venedig nur mit sich selbst verglei-. chen kann.
—(GoETHE, “ ITALIENISCHE REISE.” ).
(c) Wobl dem, selig musz ich ihn preisen,
Der in der Stille der landlichen Flur,
Fern von des Lebens verworrenen Kreisen,
Kindlich liegt an der Brust der Natur !
Denn das Herz wird mir schwer in der Fiirsten Palisten,
Wenn ich herab vom Gipfel des Gliicks
Stiirzen sehe die Hiéchsten, die Besten
In der Schnelle des Augenblicks.
Und auch der hat sich wohl gebettet, Der aus der stiirmischen Lebenswelle, Zeitig gewarnt, sich herausgerettet In des Klosters friedliche Zelle ;
Der die stachelnde Sucht der Ehren
74
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
- Von sich warf und die eitle Lust,
Und die Wiinsche, die ewig begehren, Kingeschlafert in ruhiger Brust.
Ihn ergreift in dem Lebensgewiihle Nicht fher Leidenschaft wilde Gewalt ; Nimmer in seinem stilien Asyle
Sieht er der Menschheit traur’ge Gestalt.
Auf den Bergen ist Freiheit! Der Hauch der Griifte Steigt nicht hinauf in die reinen Liifte ; Die Welt ist vollkommen iiberall, Wo der Mensch. nicht hinkommt mit seiner
Qual.
—(ScHILLeER, “ Diz Braut von Messina.” )
GERMAN.—Parr II. SEconD Paper.
The Board of Examiners
1. Translate, with brief marginal notes where
necessary :
(a) Der Kaufmann bei uns erlebt ebenso viel Groszes, Empfindungen und Taten, als irgend ein Reiter unter den Arabern oder Indern. Je ausgebreiteter sein Geschiift ist, desto mehr Menschen hat er, deren Gliick oder Ungliick er mit fiihlen musz, und desto 6fter ist er selbst in der Lage, sich zu freuen oder Schmerzen zu empfinden. Neulich hat hier ein groszes Haus Bankerott gemacht. Wenn Sie die Gewit- terschwiile empfunden hitten, welche auf dem
————aEeeee ll FE eee ee
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 76
Geschift lag, bevor es fiel, die furchtbure Ver- zweiflung des Mannes, den Schmerz der Familie, die Hochherzigkeit seiner Frau, welche ihr eigenes Vermégen bis zum letzten Taler in die Masse warf, um die Ehre ihres Mannes zu retten,
. Sie wiirden. nicht sagen, dasz unser Geschiift arm
an Leidenschuften und groszen Gefiihlen ist. Triibe Erfahrungen hat der Kaufmann freilich in Menge zu machen. Der kleine Arger fehlit ihm nicht, und vieles Schlechte musz er erleben, aber der ganze Handel ist doch so sehr auf die Red- lichkeit Anderer und auf die Giite der mensch- lichen Natur berechnet, dasz ich bei meinem Eintritt in diese Titigkeit erstaunt war. Wer ein ehrliches Geschift hat, kann von unserm Leben nicht schlecht denken, er wird immer Gelegenheit haben, Schénes und Groszartiges darin zu finden.
{b) ‘ Wer hat die grosze Landschaft erobert, in der
ich geboren bin ? ” ‘*iner, der ein Mann war.”
“Kin trotziger Landwirt war's,” rief Anton,
‘er und andere seines Hauses. Mit dem Schwert oder durch List, durch Vertrag oder mit Uberfall, auf jede Weise haben sie den Boden an sich gezogen, in einer Zeit, wo im ibrigen Deutschland fast alles tot und erbarmlich war. Als kiihne Manner und gute Wirtschafter, die sie waren, haben sie ihren Boden verwaltet. Sie haben Graben gezogen durch das Moor, haben Menschen hingepflanzt in leeres Gebiet und haben sich ein Geschlecht gezogen, hart, arbeitsam, begehrlich, wie sie sellst waren. Sie haben einen Staat gebildet aus verkommenen oder zertriimmerten Stimmen, sie haben mit
76
(c)
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
groszem Sinn ihr Haus als Mittelpunkt fiir viele Millionen gesetzt und haben aus dem Bret unzéhliger nichtiger Souveriinititen eine leben- dige Macht geschaffen.”
Write a short appreciation of Freytag’s ‘ Soll
und Haben.”
2. Translate, locate, and comment upon the following
(@)
(4)
passages :—
Ich freue mich, wenn kluge Miénner sprechen, Dass ich verstehen kann, wie sie es meinen.
Es sei ein Urteil iiber einen Mann
Der alten Zeit und seiner Taten Wert;
Ks sei von einer Wissenschaft die Rede,
Die, durch Erfahrung weiter ausgebreitet, Dem Menschen nutzt, indem sie ihn erhebt ; Wohin sich das Gespriich der Edlen lenkt,
Ich folge gern, denn mir wird leicht zu folgen. Ich hére gern dem Streit der Klugen zu,
Wenn um die Krifte, die des Menschen Brust So freundlich und so fiirchterlich bewegen,
Mit Grazie die Rednerlippe spielt ;
Gern, wenn die firstliche Begier des Ruhms, Des ausgebreiteten Besitzes Stoff
Dem Denker wird, und wenn die feine Klugheit,. Von einem klugen Manne zart entwickelt, Statt uns zu hintergehen, uns belehrt.
O glaube mir, ein selbstisches Gemiit
Kann nicht der Qual des engen Neids entfliehen.
Kin solcher Mann verzeiht dem andern wohl
Vermégen, Stand und Ehre; denn er denkt,
Das hast du selbst, das hast du, wenn du willst,.
Wenn du beharrst, wenn dich das Gltick begiinstigt.
Doch das, was die Natur allein verleiht,
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. v7
Was jeglicher Bemiihung, jedem Streben
Stets unerreichbar bleibt, was weder Gold,
Noch Schwert, noch Klugheit, noch Beharr- lichkeit
Erzwingen kann, das wird er nie verzeihn.
{c) Die wahre Freundschaft zeigt sich in Vereagen Zur rechten Zeit, und es gewahrt die Liebe Gar oft ein schidlich Gut, wenn sie den Willen Des Fordernden mehr als sein Gliick bedenkt. Du scheinest mir in diesem Augenblick Fir gut zu halten, was du eifrig wiinschest, Und willst im Augenblick, was du begebrst. Durch Heftigkeit ersetat der Irrende. Was ihm an Wahrheit und an Kriften fehlt. (d) Zeigen Sie, auf Deutsch, in wie weit die Verhiltnisse, Personen und das Problem von Goethe’s “‘ Tasso” denen entsprechen, die Goethe am Hofe zu Weimar fand.
3. Give a survey of Lessing’s work as the greatest German representative of the ‘ Aufklirung,” witha more detailed reference to his ‘‘ Laokoon’ and the ‘‘ Hamburgische Dramaturcie.”
rc ee ee
GERMAN.—Parr II. THIRD PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
I.
1, Geben Sie eine kurze Uebersicht iiber die “‘ Roman- tischen Schulen”’ in Deutschland, mit den Namen und Daten ihrer Hauptvertreter, und zeigen Sie
die Bedeutung der romantischen Bewegung.
ee
78 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2. Was wissen Sie von Walther von der Vogelweide ?
3. Die sechs grossen Dichter der klassischen Zeit des 18ten Jahrhunderts sind Klopstock, Lessing, Wieland, Herder, Goethe, und Schiller. Geben Sie ganz kurz, in einem oder zwei Sitzen fir jeden, die Bedeutung der vier ersten von diesen an.
4, Wann und mit wem beginnt die Bildung der neuhochdeutschen Schriftsprache, und welche Manner haben sich besonders um ihre Entwick- lung verdient gemacht ?
5. Geben Sie die Namen der Verfasser (wenn bekannt), die Zeit der Entstehung, und die Gattune (Drama, Roman u.s.w.) der folgenden Werke :— (a) ‘Die Leute von Seldwyla”; (6) “ Das Waltharilied”; (c) ‘‘ Agathon ”; (d) “‘ Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts ”; (e) ‘‘ Maler Nolten”; (f) ‘ Gudrun.”
II. Schreiben Sie einen deutschen Aufsatz iiber eines der folgenden Themas—
‘Des Lebens Miihe lehrt uns allein des Lebens. Giiter schdtzen.”
‘“‘ Es bildet ein Talent sich in der Stille, Sich ein Charakter in dem Strom der Welt.’’
‘“¢ Willst du genau erfahren, was sich ziemt, So frage nur bei edlen Frauen an.”
-—_—_—-
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 79
ANCIENT HISTORY. Professor Elkington.
PASS AND FIRST HONOUR PAPER.
Answer fully and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the following questions.
1. Describe the geographicat position of the follow- ing places, and mention any important historical events connected with them :—Alesia, Corfinium,,. Delos, Dyrrhachium, Ilerda, Mylae, Praeneste, Tanagra.
2. Write notes on diminutio capitis, jus Latinum, Lar familiaris municipium, plebiscitum, provo- catio, proximus agnatus, senatus auctoritas.
3. What influences, social, religious, and literary, throughout Grecian history tended to counteract political disunion ?
4. Discuss the origin and the effects of despotic government in Greece.
5. What was the Theoric Fund, and how did it affect public policy ?
6. Explain the origin and development of the Roman Tribunate.
?. Sketch the history of the Roman Senate.
8. What were the grievances which Tiberius Gracchus. proposed to alleviate, and how far was he suc- cessful ?
80 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
9. Enumerate the extra-Italian possessions of Rome in the times of the Gracchi, and point out shortly the circumstances leading to the acquisi- tion of each.
10. What were the causes of the Social War, and by what concessions was it terminated ?
11. Write a short account of either Gaius Marius or Lucius Cornelius Sulla.
12. What was the nature and what the object of the First Triumvirate ?
13. Explain the principle on which Provinces were divided between the Senate and the Emperor.
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.—Parr I.
PASS AND FIRST HONOUR PAPER. Professor Elkington.
Answer fully ‘and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the following questions.
1. How far, if at all, did the Roman occupation of Britain affect the country permanently ?
‘2. How did Canute acquire his power in England ? How did he confirm it ?
.3. Explain the meaning and the importance of the Assembly at Salisbury in 1086.
13.
14.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 81
. Give a short account of the state of literature in
England during the reign of Henry the Second.
. Write notes on :—The Barons’ War; Benevolences;
The Cabal; Impeachment; The Pilgrimage of Grace ; Tonnage and Poundage.
. Trace briefly the origin of the House of Commons
. Write an account of the reign of Richard the
Second.
. Give some account of the history of the conti-
nental possessions of England to the middle of the fifteenth century.
. Give some account (a) of the foreign, and (b) of
the domestic, policy of Henry the Seventh.
. Estimate briefly Cardinal Wolsey’s place in the
history of England.
. Give a summary of the results of the Renaissance
in England.
. Give a short account of the part played in Irish
history by (a) the O’Neills, (6) Wentworth, (ec) Chichester.
Trace the causes which led to the Parliamentary opposition to Charles the First. ‘
Trace briefly the history of the means by which the Restoration was accomplished.
82
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.—Pazr IT.
Professor Elkington.
Answer fully and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the
to
10.
following questions.
. Why was James the Second a failure ? . To what events did the Revolution of 1688-9 give
rise in Scotland ?
. Write notes on :—The Non-Jurors; Wood’s half-
pence; the lines of Torres Vedras.
. Write notes on :—The Peerage Bill ; Occasional
Conformity ; the Six Acts.
. Describe the efforts of George the Third to increase
his power. Was he successful ?
. Give an account of the struggle between Parlia-
ment and John Wilkes.
. What is meant by the “Industrial Revolution ?”
Describe its chief results, social and political.
. Indicate the merits of the government of William
Pitt as a peace minister.
. How’ do you account for the opposition to the
French Revolution in Great Britain ?
What was the “Old Colonial System,” and to what results did it lead?
——————— See OE re “rere
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 83
11. With what powers did England successively come into contact in North America? State briefly the results.
12. Discuss the chief problems of domestic polic which were dealt with by the governments o George the Fourth.
13. Trace the history of the growth of the freedom of the press in England.
14. What does India owe to (a) Warren Hastings, (6) Lord Dalhousie ?
POLITICAL ECONOMY. Professor Elkington.
Answer fully and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the following questions.
le “The Laws of Economics are statements in the indicative mood of relations between causes and effects, and not precepts in the imperative mood.” Comment upon this statement.
2. Indicate the more important conditions on which
the efficiency of labour depends. 3. Define Capital, and justify your definition. 4. Define Exchange, and justify your definition.
G2
84 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
5. Distinguish bhetween—(a) Goods and Wealth, (6) Profit and Interest, (c) Total Utility and Marginal Utility.
6. Enumerate some of the chief causes of difference between Real Wages and Nominal Wages.
7. (a) In what circumstances are joint stock com- panies likely to succeed ?
(bd) Compare the advantages of joint stock com- ag with those of private firms in various inds of industrial undertakings.
8. What is meant by the Law of Diminishing Re- turns.? Is there a Law of Increasing Returns? If so, state it.
9. Write explanatory notes on—(a) Market, (0d) Natural price, (ce) Seigniorage, (2) Unproduc- tive Labour.
10. Show the importance of Statistics as an auxiliary to economic inquiry.
11. What are the chief characteristics of a good system of Taxation.
12. Elucidate Walker’s remark that “the value of money is determined by demand and supply.”
13. (a) Why does Great Britain import more than she exports ? . (b) Why do the prices of foreign bills fluctuate ? (c) What is meant by the Foreign Exchanges ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 85
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Paazr I. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must answer satisfactorily in each of the Three Divisions of this Paper.
ae
1. Find the centre of a given circle. If two circles intersect, shew that the line joining their centres cuts their common chord at right angles.
2. If two chords of a circle cut another, the rectangle contained by the segments of one shall be equal to the rectangle contained by the segments of the other. ;
Describe a circle to pass through two given points and touch a given straight line.
3. Find a mean proportional between two given straight lines.
If two circles touch, a common tangegt is a mean proportional between their diameters.
II.
1. Shew how to solve two simultaneous quadratics in which all the terms which involve the two unknowns are of the second degree.
Solve uw any yy? bry _ a? ib
—_— —
a b? — b
ab" «4
86 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. If the three fractions x/a, y/b, z/c are equal, shew that each is equal to
(lx + my + nz) | (la + mb + ne). Prove also that (a? -+ 5? + c) (2? + y? + 22) = (ax + by + ez).
3. Define a geometrical progression and prove for- mul for the n term and the sum of x terms.
Shew that the product of terms equidistant from the first and last is the same whatever terms are taken.
4. Prove that n+l C= nCy +,C —1 and shew how to form a table of the values of ,.C,.
Express ,43C, in terms of ,C,, C1) nC,—¢.
ITT.
1, State and prove formule for the sine and cosine of the sum of two angles in terms of the sines and cosines of the angles themselves.
If sin A, sin B are given, how many values are there for sin (A + B&B) and for cos (A + B)?
2. Find a formula for all the angles which have a given cosine.
Find the general solution of sin 3x sin 56 = sin 7z sin 9x.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 87
3. Find a formula for the area of a triangle ia terms of the sides.
Shew that the area is 3 (6 sin 26 + c* sin 2B).
4, Shew how to solve a triangle having given two sides and the angle opposite one of the sides. If a= 273, 6 = 892, A= 387° 14’, find C to the nearest second having given log 3°92 = -5932861 log 2°73 = °4861626 LE, sin 87° 14’ = 9-7818002 LI, sin 60° 19’ = 9-9389076 difference for 1’ = 720
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr II. The Board of Examiners. 1. Find the equation of the straight line joining two points whose co-ordinates are given.
Shew that the three straight lines bisecting at right angles the three sides of a triangle meet at a point.
2. Shew that the line 25; a y—mert+ touches the parabola y? = 4ax. Find the locus of the intersection of any
tangent with the perpendicular drawa to it from the vertex. |
88 EXAMINATION PAPERS. é
3. Find the locus of the middle points of a system of parallel chords of an ellipse.
A chord of an ellipse passes through a fixed point. Find the locus of its middle point.
4. Find the limit when
x= 0 of a® — 1 os Hence, find the differential co-efficients of a*, 02", X.
Shew how to find the maximum and minimum values of a function of one independent variable.
Find the maximum and minimum values of 2 2 Oe a a-x2 «-—b 6. Define the curvature at any point of a curve, and prove the formula p—?r d r/dp. Find the curvature at any point of a parabola. 7. State and prove the rule for integration by sub- stitution. Integrate sec x, cosec x, sech x, cosech x.
8. Investigate formule of reduction for
fi sin x cos 2a dx. o
Shew how to find the value of the integrak when the upper limit is replaced by x or by 2z.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 89:
9. Prove the formula a r*sin@d 0
for the volume generated by the revolution of a sectorial area about the initial line.
Find the volume generated by the revolution of the curve
r=a/(l + cos @)
about the initial line.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr I. The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Shew that the acceleration a of a body due to a° force F is g F/W where W is the weight of the body expressed in the same unit as J. Discuss the introduction of the mass of the body into this expression for a, describing carefully the dynamical and gravitational systems of units.
A man descends from a balloon by means of a parachute. The resistance to the parachute is 2v? lbs. wt. at velocity v ft./sec., and the man and parachute weigh 400 lbs. Find the velocity at which he descends, and obtain an approxima- tion to the area of a horizontal plane surface which would offer the resistance here supposed.
80 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Explain the principle of the conservation of momentum, shewing its connection with Newton’s Third Law of Motion.
A ball of mass m lbs. is fired horizontally from a gun of mass M l|bs., the kinetic energy of the two, produced by the explosion, being # ft. lbs. Find the velocity in ft./sec. of the ball and gun, the latter being supposed to recoil freely.
-3. Explain the construction of a velocity-position graph from a given force-position graph. How would you proceed to obtain a position-time graph ?
A mass of M lbs. is suspended from a point O by a helical spring which is of natural length 1 .{t. and has a tension 7’ lbs. wt. at length 4+aft. The mass is released from a point distant / below O, and hits a fixed inelastic horizontal plate 6 ft. lower down. Find the velocity of the mass when it reaches the plate, aud the time elapsed. Find also the time when the mass reaches the plate a,rain.
4. Explain the meaning of the acceleration of a point when the magnitude and the direction of the velocity are both changing, and find an expres- sion for the component acceleration due to each cause.
A tube inclined at an angle @ to the vertical rotates with uniform angular velocity w radians 8 sec. about a vertical axis intersecting it.
ind in feet the distance from the vertical axis of the position in the tube at which a small smooth body can remain in relative equilibrium.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 91
5. Prove the addition theorem for moments, and deduce the condition of equilibrium of a body on a fixed smooth axis.
A gasalier with two straight arms each of length a in a line at right angles to the descend- ing tube of length 7 is hanging out of plumb from the ball-joint at top. A horizontal force P applied at the lower end of the descending tube, brings the gasalier plumb. Find the weight at the end of an arm which will do so.
6. Shew that it is necessary and sufficient for the equilibrium of forces in one plane on a rigid body that the sums of the resolved parts of the forces in two directions and the sum of their moments about one point should separately vanish.
A plane plate can turn in its own plane about a centre O fixed in a frame. A cord passes around two smooth pegs A, B in the plate in line with O, and its ends are fastened to a point C of the frame in the plane of the plate. A couple of moment Z is applied to the plate in its plane se as to strain the cord. Assuming the dimen- sions given and neglecting gravity, find the tension of the cord and the reaction at O.
7. Shew that the mechanical efficiency of a rough square-threaded screw driven in a fixed nut against an axial force by a couple around the axis is tana/tan (a + A), and that this has a maximum value (1—sin \)/(1 + sin A) when a == 7/4 — A/2, where a is the angular pitch and A is the angle of friction.
92
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Tf. the screw is a hollow tube of mean radius ry which is driven against the pressure of a rough plate bearing against the square-cut end of the screw and not rotating with it, shew that the mechanical efficiency is tan a/(tan (a + A) + p’'rja) where a is the radius of the screw- thread and p’ is the co-efficient of friction with the plate.
8. Prove the theorem z = Xmz/Xm for the c.m.,
explaining the rule of signs for the distance Z.
A plane polygon is defined by the distances 1, 2,3, 4, 5 of its angles A, B, C, D, # from a point O, and the magnitudes 60°, 60°, 75°, 75°, 90° of the angles AOBS...... EOA. -Find the distance OG of the c.m. of the area of the polygon from O and the angle GOA. :
9. Define the stress across a surface in a body, and
shew that if the stress is always normal its intensity is the same in all directions at the same point.
A surface Sis coterminous with a plane area A of given cm. G. Find the magnitude and the line of action of the resultant of a uniform fluid pressure over S of intensity p.
A right circular cylinder of radius r and length 7 is immersed in heavy liquid, with its axis horizontal and at a depth h( >7) below the surface. Find the magnitude and line of action of the resultant pressure on the part of the curved surface on one side of the vertical plane
rirough the axis of thr smooth
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 98
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Pagrr IT. ENGINEERING CouRSE.
The Board of Examiners.
{Hlectrical Eagineering Students omit the first Two questions. ]
1. State and prove the six fundamental relations between the parts of a right-angled spherical triangle.
AOB, BOC, COD are three right angles at O. Given the inclinations of the plane BOC to the other two, find the inclination of these to each other, and find also the angle DOA.
9. Shew how to solve a spherical triangle of which the three sides are given.
The latitudes and longitudes of three places on the earth’s surface are given. Find the shortest distance of one from the great circle through the other two.
3. OA, OB, OC are mutually at right angles. From a point P perpendiculars PL, PM, PWN are drawn to these axes, and PR is perpendicular to the plane AOB. If PL, PM, PR, LR, MR, NA are bars of a frame connecting P with the fixed points L, M,N, find the stresses in the frame due to a force F on P at inclinations a, B, y with the axes OA, OB, OC.
94 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4, State and explain the principle of virtual work.
Sliding pieces A, B, C on three fixed bars OA, OB, OC mutually at right angles are connected by two bars BC, CA smoothly jointed to them. Forces P, Q, & are applied to A, B,C in the directions 0A, OB, OC. Shew that for equilibrium
PIOA + Q/IOB = ROC.
5. Shew how the motion ofa particle along a straight line is determined when the force is given (a) as a function of the time, (6) as a function of the position of the particle.
If in the first case the force is A sin 2xrt/7;, where A, 7’ are constants, complete the solu- tion, and discuss the result.
6. Define the principal axes of inertia at a point, and obtain a formula for the directions of these axes at a point of a plane area, the moments and — product of inertia for one set of axes at the point being given.
Find the directions of the principal axes at the angles of a uniform triangular lamina, using the equimomental particles at the middle points of the sides.
7. Find the pressures on the bearings due to a concen- | trated load fixed to a rotating shaft at a given distance from it and from the bearings.
Find the pressures on the bearings due to a uniform distribution of mass along a given straight line parallel to the shaft and in a given position relative to the shaft and the bearings.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 95.
8. Shew how to determine the small oscillations of a frictionless mechanism with one degree of freedom by the use of the equation of energy.
A smoothly-jointed frame ABCD of equal uniform bars hangs in a vertical plane with AB fixed in a horizontal position. Find the time of a small oscillation under yravity.
9. State D’Alembert’s principle, and determine the. inertia-forces in the case of a plane amina moving in its plane.
In the case mentioned, suppose the force on the - lamina is constant in magnitude and direction and applied at a point other than the c.m. Determine the motion.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parrt II. ARTS.
First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Prove that the area of a spherical triangle is the- product of the spherical excess-and the square of the radius of the sphere.
Find formule to determine the area common to two small circles on a sphere, their angular radii being a, 6, and the distance between their poles c.
2. Prove the fundamental sine-formula for a spherical triangle. 2 2 marae The mutual inclinations of the lines 0A, OB, OC are given. Find the cosine of the inclination. to OC of a perpendicular to the plane AOD.
96 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Shew how to solve a spherical triangle having given two sides and the included angle.
A point P on the moon’s limb is defined either by the angle between the great circles from the moon’s centre to the point P and to the point Q of the limb nearest the zenith or by the angle between the great circles to P and the point & of the limb nearest the pole. Given the declination and hour-angle of the moon and the latitude, Gnd a formula for the difference of the two angles. |
‘4. Describe the adjustments of a transit circle.
The east end of the axis of rotation of a transit instrument in S. lat. \ has an elevation a and an azimuth 6 north of east. The line of collimation is at an inclination 7/2 — y to the axis of rotation. Find the hour-angles of transit of a star whose S., declination is 6.
‘5. Shew how the longitude is determined at sea by the observation of an altitude and the chrono- meter, the latitude being supposed known. Give the necessary formule, and state the corrections to be made to the observation.
Shew that the rate of change of altitude of a star is greatest when the inclination of the circles from the star through the zenith and pole is greatest, and that this occurs when the star is in the prime vertical.
©. Define the equation of time and explain the state- ment that the right ascension of the mean Sun is equal to the mean longitude of the true Sun.
Shew that, neglecting disturbances, the Sun has the mean angular motion in its orbit when
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 97
its distance is a geometric mean between the semiaxes, and that this occurs at about 90° from the line of apses. Find the difference of the mean and true longitudes of the Sun at this time, and hence shew that at an equinox the equation of time is about 7 minutes. [Take the excentricity of the orbit as 1/60 and cos 23° 30’ = 11/12.]
7. Explain the sources of the reductions for the apparent position of a star at a given time.
Let S be a star, V the point to which the earth’s centre is moving, P a given pole. Shew that if & is the constant of aberration, the aberrations of S along and perpendicular to the great circle SP are
k (cos 6 sin c — sin b cos c cos A), and k sia 6 sin A,
where PV = 6, PS=c, SPV=A.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Part IL.
ARTS. Sz0onp Paper.
The Board of Examwners.
1. Two equal uprights ABC, DHF are jointed to fixed points A, D on the same level, and are braced by equal light bars BF, CE jointed at their ends to the uprights. A force X in the direction Cf’ is applied at C. Find the stresses in BF, CE, and the maximum bending moments in the uprights.
nH
98 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Investigate conditions of equilibrium for a rigid body, acted on by any system of forces.
A gasalier has three straight branches, each of length a, equally spaced around the descend- ing tube, which is of length 2. To make this tube hang: vertically from the ball-joint at the top a horizontal force P, applied at the bottom of the tube and making an angle @ with one of the branches, is required. Find the weights which, applied at the ends of two of the branches, will effect the same object.
8. State and demonstrate the principle of virtual work.
Four uniform bars, each .of weight and length a@ form a frame ABCD. AB is fixed horizontally. Find the tension of a cord of length a joining A and C,so as to hold the frame in an oblique position.
4. A particle describes an orbit about a fixed centre of force. If v is the resultant velocity, u its component perpendicular to the radius vector, k the curvature, shew that w varies inversely as 7, and that the force per unit mass is kv®/u.
5. Demonstrate the theorem of parallel axes for moments of inertia.
Shew from considerations of dimensions that the M.I. of a uniform rod of length a and mass m about its centre is equal to that of a rod ot length 2a and mass m/4. Hence, by equating the M.I. of such a rod to the sum of the M.I’s. of its two halves, shew, without integration, that the M.I. about its centre is one-twelfth of the mass into the square of its length.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 99
6. Shew that the rate of increase of angular momen- tum of a system about a fixed axis is equal to the moment of the external forces about the axis.
A turbine wheel with vertical axis is driven by a jet of water which before entering the wheel has a horizontal velocity v ft./sec. at an angle @ with the perpendicular, of length r ft., to the axis, and after leaving the wheel has u negligible velocity. Shew that the driving couple is mur sin 6/g ft. lbs. where m lbs. is the mass of water per sec. entering the wheel.
7. Aroller of radius r and M.I. M# about its axis rolls down an inclined plane of elevation 7. The handle of the roller trails on the plane behind, its length being /, its mass m, and its c.m. dis- tant 2//3 from the end. Find the acceleration of the roller (a) when all frictions are neglected; (6) when a co-efficient of friction » is assumed between the plane and the handle.
DEDUCTIVE LOGIC.
Professor Laurie. To be used as Pass Paper, and also as Honour Paper No. 1.
1, What are the three parts of logical doctrine? How would you deal with the statement that one of these parts “is the strictly proper subject” cf Formal Logic?
2. How do you define a Concept? Show the import- ance of distinguishing between the collective and the distributive use of names.
H 2
*” Ces! “hep, y CP wee 55
100 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. What distinction should be drawn between con- trary and contradictory opposition? Give, where possible, the contrary, the obverted converse, and the contrapositive, of each of the following propositions :—
The insane ought not to be punished. Few men pursue their ambitions wisely. : If achild is spoilt, he is likely to be trouble-
some.
4. What reasons have been given for and against the addition of the forms “ All S is all P,” and “Some 8 is all P,” to the four traditional forms of proposition ?
- 6. Prove, from the rules of the syl'ogism, that a valid syllogism in the second figure must have a negative conclusion and that the conclusion of a valid syllogism in the third figure must be particular.
6. What are the characteristics of an Inductive Syllogism ? Give an example. Comment on the distinction between Perfect and Imperfect Induction. -
7. What are the different kinds of fallacy of accident ? Give an example of eaeh.
8. State the following in syllogistie form, and point out fallacies, if any :—
(2) An agreement is adhered to if it be advan- tageous to the parties concerned ; but since tie agreement between A and JB has not been to their mutual advantage, we may therefore infer that it has not been adhered to.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 101
(6) Since the business of an Arbitration Court should be to regulate industries generally, it is not enough to empower it to settle disputes between individual employers and those whom they employ.
{c) There must be some connection between Parliaments and undue loquacity; for it is admitted that in all the Parliaments of Australia . there is too much speaking.
(d) You are either fated to recover from your illness or not; in either case, therefore, it is useless to call in a doctor.
9. In a given examination, every candidate who takes either Classics or English takes Mathematics ; no one who takes Music takes Classics; but every one who does not take Music takes English, What can be inferred from these premisses (a) of those candidates who do not take English,(5) of those who take Mathematics ? Work this question by the method of Indirect Tnference.
INDUCTIVE LOGIC. Professor Laurie. To be used as Pass Paper, and also as Honour Paper No. 1. 1. Is Resemblance implied in all propositions of which the predicate is.a general name? Consider this
uestion in connexion with Mill’s treatment of the Import of Propositions.
102 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2.
Is it possible to deduce from definitions, as such, any real scientific knowledge? Discuss the statement that the science of Geometry is derived from definitions.
. How would you express the principle of the Uni-
tormity of Nature? On what grounds has this principle been held to be an induction from facts of observation? Add any comments.
. Is the Method of Agreement applicable to cases
where an observed conjunction of phenomena, though frequent, has not been unvarying? Give reasons for your answer, and an illustration.
. Mention any difficulties which may occur in the
extension, beyond the limits of actual experience, of a quantitative law which has been ascertained by the Method of Concomitant Variations.
. Show that induction and deduction go together in
the actual processes of the discovery and proof of uniformities.
. Mention different kinds of law to which the term
‘empirical law” has been applied, with the method or methods appropriate to each.
. Show the relation between analogy and hypothesis.
Discuss the statement that the aiken from analogy may in some cases approach in strength very near to a valid induction.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 103
MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
Professor Laurie.
To be used ag Pass Paper and Honour Paper No. 1 for Second Year Students, and as Pass Paper No. 1 for Third Year Students.
1. Mention difficulties which are encountered in tracin the correlation between nervous and psychica processes. Give any instances in which these difficulties have been overcome.
2. On what grounds has it been held that Knowing, Feeling, and Willing, are mutually implicated ? Must the primacy in the development of the mental life be given to Conation? Refer, on this question, to any recent discussion which is known to you.
3. What do you understand by the extensity of sensations ? May this be distinguished from (a) the intensity, and (4) the quality, of sensa- tions ?
4. In what i does Perception, as a psychical fact, pass beyond our experience of sensations ?
5. To what extent may repetition be relied upon (a)- as an aid to the memory of particular facts; (5) as a means of strengthening the memory gene- rally ?
6. What reasons have been given for holding the
ema to be the starting-point in thought?
race the process by which the notions-of in- dividual and class have been differentiated.
104 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
7. Is the Subjective Idealist entitled, on his premisses, to infer the existence of minds other than his own? Discuss this question.
8. Examine Spencer’s statements that all efforts to understand the essential nature of Matter or of Motion bring us to alternative impossibilities of thought.
9. Compare the ideals of Science and Religion as set forth by Spencer in his chapter on “The Re-
conciliation.”
MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. — Professor Laurie.
To be used as Honour Paper No. 2 for Second Year Students, and as Pass Paper No. 2 for Third Year Students.
1. What, on Spencer’s view, are the parts played by the environment and the bodily organism in the development of ee Add any comments.
2. Is it possible to explain}our knowledge of Space by reference to facts of sentience, either with or without the aid of a theory of evolution ?
- 3. What is the intention, and what the value, of Spencer’s Universal Postulate ?
4. Can the origin of all necessities of knowledge, as assigned by Spencer, be reconciled with his statement that no one can “ever take a step towards justifying his scepticism respecting the Universal Postulate without, in the very act, confessing his acceptance of it” ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 106
5. State, and examine, the doctrine of Inseparable Association.
6. Consider Spencer’s step to his Transfigured Realism from his distinction between two aggregates of states of consciousness.
7. It has been said that Spencer’s Transfigured Realism is a representative theory of perception. Examine this statement, referring to his diagram of the cylinder and the cube.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
Professor Laurie.
1. What value do you attach to the Socratic tenet that virtue is knowledge ? How was this modi- fied by Plato and Aristotle ?
2. How does Aristotle define virtue? Write a note on his distinction between the moral and the intellectual virtues.
3. What were the leading features of the Stoic moral philosophy ?
4. State, and consider, Butler’s vindication of Bene- volence as distinct from Self-love.
5. Moral philosophers, it has been said, are generally agreed as to the duties incumbent on man, while they differ as to the criteria and basis of morality. How may this be accounted for? Refer, in your answer, to Mill’s treatment of this question.
106 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
6. Estimate the value of Spencer’s Absolute Ethics as a means of ascertaining the duties which should be fulfilled by actual men under existing conditions.
7. State, with any comments, Green’s doctrine that the gradual development of our knowledge depends on the reproduction, in us, of an eternally complete consciousness.
8. How, according to Green, does the true good differ from the merely apparent good? And what is ‘‘the formal character of the Moral Ideal” ? Add any comments.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Panzr I.
Arts AND EDUCATION. The Board of Exanwumers. TEN questions only to be attempted. 1, Explain what is involved in the measurement of a physical quantity, and illustrate your answer
by giving a full explanation as to how force is measured.
2. Explain how velocities are compounded and resolved graphically, and why the method is a legitimate one. |
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 107
A ship steaming N.E. through a current running 4 knots an hour is found after an hour to have made 4 knots due N. Determine the direction of the current and the speed of the ship.
3. Define acceleration, and determine the acceleration of a body that moves with uniform speed ina circle.
Prove the formula for the period of a conical pendulum.
4. Describe the construction of an aneroid barometer, and explain with full detail how to calibrate it.
5. Describe and give the theory of one method for determining the co-efficient of real expansion of mercury.
Why is an accurate knowledge of this co- eficient specially important ?
6. State the laws of evaporation, and show how they can be explained on the basis of the molecular theory.
Describe how to determine the maximum pressure of aqueous vapour for temperatures he-
tween 50° C. and 100° C.
7. Describe with full detail how to verify the inverse square law for magnetism by the method of oscillations. _
8. ere the Replenisher, and explain its action ully.
‘108 " EXAMINATION PAPERS.
‘9. Define unit current: Describe how to use a tangent galvanometer, and, in case its number of turns is not known, show how to determine its reducing factor by means of a copper voltameter.
10. Describe some simple form of direct current dynamo, and explain its action fully.
11. A person looks at an object through a concave lens of 6 inches focal length, the object being 4 inches beyond the lens. Draw a figure, approximately to scale, showing the paths of the rays by which he sees the image formed, and determine its position.
12. Describe, in detail, the different parts of a modern astronomical telescope, their arrangement, and the mode of using the instrument.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr II.
ARTS AND SCIENCE. | The Board of Examiners. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. WINE questions only to be attempted. 1, Obtain from first principles the expression for
the kinetic energy of a body rotating round a fixed axis with constant angular velocity.
Give the theory of the compound pendulum making small swings.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 109:
2. A thin wire is stretched horizontally and loaded by weights applied at its middle point. Show fully how to use this apparatus to determine _Young’s modulus for the material of the wire, and give the complete theory of the method.
3. State Ramsay and Young’s general relation be-
. tween the pressure and temperature of fluids kept at constant volume, and deduce the corre- sponding form of the characteristic equation.
What inference can you draw from this form of the equation respecting the relation between. the molecular pressure of a fluid and its volume and temperature ?
4. State the assumptions on which the kinetic theory of gases is based, and deduce an expression for the energy of translation of the molecules per unit mass in terms of quantities accessible to experiment.
5. Discuss the phenomenon of beats between vibra- tors of slightly different pitch, and deduce from the theory of vibration the relation between the. frequency of the beat and those of the vibrators.
Explain why beats are not always heard, even. though theory shows that they are produced.
6. If a lens whose focal length is f produces a mag- nification m, when the image is at a distance d from the lens, and a magnification m, when a becomes d + x prove that—
faz
mm — My
110 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
7. Establish from first principles—(a) the expression for the electric intensity just outside a charged conductor; (5) the relation between the electric intensities at the two ends of a tube of force.
Describe the guard-ring condenser, and obtain the expression for its capacity.
8. Describe and ave the complete theory of the laboratory method of investigating the magnetic properties of an iron rod.
9. Determine in terms of the different quantities involved the magnetic force at any point in the axis of a coil carrying a current.
Describe the Helmholtz galvanometer, deter- mine its constant, and point out its advantages.
10. Describe fully and give the theory of some accurate method of comparing two small resist- ances,
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Panur II. ENGINEERING COURSE.
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
i. What do you understand by (2) Harmonic Func- tion, (6) Harmonic Series? State the general relation between such periodic functions as occur in physical problems and Harmonic Functions.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 111
The rectilinear displacement of a particle is a harmonic function of the time; at what point in its path is its velocity half its greatest velocity ?
2. Obtain an expression for the shearing stress at any point of a cylinder under torsion. The rigidity of steel is 3°8 x 10! and its ultimate resistance to shearing stress 9°68 x 108 dynes per sq. cm.; find, correct to the nearest degree, the greatest twist which can be sustained by a steel shaft 800 cm. long and 15 cm. in diameter.
3, State Mendeleef’s Law of Expansion for perfect liquids, and show how it differs from the general law for solids.
Gutkowska obtained the following values for the density of kerosene :— at 0°, 8056; at 32°, 7824; at 16°, °7940; at 48°, -7708. Show that kerosene obeys Mendeleef’s Law, and calculate any constants involved.
4. Explain the terms Indicator Diagram, Isometric, sothermal.
Determine the form of the isothermals of a perfect gas, and show how to draw them for consecutive degrees of temperature.
3. State the yeneral rule for the transformation of other kinds of energy into work, and discuss the problem fully for the special case of utilisation
. of the potential energy of a high-level water supply. In what respects does this case (a) resemble, (5) differ from that of a perfect heat engine ?
112 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
6. A battery of constant e.m.f. and negligible internal resistance is joined by leads of resistance r to a variable resistance 2. Find the value of F for which the rate of generation of heat in it is a maximum and the corresponding value of the ratio of the power dissipated in & to the total power developed by the battery.
7. State fully what you know of the mutual action of two coils carrying constant currents in terms of the different variables involved.
Describe two practical forms of electrical measuring instruments depending on these principles.
¢ 8. Describe some good form of alternate current trans- former. What is magnetic leakage, and how does it affect the performance of a transformer ? Specity the different losses, and describe how they may be estimated.
Express the primary and secondary e.m.f.’s in terms of the magnetic flux, period, and numbers of turns.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr III. ENGINEERING COURSE. The Board of Examiners. | 1 Give a full description of the construction and
mode of use, and discuss the theory, of the platinum resistance pyrometer.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906, 118
2. What is a “¢, ¢” diagram ?
Determine the forms of the isometrics and
isopiestics of a gas on such a diagram when
| drawn in the usual way, and describe the artifice
by means of which all ideal ¢, ¢ diagrams of
| internal combustion engines may be constructed of straight lines.
3. State and prove Clausius’ Theorem, and deduce from it (a) a mathematical statement of the Second Law of Thermo-dynamics; (3) a defini- tion of entropy.
and obtain an approximate expression for the efficiency of this engine in terms of the tem- perature limits and the corresponding values of the latent heat of steam.
Assuming that the latent heat of steam is given by L= 697—°6 ¢.
evaluate this efficiency for an engine for which the boiler and condenser temperatures are 187° and 49° C., having given that log, 7 = 2-046, loge, 10 = 2°803.
4. Describe Rankine’s ‘‘ standard” steam-engine cycle 5. Describe with full detail and give the theory of
the ballistic method of investigating the mag-
netic properties of a specimen of iron. | State Steinmetz’s law.
6. Describe how to measure a co-efficient of mutual induction, and give the theory of the method. I
114 ; EXAMINATION PAPERS.
7. Discuss fully the armature reactions of a continuous current dynamo, and point out the mechanical and electrical arrangements by which the effects of these reactions can be eliminated.
Prove the formula that gives the e.m.f. gene-
rated in such an armature in terms of the dif- ferent quantities involved.
8. Describe with full detail the different instruments required, and how you would use them to deter- mine the efficiency and the various losses of a transformer under different conditions of loads.
GEOLOGY.—Parr II. Minina Honours; Science Pass.
The Board of Examiners. For all Candidates.
1. Draw sketch sections illustrating the following :— (a) A laccolite. (6) Unconformable overlap. (c) Overfold passing into a thrust fault.
2. At a point A a bed of coal outcrops at the 7 surface (height 300’ above sea level). The bed dips due W. at 30°. Bis a point 500’ above sea level, distant 1,000 feet (measured hori- zontally) in a N.W. direction from A. A shaft is sunk at B to reach the coal. At what depth
. Should it he met with ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 116
8. Describe the chief characters, megascopic and microscopic, of the following rocks :—Propylite, Granophyre, Monchiquite, Hornfels.
For Mining Honours Candidates.
. Discuss the work of Sandberger bearing on ore genesis, and state how far his views are re- concilable with recent hypotheses in this subject.
pe
Cr
. Give an account of the Jurassic coal-bearing deposits of Victaria; the structure, origin, and economic importance of the coals; and ‘the nature and influence of subsequent earth move- ments on the coal deposits.
6. Describe briefly the salient points in the geological structure of Broken Hill. State the nature of the mineral contents of the lodes from the surface downwards, discriminating between differences due to secondary changes and those which are original. How far do the original ditferences in the mineral composition of the lode bear upon theories as to its origin? Point out any resemblances and differences that exist between the structural characters of Broken Hill and Bendigo respectively.
7. Give an account of the geology and ore genesis of the Mt. Bischoff field.
For Science Pass Candidates.
8. Discuss, from a chemical, petrological, and struc- tural point of view, the relations of the Dacites and Granodiorites of the Dandenong and Macedon areas. : |
12
116 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
9, State the horizons of Ordovician rocks in Victoria, with the prominent Graptolites of each horizon. Describe three typical Ordovician Graptolites, and mention any peculiarities in the Graptolite succession of Victoria as compared with other areas.
10. Briefly compare the Jura-Trias series of Victoria with deposits of similar age in the Alps and in Britain, particularly from the point of view of the conditions under which the deposits were formed.
11. Give a description of the Glacial deposits of Bacchus Marsh, with their probable mode of origin, and state where rocks of similar origin and age are to be found.
BIOLOGY.—Part I. Borany. _ The Board of Examiners. * PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. For all Candidates. 1.. Cut, stain, and mount a transverse section of the stem provided.
Make a diagram of the section, marking the position of (a) protoxylem, (d) cambium, (ce) pericycle, (d) phloem, (e) cork, (7) cork cam- bium. Give the age of the stem.
2. Construct the floral diagram of the flower pro-
vided, and lay out tbe parts of the flower according to this plan on a sheet of paper.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 117
For Pass Candidates.
3. What are stomata? Where do they occur, and what is their structure and function? Why should they open in light, and close in darkness ?
4. Describe experiments to shew that green plants take in carbon dioxide and give out oxygen when exposed to light, and also to shew the influence of light on transpiration.
For Honours Candidates. 5. Identify the preparations (A), (B), (C) and (D), and the specimens (E), (F) and (G), making and labelling a rough sketch of each.
| 6. Compare the structure of the one-year-old Dicoty- ledonous stem and root, by the aid of diagrams of transverse sections, and trace the growth of the root up to the end of the second year.
NATURAL SCIENCE. PuysicaL GroGRAPHY. The Board of Examiners.
l. Define the following terms :—Anticyclone, caldera, atoll, fiord, geoisotherm, nimbus.
Y. Classify the different types of plains. State their modes of origin, and, as far as possible, illustrate your answer by Victorian examples.
118 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. In what parts of a river’s course may lakes occur ? Describe how they are formed, and by what agencies they eventually disappear.
4. Contrast the climates of the districts of Victoria lying to the north and to the south of the Divide, and explain the physiographic causes for this difference.
5. State what becomes of the rain which falls in areas like the Mallee. What are the methods by which the amount of raimr which does not flow into streams is determined ?
6. What are the causes of “river capture”? Illus-— trate your answer by means of diagrams.
NATURAL SCIENCE. CHEMISTRY. Lhe Bourd of Examiners.
1. State and explain Boyle’s law.
2. How does temperature usually affect the solubility ofa salt in water? Explain, with the aid of a diagram.
3.- Explain, as fully as you can, the explosive effects which follow the application of a flame to a mixture of hydrogen and air.
nS a sr — nese
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 119
4, What is meant by the molecular weight of a substance ? Explain, and give instances.
5. How is chlorine made? Describe its chief pro- perties and reactions.
6. Explain the nature of those actions which fre- quently occur when two saline solutions are mixed, resulting in the production of solid precipitates. | Give instances, and write the equations for them.
NATURAL SCIENCE. ZOOLoey. _ Professor Spencer.
All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches. Wot more than FOUR questions must be attempted.
1. Identify specimen A, and write a short account of its life history.
2. Identity specimens B,C, D, E, F. Where does each of them live and how does each of them breathe ? Write a general account of the different forms of shells among the mollusca, illustrating your answer by reference to those of the mussel, limpet, chiton, snail, sepia, and nautilus.
8. How would you distinguish a snake from a lizard, and @ non-venomous from a venomous snake ? What animals defend themselves or obtain their prey by means of a poison apparatus? Indicate, in each case, briefly the structure and manner of use of the poison apparatus.
120 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4. Write an account of the liver fluke, and the various stages through which it passes in its life history. Indicate where each is to be found.
5. Why is it advisable to keep dogs away from the supply of drinking water? Indicate briefly the importance of an inspection of the meat supply of the community.
6. Write a general account of the structure and habits of earthworms, indicating their economic importance.
NATURAL SCIENCE. ZOOLoay.
Professor Spencer. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. All answers must be illustrated byirough sketches. Wot more than FOUS questions must be attempted. 1. Identify specimen A, and write a short account of its life history.
2. Describe the structures by means of which the following animals defend themselves against enemies, (a) land planarians, (6) centipedes, (c) millipedes, (d@) scorpions, (e) spiders, (7)
squids.
3. Identify deeper B ; where does it live ? Describe briefly by means of rough sketches its external anatomy. How does it differ from a cockroach ?
4, What is meant by the term differentiation, illus- trating your answer by reference to the structure of an amoba, 8 vorticella, a hydra, and an earth- worm ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 121
5. Write an account of the leading features in regard. to the life-history and organisation of bees and. ants.
6. What are the chief groups amongst the reptiles 2 Indicate very briefly their characteristic features, illustrating your answer by reference to one member of each group that you have seen.
7. Write an account of the more important features. in the circulatory systems. of sharks, lung fishes,. and frogs.
Honour candidates must answer questions 3, 4, 5, and 6 or 7.
ASTRONOMY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe how to determine the uncorrected deviation. error of a transit instrument, and show how te correct the observed time of transit of a star for this error.
2. Show that the lengths of the four seasons are given. by the four values
Sif + 4/2 ¢ cos (; + x)} 4 = 4 where e is the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit
and 5 + x the longitude of aphelion.
122 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Explain fully how you would transform mean time for the 10 hour zone to the corresponding apparent solar time at Melbourne.
‘4, State the different methods by which the figure of the earth has been determined.
Assuming that the gravitational potential V of the earth at any point on its surface is given
by = v=aui- +# (1 —86sin ap) ? r
where ¢ is the latitude, prove Clairaut’s theorem, viz.,
Jo = 9. {1 + ($9 — £) sin 79}.
-§. Describe and give the theory of the magnetometer method (azimuth) of determining the meridian from observations of the sun.
‘6. Give a short account of the different ways in which the scale of the solar system has been determiued.
7. What data are necessary to enable us to determine the mass of a double star ?
Explain fully how to deduce the mass from these data.
What are spectroscopic binaries, and how much can we learn about them ?
tS
[o)
ov
—
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, Nov., 1906. 128
CHEMISTRY.—Parr III.
The Board of Examiners,
. Explain all that is represented by the constitutional formula usually assigned to acetic acid, and point out the principles underlying the deter- mination of such a formula.
. Give an account of the malonic ether synthesis, and show how, by its means, you could synthesise (a) isosuccinnic acid, (d) propionic acid.
. Explain the theory of space isomerism. Show how ‘this conception may be used to explain the peculiar isomerism of fumaric and maleic acids. ;
- To what classes of organic bodies do the sugars belong ? Write a very brief account of the main points in the chemistry of the hexoses.
- Compare the actions of nitrous acid on amines belonging to different classes, and explain why the product of its reaction with primary aromatic amines is of such great importance.
. How can phthalic acid and its anhydride be pre- pared? Discuss the characteristic condensations of the latter with phenols.
124 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
THrtrp YEAR SCIENCE. The Board of Examiners,
Write papers on not more than six of the following subjects :—
1. The determination of silica in rocks (methods and precautions).
2. Peroxides and persulphates as reagents.
3. The cyanogen compounds of iron, cobalt, and nickel.
4. Soluble compounds of gold (formation, properties, and applications).
5. The isomorphism of salts. 6. Water of crystallization. ?. The theory ot electrolytic solution tension
in its bearing on reactions in which metals play @ part.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 126
PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY AND HISTOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.
Not more than Five questions are to be attempted.
1, By what means can blood be laked? In what respects does the serum of laked blood differ from normal serum ?
2. Classify according to their chemical characters the carbohydrates taken in food.
3. If in the air of a disused mine a candle burns, an insect lives but a mouse dies, what poisonous gas would you suspect, and how would you test for its presence ?
4, Show, by means of drawings and descriptive notes, the structure of a nerve-fibre and a striated muscle-fibre, and the structural relationship of the former to the latter.
What methods would you employ in the laboratory for elucidating the minute structure of nerve and muscle ?
5. Describe, by means of carefully-lettered diagrams, the minute structure of the sub-mazillary gland, the pancreas, and a cardiac gland of the stomach.
6. Describe, with drawings, the different kinds of cartilage, and the positions in which they occur in @ grown-up body.
Trace carefully the stages in the history of cartilage from its first occurrence in the femur of a mammal.
126 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
TECHNICAL CHEMISTRY.
Tuirp YEAR SCIENCE. The Board of Examiners.
Answers should he given to not more than six of the following :—
1. Describe briefly the most reliable dry methods for the assay of tin concentrates. Explain fully the chemistry of the processes.
2. Compare and contrast the methods of scorification and cupellation as applied to the assay of silver ores.
3. Write a short paper on the chemistry of the processes of calcining, roasting, and retorting zinc ores.
4. Explain the reactions on which the efficacy of the “roast and reaction” process depends. For what class of lead ore is the process most suitable ?
5. Describe a process for the recovery ot sulphur from alkali waste.
6. Write a paper on commercial applications of the electric furnace.
7. Give a brief account of the manufacture of soap, and explain the theory of the chemical changes involved. )
8. Write a paper on cellulose, its solutions, and their technical applications.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 127
ELEMENTARY PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY.
VETERINARY COURSE.
oma
Time allowed: Two hours.
The Board of Examiners, PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. State and explain Boyle’s law.
2. How does temperature usually affect the solubility: | of a salt in water? . Explain, with the aid of o diagram.
| 3. Explain, as fully as you can, the explosive effects : which follow the application of a flame to a mixture of hydrogen and air.
4. What is meant by the molecular weight of a substance? Explain, and give instances.
5. How is chlorine made? Describe its chief pro- perties and reactions.
6. Explain the nature of those actions which fre- quently occur when two saline solutions are mixed, resulting in the production of solid precipitates. Give instances, and write the equations for them.
128
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
-JURISPRUDENCE (INCLUDING ROMAN LAW).
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer SEVEN questions only.
1. Write a short history of the verbal contract in
to
en
the Roman Law. What is cautio ?
. Explain and comment on the following :—
Furtum est contrectatio rei fraudulosa vel ipsius rei vel etiam usus ejus possessionisve.
(J. 4. i. i.)
-8. Classify the heads of quasi-contractual obligation
in Roman Law. Compare them with sources of obligation in English Law.
. What is Novation? , What are the Saat
forms of novation, and how was it effected in
Roman Law ?
. Distinguish between correal and solidary obligu-
tion.
. Consider the propriety of the application of the
term Status to the following cases:—A British subject; an alien; a married woman; a son; a soldier; a bankrupt ; a member of Parliament ; a minister of religion; a solicitor.
-@. “A party bas a right when another or others are
bound or obliged by law to do or forbear towards or in regard of him.” Consider this definition in the light of the following cases :— (a) The duty of a gaoler to keep his prisoner ‘safe; (6) the duty of an employer under the Factory Acts not to work his employés more than a certain number of hours per day; (c) the capacity to make a will.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 129
8. What do you mean by a juristic person, and what is the doctrine of English Law concerning their creation ? Is the State a juristic person ?
9. Write a note on the importance of the family in the history of law.
10. Consider the relevancy of Motive in the following cases :—
(a) Ais the owner of land and intercepts water collecting on his land whereby the X corporation are deprived of water which would otherwise be available for the supply of their borough.
{b) The X Miners’ Federation order their members to cease working for the Y company on two days a week; the order is obeyed and thereby the company suffer loss. The company bring an action against the Federation.
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW (Part I.) AND PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer SEVEN questions only, of which FOUR should be from Part A, and THREE should be from Part B.
A.
1. What is meant by personal and territorial sovereignty? How is each evinced in the British Constitution ?
K
130 _ EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. What are the historical associations and political significance of the terms State, Nation, Com- monnmealth? Explain the term National-State.
3. Whatarethe principal classifications of Constitutions? Apply any one of them to the Constitution of the United States, the United Kingdom, the French Republic, the Commonwealth of Aus- tralia.
4, Describe the functions of a. modern Ministry collectively and individually, in and out of Parliament. What is the constitutional position of the Opposition ?
5. (a) Compare the Continental group system with the party system as it existsin England. What are ‘‘open questions,” and what has been the modern tendency in regard to them?
Or,
(5) Compare the committee system as it is used in the Congress of the United States and in the Imperial Parliament. Are there any, and what, constitutional difficulties in the way of an extensive devolution of the business of the House of Commons in committees ?
6. What are the “estates of the realm” at the present day? What do you consider to be estates of the realm in the fourteenth century ?
B.
1, International Law has been described as the rules which determine the conduct of the general body of States towards each other. How far do you consider that the limitation is true ?
|
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 13}
2. Distinguish mediation from intervention. To which head would you attribute the action of President Cleveland in 1895 in respect to the British Guiana-Venezuela boundary dispate, and the action of President Roosevelt in relation to
the termination of the recent Russo-Japanese war?
3. What reservations are commonly made in general agreements to refer disputes to arbitration? Give illustrations of cases deemed to fall within the classes of matters reservéd.
4. ‘There are neutralized states and neutralized individuals, and the process of neutralization may be made to apply equally well to seas and waterways, and even to such things as buildings, ambulances, and ships” (Lawrence, 485-6). Consider this passage and compare neutralization with neutrality.
5. What has been the influence of feudalism in the growth of International Law ?
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.— Parr IY.
The Board oO] Krcminers,
Candidates should answer SIX questions only.
1. What is the writ of prohibition, and what has been
its importance in the history of the relations of Courts ? 7
K 2
132 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
‘2. Consider the following cases in the light of the Judicature Act 1873 s. 25 (Supreme Court Act 1890 s. 63) as to conflicts of law and equity :—
(a) A, by bill of sale, assigned the stock in trade then or afterwards on his premises to B by way of security. A pledged with C stock in trade brought on the premises after the date of the bill, and C' received the property without notice of B’s claim. ZB brings an action for detinue or conversion against C’.
(t) X sues Y upon acontract of service not to be performed within a year. The contract is not in writing as required by the Statute of Frauds.
‘8. What do you understand by a Digest and a Con- solidation of Statutes? What views are held as * to the propriety of reference in the case of a Consolidation Act. to the several Acts of which
it is composed and to cases decided thereon ?
4, What do you understand by ratio decidendi, and oliter dictum, and state their relation to ‘the doctrine of the case.” Consider their applica- tion to the following cases:—(a) The Court bases its conclusion on two independent grounds ; (6) the several members of the Court concur in the decision and in the reasons therefor, but one member of the Court rests also upon an addi- tional and independent ground from which the other Judges hold aloof ; (c) the Court rests its decision upon one ground, but expresses the opinion that the case might be determined upon another and broader ground.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 133
er
What were the principal steps taken during the 19th Century for the improvement of the form and increasing the accessibility of Statute Law.
6. ‘Custom is one of the main triangles of the law of England.”—(Coke). To what extent do you consider this statement true ?
7. Consider the principal differences in the functions of a Judge in a trial with a jury at Common Law, and the functions of a Judge in Equity.
8. Write a note on the Vice-Admiralty jurisdiction. in Victoria.
9. What were the principal grievances of the Australian colonists under the Constitutions of 1842 and 1850, and how were they removed ¢
CONSTITUTIIJNAL HISTORY AND LAW.— Part ITI.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.
1. What importance has been attributed by the Privy Council in the construction of the Constitution of Canada to the power of the Dominion Govern- ment to veto Acts of the provincial Legislatures ?
134 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. “This Act, and all laws made by the Parliement of the Commonwealth under the Constitution, shall be binding on the Courts, Judges, and people of every State. and of every part of the Commonwealth, notwithstanding anything in the laws of any State; and the laws of the Commonwealth shall be in force on all British ships, the Queen’s ships of war excepted, whose first port of clearance, and whose port of destina- tion are in the Commonwealth.” (Common- wealth of Australia Constitution Act 1900, sec. v.)
Consider the authority and meaning of this section.
3. What are the provisions of the Constitution of the Commonwealth in relation to trade and com- merce ?
4, What is meant by contemporanea expositio in the construction of a Constitution ? For what pur- pose, if at all, may recourse be had to the following matters in the construction of the Commonwealth Constitution? The Draft Bill of 1891; the Draft Bill of 1897 submitted to the States Parliaments; the Debates in the Federal Convention, and the speeches of Members; the fact that certain matters were within the knowledge ot the Convention ; decisions on the United States and Canadian Constitutions.
5. What provisions are contained in the Judiciary Act as to the law to be applied in the federal jurisdiction.
Or,
6. In what sense is it true that the common law is part of the law of the Commonwealth ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 135
PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW,
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.
1. 4 is made bankrupt in England. He is known to have certain property in Victoria, and it is suspected that he has other property here. What steps can be taken by the trustee in respect of either ? A is at present in Victoria.
2. The Russian agent of an English merchant ships goods at a Russian port for carriage to an English port by a German vessel. The master as agent for the charterer gives ordinary bills of lading, which are remitted in due course to the consignee on whose behalf the goods were shipped. The vessel is wrecked on the coast of Norway, but the goods are saved. Instead of re-shipping them to England, the master orders them to be sold, and by Norwegian law the purchaser gets a good title. The purchaser sends the goods to England. The original con- signee, holder of the bills of lading, now desires your advice as to whether he can maintain an action for the recovery of the goods and whether he has any, and what, remedy against the charterer of the vessel. You ascertain that by German law, which in this respect is the same as English law, a purchaser in the circumstances would not get a good title.
3. H proposes to marry his deceased wife’s sister who is domiciled in Victoria. He is advised that his marriage will not be good unless he too is domi- ciled here, and he thereupon declares his
136
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
intention to remain permanently resident in Victoria. He marries, and subsequently family and business reasons require him to leave Victoria and make his permanent home in England. On his death intestate, with moveable property in England and moveable and immove- able property in Victoria, a question arises as to the right of the children to succeed to the property in question. Consider the case.
4. What do you mean by an intention to change the
domicil? A, domiciled in England, leaves that country in circumstances which indicate an intention not to return there. He acquires land in Victoria and New South Wales, dividing his time equally between the two States. Upon what other matters would you in such a case desire information if itcould he obtained? In the absence of other information where would you say 4 was domiciled ?
Do you consider that the expression ‘“ Aus- tralian domicil” has any meaning ?
5. In the administration of the estate of a deceased
person, for what purposes do you regard the lex fort and for what the lex domicilt?
A dies intestate domiciled in England, leaving: real property in Victoria and no cther property here. He has a widow, a son, and two daughters. Consider their rights in the estate.
6. What is the basis of the jurisdiction of the
Victorian Courts in (a) an action for breach of contract, (6) an equity suit for the administration cf a deceased person’s estate, (c) probate of a will, (d) petition for a divorce ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 137
7. In a proceeding in Victoria to enforce a New South Wales judgment, how far do you consider the - following facts material :—That the New South Wales Court was not a Court of competent jurisdiction, that the judgment was based on a cause of action not recognized by Victorian law ; that the judgment was not for a definite sum of money ?
ADMINISTRATIVE LAW.
The Board of Exanvwners. Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.
1. What do you consider to be the essential principles of difference between the European Administra- - tive Law and the treatment of the same matters in Enelish Law ?
2. What is the practical importance of the doctrine that the King is not bound by Statute unless named ?
A, a servant of the Post-office, is charged with driving a mail cart in the borough at a speed exceeding that fixed by municipal by-laws. He is also charged with running down and killing X by his furious and negligent driving. It is shown that A was engaged in the business of © the Department, and that by no fault of his own he was delayed so that he could not have caught
‘ a train by which the mails were to be consigned except by driving at such a rate as to be-
| dangerous to users of the streets. Consider the - cases.
1388 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
.3. Can we extradite to a foreign country—(a) A British subject, (6) where the act in respect of which the extradition is demanded is also an offence against English Law, of which English courts have jurisdiction; (c) where the facts alleged to constitute the extradition crime do ‘not disclose any offence under our law supposing that they had occurred here ?
4, What were the defects in the English Statute of 1819 in connection with the fitting out of expeditions, and how were they dealt with by the Foreign Enlistment Act 1870 ?
5. (a) The Government of New South Wales with- out statutory authority establishes a lock-up and police station in a crowded part of Sydney, which amounts to such a serious disturbance of the occupiers of surrounding property as would constitute a nuisance at common law if caused by private persons. In an action against the ‘Government (which is by Statute made liable for tort) there is evidence that by better con- struction of the premises the nuisance might have been considerably abated if not entirely removed.
(6) The’ Commonwealth of ‘Australia -establishes rifle ranges for the practice of its -detence torces. The occupier of property in the neighbourhood brings an action against the ‘Commonwealth in respect of—(1) noise caused by the discharge of rifles, amounting to a nuisance ; (2) bullets escaping from the range into his grounds to the danger of himself and -his household; and elaims an injunction and ‘damages. Consider these cases.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 189
6. (2) The Government of Q. is the owner of public docks and harbours, for the use of which it levies charges upon shipping. A vessel is sunk in the harbour, and the Government takes no measures either to remove the wreck or to mark its position by lights or other means. A vessel of the A Company strikes upon the obstruction and suffers damage y and her owners now claim compensation from the Government which is suable in tort.
(b) A borough corporation charged with the duty of lighting and repairing the streets fails to light them, and A, walking along a street on a dark night, trips over a fire-plug around which the road has worn away, and his leg is broken. A desires to know whether he has any remedy against the corporation.
7. Write a short note on “ Act of State” in English Law.
eee eC
LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND CONVEYANCING.
Mr. Guest.
1. What is meant by sub-infeudation? By what Statute was it abolished? What was the effect of that Statute ?
2, How is it ascertained whether en estate in re- mainder is vested or contingent ? Illustrate by examples ?
140 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. What is the effect of
(a) a conveyance of land to A and his heirs to the use of B and his heirs to the use of C and his heirs.
(5) a demise of land to A for 25 years to the use: of B.
Give reasons.
4, A, who died in 1892, by his will, devised land “to such of the children of his daughter B as should attain 25 years of age and their respective heirs in equal shares.” ‘The daughter & was. living at the date of the will but predeceased A, and left her surviving two children only, of the ages of three and two respectively. What estates, if any, do such children take? Give reasons.
5. To what extent is the creation of chattel interests in land still governed by the Common Law?
6. How is trust property usually vested in trustees ? What was the objection to vesting trust property in a Trustee Company and an individual? How was it remedied ? Give reasons.
7. If a lessee commits a breach of the covenant to repair in his lease, how is it to be ascertained whether the lessor can determine the lease, and what steps must be taken before the lease can be determined? Give reasons.
8. State the effect of the proviso for redemption in a mortgage’? How is the agreement between the parties as so expressed affected by any and. what doctrine of Equity ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 141
9. What is the effect of an order of sequestration made against a judgment debtor—
(a) before seizure under a writ of fiert facias. (6) after seizure and before sale. (c) within four days after sale.
10. A after entering into a contract to sell land to
B and before the completion of the contract conveyed the land to C, in consideration of natural love and affection. C Had no notice of the contract, and the conveyance to him was duly registered under Part XVII. of the Real Property Act 1890. Upon the completion of the contract A executed a conveyance of the land to B, and this conveyance was also duly registered. What are the rights of B and C respectively to the land? Give reasons.
11. The registered proprietor of land under the
Transfer of Land Act 1890 signed a lease of the land to B. The. lease was not registered, but the lessee went into possession. The pro- prietor, during the currency of the lease, sold and transferred the land to C, who had no know- ledge of a lease having been granted. C brought an action to recover possession of the land. Is he entitled to succeed. Give reasons.
12, What is the effect of the registration of instru-
ments under the Transfer of Land Act 1890? Has an instrument of transfer on a sale of land under the Act any and what effect prior to registration ? Give reasons.
142 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
LAW OF CONTRACT AND PERSONAL PROPERTY. |
Mr. Duffy.
1. Explain the following terms :— (a) Contract of record. (6) Quasi contract. (ce) Escrow.
2. In what circumstances, if any, is a past considera- tion sufficient in a simple contract ?
3. State shortly the law as to the rights and obliga- tions arising from contracts by lunatics.
4. A wishes B to make a contract with him which he thinks will be to B’s advantage. In the negotiations A makes a false statement to & without knowing whether it is false or not. Such statement is intended to induce, and does induce, B to enter into the contract. The contract turns out to be disadvantageous to B. What remedy, if any, has he against 4? Give reasons for your answer.
5. Sir William Anson says : “ Legal impossibility arising from a change in the law of our own
country exonerates the promisor.” Explain and illustrate this statement.
6. Explain the following terms used in the Sale of Goods Act 1896— (a) Future goods.
(5) Specific goods.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 143:
?. When will a condition in a contract of sale of goods be treated as a warranty ?
8. State shortly the law relating to the sale of goods in 1narket overt.
9. State shortly the nature of the following Common. Law actions— (a) Trespass. , (b) Trover. (c) Replevin.
10. What is necessary to constitute a gift of personal. chattels at Common Law ?
11. State the method of registering each of the following instruments under the provisions of the Instruments Act 1890 :—
(a) An absolute bill of sale.
(4) A contract of sale of personal chattels with a contract for the letting of the same back to the- vendor.
12. In what cases may the Court decree a dissolution. of partnership on the application of a partner ?
‘144
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
THE LAW OF WRONGS, CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.
Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarshi.
1. (a) Give illustrations (i) of acts done maliciously
and causing damage to another, but which do not involve legal liability; (ii) of acts causing damage which involve legal liability only if malice is proved. |
(b) What do you understand by the expression
reasonable and probable cause in an action tor malicious prosecution ?
2. Explain the extent of their civil liability, if any,
to each of the following persons respectively in the events named—(a) to a person who ratifies a tortious act done by another ; (d) to a person of unsound mind for a tortious act done by him; (ce) to the proprietor of a public bath in respect to an injury to a customer caused by—a defective board in the flooring of the premises; (d@) to the proprietor of a private hospital, in respect to the death of a typhoid fever patient, caused by a nurse of the hospital negligently administering an overdose of opium; (¢) to the Commonwealth of: Australia in respect to an injury caused by the negligence of one of its officers in the execu- tion of public works.
- 3. (a) On the 1st October, 1906, A, in Gippsland,
sent a piano and five horses to B, an auctioneer, with instructions to sell them by auction on his behalf. B sold the piano and horses as directed, and delivered them over to their respec- ‘tive purchasers, and handed the proceeds, less
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 145
his own commission, to A. ‘The piano and the horses belonged to C, and A had no title to them. C sues B for conversion. Will he succeed ? Give the reasons for your answer.
{b) Fouldes v. Willoughby, 8 M. and W. 540. Extract from the judgment of Alderson, B.:— “But the question here is, where a man does an act, the effect of which is not for a moment to interfere with my dominion over the chattel, but, on the contrary, recognising throughout my title to it, can such an act as that be said to amount to a conversion?” How was this question disposed of in the judgment?
4. Distinguish the actions of deceit, slander of title, and passing off, and consider the liability to an action of deceit of a person—
(a) Who misleads to his prejudice another person by an erroneous statement of the law ;
(6) Whoinnocently misrepresents a fact to another as an inducement to enter into » contract with himself, and who subsequently discovers the statement to be fulse, but suffers such other to act upon it.
45. (a) St. Helen’s Smelting Company v. Tipping, 1] H.L.C. 642. Extract from the judgement of the Lord Chancellor :—“ It appears to me that it is a very desirable thing to mark the difference between an action brought for a nuisance upon the ground that the alleged nuisance produces material injury to the property, and an action brought for a nuisance on the ground that the thing alleged to be a nuisance is productive of sensible discomfort.” What is the difference indicated, and how does it affect the right of a plaintiff ?
L
146 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
' (6) What extent of obstruction to ancient lights will constitute a legal nuisance ? Can an increase of noise in an already noisy neighbourhood con ' stitute a legal nuisance ?
6. (a) Scott v. Stansfield, L.R. 2 Exch. 221. Plea, to a declaration of slander, that the defendant was a County Court Judge, and the words com- plained of were spoken by him in his capacity as such Judge, whilst sitting in Court and trying an action in which the present plaintiff was defendant. Replication, that the said words were spoken falsely and maliciously, and without any reasonable, probable, or justifiable cause, and without any foundation whatever, and not don@ Jide in the discharge of the defendant’s duty as Judge, and were wholly irrelevant to the matter before him. To this replication the defendant demurred. For whom was judgment given, and upon what grounds ?
(5) Are there any, and what, restrictions upon the right to publish reports of judicial proceedings ? Is there any, and what, liability upon a person who innocently disseminates a libel? What is the position of a defendant in a libel action who pleads justification, and succeeds in proving the truth of part of the words complained of ?
7. The offence of conspiracy may be said to consist in the agreement of two or more persons to effeet any unlawful purpose, whether as their ultimate aim or only as a means to it. Write a note upon the words italicized in this definition.
8. Write a note upon the offence of Unlawful Assembly at common law. Is the offence con- stituted if a group of persons—
(a) Assemble to see a prize fight ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV. 1906. 147
(2) Assemble to support a Parliamentary measure by strictly constitutional means, but with know- ledge that their assembly will be opposed, and that a breach of the peace may very likely be committed ?
(c) Assemble for the purpose of beating X, but abandon their design, and depart without doing anything to carry it out ?
9. (a) State the crimes which are punishable with death (i) in England and (ii) in Victoria. (6) State in effect the provisions of the Larceny Act 1901 (1 Edw. 7, ch. 10).
10. What crime, if any, is committed in each of the following cases ?—
(2) A writes and sends to B a letter inciting B to commit a felony. B does not read the letter,
(b) A enters a dwelling house at night through an open window, with intent to commit a felony.
(c) A is-absolutely entitled to Blackacre, the dry legal estate in which is in B, and A signs B's name to a transfer to himself of the legal estate, and takes the transfer to C' to obtain a loan on mortgage of the land. C declines to make the advance, and returns the transfer to A, who makes no further use of it.
(d) A is allowed to take goods, which he has bought, away from the shop on his promising to call in the evening and pay for them. A does not call and pay fie the goods.
(e) A finds a sovereign in the road, and picks it up, intending to keep it, whoever the owner may be, but not knowing who he is, and having no reason to believe he could be found.
2
148 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
THE LAW OF PROCEDURE. Mr. C.J. Z. Woinarshi. A.—Civi_ Procepure.
1. When, if ever, is it necessary— (2) to obtain leave to appear and defend an action? (6) for the Attorney-General to be a party to an action? (c) to obtain an order fon a person to defend an action on behalf of himself and others ?
(d) to obtain an order for an infant defendant to — appear by a guardian ?
2. (a) A and B, joint owners of a house, sue C, their tenant, for damages for breach of covenant, and (i) A dies, (ii) ( dies. What is the effect in each case upon the action ?
(b) If C died after judgment was got against him by A and B, couid execution be got upon the judgment, and, if so, how ?
(e) IfC had not died, and A and B got judgment against him for £100, and if X owed C £150, which C, after the judgment, assigned over for value to Y, who gave notice thereof to X, and A and & thereafter obtained a garnishee order nist and served it on .X, what is the legal position ?
3. Outline the provisions of the Rules of the Supreme Court as to—
(a) Proceedings on an Interpleader Summons by the Sheriff ;
(b) Certificates of the Chief Clerk.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 149
4.(@) When may an arbitrator state a special case for the opinion of the Supreme Court ?
(b) What, in effect, are the provisions of the Supreme Court Act 1890 as to referring an action to arbitration ?
(c) What procedure may a defendant adopt, and in what circumstances, if an action is commenced against him in the Supreme Court as to a matter which the plaintiff had previously agreed with him should be referred to arbitration ?
. Sketch the procedure by a person aggrieved by a final judgment of the Supreme Court who desires to appeal to the Privy Council under the Order in Council.
| B.—CriminaL Procepure. 1. (a) What power, if any, has a justice of the peace
to receive and act on information in respect to
| an offence committed outside of his local juris-
: diction ¢
| (6) What power, if any, has a justice of the peace, out of sessions, to cammit a person for trial for an indictable offence ?
(c) What power, if any, has a coroner to commit a person for trial ?
2. (2) Ais cbarged with an offence summarily punish- able, and convicted by a Court of Petty Sessions, and fined £3. The Court ordered the fine to be levied by distress, and that in default of sufficient distress A be imprisoned for seven days. Will an appeal lie to General Sessions? Will pro- ceedings by certiorari lie in any, and what,
circumstances ?
150 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(4) A is charged with manslaughter. ‘The preliminary investigation is made by a Court of Petty Sessions, and—
(i) a witness refuses to answer certain relevant questions. What course should the Court pursue ?
(ii) If the evidence given for the prosecution raises a strong or probable presumption of A’s guilt, what course should the Court pursue ?
(iii) If A be committed for trial and feels agerieved, can he obtain an order to review the order for commitment ?
(iv) Can A be committed for trial to General Sessions ?
3. Write a note upon the restitution of stolen property.
C.— EVIDENCE.
1. Questions put to a witness by the counsel who produces him (whether in examination in chief or re-examination) must not be leading ones. Why? Give an illustration of each of the exceptions to this rule.
There are some questions which it is quite legal to ask, but which a witness may, if he think fit, equally legaliy refuse to answer. In what cases does such a privilege arise ?
2. Explain shortly the distinction between Fact in Issue and Fact Relevant to the Issue. Is the evidence tendered admissible or not, and why, in each of the following cases ?— (a) On an issue whether B assaulted A, his wife, A stated that after she was struck on the head
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 151
by B, she locked herself in a room for two or three hours, and then, having bathed her head, and recovered herself, went to a neighbour X, and made a statement to XY. A tenders evidence of what she told X.
(6) A sues B for breach of warranty of the quality of certain goods which B has sold and delivered to him. The bargain was made between A and an agent of B, who had authority to sell the goods on his behalf. -A tenders in evidence, to prove the warranty, a statement made by B’s agent at the interview when the yoods were bought. B objects, as the bargain had already been struck at the time when the statement was made.
{c) A witness, being asked the date of his parents’ marrfage, replied that he had heard his father say that it was on the lst May, 1886.
(d) In an action for negligence under the Em- ployers Liability Act 1890, the plaintiff alleged that the scatfolding was made of defective material, and that square hardwood joists were used for a ledger pole instead of a proper round scaffold pole. The plaintiff tenders evidence of the fact that after the accident the defendant replaced the broken pole by a round pole of different material.
152 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
EQUITY. Mr. J. E. Mackey. Not more than E1cuHt questions are to be attempted.
1. Explain and illustrate what is meant by the equitable jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
2. A, in consideration of natural love and affection, assigned to her husband B a leasehold belonging to her. B subsequently mortgaged the lease- hold. Upon the death of B, A claimed to be entitled to the leasehold subject to the mortgage. She contended that she had assigned the lease- hold to B solely to enable him to mortgage it in his own name, and that it was part of an arrangement between them that he should re-assign to her. C, the executor of 3B, relied as a defence upon the Statute of Frauds (In- struments Act 1890, section 208).
Is verbal evidence admissible to show wha the arrangement was between A and B? On proot of the facts stated, what would be the rights of A ?
3. A, B, C are trustees, and had at a bank a trust account in their joint names. A being about to visit Europe authorizes B and C' to draw cheques. on the account, and authorizes the bank to pay cheques so drawn.
While A is absent in Europe B and C' draw cheques and misappropriate the proceeds. What are the rights of the beneficiaries ¢
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 153:
4. Testator gave the residue of his personal estate to.
trustees, directing them to immediately convert it into money and invest the proceeds in 3 per- cent. consols, which they were to hold upon- trust for A for life, and after her death for B.
The trustees allowed a part of the residuary alee estate, which the testator had in an ndian loan, bearing interest at 10 per cent., to- remain for several years in that security, during which they paid to A the interest at 10 per cent... which it yielded annually. On the loan being paid — off, the trustees invested the money in the 3 per: cent. consols at a time when consols were so low that the amount of stock purchased was con- siderably greater than if the conversion had: taken place during the year following testator’s death.
On accounts being taken B claimed that the- trustees ought to be allowed as payments to A, not the sums which they had in fact paid her,. but only a sum equal to what she would have- received from devant if the money had been. transferred from the Indian loan and invested in the 3 per cents. during the year following testator's death. ‘lhe trustees claimed that since no loss had resulted from the breach of trust: they were not liable, and that if they were held liable they should be allowed to set off the gain. to the estate by the increased amount of 3 per cent. consols purchased.
What are the rights, inter se, of B and the- trustees ?
5. In what cases do the rules of equity protect:
trustees from the consequences of breaches of: trust ?
154 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Explain any statutory provisions that have become law during the last twelve years for the protection of trustees.
‘6. What is at Common Law the order in which debts are payable out of legal assets? ‘lo what extent has this order been altered by rules of Equity and by Statute law ?
7. (a) A being the owner in fee of Blackacre declares himself trustee of it for B, C, and D upon trust to sell at his discretion and divide the proceeds in equal shares among them. Before sale B dies, leaving his realty to X, and his personalty to Y.
Who is entitled to B’s interest in Blackacre, and why ?
(6) A contracts to sell Blackacre to B. A dies before conveyance and payment of the purchase money, leaving his realty to X, and his person- ‘alty to Y.
Who ix entitled to the purchase money, and why?
(c) In the latter case (b) if B dies before convey- ance and payment of the purchase money, leaving his realty to C, and his personalty to D, who is entitled to Blackacre, and who is liable, and to what extent, for the payment of the purchase money, and why ?
-8. (a) A on his marriage covenants to purchase and settle lands to the value of £10,000 on his wite B. He purchases lands to the value of £5,000 and settles them upon B. On the death of A, intestate, shortly after, what are the rights of B under the covenant ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 155
(6) A on the marriage of his son X covenants to settle upon him £10,000. By his will made subsequently A leaves to X one-third part of the residue of his personal estate and dies with- out having performed the covenant. What are the rights of XY ?
(¢) A by his will leaves his daughter Y one- third of his residuary estate. Subsequently, on Y’s marriage, A settles £10,000 on her. A dies without having altered or revoked his will. What are the rights of Y?
9. In what classes of cases does Equity grant relief on the ground of accident? Give illustrations.
10. Plaintiff brought an action for specific perform- ance of a written agreement for a lease witha parol variation. Defendant relied on the Statute of Frauds (Instruments Act 1890, section 208), and counter-claimed for specific performance of the written agreement without the variation.
Discuss the rights of the parties.
—_--
EDUCATION. - Section A. The Bourd of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1, “ The development of the child in school can pro- ceed naturally only when the school is rightly related to all the educational agencies of Society.” What theory of education is here set forth? How does Parker enable you to establish this relation ?
156 EXAMINATION PAPERS. !
2. What do you consider is the value to a teacher of any grade of school understanding the views of Froebel ?
3. What are some of Thring’s views on teaching language ?
4. Take a first lesson in Latin, French, Algebra, or Theoretical Geometry, and set it out accord- ing to the Herbartian Steps.
5. Apply the Doctrine of Apperception to the course of teaching in—
English and Latin, or in ial Arithmetic and Algebra.
6. What standards for criticising the work of a school are furnished by Froebel’s Law of Unity and Herbart’s Doctrine of Apperception ?
7. Contrast the views of Baldwin with those of Dr. Harris, on the ‘‘ Necessary Groups of Studies.” What principles of education underlie this dis- cussion ?
8. Why does the acceptance of the Doctrine of Apper- ception lead to Child Study? Contrast the findings of Lange with those of Parker on the content of the children’s minds on entering school, and reconcile the two views.
9. Why is Parker’s work styled the Theory of Con- centration ? What great tendency of modern education does he here set forth ? In how far is he successful in solving the problem pro- posed ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 157
if. Which of the books studied has been most help- ful to you? In giving your reasons, show that you have been enabled to understand some- thing of the aims, tendencies, relationships, and methods of modern education.
N.B.—Only Nine questions to be attempted.
EDUCATION. Section B,
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. I.
1. “The school is an integral part of Society, and must sooner or later come into agreement with changed views as to the ends of Society.” Establish this from the history of Athemian education.
2. “The history of Education since the end of the Sixteenth Century has been but a series of attempts to remove the shackles imposed by the Renascence and Reformation.”
(a) How far is this statement true ? (6) In what respect is it not true ? _ (ce) Summarise the “ series of attempts.”
3. Give the relation of Pestalozzi to his predecessors and to his successors.
158 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4, Name an English and a Continental educator of the Seventeenth Century, contrast them, and indicate in how far either of them anticipated modern reforms.
IJ.
1. Give and criticise Herbart’s division of Interests, and show how, by means of it, we can commend or condemn any programme of instruction.
2. What is the relation of Herbart’s five fundamental. ideas to his whole system of education ?
3. What is the relation of Interest to Self-Activity ?
4. What Saar a underlies the scheme of work set out in “Organic Education”? What are your views on the experiment here set forth ?
III.
1. What features in the German educational system: du you consider should we endeavour to follow ? In particular, discuss the question of examina- tion.
@
2. In a school course extending from the age of six. to sixteen or eighteen, give an account of the language training the pupil should go through.
3. ‘The classics have only themselves to blame for the lessened regard in which they are held.” Discuss this statement, and contrast the two methods of teaching which are here implied.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 159°
4. Give an outline of a course of Mathematics extend- ing from the Kindergarten into the Secondary School. In particular, show how and when
Algebra and Theoretical Geometry should be-
begun.
N.B.—Only Three questions from each of I.,.
II., and III. to be attempted.
MACHINE DESIGNING. Professor Kernot.
Make a complete set of working drawings for a
bearing on a shaft, 3 inches diameter, showing all lubricating arrangements. The shaft may be assumed to make 200 revolutions a minute, and to carry a weight of 1,000 lbs. in the immediate
vicinity of the bearing. Specify material and:
workmanship throughout.
HARMONY. FIRST YEAR (DIPLOMA).
The Board of Examiners.
1. In a succession of Sixths (four-part writing), what
claims the attention of the student ? Illustrate:
your answer by a‘succession of chords of the sixth upon the degrees of the C Major Scale— ascending or descending.
2. Give rules for approaching and quitting the chord
of the Six-four in the Dominant. Illustrate:
your answer by examples.
160 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
-38. Under what conditions may Consecutive Fifths be allowed? Give illustrations.
4. Resolve the following chord in several different
ways —— (a) (b) ee
-5. Harmonize the Figured Bass :— ‘
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 161
€. Harmonize the Unfigured Bass :—
EPG ee 2 | a 2 © Para EE ee se © ee ee ee Ee 2
Pt eee) aS VLE 9 Pe >a mo i SE A OP a Oe =A a aie I
Se 2
7. Harmonize one of the Melodies—
A. Moderato.
M
162 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. Shew in Four-part Chords the harmonic framework of Cramer’s Study in E Minor, No.
Or,
Write 2 few bars of original harmony in G Minor, introducing the Dominant Ninth, Added Sixth, and Neapolitan Sixth (pathetic cadence.)
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 163.
HARMONY.
First Year Mos. Bac.—Seconp YEAR DipLoma.
The Board of Examiners. PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1, Set the Melody for three female voices unaccom-
panied :— Andantino.
2. Add Soprano, Alto and Tenor parts to the Figured Bass :—
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
164
ie) A) © | a ©
76
3. Add Alto, Tenor, and Bass parts to the Melody: —
Andante.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 165
4. Add simple Instrumental Accompaniment to the Melody :—
<=
5. Make a harmonic analysis of the following Beet- hoven movements :—
(a) The Funeral March in Op. 26, beginning after the Trio.
(6) The Adagio in Op. 27, No. 2.
166 EXAMINATION PAPERS. HARMONY. Srconp YEAR Mus. Bac —Tuirp YEAR DIPLOMA.
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Harmonize the following Figured Bass in Four Parts :—
2. Harmonize the following Ground Bass for four voices (adding three upper parts). Repeat three times, and add a Short Coda :—
Bass :—
167
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906.
parts below the following
4. Add three flowing
Melody :—
gured Bass add four upper
m8 ig § om # so & eles 2335 ue m Dee a 6B 2 3 Ak er rd
a nee EC SI pn, TE «eee |
168 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. To the following Tenor part add Treble, Alto, and Bass parts :-—
3. Set either of the following verses for four voices :— (a) Ring out the old, ring in the new, Ring happy bells across the snow, The year is going, let him go ; Ring out the false, ring in the true.
(5) The spacious firmament on high, With all the blue ethereal sky And spangled heavens, a shining frame, Their great Original proclaim.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 169:
COUNTERPOINT. FIRST YEAR (DIPLOMA).
Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
Honours Candidates should omit Question 1. Pass Candi- ee should answer EITHER (a) or (5) in Questions and 4.
1. Write a C.P. of the Second Species below the C.F.
a
2. Write a C.P. of the Third Species (2) above, and (5) below, the C.F.
3. Write a C.P. of the Fourth Species above the C.F See
4, Write a C.P. of the Fifth Species (a) above, and (b) below, the same C.F.
5. Transpose the C.F. in Question 1 a major ninth lower, and add two parts above it in First. Species.
170 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
COUNTERPOINT. First Year Mus. Bac.—SEconp YEAR DIPLOMA.
The Board of Examiners, PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. Honours Candidates should omit Questions 1 and 2.
1. Add below the C.F. two parts of which the Alto shall be in Third Species, the Bass in First Species :—
(eS
2. Place the same C.F. in the Tenor, and add an upper part in First, and a Bass in Second Species.
3. Add to the C.F. a Soprano part in the Fourth Species, and an Alto or Tenor in the First Species :—
: eas Fal
4, Add to the C.F. (which may be placed in any part in any key), two parts, one of which shall be in Fifth, the other in First Species :—
|
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 171
Honours only.
5. To the C.F. add Treble, Tenor and Bass parts in First Species :—
6. To the C F. add a Treble in First Species, and a Bass in Fourth Species. Do not break the Syncopation :—
COUNTERPOINT. Sreconp YEAR Mops. Bac.—Tu1irp YEAR DIPLOMA.
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER. 1. To the C.F. add a Treble in Third Species, and a
Bass in Fourth Species. Do not break the Syncopation :—
9. To the C.F. add a Treble and an Alto both in Fifth Species :—
—eees
172 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. To the C.F. add a Treble in Third and a Bass im Second Species :—
——
4. To the C.F. add a Tenor in Fifth and an Alto and a Bass in First Species :-—
—————SS et
COUNTERPOINT.
THIRD YEAR, Mus. Bac.
The Board of Examiners.
1. To the C.F. add a Base in unbroken syncopation, and Treble and Alto of First Species -—
2. To the C.F. add a Treble of Second and a Bass of Third Species :-—
——
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 173
3. To the C.F. add Treble, Alto, and Tenor parts, all of Fifth Species :—
4. Add to the C.F., Second Treble, Alto, Tenor, and Bass parts, all of First Species :—
DOUBLE COUNTERPOINT, CANON, AND FUGUE.—Parr I.
Tuoirp YEAR DipLtoma.—Tuirp YEAR Mos. Bac. The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates should answer | EITHER 2 OR 3.
‘1. Write Double Counterpoint at the octave to the following Canto Fermo. From this point %* the candidate may if he chooses proceed indepen- dently of the given canto, writing both canto and counterpoint :—
— ee aed Seca eet ras i a A i
SORE He es RL et
“; at
174 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Continue the following Canon 2 in 1 for about 16 bars, adding a short Coda :—
Ete. _————— 2 arate
——— ———_— INT_2 en Ge Y — Nt io ee ee ri a te at a ees ha ——__}-e— Oo ——— as
(i>? df T_o— _ < oma
oS —— a, | Uaioe Po | aan ea eee Sy
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 175.
4. Give Tonal answers to the following subjects :—
Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates only.
5. Continue the following Canon and added free part for about 12 bars—add a free Coda :—
= wf, ian St 4 oS rt et 1 ioe Si RE
Ete. 7 P= Wy : © Sn een at a o ae Sn 7 2a ia oe rie: Pc eo
176 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ASTHETICS OF MUSIC.
THIRD YEAR.
Mus. Bac. AND Diptoma In Music.
The Board of Examuners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
‘(Pass Candidates may answer EITHER Question 4 or 5—in all, only Four questions. Honoursand Mus. Bac. Candidates none devote as much time as they can to Questions
, 4, and 5.)
1. Identify the following themes :—
Molto lento.
Presto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 177
2. Describe what is understood by the Romantic element in music. Shew how at. various times this element has exercised strong influence on the formal development of the art especially in the time of (a) Bach, (0) Schubert, (c) Wagner. Make special reference also to the art period (in Literature and Painting as well as in Music), about the end of the 20th Century; also to (a) the personal equation introduced into Music, sacred and secular, (0) the connection which it was sought to establish between Music and set programme, and (c) the influence of national elements—Folklore, Volkslied, Volksweisen.
3. In what respect must Bach be regarded as a Romantic writer? Refer to as many compo- sitions as you can in support of your argument.
N
178 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4. Write a note upon the use which Wagner as a music dramatist made of the material to his hand. Shew what were his aims and ideals, and what modifications these led him to make on legend (‘Stoff’), the conventional choice of sub- ject for dramatic treatment, and the forms of operatic music; also on the interpretative means —singers, chorus, ensemble vocal work, and the orchestra. In the course of your answer shew the limitations of Wagner’s genius, which, in spite of all the greatness of his work, prevents him from being regarded as the equal of Bach or Beethoven—if such is your opinion. .
5. Write an essay on Schubert, his works, and his place among composers. Do not devote much time to unimportant biographical details, but refer to Ballade, Art Song, Sonata, Symphony, and to Schubert’s Marches, Dances, and Piano- forte Duets.
HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ASTHETICS. First YEAR, Mus. Bac.—Seconp YRAR, DiPLoma. The Board of Exanuners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. Write a short historical note on each of the follow- ing works :— Salomon Set of Symphonies, Magic Flute, Italian Concerto, Eroica Symphony, English Suites, Creation, Fidelio, Matthew Passion.
And on each of the following Composers :— Haydn, Emanuel Bach, Beethoven.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 179
2. Enumerate as many as you can of Beethoven’s compositions up to Op. 31.
3. Give a general description from memory of any six of Beethoven’s sonatas up to No. 17 (including Nos. 5, 8, 10, 14), and of as many as you can of the first six symphonies. Add quotations.
4. Write an essay on (a) Beethoven’s heritage from Haydn and Mozart, and how he enriched it; or (6) the evolution of Beethoven’s Second Period. In either essay devote some attention to the Pianoforte, the Orchestra, and the Sonata with other forms of Composition—orchestral and choral as well as pianoforte.
FORM AND ANALYSIS.
First YEAR, Mus. Bac.—Sreconp YeEar,, Diploma.
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
Honours Candidates should omit Questions 2, 3, and 5.
1. Shew the essential points of difference between Binary and Ternary Form, referring to examples which stand on the boundary line between the
two. N2
180 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2, What are the characteristic features of the Gavotte (distinguish from Bourrée), Courante, Gigue (two different kinds), Chaconne ?
3. Enumerate some characteristics of Bach’s com- positions in Suite form.
4. In what sense is the Suite the forerunner of the Sonata? In what particulars is it incorrect to say that the Sonata is a development of the Suite ?
5. Write a note on Mozart’s use of Double Counter- point.
6. Describe Beethoven’s Septett in detail. Write a note on the form of composition of which it is the culmination.
7. Make a careful harmonic analysis of the Scherzo
(not Trio) from Op. 2, No 8. Mention the keys
in bars 9, 18, 17, 19, 21, 28, 25, 39, 40, 50, 51.
Explain the chords in 5, 30, 46, 61, and in Coda bars 6, 8, 14.
8. What peculiarities of form are to be found in the following (a) Compositions, and (b) Single _ Movements :— (a) Beethoven’s Op. 13; Op. 27, Nos. 1 and 2; Op. 31, Nos. 2 and 3.
Give a reason or precedent for each departure from conventional form.
(6) Mozart’s Sonatasin C Minor and F Major; and Beethoven’s Op. 7, Op. 10, No. 1, Op. 28 (first
movement of exch).
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 181
9. Some authorities regard the Andante in Op. 13 as a Rondo, with three presentments of the theme and two episodes ; others as an Episodic move- ment, with one episode. Without committing yourself to either, advance arguments in support of both views, using the Largo in Op. 2, No. 2, and the Rondo in Op. 13 as illustrations.
10. Give a careful Analysis of the form of the First and Last movements of Sonata No. 5 (Op. 10, No. 1).
FORM AND ANALYSIS. THoirRp YEAR D1pitoma.—SEconp YEAR Mus. Bac.
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
(N.B.—Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates should omit Questions 1, 2, and 3.)
1, Distinguish between the Italian (Scarlatti) and French (Lulli) forms of the Overture. Why is Bach’s Partita in B Minor called ‘‘ Die fran- zésische Ouverture” ?
2. In what respect is the overture of the time of (a) Scarlatti, (5) Gluck, (c) Mozart, (d) Beethoven, and (¢) Mendelssohn, a form of peculiar interest and importance ?
182 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. What novelties in form are to be observed in the overtures to Seraglio, Magic Flute, Egmont ?
4, Write a short note on the Overture with Introduc- tion, shewing the origin of the form, and referring to examples—
(a) Which use the Introduction to establish a close connection with the dramatic subject, and
(6) Which shew “ transformation of theme.”
5. Describe as minutely as your memory will allow any two of the following Overtures :—Don Giovanni, Semiramide, Leonora No. 3, Tann- héuser.
o>
. Write a careful analysis of Beethoven’s Sonata Op. 90 and of Bach’s Fugue in C Minor (Book IT.)
Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates only.
ae |
. Shew how the Overture form is founded upon Sonata form. Describe Mozart’s treatment of the form and the modifications of Sonate form in the hands of Beethoven and Mendelssohn (Corvolan, Egmont, Fingal’s Cave).
CO
. Write a short essay on Programme Music and the part played in its development by the Overture.
9. Shew how the composer of the Freischiitz Overture has kept at once to his programme and to the rules of Sonata form.
¢
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 183
INSTRUMENTATION.
-THirp Year Diptoma.—Pass anp Honours. Tuirp YEAR Mus. Bac.—Pass.
The Board of Examimers.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
N.B.—Pass candidates (Diploma) should answer questions 1 to 7 only; Honours candidates, 3 to 9; Mus. Bac. candidates, 6 to 10.
1. In what early overtures are trombones employed, and in whose overtures do we first find those instruments used as an essential part of the orchestra ?
2. What is the literal meaning and also the derivation of Piccolo, Bratsche, Violoncello, Trombone, Violin, Pranoforte ?
3. Explain the terms “‘ Natural Horn,” “ Horn in F, G, &c.” (with crook), “Valve” or “ Ventil Horn.”
4. Enumerate the transposing instruments in a modern orchestra, and explain how their parts must be read.
5. Give a reason for the (usually) fuller scoring of a classical overture compared with that of a symphony (Mozart, Beethoven, &c.).
6. Explain the scoring of the passages under A on the accompanying sheet. ,
184 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
7. Name notable orchestral effects in the following :— Seraglio, Egmont, Leonora Overtures ; Pastoral — Symphony (‘Scene on the Brook”).
8. What, in addition to the usual strings, is the orchestra employed in the following :—(a) Seraglio, (6) Figaro, (c) Egmont, (d) Freischiitz, (e) Fingal’s Cave Overtures and Haydn’s ‘< Military,” and ( f) Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony (Finale).
9. Score for Wind Instruments the sections of pas- sages shewn under B on the accompanying sheet. Name the compositions.
10. Score for small orchestra the first twenty bars of Beethoven’s Sonata op. 26; also the first four bars of Variation 1 and the first eight bars of Variation 4.
| Or as much as you can of the Funeral March in the same Sonata for full orchestra.
MUSICAL TERMINOLOGY. FIRST YEAR DIPLOMA. The Board of Examiners.
1. Give the meaning of each of the following terms:— Symphony, Coda, Movement (applied to a section of a Sonata, &c.), Concerto, Toccata, Mordent. _ Equal Temperament, ‘“ Wohltemperirtes Kla- vier.”
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 185
2. Give the derivation or origin, also the modern meaning’, of each of the following :—
Minuet, Sonata, Andante, Mass, Counterpoint, Tenor, Solfeggio, Oratorio, Treble, Arpeggio, Discant, Conservatorium, Philharmonic, Lieder-
tafel, Chorus, © b.
3. Give the meaning of the following directions :—
Soave, pesante, come sopra, pizzicato, semplice, Vestesso tempo.
4. What is a Metronome? Explain how it is used, and what the meaning is of |_ jo Oo 120.
5. Name several “keyed” instruments. How did the notes on the keyboards come to be called ‘‘keys”? What was the original name, and what wards are derived therefrom ?
186 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOVEMBER, 1906.
GREEK.—Panr I. (TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you think them called for—
(@) GAN’ ei per dwaover yépac peyabupor ’Ayxanol, dpoavreg kara Oupudy, Srwe avratioy Eorat * ei dé ke ph Cwwory, éyw O€ Kev abroc EXwpat n \ on ” ‘ 4 na 9 = i} reov i) Atavrog lay yépac i) "Odvoijoc d&w Edkwv’ 6 O€ Kev KexoAwserat, Sv Kev ikwpar (b) éi 6€ pur aixpnriy Eeoay Deol ality édvrec, rouvexd of mpoOéovory dveidea pvOjoacbat ; {c) datuovin, aiet per dicat, obdé oe AHOw" oe 2 0 bu 4 > >» A ~ apitac Oo Eumne ov re duvqoeat, GAN’ aro Oupov paddoy éuol Eceac’® ro O€ rot Kal piytoy Eorat. ei 0 obrw Tour’ éariv, Euot pedAEt pidroy Elva. > x > 2 > ~ 9 » ’ UG GX’ axéovea KaOnoo, Eup O° Ewiweifeo pvOg, ph vv rot ov xpaiopwoty Gant Geoi cia’ Ev "OAV TY dooov idv@’, dre Kev ror danrove KXEtpac Epfw. {d) Hn yap Kai dedpd ror’ HAVO Siog ’Odvaceve ev Even’ ayyeding ovy apnipiiy Mevedag ° rouc 0 éyw ékeiviooa Kai év peyaporge pidnoa, ’ , \ D7 t : auporépwy O€ guy édany kal pydea ruKva. GAN’ dre Of Tpwecorv ev Gypopévotory Epcy er, oravrwy pev Mevédaog vreipeyev etpéac Gpore, dugw 0’ ELopévw yepapwrepoc ev ’Odvoceic.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 187
(ce) php epeBe, oyerAln, ph ywoapérvn oe peOhw, Two O€ & arEXUi/pw we vey Excrayda Pidnoa, pécoy & apydorépwr pyricopac x Gea Avypd,
Tpwwy cat Aavady, ov dé kev caxody olroy dAnat.
2. Explain—rpnrotoe (Stywrotae) A€yerorv — powwny- evec—el 6é mor Ec ye piay Povdevooper—rijec &ugpeeAtcoar—oerac apdpexvred\ov—eri pa pépecv —obd\oxtrac xpoBadovro—sby Bprdpewy Kadéovor Oeoi, avdpec O€ re warreg Aiyaiwva—bépmorec— ZpivBev.
3. Give a very succinct account of —
(a) the probable dialect of the original Achilles- poem ;
(6) indications in Homer of the physique and armour of the Achaeans as distinguished from the Aegean peoples.
4. Write down the Attic equivalents of—iyepOev, xEpnt, POcrbOecxe, elaro, émererpadarat, Gye on Tpareiopev piAornre.
4. Translate (as above)—
(a) Kparoc Bia re, obey pev évroni) Atdc Eyer TEAOS ON, kovder épodwy ere.
(2) enol dé pyrnp ovx Gras pévov Oem, kat Tata, TOAAGY dvoparwy popd) pla, TO pehdov # kpalvotro mpovrebearixet, we ov Kar’ ioxyy ove mpog TO haprepov xpein, SdAw dé rove UrEpoxorvrac Kparety.
{c) tne a, OOovvex Exroc airiac Kupeic, TAYTWY pETATXwY Kal TETOALHKOC Epoi.
188 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(d) déxdcar Exowov dyvaic Aciac Edoc vépovraty peyadoordvotet coic rhpact cvyxapvovet Ovarol Kodyidoc re yae Evorxor mapGe vot, paxac arpecrot, kal LKvOne Spcdoc, of yas éoxaroy rérov dppe Mauwriy éxover Aipvay* ’ApaPiag 7’ Gpewov dvOoc, dwixpnuvoy ot moAcopa Kavkdoov wédac vépovrat, daiocg orparoc, dbumpypotot Bpéuwy év aiypaic. (e) IQ. pirot pe cpolnc rovd’ rep pédAdw rabeiv. TIP. adn’ ob peyaipw roveé coe Ewphparoc. TQ. ri dijra pédXEce py) ob yeywrioxery TO Tay 5 TIP. ¢0dvoc prev obdeic, cag 3’ dxvae Opaka ppévac. IQ. ph pov rpoxndou pacoor we époi yAv«d.
6. Explain tersely—
(a) The grammar of —j kape yap re Evpdopatc éraureg s—we rolvuy bvrwyv TwYOE gor pabety wapa—vijv apo vic éXavvopar—éledvodpnu Bporove 76 ji) cig “Atdov poreiv—oix Eorey Sry peilova poipay veipau’ i aol.
(b) The meaning of —xuparwy avijpbpor yédaopa *Epubec—enpdasro¢ eéval—ai mpoonyopoe dpvec—Znvoc axpayeiy xuvec.
7. (@) What rational account can be given of the Prometheus-myth ? °
(6) Explain—oraotpov, éxecoddiov, wepiaxror.
8. Translate, with notes, as above—
(a) ‘Qe dé é é¢ THY Zadapiva ovviOov ot orparnyot aro Tay elpnpevwy ToNliwy, éBovdevorro apobévroc
EtpuBiddew yrwpny axopatvecBat rov BovdAdpevor,
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906, 189
Sxou Soxéot émerniedraroy civac vaupaxinv roéecBat TOY avToi Xwpewy éyxparéec Eiai® i) yap "ATriKh agetro hen, ray de howréwy wépe mpoerifee’ at yvapa dé rev NEydrvrwy ai nrElorat ovvekémetrov mpc Tov "loOudy wAwoavracg vavpayéev mpd rij¢ Tedo- wOvvigOV émchéyovres rov dyor roves, ae, Ww venJéwor TH vaupaxiy éy Ladapive pey EOvrec, mohopxhoovrat éy vagy, iva oe reppin obdepia éxipavnocrac’ mpoc d€ re 'labug, é¢ roug ewuTwy eLoicovrat.
(6) Odrog dé ado Aeyerau Aoyoc wept rou Eeptew vdaTou, ovdapac Epouye maroc, ovre GAdwe ovre TO Ilepoéwy rovro waBoc’ ei yap ci) Taira ovrw eipéOn éx row KuBepyirew TpOS Béptea, éy pupines yvwpyot piay ob« Exo avrilooy, pip ox ay worijoae Baciiéa rodvie’ Tove pley éK TOU KaTa- otpwparog KxaraBiBaoa éc KoiAny vija, édvrac {lépcac xai [lepotéwy rove mpwrove, ray 5 éperéwy, éovrwy Dorvicwy, Skwe oc ay tcov wAOog rotce Tléponot éféBade é¢ ryv Oadaccay.
9. Comment on the grammar of—ézoréero wav Skwe ay éLcawOein—ovo orirag pélovac ij Kara avOpwTwv gua Exovrag ExeaBai opt.
10. Give the Herodotean words for #rrdw, Braxrw, avaXicxw; and the Attic for dvayvioa, mpoxare, éluviw, éxéaro ddéec. Parse mpoeaacarro. Com- ment on the Ionic use of zpdGura, éxiorapat, KaTappovety.
11. Where were Scione, Ellopia, Hollows of Euboea, Aphetae, Amphissa, Hermione ?
12. Contrast Socrates’ theory of sin with the notions prevalent at the time.
190 ° EXAMINATION PAPERS.
13, Translate, with notes, as above—
(a) dpa Kal éy airy Th TEXYN Eve Tee wovnpia, kai dct del ExdaTn TréeXYN adAne TEXYNG, firec air TO Cuppépor oxéperat, Kat TH okoroupery érépac av
9
ro.aurnc, Kal rovr EoTty awéparroy; i) a’rh abry ro Evpdépoy oxéerac; i} ovre avrijc ovre GAANC mpoacetrar ext riyv abrij¢c movnplay ro ~uppépov exoweiv’ obre yap Tornpia obreE dpapria ove pica obdemeg réxvn Tapear er, ovde mpoaijKet rEXID ddAw TO Evppépoy onrety i) éxeivp ov rEXY gory, aury oe aPraBic kal dxépacdc éorty dpth) ovoa, Eworep ay 4 Exdorn axpiBijc bAn ijrep Eri;
(6) of &€ ritg rév Oedy bn” AvOpwrwy napaywyiic rov “Opnpoy papripovrat, Ore Kat éxeivog elev
Acorot Ce [orperroi] re cal Oeoi avroi, Kai rove pev Ovoiacoe kat evxwAaic ayavaiouw doy Te Kvioy TE raparpuniso’ avOpwroe Acosperor ére Kev Is brepBnn kal dpdpry. BiBrwy b&€ dpador maptxovrat Movoaiov Kai ’Op- géwe, LeAjvne re wat Movowy eyydvwy, we paar, xa’ ac Ounrodovey, reiforrec ob povov idiwrac GAAa Kai wodetc, wo fipa Avoete re Kai KaBappot acicknuatwy dia Ovowy kai waded Hooriy eiot per Ere Cwour, eiot cé kat reXeuTioacw, ac Oo TeAETaC KaAdovowy, al THY Exel KaKwY arOAVOVOLY UGC, pp Ouoavrac O€ Oeva repmpever. 14. Discuss briefly— oleic Gy yévotro, we Oder, obrwe ddaparvrivoc, dc Gy petvecev év rh Ccxaroouvy’ 15. Explain—cipwrebeoBat, tdeot Adyot, dnpovpydcy avAf, karurelvac, dora, Schema Pindaricum. 16. Translate and discuss from the point of view of textual criticism— *Ap’ ovv kat vdaor Soric Cecvoc gudrakacOa cad Aabeiv, ovroc detvdratog Euxotijoar;
/
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 191
LATIN.—Parr I. (TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with terse notes where you think them called for—
(2) Tactus enim leti satis esset causa profecto, quippe ubi nulla forent aeterno corpore quorum contextum uis deberet dissoluere quaeque.
(6) praeterea per se quodcumque erit, aut faciet quid . aut aliis fungi debebit agentibus ipsum aut erit ut possint in eo res esse gerique.
(c) sed quae corpora decedant in tempore quoque, inuida praeclusit speciem natura uidendi.
(d) insula quem triquetris terrarum gessit in oris, que fluitans circum magnis anfractibus aequor onium glaucis adspargit uirus ab undis.
(e) Heraclitus init quorum dux proelia primus, clarus ob obscuram linguam magis inter inanis. quamde grauis inter Graios qui uera requirunt.
(f}) perspicere ut possis res gestas funditus omnis non ita uti corpus per se constare neque esse, nec ratione cluere eadem qua constet inane, sed magis ut merito possis euenta uocare corporis atque loci, res in quo quaeque gerantur.
_ 2. State briefly the Epicurean physical theory, with
| the proper Latin terms. Enumerate the words
| used by Lucretius for “atoms” and “to be.” Explain homoeomeria.
192
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Comment on the forms—indugredi, consumpse,
redducit, escit, queatur.
4. Translate (as above)—
(7)
(b)
0)
{d)
Ipsi per medias acies insignibus alis
Ingentes animos angusto in pectore versant,
Usque adeo obnixi non cedere, dum gravis aut hos
Aut hos versa fuga victor dare terga subegit.
Namque sub Oebaliae memini me _ turribus arcis,
Qua niger umectat flaventia culta Galaesus,
Corycium vidisse senem, cui pauca relicti
Iugera ruris erant, nec fertilis illa iuvencis,
Nec pecori epportuna seges nec commoda Baccho.
Est etiam flos in pratis, cui nomen amello
Fecere agricolae, facilis quaerentibus herba ;
Namque uno ingentem tollit de caespitesilvam,
Aureus ipse, sed in foliis, quae plurima circum
Funduntur, violae sublucet purpura nigrae.
Non te nullius exercent numinis irae.
Magna luis commissa: tibi has miserabilis Orpheus
Haudquaquam ob meritum poenas, ni fata resistant,
Suscitat, et rapta praviter pro coniuge saevit.
Illa quidem, dum te fugeret per flumina praeceps,
Immanem ante pedes hydrum moritura puella
Servantem ripas alta non vidit in herba.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 193
5, (a) Discuss briefly the object of Vergil in writing
| the Georgics. Comment on any means which he adopts of making a didactic work “poetical.”
| (6) What are the chief errors which he
commits concerning bees ?
6. Explain succinctly the meaning or grammar (as the case may be) of—Ixionii vento rota constitit orbis—seras in versum distulit ulmos — vesti- bulum—imbrex—si quem numina laeva sinunt auditque vocatus Apollo—carmina qui lusi pastorum—Pellaei Canopi—esse apibus partem divinae mentis et haustus aetherios—viva volare sideris in numerum—trunca pedum.
’. Translate (as above) —
milesne Crassi coniuge barbara turpis maritus vixit et hostium (pro curia inversique mores !) consenuit socerorum in armis
| (a)
| sub rege Medo Marsus et Apulus, anciliorum et nominis et togae
| oblitus aeternaeque Vestae
(0)
|
incolumi Iove et urbe Roma ?
unico gaudens mulier marito
prodeat iustis operata divis,
et soror clari ducis et decorae supplice vitta
Virginum matres iuvenumque nuper
sospitum. vos, 0 pueri et puellae
lam virum expertae, male ominatis parcite aerbis
G
394 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(e) campestres melius Scythae,
quorum plaustra vagas rite trahunt domos, vivunt et rigidi Getaa,
inmetata quibus iugera liberas fruges et Cererem ferunt,
nec cultura placet longior annua, defunctumque laboribus
aequali recreat sorte vicarius.
(2) dicar, qua violens obstrepit Aufidus et qua pauper aquae Daunus agrestium regnavit populorum, ex humil: potens princeps Aeolium carmen ad Italos deduxisse modos.
8. Explain the epithets in—
Vester, Camenae, vester in arduos tollor Sabinos, seu mihi frigidum Praeneste seu Tibur supinum seu lequidae placuere Baiae.
9. Explain the meaning or grammar (as the case may be) of—destituit deos mercede pacta Laomedon —eradenda cupidinis pravi sunt elementa— concidit auguris Argivi domus ob lucrum—nec Laestrygonia Bacchus in amphora—uxor invicti Tovis esse nescis—virtus repulsae nescia sordidae | —donec non alia magis arsisti — abstineto irarum.
10. Translate with notes— |
(a) quamquam, etsi priore foedere staretur, satis cautum erat Saguntinis, sociis utrorumque exceptis ; nam neque additum erat “iis, qui tunc essent” nec ‘‘ ne qui postea adsumerentur” ; et cum adsumere novos liceret soeios, quis aeoum
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 195
censeret aut ob nulla quemquam merita in ami- citiam recipi, aut receptos ia fidem non defendi, tantum ne Carthaginiensium socii aut sollicita- rentur ad defectionem aut sua sponte descis- centes reciperentur ?
| (5) is etipse Aipinus amnis longe omnium Galliae -
| fluminum difficillimus transitu est; nam, cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium
patiens est, quia nullis coercitus ripis, pluribus simul neque iisdem alveis fluens nova semper vada novosque gurgites—et ob eadem pediti quoque incerta via est—, ad hoc saxa glareosa volvens nihil stabile nec tutum ingredienti praebet.
(c) extemplo et circa a praetore ad civitates missi legati tribunique suos ad curam custodiae inten- dere, et ante omnia Lilybaeum teneri apparatu belli, edicto proposito, ut socii navales decem dieram cocta cibaria ad naves deferrent, ut, ubi signum datum esset, ne quid moram conscen- dendi faceret, perque omnem oram, qui ex speculis prospicerent adventantem hostium classem, dimitti.
11. Comment on— (a) Adversum femur tragula graviter ictus.
(6) Ne cuius suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent. (c) Victores ad centum sexaginta nec omnes | Romani, sed pars Gallorum, victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt.
(d) Nox una Hannibali sine equitibus acta est.
12. Describe a consul’s proceedings on his first day of office, giving the Latin technical terms. 02
196 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
13. Translate (as above)—
(a) Agitatum secreto, num et Piso proficisceretur, maiore praetexto, illi auctoritatem senatus, hic dignationem Caesaris laturus.
(6) Ignarus interim Galba et sacris intentus fatigabat alieni iam imperii deos, cum adfertur rumor rapi in castia incertum quem senatorem, mox Othonem esse qui raperetur; simul ex tota urbe, ut auedne obvius fuerat, alii formidine augentes, quidam minora vero, ne tum quidem obliti adulationis.
(c) nec principes modo coloniarum aut castrorum, quibus praesentia ex affluenti et parta victoria magnae spes, sed manipuli quoque et gregarius miles viatica sua et balteos phalerasque, insignia armorum argento decora, loco pecuniae tradebant instinctu et impetu et avaritia.
(da) Celsus constanter servatae erga Galbam fidei | crimen confessus exemplum ultro imputavit. nec Otho quasi ignosceret, sed, ne hostem metueret, consiliatorem adhibens statim inter intimos amicos habuit et mox bello inter duces delegit.
What is the MSS. reading for consiliatorem ? Can it be defended ?
(e) Precibus et igne puro altaria adolentur.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 197
GREEK.—ParrII.(TRANSLATION OF PREPARED
BOOKS.) The Board of Examiners.
], Translate, with brief notes in the margin where
(a)
(6)
(c)
(2)
(¢)
you think them called for—
XN 9
adr’ ei per dwoovar yépac peyaOupor 'Ayacol, dpoarrec kara Oupor, drwe avrakior Eorat'
9 4 4 9 a id > N ow ei dé xe pr) Swworr, éyw O€ Kev abrog EXwpat
* 4 " of oN c a9 Py ~ y redv i) Atayrog lay yépac i} Odvoijoc
wr Cyr, a od , a o Giw edwy’ 0 d€ Kev Kexodwoerat, by Kev ixwpat
9 , 9 ‘ ba ‘ 9\ La ei b€ ply aiypnriy EOecav Beot ailey édrrec, id 4 e c 9 , rouvexa of xpoéovery oreldea pvOpoacdae 5
Sarpovin, alet per dieac, obd€ ce AH Ow"
~ nd # , , > 9 N ~ apiiae & eumne ov re dvrqoeat, GAN’ aro Oupov paddov épol Eveac’ ro 6€ roe kai plywv Eorat. ei & obrw rovr’ éorly, éuot pédrAEe pidrov el vat. GAN’ axéovoa Kabnoo, Eup O° éxcreieo pvby, ph vv roe ov xpaicpworr doo Deol cia’ ev ’OipTp docor idv@’, dre xév rot danrove xEipac Eph.
H15n yap cat devpd wor’ AvOe Siocg ’Odveceve oev Evex’ ayyeding our dpnpiig Meredag * rouc 0 éyw ébeiricoa kai ev peyaporot didnoa, Gugorepwr de puly édany kai pydea wuxva. GAN’ Gre 6 Tpweootv Ev aypopévorocy EpcyOer, oravrwy pevy Mevédaoc brelpeyev ebpéag Gpove, dppw 8 ELopérw yepapwrepoc Hey "Odvoceic.
ph p’ epeBe, oyerAin, ph xwoapévy ce pedjw, tic O€ a Arey Oiipw we viv ExrayAa giAnoa, péecow 3 apgorépwr pyticopat ExGea Avypa, Tpowy cal Aovady, av b€ kev xaxdv olrov Anat.
198 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Explain—rpnroto: (étywrotec) \éxecorv—poipnyevic— ei O€ wor eg ye piay Bovevoopeyv—vijec aygreAiooae —dérac apgexurehAov—eEni ipa pépeey—obA0yX Tac
ld a a c , w n> mpoBadrorvro—syv Bptapewy xadéovor Geol, avdpec ce re wavrec Aiyatwva—Bémorec—ZuvOev.
3. Give a very succinct accouat of— (a) The probable dialect of the original Achilles-
poem.
(5) Indications in Homer of the physique and armour of the Achaeans as distinguished from the Aegean peoples.
4. Write down the Attic equivalents of —iyep0er, xeon, POcvvOeoxe, claro, émtrerpagarat, aye ¢) Tpawreioney, orrOrnre.
5. Translate, with notes as above—
(a) xatpor ei pbéytato, ro\AGY mEipata suyTavioaic éy Bpaxei, petwy Exerac papoc aybparwy. azo yap xépec apPrdvee aiavic rayelac éArigac - a@orav 3 axoa kpigiov Bupov Bapurec padcor’ éadototv em adXorpioce. GAN’ Guwe, kptoowy yap olxrippod POdyoc, py wapie Kaha. vwpa dtxaiy rndadiy erparor’ dwevdet 0€ Tpoc Expove yadxeve yAGooar. et Te Kai GAavpor rapaWvocel, pEya Tor Héperat map céGer. (b) yévov otec éxct pabwry’ Kaddg¢ rot 7iOwy Tapa waoiv, aiet Kaddc. 6 6€ ‘PadaparvOuc ev rézpayer, Ore dperav éAaye Kkapwev apepyroy, obd axaraie Oupoy répverac Evouber, ota Yupwr xaapate exer’ aici Bporay.
HONOUR BXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 199
(c) «al pOcvdxaprog éoica Sid0t Wadow wep’ abrdc, et wore yeEtpeptov wip ELixnrat Noiahhor, i} ovy dpOaic xubvecoty deorocvvaey Epeccopéva péyBov Errore adéry duaravoy éy reixeoty.
dv Epnpwoaica ywpov.
6. Name any striking features of (a) the grammar and dialect, (6) the constructive method, of Pindar.
7. Write & note on Aevcaie xiOhoavra ppaciv— tbpevéovrec aveyrdv—ev [vba récoars— Apyxé- Aoxov EX Oeaw mearvdpevov— Atog ainrev mdpedpog —Zepupla Aoxplo—dxovra aydvoc Badeiv sk.
8. Translate, as above— (a) TOAAG yap, Evre wrddEC dapacby én, dvorvy i} TE rodocet. G\Xoc 3 GAXdov Gye, govevet, ra O€ wuppoper’ Karvy d& ypalverat to\tap’ aray* pacvopevog O éexirvet Aaodapac paivwy evotBecay ” Apne. kopxopuyal 0 ay’ doru, mpore 8 épxava wopyaric, mpoc avdpoc 8 avip Sopt criverat. (5) = réraprog GAXog, yeirovac rvdag Exwy "Ovy«ac ’A@avac, Evy Boy raplorarat, ‘Inwopédovrog oxjpa Kat péyac rimoc. Gdw d€ rodAnyv, aowidoc kuKdNov héyw, Egpi=a Oevnoavroc’ ovKx ddAwe épa. 6 onparoupyoc 8 ov Ti ebredic Gp’ Hr, Sorte rd0 Epyor Gracey mpoc aonidr, Tupev’ iévra ruprvdov da ordpa Avyvuy péXacvay, alcAny wupdc Kaow’’ Gpéwy O& trAEKTAVAaLEL TEpidpopoy KUTOg Tpoonoagrarat Kokoydaropoc KiKXov.
200
(¢)
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
‘ 9 T dAda your, @ gidar, Kar’ ovpov épéooer’ api kpart OPM HOY KEpoty wirvdor, oc aiéy Ce ’Axéporr’ apeiGerat ray Aarohoy peddyxpoxoy Gewpida 8 ? ~ > 2 . > 7 ray aori3i roAAwyt, ray avad.yr, xavookoy cig apari re xépooy.
9. Comment briefly on the story of Cadmus, and on
that of the Sphinx. How do you explain émraretxetc Etodoe 7
10. Give instances of metaphorical condensation with
word-play in Aeschylus. In what ways is the metaphor qualified or defined ?
i. Explain tersely the meaning or grammur (as the
case may be) of é6péWar’ oixtariipac, Srwe¢ yévorbe mpoc xpéog rdde—nrétrwy Kal oredéwy mér’, Ek per viv, audi uray’ ELoper ;—éxmépoeevy mdrLv Hnoiy, 9 SN 8 w 9 Q ~ ‘ ‘ ovce rv Atoc Epev éurodwy oxeBeivp—guysol dé oupiZovar Bapapoy rpdror.
12. Translate, with notes as above— (a) ‘Qe d€ é¢ rnvy Sarapiva cuvA#AOov oi crparnyot
Go T@Y Eeipnuéevwy TOAwY, EBovrEvovTO TpoUEvTOC EipuBiadew yropny aropaivesBar rov PovAdpevoy, Skov Soxéoe émernoewraroyv elvat vavpayxinv rokegBae tay abrol ywpéwy Eyxparéec cio’ f yap “Arrex)) agetro ion, trav b€ Nouréwy wEpe TpveriMee’ ai yy@pae 6€ r@v AEeyéryrwy ai wrElorar ovvebémixrov mpdc rov IoOudv mrAwaavrac vaupayéety mpo ri¢ HeXo- wovrhoou EmtAEyovres Tov dyor rove, we, iv vexnbéwor TH vaupaxin év ZDadrapive pey E0vTeEc, rodwopkhoovrar év yhoy, iva ope Tipwpin obdepia émigavioerar’ poe d€ rp "lobpg, é¢ toug EwuTey éLoiaorrat.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 201
(b) Odrog S€ BAXoc Aéyerae Adyoe wept row Héplew voorov, ovdaudc Euorye maroc, ovre G&AXNwe ovre TO Tlepcéwy rovro wdbog’ ei yap 3) ravra ourw eipéOn ék Tov kuBepvijrew mpoc Méptea, év pupinor yvwpnor play obk exw avr igor, pa ovK ay worjjoae Baoréa rowvde’ Tove wey ex Tov Kara- -oTpwparog KarafsiBdoae é¢ KolAnvy vija, édvrac Hépcac xai Mepoéwy rove apwrove, rev & éperéwy, édvrwyv Dovikwy, dxwo ove &yv ioov wAHOo¢ roiee Iléponor é£éGade éc rv Oddaccay.
13. Comment on the grammar of—ézotéero ray ékwe ay eLcowBein—dv0 ondirag péCovac ij kara dvOpwxwy puocy Exovrac Exrea0al ode.
14. Give the Herodotean words for #rrdw, Brarre, avahioxw ; and the Attic for avayvacat, rpoxare, éXivow, éxéaro ddéec. Parse xpoecatarvro. Com- ment on the Ionic use of apéBara, éxlorapat, Kkaragppovety.
15. Where were Scione, Ellopia, Hollows of Euboea, Aphetae, Amphissa, Hermione ?
16. Translate, with brief notes as above—
(a) ei pév ro capa emerpérev ce Eder ry Stakerdv- vevorra 7} xpnarov abro yevéoBat ] rovnpor, To\Na ay TEpLEgKEWur, gir’ emerpemréoy eire ov, Kal ele oup- Povdiy rouc TE plrouc ay mapexithetc Kat rove oixeiovc, oxomovpevog tpépac avxvdc’ 6 de rept welovoc Tov owparoc yet, THY Yuyny, Kai Ev w wavr éori Ta o& 7} ev i} KaKwC TpaTTELY, YpNOTOH 7 xovnpov avrov yevopévov, repli d€ TovTov ovre TH warpl ovre TH GdEAgD ExEKOLYWoW OUTE TOY TOY éraipwy obdevi, eir’ eémirpemréov etre cal ob TO
apuopévy rovty Lévy riv anv Puyhy.
202 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(6) ig Ey yap raic GAdaic dperaicg, GowEp ov éyEtc, bd Cod ~ édy rie pi) ayaboe abdAnric elvac 7) GAAnY Hyrevovy réxyny iy ph Eorcy, i KarayeAwouy 7} yadexaivovet, Kai ot OiKetor Tpootdvreg vouBETovOLY we parydpevor’ > ‘ g , 38 ~ wf ~ 9 ~ 7,7 év 6€ dtxacooivy cai év rH GAAN woderecy apery, Eav tiva Kal eld@oty, Ore Gdecxdc EoTev, éay ovTOg abroc
9 @ = > ~ LA > , ~— a 3 ~ xa avrov radnOy Aéyn Evavriov woddGY, O Exel
, @ ~ T > a , > ~
owdpoourny iyourro elvar, TradyOH NEyerv, EevravOa paviay, cai dao wavrac Seiy gavac elvar Scxaious, Edy Te How Eay Te ph, i} paiverOat TOY p17) Tpoerotor- pevov Ouatoovyny, we dvayKaioy obdéva Syriv’ ody: dpwoyérwc peréxery adrijc, i} py elvac év avOpwrace.
17. Explain the grammar of—ée ye mpdc o€ sipjoba TahnOij—ravr ovv ién ov axdwet, worEepov mepi avroy povog ote dety dtaréyeoOa mpdc pdrovc— ddéav iptv ravra éropevopeBa; and the meaning of—xdppw rév vuxrav—Irmoxparn rov Kgov, rov tov *AokAnmiadav—év Te TpooTYy—Ewo GY oI rolbrat abrov ageAkvoworv—ovc répvoty Depexparne édidatey éxt Anvaiy.
18. Explain the attitude of Socrates towards the sophistic teaching.
STR | Ow re re re eee
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 203
LATIN.—Part II. (TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you think them desirable—
(a) Taetus enim leti satis esset causa profecto, quippe ubi nulla forent aeterno corpore quorum contextum uis deberet dissoluere quaeque.
(5) praeterea per se quodcumque erit, aut faciet quid aut aliis fungi debebit agentibus ipsum aut erit ut possint in eo res esse gerique.
(c) Sed quae corpora decedant in tempore quoque, inuida praeclusit spectem natura uidendi.
(d) insula quem triquetris terrarum gessit in oris, eae fluitans circum magnis anfractibus aequor onium glaucis adspargit uirus ab undis.
(¢) Heraclitus init quorum dux proelia primus, clarus ob obscuram linguam magis inter inanis quamde grauis inter Graios qui uera requirunt.
(f) perspicere ut possis res gestas funditus omnis non ita uti corpus per se constare neque esse, nec ratione cluere eacdem qua constet inane, sed magis ut merito possis euenta uocare corporis atque loci, res in quo quaeque gerantur.
2. State briefly the Epicurean physical theory, with the proper Latin terms. Enumerate the words used by Lueretims for “atoms” and “to be.” Explain homocomeria.
204 ‘EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Comment on the forms—indugredi, consumpse redducit, escit, queatur.
4. Translate (as above)—
(a) Si forte necesse est Indiciis monstrare recentibus abdita rerum, Fingere cinctutis non exaudita Cethegis Continget.
(6) Publica materies privati iuris erit, si Non circa vilem patulumque moraberis orbem.
(c) Sic priscae motumque et luxuriem addidit arti Tibicen traxitque vagus per pulpita vestem ; Sic etiam fidibus voces crevere severis Et tulit eloquium insolitum facundia praeceps, Utiliumque sagax rerum et divina futuri Sortilegis non discrepuit sententia Delphis.
(d) Carmine qui tragico vilem certavit ob hircum Mox etiam agrestes Satyros nudavit.
(e) Ignotum tragicae genus invenisse Camenae Dicitur et plaustris vexisse poemata Thespis, Quae canerent agerentque peruncti faecibus ora.
5. How does Horace translate the following Greek terms :— KaQdArov, srpoyytvAwe, Kipta, TO dppdrrov, mpakr- kov, Aexrexdy 2 Explain the terms—actus, voti sententia compos, ampullae, bidental.
6. Translate (as above)—
(a) At hoc frementes verterunt bis mille equos Galli canentes Caesarem, Hostiliumque navium portu latent Puppes sinistrorsum citae.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 205
Io Triumphe, tu moraris aureos Currus et intactas boves ? Io Triumphe, nec Iugurthino parem | Bello reportasti ducem, ee Africanum, cui super Carthaginem irtus sepulchrum condidit.
(6) Infamis Helenae Castor offensus vicem, Fraterque magni Castoris, victi prece Adempta vati reddidere lumina.
Et tu, potes nam, solve me dementia,
O nec paternis obsoleta sordibus,
Neque in sepulchris pauperum prudens anus Novendiales dissipare pulveres.
7. Explain the term ‘“Epodes.” What were they called by Horace?
8. Explain—Phocaeorum velut profugit exsecrata civitas — sectus flagellis hic triumviralibus praeconis ad fastidium—Appiam mannis terit— ibis Liburnis inter alta navium, amice, pro- pugnacula.
9. Translate, as above—
(a) De familia liberata nihil est quod te moveat primum tuis ita promissum est, te facturam esse ut quisque esset meritus; est autem in officio adhuc Orpheus, praeterea magno opere nemo; ceterorum servorum ea causa est, ut, si res a nobis abisset, liberti nostri essent, si obtinere potuissent; sin ad nos pertinerent, servirent, praeterquam oppido pauci.
(6) Consulares duce Favonio fremunt; nos tacemus, et eo magis, quod de domo nostra nihil adhuc pontifices responderunt : qui si sustulerint
206 EXAMINATION PAPERS. e® religionem, aream praeclaram habebimus; superficiem consules ex senatus consulto aestimabunt: sin aliter, demolientur, suo nomine locabunt, rem totam aestimabunt.
(c) Reliquum iam est: Zwdpray éAayec, ravray xdopec. Non mehercule possum, et Philoxeno ignoseo, qui reduci in carcerem maluit; veram tamen id ipsum mecum in his locis commentor, ut istam probem, idque tu, cum una erimus, confirmabis.
What is the MSS. reading for istam probem ? Can it be defended?
(dq) Hoc tibi tam ignoscemus nos amici, quam
ignoverunt Medeae. . . . . . quae Corinthum arcem altam habebant matronae opulentae, optimates. . . . . .
quibus illa manibus gypsatissimis persnasit, ne sibi vitio illae verterent, quod abesset a patria.
10. Translate, briefly discussing the text—
(a) Hac quidem cura certe iam vacuus sum ; iacet enim ille sic, ut Phocis Curiana stare videatur.
(6) Sed idem Nerius index edidit ad adligatos Cn. Lentulum Vatiam et C. Cornelium: + ista ei.
(c) . . . im illo ecubiculo tuo, ex quo tibi Stabianum perforasti.
11. Translate and explain—
(a) Is, quem putabant magistrum fore, si bona venirent.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 207
(6) Videsne consulatam illum nestrum, quem Curio
antea aro@twerw vocabat, si hic factus erit, fabam mimum futurum ?
(c) Explain:—HS. vicies; libera legatio voti
causa; forum attingere; familiam ducere; rationem ducere; vadimonium concipere ; nos vero ferrei.
12. Translate, as above— (a) Agitatum secreto, num et Piso proficisceretur,
maiore praetexto, illi auctoritatem senatus, hic dignationem Caesaris laturus.
(6) Ignaros interim Galba et sacris intentu,
fatigabat alieni iam imperii deos, cum adfertur rumor rapi m castra incertam quem senatorem, mox Othonem esse qui raperetur ; simul ex tota urbe, ut quisque obvius fuerat, alii formidine augentes, quidam minora vero, ne tum quidem obliti adulationis.
(c) nec principes modo coloniarum aut castrorum,
quibus praesentia ex affluenti et parta victoria magnae spes, sed manipuli quoque et gregarius miles viatica sua et balteos phalerasque, insignia armorum argento decora, loco pecuniae tradebant instinctu et impetu et avaritia.
(d) Celsus constanter servatae erga Galbain fidei
crimen confessus exemplum ultro imputavit. nec Otho quasi ignosceret, sed, ne hostem metueret, consiliatorem adhibens statim inter intimos amicos habuit et mox bello inter duces delegit.
What is the MSS. reading for consiliatorem ? Can it be defended ?
(¢) Precibus et igne puro altaria adolentur.
208 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
13. The characteristics of the style of Tacitus have been said to be brevitas, varietas, and poeticus color.
Illustrate any one of these characteristics from the chapters prescribed.
14. Translate, with notes—
Vibius Crispus, pecunia potentia ingenio inter claros mag's quam inter bonos, Annium Faustum equestris ordinis, qui temporibus Neronis dela- tiones factitaverat, ad cognitionem senatus vocabat. nam recens Galbae principatu cen- suerant patres, ut accusatorum causae nosceren- tur. id senatus consultum varie iactatum et, prout potens vel inops reus inciderat, infirmum aut validum retinebat adhuc terrores.
15. Remark on anything unusual or non-Ciceronian in Tacitus’ use of—expedio, natales, impono, potissimus, the ablative absolute, partes, olim, inter.
16. Explain — provinciam domi retinere, ala, una cohors togata, septuma decuma cohors, praefectus legionis, vacationes, sectiones.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 209
GREEK.—Part I. (UNPREPARED TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners. :
Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you
1.
think them desirable—
Kpté wérrov, ri por OCe dia oréog Ecovo pho Yeraroc 3; our wapoc ye Neder pevoc Epxeat oiwr, GANG wOAV ap@roc véwent Téper’ Gvbea xoinc paxpa BiBdc, xpwrog b€ foac xorapey adixarecc, mparoc oe orabpdvee Araleat drovéeaBat toréptoc’ vuv aure mavvoTaros. } avy’ dvaxroc
op0adpor wobec, Tov arijp kaxog éLadaweer
ouy Auypoic érdpowat, Capaccapevoc ope: vac O1Vvg, Oirc, 6 bv ovxw oni wepuypHévov elvar odeOpor. ei dy Opodpovénc roripwrijetc TE yévowo
eiwety xan Ketvoc € ov pévoc HracxaZec’
TP Ké of Eyxégadde ve dca oréoc GdAvdeg G\Ay Oevopévov palotro mpoc ovdet, Kad O&K éuov Kijp AwHioELE KAKwY, TA poe OUTWavoc wopey Ovric.
Maxaptéy éoruv 7 Tpayydia Tolnpa Kara wavr’, Et ve mpwrov ot Aoyor urd rov Oearay cia eyvwptopevor, mpiy kai tiv’ eiveiv’ dad? Uroprijoa povoy det roy rowntny’ Oidirovy yap ay povoy $0, TaAXNa warT ioactv’ 6 xarijp Adios, pirnp "loxdorn, Ovyarépec, maidec rivec, ri xeice@ ovroc, ri weroinkey. ay wade cimy ree ’Adepéwva, kal ra wadia avr eb0u¢ eipny’ , re paveic awéxrovey Thy pynrép’, &yavaxray 8” Adpactoc edPEwe fice wadey 7’ Grevot. 2 2 we
‘
P
210
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ExeO’ Gray pndey dvvwrr’ eimeiv Ere, Kopudy, 0 cexrepgxwoty Ev Toic Opapaccy, | aipovoty Saowep Odcrydov rey pnyarny, kat roig Gewpévoroty aroxpwrTwe exe. piv o€ ravr’ obk Ear, GAG Tara Cet Evpely, Ovopara Katvd, Ta OipKnpeva MpOTEpOV, TA VOY raperra, THY Karaorpogny, THY etoffodny. ay €y re rourwy waparixy Xpépne rec 3} Pcidwy rec, exovpirrerac’
IIndet de ravr’ tXeore vai Teoxpy woretv.
3, TapadkaBevrec dé atrove of Kepxepato: é¢ otxnpa
peya careipay, cai vorepov eka yorrec KaTa EiKOOLY divopac Ot yor Osa Owotw crotyoiw GrAerev ExurepwOer wapareTaypivwy, decepéveve TE pec GA\ARAOWS Kai Tasopévouc Kai KEvToupevouc UXO THY waparerayye- VOY, EL TOU rig Teva wot exOpor & EavTov' peaoTiyowdpot Te mapedrrec émeraxuroy Tig odo ToOUC mxohatr spoy mpoidyrac. Kai é és pevdvdpac éignorra éhabow rouc év T? oixhpare roeny mp Tory elayaydvrec «ai deagdei- pavrec (goero yep avrevc peruarheovrac woe dAdoge ayew)’ we o£ yo0ovra Kai ric avroic €0hAwoe, TOUC TE AGqwaiovc ‘émecadoiwro Kai éxt\evoy onde, Ei Bovrovrat, avrove ctagbeipery, Ex TE Tov oiKHparoc ovxére HOedov ebvernr, ob0’ éocévar E~acay Kara Ovvapty mepifes@ar vicéva. oi dé Kepxvpaio: xa ‘a prev rac Oupac 080 avrol dueroovrro pralecOat, ivaBarsrec O& Eri TO réyoo Tov oixnparoc «ai dtedovrec Ty dpodqy efadov re Kepapy Kai érosevoy xarw. of St SpwAdooDYTS TE we €OUVaYTO kal da of moAAol sac abrowr cueqMetpor, oiarovc TE, OVC Obizony EKEtv, EC Tac Opayac KaBérTEC Kai [éx] kAevOr revwy, at Ervyov avroic Evovoat, roic om apron wai €K Ter tpariwy wapacpaypara macovyrec amayyopevor, wavri tre] Tpowy 76 WOAY Tic vUKTOC (éxeyévero yap vue re waOnyare) avadovrrec
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 21}
epac abrouc cat Baddéuevoe tro Trév Avw cuEg- Bapnoay. kal avrove ot Kepxupator, érecdy typépa Fyévero, poppnooy ext dnalac émeBaddvrec arhyayov téw rijc TWOAEWC.
4. ’Apédce f Secordacpovla ddbaev Gy elvac deedia
mpoc TO Sarudvior" 6 dé decodainwy rovaur¢ TlC, otoc emt Kpnvn drovepapevoc rac Xeipac Kal i pardpevoc aro iepov, Capyny eic TO oropa Aa oUrw THY jpépay mepimarety. Kai riv édov éay Tapadpapy ‘yan, pn mpdrepov mropevOyjvat, ewe deZEXOn tic, AiBouc rpEic bmép Tij¢ G60u brafady. Kal rav Nurapoy Nibwy roy Ev raic rpeddarc maptwy éx rac AnKbBov EXaLoy Karayety, Kai éxl ydvara TEOWY KAL Tpookvynoac dmahdarrecBat. Kai éav puc OvdNaxoy aXpirwy Sagayn, mpoc Tov ebnynriyy EOwv, Epwrav, ri xp Twoety’ kal éay aroxpivyrat aire, éxdovvat Tw axuroceby émppaat, py mpoaexery rovrotc, GAN’ arorpametc ExOdoacPa. Kal rucva dé rhy otxiay xabdpac davdc, ‘Exaryc pdoxwy imaywyny yeyovévac Kav yavd BadiZovroc abrov raparrnrat, etmac, "AOnva xpetrrwy! mapedOeiv ouTrw' Kat oure pyfpar émtBijvar, ovre éxi vexpor EXOety, GAAG TG pen pualveBat oupedépoy airy dijon elvat. Kai dray évirviov ten, mopeverdac ™poc Touc Gvecpoxpirac, mpoc TOU parretc, mpoc rouc dpy- Gooxdrove, tpwrncwy rive Deg ij Oeg edye0Bar Sei.
212 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
LATIN.—Parr I. (UNPREPARED TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with concise notes in the margin where you think them desirable—
(a) Ba. Forum coquinum qui uocant, stulte uocant : Nam non coquinum, uerum furinumst forum. Nam ego si iuratus hominem nequam quaererem, Peiorem hau potui quam hunc quem duco _ ducere, Multilocum gloriosum insulsum inutilem. Quin ob eam rem Orcus recipere ad se hunc noluit, Vt esset hic qui mortuis cenam coquat : Nam hic solus illis coquere quod placeat potest. Co. Si me arbitrabare istoc pacto ut praedicas, Quor conducebas? Ba. Inopia: alius non erat. Set quor sedebas in foro, si eras coquos, Tu solus praeter alios? Co. Ego dian tibi : Hominum ego auaritia factus sum improbior coquos, Non meopte ingenio. Ba. Qua istuc ratione? Co. Eloquar. Quia enim, quom extemplo ueniunt conduc- tum coquom, | Nemo illum quaerit qui optumus, carissumust : Tllum conducunt potius qui uilissumust. Hoc ego fui hodie solus opsessor fori. Tlli sunt drachumis miseri : me nemo potest Minoris quisquam nummo ut surgam subigere.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 213
(5) Ite, leves elegi, doctas ad consulis aures,
verbaque honorato ferte legenda viro.
luce minus decima dominam venietis in urbem, ut festinatum non faciatis iter.
si quis, ut in populo, qui sitis et unde requiret, nomina decepta quaelibet aure ferat.
ut sit enim tutum, sicut reor esse, fateri, verba minus certe ficta timoris habent.
copia nec vobis ullo prohibente videndi consulis, ut limen contigeritis, erit.
aut reget ille suos, dicendo iura, Quirites, conspicuum signis quom premet altus ebur ;
aut populi reditus positam componet ad
hastam,
et minui magnae non sinet urbis opes;
aut feret Augusto solitam natoque salutem, deque parum noto consulet officio.
(c) Dionysius, de quo ante dixi, cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syra- cusas: isque cum secundissimo vento cursum teneret ridens: Videtisne, inquit, amici, quam bona a dis immortulibus navigatio sacrilegis detur? Idque homo acutus cum bene planeque percepisset, in eadem sententia perseverabat : qui cum ad Peloponnesum classem appulisset et in fanum venisset Iovis Olympii, aureum ei de- traxit amiculum grandi pondere, quo Iovem ornarat e manubiis Karthaginiensium tyrannus Gelo, atque in eo etiam cavillatus est aestate grave esse aureum amiculum, hieme frigidum, eique laneum pallium iniecit, cum id _ esse [aptum ] ad omne anni tempus diceret. Idemque Aesculapii Epidauri barbam aureum demi jussit: neque enim convenire barbatum esse filium, cum in omnibus fanis pater imberbis
214
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
esset. Idem mensas argenteas de omnibus delubris iussit auferri, in quibus quod more veteris Graeciae inscriptum esset BONORUM DEORUM, uti se eorum bonitate velle dicebat. Idem Victoriolas aureas et pateras et coronas, quae simulacrorum porrectis manibus sustine- bantur, sine dubitatione tallebat eaque se acci- pere, non auferre dicebat : esse enim stultitiam, a quibus bona precaremur, ab iis porrigentibus et dantibus nolle sumere.
(4) Servus ei dicitur comes unus fuisse nutritus
una, eoque haud ignarus linguae eiusdem; nec quicquam aliud proficiscentes quam summatim regionis, quae intranda erat, naturam ac nomina principum in populis aecepere, ne gua inter colloquia insigni nota heesitantes deprehendi possent. Tere pastorali habitu, agrestibus telis, faleibus gaesisque binis armati. Sed neque com- mercium linguae, nec vestia armorumve habitus sic eos texit, quam quod abhorrebat a fide, quemquam externum Ciminios saltus intra- turum. Usque ad Camertes Umbros pene- trasse dicuntur: ibi, qui essent, fateri Romanum ausum : introductumque in senatum, consulis verbis egisse de societate amicitiaque: atque inde comi hospitio acceptum, nuntiare Romanis iussum, commeatum exercitui dierum triginta praesto fore, si ea loca intrasset, iuventutemque Camertium Umbrorum in armis paratam im- perio futuram.
-
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOYV., 1906. 215
GREEK.—Parr II. (UNPREPARED TRANSLATION).
The Board of Examiners.
Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you think them desirable—
ve Eipopay’ , i yap vay Epec Epyoro ‘yevotro Gun év clap, Gre r para paxpa wéhovrac, éy woin, dpéravoy pev eye ebua prec exorme, kal dé wb Teter Exerc, iva mepmoaipeba é Epyou mote dype para xvég~aoc, woin O& Tapein. ei 3’ av ai Bocc cley EXauUvEpEY, OixEp Aporot, atOwvec, peyado, Gugw Kexopnore notHe, HAaxee, leopépor, raw rE ebévoc ovk ddaradvér, rerpayvoy é ein, eixot 0 urd Badoc aporpy’ re Ké ye tore, ei OAKa Senvexéa mporapodgny. ei 8 av cai wédepdy ober 6 dpphoece Kpoviwy rhMepoY, atrap épet odncor €in wai dvo0 Sotpe Kat Kuven waYXaANKoC, emi Kpor doce apapvsa, T@ Ké pt’ Wotc mpurouaty évt TpOLax oro peyévra, oe) dy prot Ty yacrep’ Svedécur cryopevorc® GAAG par’ HBpiZerc, xai roe wooc éoTiv arHrne’ wal rev rec SoKéste péyac Eppevat Hoe Kparatdc, otvexa Tap Taiporec cai OdrvdavotoLY OmAEic.
2. 3a. a&AAo re Or’ ob vomseic Hdn Geov oder xANY rE mpetc, - TO xiloc Tovri Kai rac vepchac cal ry yNerray, ; Tpia taurl ; ZT. ov0’ Gy SeadeyOetny y’ arexviic roic &AXowe, ob0" ay 4a aravroy’ 00d dv Oueap’, oe oreigay’, obd inBeinv A:iBarwror.
216 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
XO. deve vu tpiv 6 re co paper Oappoy, we od« arux hoe, hyde reyuoyr cal Bavpadwy Kat onréy deicoc elvat. ST. 5 d€ororvar, Séopac roivyy ipey rovri wavy pucxpoy, rav ‘EAAnvey elvai pe Aéyery Exardy cradiotocy Gpcaroy. xO. GX éorat aot rovro wap iw’ Sore ro Aourdy y a0 rovdl év To nue yvepas ovdeic vikhoet wrElovag 7} ov. 2=T. ph poi ye Aéyery yvwpac peyadac’ ob yap rourwy éxcOupe, GN’ bo’ épaur@ orpeotixijoat cai rouvg ypyorac dtodcaBeiv. XO. reviec rolvuy dy ipeipec’ ob yap peyddor éwiOupeic. GNAa ceavroy rupasoc Bappwv roic fperépocc mpoTodoaty. ZT. dpdow raid’ piv morevoac’ yap avayKn pe weecet dea rove iwxouc rove xomrariac Kal rov yapov Gc pe érérpuber.
8. rovro péy 31) otrw élevpéOn, rac dé xpooPorac amex- povovro oi Bapxato. yporoy d€ 6) woAdOy rpBopevwy Kai mexrdvrwy apdhorépwy TOANWY, Kai ov évoor rey Iepogwy, “Apaace 0 arparnyog Tov welou pnxavara roade’ palsy rove Bapxalouc, we Kara pév TO loxupdy ovc aiperot elev, ddAy Oe aiperoi, moéer ToLade’ vuKToc ragpoy dpvsac ebpéar éxérecve EvXa aobevéa brép atric, karumepOe oe émemohijc Tay LuAwy xour yijc Emepopnae, TOewy TF) adn yn iodredoy. Gua Apepy de &¢ Adyouc Tpoe- kadéero rou Bupxaiove. ot 6€ d dowaoréic uxhxovoay, és 6 ape Eade Opodoyin xphoacBac. rny oe Spodroyliny érowvrvro ronvde tivd, emi rife Kpunriji¢ rappow
| HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 217
rapvovrer Gpxia, tor ay ” vii atrn otrw éxn, pévery | TO Gpxioy cara ywpny, kai Bapxaiove re Smorehéery gavar abiny Basie Kal Tléprac pender &idXo veox- poy Kara Bapxalove. pera 0€ TO GpKeor Bapxatoc pey morevaayres Tourotot avrot re eShioay & éx TOU doreoc kal ray wohepiwy & Ewy maptévac é¢ ro Tetxo¢ tov BovdAdpevoy, rag rbAac waoac dvoikavrec. 08 oe Hépoae karapphicarrec THY KpuTTHY yépupay eGov tow é¢ TO TEtXoc. karéppniay o€ rovde eivexey Thy éxoinoay yépupay, iva épmecopkéoter, Tapdvrec Totci Bapxaiovee xpévoy péverv aiel ro Gpxiov, door ay vii pevy Kara Tore lye karapphiace dé ovxeérc Emeve TO Spxtov Kara ywpny.
4, Kat doa wey Aoyy elrov Exagrot i} pédovrec wTodepnoey i} év aire on Svrec, yaderov ry dxpiBevay abriy Tay Nex Bevrwv Stapynpovevioat 7} hy poi re Oy avrocg ijxovoa Kal roic GANOGEy woOev & époi amayyéovawy" we © Gy éddxouy é épol Exaorot wept Tov alei mapdytwy ra déovra parcor’ ciety, Eyopery Ort éyytrara rig Lupwaonc yropne trav adic AexXDévrwy, otrwe eipnrat. rad étpya rev mpayBér- Twy év TQ wodtup ovK EK TOU mapaTuXdrToOC muvOavopevocg jeiwoa ypagev od we épot éddxet,
: GAN’ ol¢ re abro¢g mapijy Kai rapa rév &\\wy dao
duvaroy dapiBecg wept Exdorou émebehOwy. éximdvwe
d€ nupioxero, duore of mapdvTec Toc Epyotc ExaorotG ov rabra wepi rev abriy EXeyor, AN’ we Exarépwy
Tic evvolag 7} prnpne Exot. Kal é¢ pey axpdaccy
tows TO ph prOddec abrov drepréarEpoyv paveirac’
doo 6€ BovAnoorvrar ray TE yeEvouérwy TO cagec okoweiy Kat TwY peddNOvTwy more avOtc Kara ro | avOpwreov rowirwy Kal rapatAnciwy eEceoOa, | whedia Kpivery abvra apxourtwe Ele. Kripa re é¢
aigt paddov 7} dywuiopa éc TO Tapayphpua axovery | Evyxetrat.
218 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.
LATIN.—Parr IT. (UNPREPARED TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Bxanuwners.
‘Translate, with concise notes in the margin where you think them desirable—
(a) Principio caelum ac terram camposque liquentes Lucentemque globum lunae Titaniaque astra Spiritus intus alit, totamque infusa per artus Mens agitat molem et magno se corpore miscet. Inde hominum pecudumque genus vitaeque volantum
Et quae marmoreo fert monstra sub aequore pontus.
Igneus est ollis vigor et caelestis origo
Seminibus, quantum non corpora noxia tardant
Terrenique hebetant artus moribundaque membra.
Hinc metuunt cupiuntque, dolent gaudentque, neque auras
Dispiciunt clausae tenebris et carcere caeco.
Quin et supremo cum Inmine vita reliquit,
Non tamen omne malum miseris nec funditus omnes
Corporeae excedunt pestes, penitusque necesse est
Multa diu concreta modis inolescere miris.
(5) Quandocumgue igitur nostroe mors claudet ocellos, Accipe quae serves funeris acta mei. Nec mea tunc longa spatietur imagine pompa, Nec tuba sit fati vana querella mei, Nee mihi tunc fulcro sternatur lectus eburno, Nec sit in Attalico mors mea nixa tora.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 219
Desit odoriferis ordo mihi lancibus, adsint Plebei parvae funeris exequiae. Sat mea sat magnast, si tres sint pompa libelli, Quos ego Persephonae maxima dona feram. Ta vero nudum pectas lacerata sequeris, Nec fueris nomen lassa vocare meum, Osculaque in gelidis pones suprema labellis, Cum dabitur Syrio munere plenus onyx. Deinde, ubi suppositus cinerem me fecerit ardor, Accipiat Manes parvula testa meos, Et sit in exiguo laurus super addita busto, Quae tegat extincti funeris umbra locum, Et duo sint versus, ‘qui nunc iacet horrida pulvis, Vnius hic quondam servus amoris erat.’
(c) Illa vero deridenda arrogantia est, in minoribus navigiis rudem esse se confiteri, quinqueremes, aut etiam maiores, gubernare didicisse. Tu mihi, cum in circulo decipiare adversarii stipulatiun- cula, et cum obsignes tabellas clientis tui, quibus in tabellis id sit scriptum quo ille capiatur, ego tibi ullam cansam maiorem committendam putem ? Citius hercule is qui duorum scalmorum naviculam in portu everterit in Euxino ponto Argonautarum navem gubernarit. Quid? si ne parvae quidem causae sunt, sed saepe maximae, in quibus certatur de iure civili, quod tandem os est illius patroni qui ad’ eas causas sine ulla scientia iuris audet accedere? Quae potuit igitur esse causa maior quam illius militis, de cuius morte cum domum falsus ab exercitu nuntius venisset, et pater eius, re credita, testamentum mutasset, et quem ei visum esset fecisset heredem, essetque ipse mortuus? Jes delata est ad
220
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
centumviros, cum miles domum revenisset, egis- setque lege in hereditatem paternam. Nempe in ea causa quaesitum est de iure civili, possetne paternorum bonorum exheres esse filius, quem pater testamento neque heredem neque exhere- dem scripsisset nominatim. 3
(d) Nox per diversa inquies, cum barbari festis
epulis, laeto cantu aut truci sonore subiecta val- lium ac resultantis saltus complerent, apud Romanos invalidi ignes, interruptae voces, atque ipsi passim adiacerent vallo, oberrarent tentoriis, insomnes magis quam pervigiles. ducemque terruit dira quies: nam Quintilium Varum san- guine oblitum et paludibus emersum cernere et audire visus est velut vocantem, non tamen obsecutus et manum intendentis reppulisse. coepta luce missae in latera legiones, metu an contumacia, locum deseruere, capto propere campo umentia ultra. neque tamen Arminius quamquam libero incursu statim prorupit: sed ut haesere caeno fossisque impedimenta, turbati circum milites, incertus signorum ordo, utque tali in tempore sibi quisque properus et lentae adversum imperia aures, inrumpere Germanos iubet, clamitans ‘en Varus eodemque iterum fato vinctae legiones!’ simul haec et cum delectis scindit agmen equisque maxime vulnera ingerit. illi sanguine suo et lubrico paludum lapsantes excussis rectoribus disicere obvios, pro- terere iacentes. plurimus circa aquilas labor, hie neque ferri adversum ingruentia tela neque gi limosa humo poterant.
HONOUR LXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 221
GREEK.—Parrt I. (COMPOSITION.) The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Greek Iambics—
A league from Epidamnoum had we sail’d,
Before the always wind-obeying deep
Gave any tragic instance of our harm:
But longer did we not retain much hope ;
For what obscured light the heavens did grant
Did but convey unto our fearful minds
A doubtful warrant of immediate death ;
Which though myself would gladly have embraced, Yet the incessant weepings of my wife,
Weeping before for ohat she saw must come,
And piteous plainings of the pretty babes—
That mourned for fashion, ignorant what to fear— Forced me to seek delays for them and me.
2, Translate into Greek Prose—
The king assembled both a great fleet and a great army ; and, entering the frontiers of Scot- land, appeared with a force which the enemy could not think of resisting in the open field. The English navy, which sailed along the coast, secured the army from any danger of famine ; Edward’s vigilance preserved it from surprises ; and by this prudent disposition they marched from one end of the kingdom to the other, ravaging the open country, reducing all the castles, and receiving the submissions of all the nobility, even those of the regent. Wallace, though he hung upon the English army in their march, found but few opportunities of signalizing
222
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
that valour which had formerly made him so terrible to his enemies. At iast that hardy warrior, who was determined, amidst the universal slavery of his countrymen, still to maintain his independence, was betrayed into Edward’s hands by Sir John Monteith, his friend, whom he had acquainted with the place of his conceal- ment.
LATIN.—Parrt I. (COMPOSITION.) The Board of Exaainers.
1. Translate into Latin Elepiacs—
She was a lady great and splendid, I was a minstrel in her halls.
A warrior like a prince attended Stayed his steed by the castle walls.
Far had he fared to gaze upon her. “‘O rest thee now, Sir Knight,” she said. The warrior wooed, the warrior won her, In time of snowdrops they were wed. I made sweet music in his honour, And longed to strike him dead.
2, Translate into Latin Prose—
Young Edward received the captive king with all the marks of regard and sympathy; adminis- tered comfort to him amidst his misfortunes ; paid him the tribute of praise due to his valour ; and ascribed his own victory merely to the
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 223
blind chance of war, or to a superior providence which controls all the efferts of human force and prudence. The behaviour of John showed him not unworthy of this courteous treatment ; his present abject fortune never made him forget a moment that he wasaking. More touched by Edward’s generosity than by his own calamities, he confessed that, notwithstanding his defeat and captivity, his honour was still unimpaired ; and that, if he yielded the victory, it was at least gained by a prince of consum- mate valour and humamty. Edward ordered a repast to be prepared in his tent for the prisoner, and he himself served at the royal captive’s table, as if he had been one of his retinue. He stood at the king’s back during the meal, constantly retused to take a place at table, and declared that, being a subject, he was too well acquainted with the distance between his own rank and that of his majesty to assume such a freedom.
224
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
GREEK.—Parr IT. (COMPOSITION.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Greek Iambics— -
A league from Epidamnum had we sail’d
Before the always wind-obeying deep
Gave any tragic instance of our harm:
But longer did we not retain much hope ;
For what obscured light the heavens did grant Did but convey unto our fearful minds
A doubtful warrant of immediate death ;
Which though myself would gladly have embraced, Yet the incessant weepings of my wife,
Weeping before for what she saw must come, And piteous plainings of the pretty habes—
That mourned for fashion, ignorant what to fear— Forced me to seek delays for them and me.
2. Translate into Greek prose— _
The Lacedemonians, we hear, have occupied not only all Attica, but are about to enter, if they have not entered already, the territory of their confederates the Thebans, and to join their forces. Whither will you go, my Aspasia ? Thessaly is almost as perilous as Bosotia. It is worse than criminal to be so nearly allied to the greatest man on earth, who must always have the greatest enemies. There are more who will forgive injury than there are who will forgive station: and those who assail in vain the power of Pericles, will exert their abilities in diminishing his equanimity and happiness. I fear your fondness will have induced you again to enter the city, that you may assuage and
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 225
divide those cares which must weigh heavily on his wisdom and patriotism; and the more, since his health has been undermined by the pestilence. I dare not advise you to forego a duty: but remember he has communded you to remain away. Your return would afflict him. I am quite incapable of judging for you. Were I with you, then perhaps I might know many ' things which should influence your decision.
LATIN.—Parr II. (COMPOSITION.) The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin Elegiacs—
She was a lady great and splendid, I was a minstrel in her halls.
A warrior like a prince attended Stayed his steed by the castle walls.
Far had he fared to gaze upon her. ‘‘O rest thee now, Sir Knight” she said. The warrior wooed, the warrior won her, In time of snowdrops they were wed. I made sweet music in his honour, Aud longed to strike him dead.
2. Translate into Latin Prose—
Pericles, I was much edified by your letter 3 but, pardon me, when I came to the close of it I thought you rather mad.
“What!” said I, “ beard this panther ! ”
Q
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
However, when I had considered a little more and a little better on it, I went to him and delivered your love. He stared at me, and then desired to see the direction. “Ay,” said he, ““T remember the handwriting. He oftener writes to me than I to him. I suppose he has less to do and less to think of.”
The few other words he added are hardly worth the trouble of repetition: in fact, they were not very filial. Dear Pericles! I would love him, were it only out of perversity. But, beside all other rights over me, you have made me more disposed than ever to obey you, in making me more contented with myself, as you have by this commission. I may do something yet, if we can but fumigate or pray away the plague. Of two thousand four hundred soldiers, who landed but forty days before me from the Bosphorus, under the command of Agnon, son of Nikias, one thousand and fifty are already dead. I shall have nobody to persuade or manage, or even to fight with, if we go on so.
HONOUR EXAMINATION NOV., 1906. 227
GERMAN.—Parrt I. Seconp Paper. The Board of Examiners
1. Translate, with brief marginal notes where neces-
sary—
(a) Gleich einer schwarzen Mauer ragte der Wald
vor ihm empor, und der Mondenglanz ruhte darauf wie frisch gefallener Schnee. Er fand den Platz, an dem vor Jahren die Hingematte gehangen,in gespenstigem Daimmerschein schim- merte die Lichtung durch das schwarze Gezweig. Weiter und weiter zog’s ihn. Wie ein Palast aus flimmerndem Marmor stieg das ‘‘ weisze Haus” mit seinem Erker und seinen Giebeln vor seinem Blicke empor. Tiefes Schweigen lag auf dem Gutshof, nur hin und wieder schlug ein Hund an, um sofort zu verstummen.
Er stand vor dem Gittertor, ohne zu wissen, wie er hingekommen. Er faszte die Stabe mit beiden Hianden und guckte ins Innere. In Mondenglanz gebadet lag der weite Hofplatz vor ihm da; in schwarzen Konturen hoben sich die Wirtschaftswagen ab, die in Reih und Glied vor den Stillen standen; eine weisze Katze schlich am Guartenzaun vorbei ; sonst lag alles im Schilaf.
Lings dem Zaune ging er weiter. In dem Aschenhaufen hinter der Schmiede lag ein Hauflein glimmender Kohlen, die wie brennende Augen aus dem Dunkel guckten. Jetzt begann der Garten. Hochstémmige Linden neigten ihre Zweige iber ihn, und ein Duft von Gold- regen und friihen Rosen wogte durch die Gitter- stiibe betiubend iiber ihn her. Durch das
Q2
228
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Gezweig hindurch erglinzten wie silberne Bander die kiesbestreuten Pfade, und die Sonnenubr, welche der Traum seiner Kindheit gewesen, ragte diister dahinter empor.
(6) Mit unheimlicher Klarheit stand die wilde Brand-
nacht vor seinen Augen, und inmitten der Angst, vor fremden Menschen zu stehn und zu sprechen, tiberkam es ihn wie ein Gefiihl des Glicks, wenn er dessen gedachte, wie er in Qualm und Flammen boch auf dem steilen Dache gestandem, handelnd und herrschend als der einzige, dem alle gehorchten, der einzige, der inmitten der Wirrnis bei klarem Kopf geblieben. ‘ Viel- leicht kann ich doch meinen Mann stehn, wenn’s darauf ankommt!” sagte er sich tréstend, aber um so tiefer versank er darauf im Anschaun seiner triibseligen, gedriickten, kraft und saft- losen Existenz. ‘‘ Es wird nie anders, es kann nur schlimmer werden von Jahr zu Jahr” sagte er, da hérte er hinter sich die Mutter seufzen, und was er soeben gedacht, erschien ihm als schnéde, herzlose, Selbstsucht.
Im niéchsten Augenblicke stand er in dem hohen, menschengefiillten Roume vor einem erhéhten Tische, an welchem etliche Manner mit strengen ernsten (sesichtern saszen; pur einer, der ein wenig abseits Platz genommen hatte, lichelte immer. Das war der Staatsanwalt, vor dem alle Welt sich fiirchtete. Auf der rechten Seite des Saales sasz gleichfalls auf erhdhten Pliitzen ein Hiéuflein wirdiger Birger, die sehr gelangweilt dreinschauten und sich mit Federmessern, Papierschnitzeln u.s.w. die Zeit zu -vertreiben suchten. Das waren die Geschworenen. Auf der linken Seite sasz in einer verschlossenen Bank der Angeklagte.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 229
2, Translate, locate, and comment upon the following
passages :—
(a) Ich freue mich, wenn kluge Miéinner sprechen,
(3)
Dass ich verstehen kann, wie sie es meinen. Es sei ein Urteil iiber einen Mann
Der alten Zeit und seiner Taten Wert ;
Ks sei von einer Wissenschaft die Rede,
Die, durch Erfahrung weiter ausgebreitet, Dem Menschen nutzt, indem sie ihn erhebt ; Wohin sich das Gespriich der Edlen lenkt, Ich folge gern, denn mir wird leicht zu folgen. Ich hére gern dem Streit der Klugen zu, Wenn um die Krifte, die dea Menschen Brust So freundlich und so firchterlich bewegen, Mit Grazie die Rednerlippe spielt ;
Gern, wenn die firstliche Beier des Ruhms, Des ausgebreiteten Besitzes Stoff
Dem Denker wird, und wenn die feine Klugheit, Von einem klugen Manne zart entwickelt, Statt uns zu hintergehen, uns belehrt.
O glaube mir, ein selbstisches Gemiit
Kann nicht der Qual des engen Neids entfliehen.
Ein solcher Mann verzeiht dem andern wohl
Vermoégen, Stand und Ehre; denn er denkt,
Das hast du selbst, das hast du, wenn du willst,
Wenn du beharrst, wenn dich das Glick begiinstigt.
Doch das, was die Natur allein verleiht,
Was jeglicher Bemiihung, jedem Streben
Stets unerreichbar bleibt, was weder Gold,
Noch Schwert, noch Klugheit, noch Beharr- lichkeit
Erzwingen kann, das wird er nie verzeihn.
(c) Die wahre Freundschaft zeigt sich in Versagen
Zur rechten Zeit, und es gewahrt die Liebe
230 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
Gar oft ein schiidlich Gut, wenn sie den Willen
Des Fordernden mehr als sein Gliick bedenkt.
Du scheinest mir in diesem Augenblick
Fiir gut zu halten, was du eifrig wiinschest,
Und willst im Augenblick, was du begehrst.
Durch Heftigkeit ersetzt der Irrende.
Was ihm an Wabrheit und an Kriften fehlt.
(d) Zeigen Sie, aut Deutsch, in wie weit die
Verhiltnisse, Personen und das Problem von Goethe’s ‘‘ Tasso” denen entsprechen, die Goethe am Hofe zu Weimar fand.
3. Give a survey of Lessing’s work as the greatest German representative of the “ Aufklirung,” with a more detailed reference to his ‘“‘ Laokoon’ and the ‘“ Hamburgische Dramaturgie.”
GERMAN.—Part I. TH1RD PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, locate, and annotate—
(a) Breiter wallet nun der Strom Mit vermehrten Wellen. Leben jetzt im hohen Ton Redliche Gesellen, Die sich mit gedriingter Kraft Brav zusammenstellen In des Glickes Sonnenschein Und in schlimmen Fallen.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 231
Wie wir nun zusammen sind, Sind zusammen Viele.
Wohl gelingen denn, wie uns, Andern ihre Spiele !
Von der Quelle bis an’s Meer Mahlet manche Miihle,
Und das Wohl der ganzen Welt Ist’s, worauf ich ziele.
(6) Jeder Jiingling sehnt sich so zu lieben, Jedes Méadchen so geliebt zu sein ; Ach, der heiligste von unsern Trieben, Warum quillt aus ihm die grimme Pein? Du beweinst, du liebst ihn, liebe Seele, Rettest sein Gedichtnis von der Schmach ; Sieh, dir winkt sein Geist aus seiner Héhle: Sei ein Mann und folge mir nicht nach.
(c) Geschieht wohl, dasz man einen Tag Weder sich noch Andre leiden mag, Will Nichts dir nach dem Herzen ein ; Sollt’s in der Kunst wohl anders sein Drum hetze dich nicht zur schlimmen Zeit, Denn Fill’ und Kraft sind nimmer weit : Hast in der bésen Stund’ geruht,, Ist dir die gute doppelt gut.
2. Translate and explain the biographical allusions in the following lines :— Klein ist unter den Fiirsten Germaniens freilich der meine ; Kurz und schmal ist sein Land ; maszig nur, was er vermag. Aber so wende nach innen, so wende nach auszen die Kriifte Jeder; da war's ein Fest, Deutscher mit Deutschen zu sein.
232 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
Doch was priesest du ihn, den Taten und Werke verkiinden ? Und bestochen erschien deine Verehrung vielleicht ; Denn mir hat er gegeben, was Grosze selten gewahren, Neigung, Musze, Vertraun, Felder und Garten und Haus. Niemals frug ein Kaiser nach mir, es hat sich kein K6ni Um mich bekiimmert, und Er war mir August und Micen.
3. Tanslate and explain—
‘‘Tch kenne dich, ich kenne deine Schwichen, Ich weisz, was Gutes in dir lebt und glimmt!” So sagte sie, ich hér’ sie ewig sprechen,
‘“‘ Empfange hier, was ich dir lang bestimmt! Dem Gliicklichen kann es an nichts gebrechen, Der dies Geschenk mit stiller Seele nimmt ; Aus Morgenduft gewebt und Sonnenklarheit, Der Dichtung Schleier aus der Hand der
W abrheit.”
4. Give a concise account of the friendship between Goethe and Schiller, showing its importance for their personal development and their literary activity.
IT.
1. Translate and locate, with short notes in explana- tion where necessary —
(a) Sind wir denn wehrlos? Wocu lernten wir _ Die Armbrust spannen und die schwere :Wucht Der Streitaxt schwingen ? Jedem Wesen ward Ein Notgewehr in der Verzweiflungsangst.
| HONOUR EXAMINATION, NoV., 1906. 233
Es stellt sich der erschépfte Hirsch und zeigt
Der Meute sein gefiirchtetes Geweih ;
Die Gemse reiszt den Jiiger in den Abgrund;
Der Pflugstier selbst, der sanfte Hausyenosz
Des Menschen, der die ungeheure Kraft
Des Halses duldsam unters Joch gebogen,
Springt auf, gereizt, wetzt sein gewaltig Horn,
Und schleudert seinen Feind den Wolken zu.
(6) Wir wollen nicht frohlocken seines Falls,
Nicht des empfangnen Bésen jetzt gedenken,
Fern sei’s von uns! Doch dasz wir richen sollten
Des Kénigs Tod, der uns nie Gutes tat,
Und die verfolgen, die uns nie betriibten,
Das ziemt uns nicht und will uns nicht gebiihren.
Die Liebe will sin freies Opfer sein ;
Der Tod entbindet von erzwungnen Pflichten,
Ihm haben wir nichts weiter zu entrichten.
2. Schreiben Sie eine kurze Kritik von “ Wilhelm Tell,” seinen Vorziige und Schwiichen, besonders insofern diese fiir Schillers Tétigkeit als drama- tischer Dichter allgemein charakteristisch sind.
IIT.
l. What is the difference between a “ voiced con- sonant” and a vowel articulated in the same place, ¢.g., the first two sounds in E. “ wonnd,” and “‘ year” respectively ?
2. Show the difference in the pronunciation of—E. “tail,” G. “fehl”; E. “so,” G. “so”; E. “many,” G. ‘‘Mihne”; E. “room,” G. ‘Rubm.”
234 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Give the rules on the pronunciation of the letters “ch” in ordinary German spelling, as exem- plified by the words—Rauch, doch, Dichter, solch, welch, méchte, Sachsen, Chor, China, Champagner.
4. Transcribe the lines given above in Question No. I. (3) in phonetic characters.
ANCIENT HISTORY. Seconp Paper.
Professor Elkington.
pe
. Discuss the original powers of the Consulate, their limitations, and their gradual devolution upon other magistrates. When was the Consulate abolished ?
2. Mommsen says that the whole legislation of Gaius Gracchus was pervaded by conflicting aims. Discuss this statement.
. Discuss the question of the participation of Ceesar and Crassus in the affair of Catiline.
ew
4. By what arguments could Cesar defend his action in the Civil War?
5. Give the history of the reign of Septimius Severus.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 235
6. Trace briefly the history of the Carolingians to the coronation of Charlemagne.
?. Consider briefly Solon as a legislator.
GO
. Write an account of the Sophists.
ce
. Comment upon the following citations from Pro- fessor Dill’s ‘‘ Roman Society ” :— (a) ‘‘ There were many causes which rendered the tragedy of the Early Empire inevitable.”— p. 41. . (6) “Juvenal and Tacitus ... . . have much in common.”—p. 58. (c) “The Circle of the younger Pliny.”— p. 142. : (d) ‘‘These colleges became homes for the homeless, a little fatherland, or patria, for those without a country.”—p. 271.
236 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.— Part I.
SEconpD PAPER.
Professor Elkington. Write a short ESSAY on each of the following subjects.
1. The double character of the English Constitution.
2. The specially constitutional work of Henry the Eighth.
. The entry of Scotland into the history of Europe.
ce
4, The dissolution of the first Parliament of James the First.
5. When and why the Court of Star Chamber became unpopular.
6. The character and political opinions of Lord Bacon.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 237
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Part I. Finst Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Enunciate and prove Sturm’s theorem. If any one of the auxiliary functions has im- aginary roots, show that the original equation has at least an equal number of imaginary roots.
t
. Prove that any rational fraction can; be expressed as a sum of partial fractions.
partial fractions.
iwi)
. State and prove the exponential theorem. Sum to infinity the series whose general term 1S (m + 1)°
[= x,
. State and prove the rule for forming convergents to a continued fraction. - Find the value of 1 2 8
ee! ————— a — ———— soe
1+24+383+4
pfs
Express (24 —a)* (2 — 6)-* as a sum of
or
. If x,y are positive, show that (2? — y”) |(at — y*) lies between? .x?-? and ? yP-2, q
238 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
If a,, a, .. a, are positive quantities in arith- metical progressjon with common difference d, shew that
a + a,’ + .... +4,” lies between
7) te se —a,"t! arti—ajt}
eel ee aye
G. State and prove the rule for the multiplication of determinants.
Shew that
(xbe) (ybe) (zbe) (axc) (ayc) (azc) (abz) (aby) (abz)
= (abc)? (xyz).
7. Shew that the general rational integral equation of the n” order with complex co-efficients has 7
roots.
Give a geometrical. representation of the 2 '” roots of a given complex quantity.
8, Expand sin 76 cosec 0, and cos 24, ia descending powers of cos 0, » being a positive integer.
Shew that the sum of n terms of the series whose r“ term is
m 9) ; rT sin (« + =) n
does not depend on a if m is a positive integer less than x.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 239 9. Define cos z, sin x when x is complex, and prove the addition formula for these fanctions. If sin (2+ ty) = tan—'(u + ir), express zw? + v? in terms of z, y. | 10. Resolve cos @ into factors. Slew how to sum Oe iG + 38 + 5s + eee
when n is even.
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr I.
SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Prove that the joins of any point with the tliree pairs of opposite vertices of a quadrilateral are
In involution. Hence find a condition for the collinearity
of three points, one on each side of a given triangle, and deduce the theorem of Menelav-
240 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Ifa=0, 8 = 0, a'= 0, B’ = 0 are the equations of four straight lines in the standard form, show that the equation of the circle which has af, a3’ as the extremities of a diameter is
COS aa’ cos af’ a cos Ba’ _— cos G3’ Bp (=-0. a’ ex :
Hence shew that the circles described on the diagonals of'a complete quadrilateral as diameters have a common radical axis.
3. Shew that four normals can be drawn from an arbitrary point to an ellipse.
If the normals at three points P, QY, & of an ellipse meet on the curve, shew that the centre of the circle PQA lies on a coaxal ellipse.
4. Find the equation of a hyperbola referred to its asymptotes as axes.
Prove that the chords joining a variable point on the curve to two fixed points on the curve intercept a fixed length on each asymptote.
5. If fix), f(x), f’(2) are continuous, and 2 lies between o and h, prove that
flat #) — f(a) = 5 (f(a +h) — f(a}, + $a(e—h) fa + Oh), where 6 is a positive proper fraction. Discuss the principle of proportional parts in the case of the logarithmic tangent. 6. Shew how to find the turning values of a function
of one variable.
Find those of a” +1 b* +1
(2 —«a)* = (2 — 6)"
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 24)
7. State and prove the rule for finding the Jacobian of functions of functions. If the roots of B— pz? + qx—7' =), are the squares of the roots of ie ll ela Be shew that the Jacobian of p’, 9’, r’, with respect to p,q, r is 8r (pq — fr). 8. Shew how, by an algebraic eres to ration-
alize f F(x, y) dx
where 7? = ax? + 2hx + 6, and F denotes a rational algebraic function of 2, y. Prove that
[a= we" (S89)
where 2’, y' are - ani simultaneous values of x, ¥.
9. Shew how from a known indefinite integral to deduce others by differentiation.
If ,, tg, o2 0 Uy, v are m + 1 quadratic func- tions of z, shew that the value of
u U eae? fe ae ort
is algebraic provided v is harmonically related to one of the w’s.
19. Define a definite integral as the limit of a sum, and shew how to find the limit.
Find f° a" dx from the definition for all
values of n. R
242 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr II. First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Find the equation of the polar line of a given point with respect to a conic whose polar equation referred to the focus as pole is given.
Three conics U, V, W have a common focus aod touch in pairs at the points P, Q, 2. Shew that the tangents at P, Y, & meet the corre- sponding directrices of U, V, W in collinear points.
2. Find the angle between the tangents drawn from an arbitrary point to the general conic referred to any rectangular axes.
Hence obtain the equation of the director circle.
3. Find the general equation of @ conic having double contact with two given conics.
If two tangents to an ellipse cut the auxiliary circle in Y, Y’; Z, Z'; then YZ', Y'Z intersect on the major axis.
4, Shew how to find the foci of the conic represented by the general equation.
Find the locus of the focus of a parabola which has a given triangle ABC for a self conjugate triangle.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOYV., 1906. 213
5. Find the envelop of a line cut harmonically by two given conics.
Shew that the tangents to two conics at their — four points of intersection touch a third conic.
6. Find the magnitude and direction of the shortest distance between two straight lines.
A straight line moves so as to be at piven distances from the rectangular axes. Find the equation of the surface traced out by it.
~“}
. Prove that six normals can be drawn from a given point to a central conicoid, and that they lie on a cone of the second order.
If the given point is on the conicoid, every generator of the cone cuts the conicoid again in a point the normal at which intersects the normal at the given point.
fo 2)
. Find the principal planes of a given central conicoid.
Shew that the common conjugate diametral planes of two concentric conicoids are given by the Jacobian of the two conicoids and the recip- rocal of either with respect to the other.
so
Shew that the hyperboloid of one sheet has on it two systems of generating lines, and that the generating lines do or do not mtersect as they do not or do belong to the same system.
Two generators of the same system passing through the ends of any diameter of the principal elliptic section cut a third generator in P, 2. Shew that the product of the distances of P, P’ from the plane of the principal elliptic section is constant.
K 2
244 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
10. Find the conditions that a conicoid may be a surface of revolution.
If such a surface pass through two given non- intersecting straight lines, shew that its centre lies on one of two straight lines intersecting at right angles, and that referred to these lines as axes of x, y and their common perpendicular as axis of z, the equation of the locus of the axis of revolution is xy sin a = dz, where a is the inclination and d the distance between the two given lines.
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr II.
SEconD PAPER. | The Board of Examiners.
1. Investigate formule for the change of two ‘independent variables. If uw, v are functions of x, y, and U V 1
. ed m n
uu+ buv+e ~ aut ote autbot+e
prove that— Ua V a GeV. 6 (U, V) =
Ung Ug, ~—— Uz VUrx ~ ") (4, v)
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 245
2. Shew how to eliminate m arbitrary functions of a given function of the variables from an equation in three variables.
Eliminate the n functions » from z = Ye""'o,(ax + dy).
3. Shew how to find the maximum and minimum values of a function of » variables which are connected by m equations.
Find the minimum value of v2 + a7 + .... + 2,? where 2, 2, .. 2, are connected by m equa- tions of the form
Any ©, + Any Ly t -. + Ay 2, = b,.
4. Shew that a curve of order » cannot have more than 4 (n — 1) (n — 2) double points and that the homogeneous co-ordinates of any point on acurve with this maximum number of double points are pone to rational integral func- tions of order n of a parameter.
5. Expand the co-ordinates of a point on a curve in powers of the arc of the curve.
If the tangents at the ends of a small are PQ
meet in 7’, compare the excess of 7P and TQ
over the arc PQ with their excess over the chord
PQ.
6. Show how to find the envelop of a curve whose equation contains two parameters connected by a given equation.
Show how to détermine the envelop of a line drawn through any point of a given curve so as to make a given angle with the tangent thereat.
246 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
7. Trace the curves
a+ y = atyty r+0. r—d
tan 9 =
8. Show how to change the variables in a double integral.
Effect the change when the relations between the variables are
asin@cos¢@_ Obsin@sing _ ccos dé
—_——————————— ee ee
sin 2 cos ¥ sin w sin ¥ cos x”
and hence find the volume of an ellipsoid.
9. If x is a positive constant, shew that
@ : ‘e J =e do — 5
o
Trace the surface
= f[ © sin 26 cos y0 z f sin a y dd.
10. Define the Beta and Gamma functions and prove the formula connecting them.
Find the value of
ff ay la") 6... dudydz.....
where the limits are such that 2, y, z, .... have all positive values for which x+y +2z+.... does not exceed unity.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 247
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parrt I.
Sgeconp Paper. The Board of Examuners.
1. A circular cylinder of radius @ turns in V-shaped bearings of angle 2a, the angle of friction being \. The cylinder carries two concentric drums of radii r, # (> 7), and a weight carried by a rope coiling on the smaller drum is raised by pulling a vertical rope uncoiling from the larger. Shew that the mechanical efficiency is
1 — asin 2A/2 Rsina 1 + asin 2A/2r sin a :
2. State and prove the principle of virtual work in as general a form as possible.
A, B, C, in a vertical plane, are three moving points of a frictionless mechanism (a form of tongs) and AB, AC are always equal. When the distance between A and BC increases by a2 BC decreases by 2/k. A heavy block is seized between B and C, which bear on two vertical surfaces on it, the co-efficient of friction heing ». Shew that if the tongs are raised by a vertical pull on A, the block will not slip pro- vided p> 1/22.
3. Investigate the curvature of the path of a point | of a moving’ lamina, the centrodes of the motion being given. When the centrodes are not given, give a geometrical construction for the centre of curvature of the path of a point when those of
wo points are given.
248 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Three light bars 4B, BC, CD are smoothly jointed together at B. C, and AB, CD are jointed to fixed points at A, D, the whole being in a vertical plane, and A vertically over D. The bar BC is prolonged downwards beyond C to #, and the frame is in equilibrium with a weight W carried at #. Find the position of & tor a given position of the frame, determine the stresses in AB, CD, and examine the stability.
4. Investigate necessary and sufficient conditions of equilibrium of a three-dimensional system of forces on a rigid body.
A uniform triangular plate of sides a, }, ¢ is at rest in a smooth spherical bow] of radius r with its angles on the bowl. Shew that the in-
aaa 6 of the plate to the horizontal is given 7 cos 0 = ad
EC ae ae a
where JV is the volume of the tetrahedron whose corners are the centre of the bowl and the angles of the plate, and A is the area of the plate.
5. A rough circular cylinder of radius a fits easily in two fixed horizontal rings whose centres are in the same vertical and at a distance 2 apart. A horizontal arm at the top of the cylinder is loaded so that the whole weight W acts at distance 5 from the axis. Find the least value » of the co-efficient of friction for equili- brium.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 249
A couple P is applied around the axis so as to move the cylinder slowly. Shew that it descends with a screw motion of angular pitch
h ; = 1 +1/p? | a where sina = I + 46 2/h?
6. Prove Maxwell’s theorem for the relation between the quantities of material in tension and com- pression in a frame uniformly stressed and carry- ing given loads at given points.
A light semicircular frame, carrying a given load at a point O, bisecting the horizontal line of supports AB, consists of a large number of equal radial struts OA, OA, . . . . OA,, OB, equally spaced in a vertical plane and con- nected by ties AA, A, A, . . . A, B. The frame hangs suspended from A, B. Find the stresses in the frame.
The members being stressed to the working limit, shew that the quantity of material in ten- sion between two close radii through O is as small as possible for any frame lying entirely below AB and carrying the same load. Hence shew that the frame is one of minimum material subject to the condition mentioned.
7. Shew that the centre of mass of a homogeneous solid formed of two pyramids on opposite sides of a plane quadrilateral base is that of eight equal particles, six of positive mass at the corners of the solid, one of negative mass at the intersec- section of the diagonals of the base, and a similar one at the intersection of the join of the vertices of the pyramids with the base.
250 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. A horizontal plate makes rectilinear simple harmonic oscillations of period 7’ and amplitude a in its own plane. A mass m rests on the plate, the co-efficient of friction being ». The initial velocity of mass and plate being given, shew how to construct the velocity-time graph of the mass. Investigate the possible types of periodic motion of the mass, and find the values of » separating them.
9. Two masses m, © slide on a smooth horizontal bar. A massless helical spring, which gives a thrust 7 at unit compression, is interposed between the masses. The masses have velocities v, V towards one another before the spring comes into action. Find their velocities after that action ceases, and the time it lasts.
If there are three masses each equal to m on the bar, with two springs of equal stiffness inter- posed between them, and if one of the outer masses moves with velocity v towards the two others, which are initially at rest, and at the
length of the interposed spring apart, find which spring first recovers its natural length, and the velocities of the masses at the time.
10. Demonstrate the energy condition of stability, and shew how to assign limits to the range of motion of a stable system when the energy of the initial disturbance is given.
A rectangular vessel is free to turn on a horizontal axis which is normal to two sides, at equal distances a from the two others, and at distance h from the base. The c.m. of the vessel is at distance c below the axis. Shew
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 25]
that the greatest depth of liquid which can be poured into the vessel without rendering the upright position unstable is
h+ Sh? + 2el — 2a?/8,
where / is the depth of liquid whose weight is that of the vessel.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr II. (ARTS AND ENGINEERING.)
The Board of Examuers.
1, Investigate the vector equations of equilibrium of a rigid body under any forces, and deduce the Cartesian equations.
A body is maintained in equilibrium under a given system of forces, such as Fat p, by three reactions, #,, R,, R;, at A (p,), B (ps), C (ps). Each reaction is resolved into three components, one normal to the plane ABC, the others along the sides of ABC which pass through the point of application. Find expressions for the normal components and for the differences of the pairs of components along the sides of ABC.
2. Investigate general equations of equilibrium for a perfectly flexible string.
A rope is suspended from two points at the
same level, and the cross-section is the same at
the same distance from the two ends. Shew
252 EXAMINATION PAPERS. that any reduction of section (subject to this condition) decreases the tension at every point of the rope. Hence or otherwise, shew that the maximum span for a given length of rope and a given strength of material is that of the catenary of equal strength.
3. A frictionless statical system consists of a linear series of pieces, the position of the mth piece being determined by the points (2, Yn), (Vas Yn4i), and its potential energy being 7, (.r,, Ya, Lai Yast), With the relation w, (Xa, Yar Lari Yn+1) = 9. Shew that in a position of equili- brium
6(%,—1 + n,, )
ox me ae An-1 Btn + An On = 0
ox, of, where y, may be substituted for 2, and the 2’s are undetermined multipliers.
Hence, or otherwise, shew that if the potential energy of a continuous linear system is
23 | m (x,y, x, y') dz, “2, where wv =dxidz y’=dy|/dz, with the relation u (a, y, 2’, y') = 0, the dif- ferential equations of equilibrium are
bw ad &w bu dy ou
Sx dzéx' bn) dz a" with the corresponding equation in y. Apply this to a heavy elastic cord.
= (0
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 253
4. Prove the differential equation—
Pony 27
eae
for the deflection of a naturally straight beam under transverse load.
Shew that for a uniform beam, if 1, 4, ©, are the moments, ¥,, ¥, ys; the deflections at three points 2, Z,, x; of a span
x{ HU, — M(x,)} (x2 = Is) — O 2{ Ky, — m.(2,)} (2 — 2) = — i I(a, — x3) {AL — w,(x,)} where
ro,() =f m,1(2)dr, 0,(2) = (2).
Deduce the equations of three moments by taking 7,, X,, 23 a8 points of support, and treating the supporting pressure at 2, as a concentrated load
5. Shew that the displacement Ap of the point p of a body due to a rotation » around an axis OA through the origin is given by
— [alr + $lap])] Ap = ae ar where a is in the direction OA and of magnitude 2 tan g/2.
Shew that two rotations a, 3 in succession are equivalent to a rotation y given by
9 0/2 + B/2 — Ta BI m T—(a Ay
254 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
6. A body moving in a straight line is acted on by a force F, which is a function of position and by a force F, which is the product of the square of the velocity and a function of position. If w is the initial velocity, v the velocity in a subsequent position, v, v, the values » would have if F,, F, respectively acted alone, shew that
~~
7. Investigate equations for the motion of a heavy particle in a rough rotating groove, and discuss methods of solution.
A particle slides on a fixed rough plane curve under no external forces. Shew that if the cv- efficient of friction is 1/6, the velocity is reduced 41 % while the direction of motion turns through two right angles.
8. A cam turning uniformly in its plane about a fixed centre O drives a straight-line sliding piece by contact with a plane surface on it normal to its direction of motion. Shew that if the slidine piece moves with uniform acceleration, the (p, r) equation of the profile of the cam is r* = p? + 2ap + b, where a, 6 are constants and Q is the origin.
9. Investigate general equations for the path of a resisted projectile, and examine the general character of the path. _
If the resistance is very small, shew that the decrease of horizontal range ts approximately
C7? ro 2 a A Oteny Xa
HONOUE EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 255
where U is the initial horizontal velocity, X is the horizontal component of the resistance per unit weight, A = tan W, A, = tan y, where y, is the elevation of projection, and X is to be calcu- lated from the unresisted trajectory.
Complete the integration when the resistance varies as the square of the velocity.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr ITI. (ARTS AND ENGINEERING.)
SECOND PaPER.
The Board of Examiners.
1, Investigate the relations between the true, mean, and eccentric anomalies in a planetary orbit.
Find the form of these relations for an eccen- tricity near unity, and hence obtain the time of falling a given distance towards the centre from rest at a given distance.
~. Summarize the methods of solution for the dynami- cal equation 2 = f (a, a, t). Shew that 4Ay= { f@,y) + 3f(@ +2 Ax/3,y + A’y)}Az, where 8 A’y = 2f (x + Azv/8, y +f Av/8) Az,
is a third-order quadrature-formula for the differ- ential equation dy/dx = f (a, y). :
256
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. The dynamical equation of a certain system is
z+ ax + be + cx =0,
where a, 6, ¢ are functions of z, z, 2. Shew that there is an equation of the form
(x, x, 2)? + f (Ax? + Bo? + Cx*) dt = K,
where the co-efficients of the two quadrics are linear functions of a, b, ¢ and their differential — co-efhicients with respect to the time, X is_ a constant, and A, B, C may be made to. have the same constant sign for a sufficiently |
‘small range, on both sides of zero, of 2,
a, x, provided 5(000), c(000) are not zero.
4. Shew that a homogeneous octahedron formed by
two opposed pyramids on any plane quadrilateral base, is equimomental with m/20 at each corner, — m/20 at the intersection of the diagonals of the base, — m/20 at the intersection with the base of the join of the vertices of the pyramids, and 4m/5 at the c.m. of the octahedron.
5. A uniform bar 4B of mass 4%, and length 2a, is
smoothly jointed to two massless sleeves on the fixed smooth rods OA, OB, which are at right angles. Beyond dA on QA is a second sleeve C of mass m, and between the two is a very stiff massless helical spring in contact with both of them. C being at rest, the bar is started with angular velocity 6 so that A moves up to C. Shew that the period of compression of the spring is 4m Ma? T (4Ma? + 8mb?)’
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 257
where OB = 5, and 7'is the thrust of the spring per unit compression.
Find the motion of AB and C at the end of the compression.
6. State and demonstrate the general integrals of a two-dimensional system under no external forces.
Two laminas moving in the same plane are smoothly connected in such a way that a fixed line in one can slide freely along a fixed line in the other. The system being projected in any given manner and left to itself, reduce the deter- mination of the subsequent motion to quadra- tures.
?. Demonstrate Lagrange’s general equations of motion.
A cord of length 7 fits smoothly in a uni- form tube whose axis is a plane curve. ‘The tube rotates in its plane about a fixed centre C with uniform angular velocity &, and the cord lies at relative rest with its middle point on an axis of symmetry of the tube through C. Find the condition of stability of the cord, and if it is satisfied, shew that the time of a small oscillation is 27 ./1/26*p where p is the projection of the radius to one end of the cord on the direction of the tube at that point.
8. Find the acceleration of a point whose position is defined relative to a rotating space.
If there are x + 1 rotating spaces with a com- mon fixed point, and the angular velocity of the r'* relative to the r+ 1” is Q,, shew that the
8
aya Or QO
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
acceleration relative to the » + 1” space of a point p whose velocity and acceleration relative to the first space are v, a, is
a + 2 ST[Qv] + {=70}3.5 — p(S7Q)? dQ, ar} -, where {0}? is to be algebraically expanded, and one factor of each term, of not lower index than the other factor, associated with p as a scalar product ; dQ,,/dt is calculated as if the space with respect to which ©, is defined were fixed.
9. State and prove the general equation for the rate of increase of angular momentum of a body about a fixed point, and obtain the equations of motion when the angular momentum is defined by com- ponents along axes fixed in the body.
Tt is observed that if the axis of a top with fixed c.m. is prolonged as a spindle, this spindle will move along a fixed wire of any form with which it is placed in contact. Explain this, assuming that the spindle rolls on the wire, and obtain an expression for the pressure of the spindle against the wire.
DEDUCTIVE LOGIC. SEcoND PaPpEr. Professor Laurie.
1. It has been said that Plato was the founder of logical science. Consider this statement.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 259
tw
. May the question of the validity of the logical laws be disentangled from the question of their origin? Give reasons for your answer.
3. Mention different meanings in which the Law of Sufficient Reason has been affirmed. Is this law necessary for Formal Logic ?
ve
. What problems does thought present to Psychology and to Logic respectively ?
o
In what ways does language minister to the pro- gress of thought? Is thought possible without language ?
fo)
. Give, in its simplest form, the contradictory of the following proposition :—‘ Nothing that is either PQ or PR is Pgr or pQs or prs or gre or pq or ps or gR.” May a contrary be also obtained ?
7. What meaning is attached by Keynes to the pro- cess of contraposition in dealing with complex propositions? Find the full contrapositive of each of the following :— Whatever is A or BD or BE is C; some AC is not either BD or 6DE
or de.
8, Eliminating X and Y, what may be inferred by a combination of the following premisses :— ‘*(1) Either some A that is X is not Y, or all D is both X and Y; (2) Either some Y is both B and X, or all X is either not Y or C and not B”?
260 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
INDUCTIVE LOGIC. Seconp Paper. Professor Laurie.
1. What assurance, if any, may be given of the validity of the Law of Universal Causation ? Is it possible to disentangle the question of the ensue from the question of the origin of this
aw ?
2. Consider Venn’s statement that the third stage in the expression of the causal relation renders it useless for any purpose of inference.
3. Analyse the process involved in the discovery and proof of an Original Induction. -
4. What conditions are to be aimed at in the employment of the Method of Difference ?
5. Show the value of the Darwinian theory, as providing a basis of classification in the Natural Sciences.
6. What is the value of Illustrative as compared with Constructive Hypotheses? Refer to Venn’s treatment of this subject.
?. Is it necessary that the man of science, in investigating social phenomena, should leave them undisturbed if his observations are to be theoretically valid? Is this ideal position secured even in physics ?
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906, 261
BIOLOGY.—Parr I. MepicaL Course. The Board of Examiners. WRITTEN.
e All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches,
1. Write an account of the glands and gland products of a rabbit.
2, Describe the development of the mesoblastic somites in the bird, frog, and amphioxus.
3. Describe the development of the Wolffian tubes in a frog and in a bird.
4. Describe the eye and method of vision of an | arthropod and a sheep. How is the movement | of the eyeball provided for ?
3. Give an account of the structure, life history, and nutrition of the Hay Bacillus, and discuss the question of spontaneous generation.
262 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
BIOLOGY.—Parr I. The Board of Examiners.
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION.
All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches.
. Dissect the frog provided so as to show the
circulatory system.
. Describe specimen A by sketches.
. Describe the skull provided. Draw three transverse
sections in order to show the structure and relative positions of the parts in the region of the cranium.
. Describe specimen -B by sketches.
. Describe specimen C by sketches. Where does it
live ?
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 263
BIOLOGY.—Parrt I.
ZOOLOGY.—ScIENCE COURSE. The Board of Examimers. WRITTEN. All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches.
1. Write an account of the glands and gland products of a rabbit.
2. Describe the development of the mesoblastic somites in the bird, frog, and amphioxus.
3. Describe the development of the Wolffian tubes in a frog and in a bird.
4. Describe the eye and method of vision of an arthropod and a sheep. How is the movement of the eyeball provided for ?
5. Write an account of the structure of the skeleton in the dog-fish.
264
bod
w
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners.
. A steamer A is travelling due E. at 12 knots an
hour, and another B is travelling NE. at 9 knots an hour. At a certain instant A is N.W. of B at adistance of 18 knots. Show how to determine, by graphic construction, the shortest distance the steamers get from each other, supposing they keep on their original courses.
. With a certain balance, when the weights are put
into the left hand pan the apparent weight of a body is 51°474 grams, and when the weights are put into the right hand pan its apparent weight is 51°5/7 grams. Find the true weight of the body, and the ratio of the arms of the balance.
3. Describe fully Regnault’s method of determining
the coefficient uf expansion of a gas at constant pressure.
Show how to deduce the coefficient from the observations, making all corrections.
4, Describe fully how to determine the pressure of
aqueous vapour present in the atmosphere at any time.
Explain why it is that for the same barometric pressure moist air is lighter than dry air.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 265
). What is supposed to be the electrical condition of a solution of sulphuric acid in water ?
If two metal plates maintained at a fixed potential difference are immersed in the solution, how is this condition affected ?
Discuss the theory of the simple galvanic cell.
6. State what you know of the mutual action of coils carrying currents; and describe some accurate form of current meter based on this action.
?. A reflecting galvanometer, whose resistance is 450 ohms, is shunted by a 50-ohm coil, and a resistance of 99,255 ohms is placed in series with the combination. A cell of e.m.f. 1°433 volts and internal resistance 700 ohms is coupled up to this system, and adeflection of 4°3 scale divisions is produced.
Find the deflection of the galvanometer when unshunted (@) per micro-ampere (amp. x 10~*); (bd) per micro-volt.
8. Two thin concave lenses 1 and 2, of focal lengths J, and f,, have a common axis, and are a distance aapart. A ray of light parallel to the axis and distant y from it is refracted by 1 and then by 2; show that the total deviation it suffers is equal to
teal) ae Pau Pe? and find the focal length of the single lens
which when coaxal with the pair would produce the same deviation on this ray.
266 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Pasr II. (ARTS AND SCIENCE.) SEconD PaPEr. The Board of Examiners.
1. The true mass of a body is required to be determined correct to one part in a million. Supposing a suitable balance and correct weights are available, describe the necessary experiments, and deduce the complete formula expressing the result.
2. Prove that the bending moment required to pro- duce a given curvature in a uniform elastic rod, initially straight, is equal to
YI ae |
p where Y = Young’s modulus, J = moment of inertia of section of rod, p = radius of curvature produced.
Two equal metal bars are joined by a straight wire forming the letter H, the wire being rigidly attached to the bars, perpendicular to their axes, and in the line joining their centres of gravity. The bars are hung from the ceiling by two thin threads without rigidity so that the H lies in a horizontal plane and the wire is straight. ‘Two adjacent ends of the H are now slightly approximated and then released pro- ducing vibrations in the horizontal plane. Prove that
__ 4x? Kl aie ite?) a
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 267
where VY = Young’s modulus for the wire, T = period of the vibration,
K = momentof inertia of either bar about a vertical axis through its centre of gravity,
? = length of wire,
I = moment of inertia of section of wire.
3. A perfect gas describes a Carnot cycle. Deter- mine the work done, the efficiency, and the quantities of heat taken in and rejected.
4. Obtain the dimensional equation connecting the frequency of a vibrating string and the quanti- ties on which it depends, and deduce the mathe- matical expression of Mersenne’s laws.
5. Design an achromatic cemented convex lens of 20 cm. focal length whose external surfaces have the same curvature, the optical properties of the glasses to be used being—
mean refractive indices, «4, = 1°93, uw, = 1°6; dispersive powers, d, = °016, gd. = ° 025.
6. Describe, and give the complete theory of, the laboratory method of determining H.
7. Describe with full detail how to calibrate a volt- meter by using a copper voltameter as the basis of the calibration.
8. Define “ co-efficient of self-induction” and “co- efficient of mutual induction,” and describe fully how to measure a co-efficient of self-induction.
268
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parrt II. (ENGINEERING COURSE.)
SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examuners.
1, A fly-wheel, mounted so that friction may be
neglected, is set in motion by a mass m, which is hung at the end ofa light string wound round the axle and which describes a measured space from rest in time 2,; when a mass m, is a tuted for m, the same space is described in time ¢,. Express the moment of inertia of the fly-wheel in terms of these masses and times and the radius of the axle.
If friction is not neglected determine the acceleration of the falling mass m,.
2. Draw an accurate diagram of the apparatus
employed by Berthelot for the determination of the latent heat of steam ; explain fully the use of each part and the reasons for the various precautions to be taken when employing the apparatus.
3. Describe the construction and mode of use, and
give the theory of Féry’s radiation pyrometer.
State what you know regarding the industrial applications of this instrument.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 269
4. The cycle of the Banké engine differs from ‘the Beau de Rochas cycle in that the com- pression of the gaseous mixture is isothermal; in other respects the cycles are identical. Express the maximum efficiency of the Banké cycle in terms of the lowest and highest values of the pressures and volumes concerned.
5. Describe the construction and mode of use, and give the theory of Kelvin’s absolute electro- meter.
6. Define “co-efficient of self-induction” and “ co-efficient of mutual induction.”
Describe fully how to measure a co-efficient of mutual induction. :
?. Discuss fully the armature reactions of a continu- ous current dynamo, and point out the mechanical and electrical arrangements by which the effects. of these reactions cans be approximately eliminated.
.
Prove the formula that gives the e.m.f. lanes in such an armature in terms of the ifferent quantities involved.
270 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
“Ni e
CHEMISTRY.—Panrr I. The Board of Examwers.
. Explain and exemplify the behaviour of different
solid phosphates when heated.
. Give a short account of the chief non-metallic
hydrides—their composition, properties, reactions, and modes of formation.
. Explain and exemplify the terms “double oxides”,
“double chlorides”, ‘double sulphates”, “ double sulphides ”.
. Give instances of metals which readily vary their
valence when in aqueous solution as the positive radicles of salts, and explain some of the re- actions which bring out this tendency.
. Give practical instances of normal salts that are
not neutral to litmus, and explain the theorv of such cases.
. Explain fully, from a practical point of view, why
calcium, strontium, and barium are regarded as forming a group of allied elements. Point out also their more striking differences.
Discuss the actions of dilute sulphuric acid on the following :—Nitrites, hypochlorites, thiosul- phates, sulphides.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 271
CHEMISTRY.—Panrr II. (SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. What is meant by “The ratio of the specific heats ofa gas”? How can the limiting value of this ratio be calculated ? Discuss the bearing of the magnitude of the ratio for a given gas on the question of its molecular complexity.
Y. A certain reaction is either uni- or bi-molecular. In order to deeide which, experiments were carried out, with the following results :—
Experiment. 1. 2. 3. 4. A=0°5 0:4 0:2 0:1 g. mols. per litre. = 20 25 50 = 100 minutes.
Find the number of reacting molecules, and also the value of the velocity co-efficient. (A represents the initial concentration of the reacting substance, ¢ the time when the reaction was half completed.
1 a For a unimolecular reaction k = = log. t l—2, 1 a
. ; 1 For a bimolecular reaction k = —- — ; taa—-2z
3. Discuss the Vapour Pressure (or Boiling Point) curves of pairs of completely miscible liquids. Illustrate by reference to the following, or similar, cases :— (a) Methyl Alcohol and Water. (6) Ethyl Alcohol and Water. (ce) Nitric Acid und Water.
972 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4. Discuss the influence of change of Pressure and of ‘Temperature on chemical equilibrium. How is the change of equilibrium with temperature related to the heat of reaction ?
5 and 6. Write papers discussing the relation between the chemical properties of the element and its position in the Periodic classification in the case of the following :—
(5) Beryllium. (6) Thallium.
JURISPRUDENCE (INCLUDING ROMAN LAW).
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer SEVEN questions only.
1. Explain the operation of the exceptio non numeratie pecuniae.
2. What do you consider to be the fundamental dis- tinctions between moveable and immovable property, and how have the two classes of property been differently treated in ‘law ?
3. In what connections, and with what significance was the term guast used in Roman Law ?
4. In what different modes may several persons be liable in respect to a single sum of money? What was the nature of the liability of co-heredes to creditors, and what was the position of heres and fidei-commissartus respec- tively in universal fidei-commissum ?
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 273
Cr
. Write a brief note on personal and territorial law.
6. In what senses does Hearn use the terms power and liberty? Criticise their use.
7. Connect law as used in the social sciences with law as used in physical science.
8. On what grounds, and with what reason, has the definition of law as a command of the State been attacked ?
9. Write a note on self-redress in Roman Law.
10. Criticise Austin’s rejection of Public Law as a fundamental decision, and his inclusion of the matter of it in the Law of Persons.
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.— Part IT.
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer SIX questions only.
1. What courts and jurisdictions in the English system have been of an “international” character, and what has heen their fate ?
2. Write a note on the principal objects of the Judica- ture Acts 1873 and 1875.
to
3.
Or
vm
74 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Write a note on the following dictum :—
‘A case is only authority for what it actually decides. I entirely deny that it can be quoted for a proposition that may seem to tollow logically from it. Such a mode of reasoning assumes that the law is necessarily a logical code, whereas every lawyer must acknowledge that the law is not always logical at all.’ (Per Lord Halsbury, L.C., in Quinn v. Leathem, 1901, A.C. 495.)
. “In adopting a construction (2.e. of a Statute) not
in strict conformity with the language, there is more danger than there once was of going beyond or falling short of its real intention.” (Stephen, Com. 1-77.) Explain and comment.
. What sources of information outside a Statute may
be looked at as aids to its interpretation ?
. What is the power of the Crown (a) to legislate,
(6) to establish Legislatures for colonies ?
. What are the most important differences in
pleadings at common law and pleadings in equity ? What conclusions do you draw from these differences as to the purpose of pleadings in the two jurisdictions ?
. State briefly the principal features of New South
Wales government from 1828 until the intro- duction of responsible government.
. Write a note on public policy as a source of
judiciary law.
to
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 275
LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND
CONVEYANCING. Mr. Guest.
. How is the operation of a conveyance in fee simple
of land in this country affected by the Statute Quia Emptores.
. How, if at all, are common law conditions annexed
to estates in fee simple affected by the Rule against Perpetuities ? Cite authority.
. What are the exceptions to the Rule that the
Statute of Uses operates only where there is a transmutation of possession ?
. B, who died in 1905, by his will devised land to
his daughter A for her life, and after her death to such of her children as should attain the age of 21 years and their respective heirs. A died in 1906, leaving her surviving two children only of the ages of 15 and 12 years respectively. What effect, if any, should be given to the gift in remainder ? Give reasons.
. A, the assignee of a certain lease, contracted in
writing to sell the leasehold to B. The purchase money was paid, but the lease was never formally assigned. 2B entered into possession, and paid rent for a time, but ulti- mately got into arrears, and the lessee brought an action for the rent against A. Can he succeed ? Give reasons.
276 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
6. If the person conveying is expressed to convey as beneficial owner, what is the effect in the case of--
(a) A conveyance on sale of freehold land,
(6) A conveyance of leasehold property, (c) A conveyance by way of mortgage respectively ? Give reasons.
7. On a partition between joint tenants in fee simple, how is the land to be taken by each conveyed to him in severalty ? How would you arrange the parties to the conveyance, and what operative words would you use ? How would the convey- ance be affected by the omission of any words of limitation? Give reasons.
8. What are the rules as to covenants running with the land where the relation of landlord and tenant does not exist? ‘To what extent is any such rule affected by any and what doctrine of Equity ? Cite authority.
9. What is the effect of the provisions of the Insol- vency Act 1897 as to the effect of insolvency in post-nuptial settlements ?
10. A testator signed his will at the foot thereof when no other person was present. On being told that two witnesses were neceseary he sent for A and B, who arrived together. The testator pro- duced his will in their presence, and said to them— ‘“<T want you to sign as witnesses. I have already signed,” and pointed to his signature. .A and B thereupon signed their names as witnesses. Is the will validly executed ? Give reasons.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 277
1]. Discuss shortly the effect of the provisions in the Transfer of Land Act 1890 as to the applica- tion of other laws and Statutes to land under the Act.
12. If land subject to a mortgage in fee is brought under the Transfer of Land Act 1890, how, if at all, are the rights end remedies of the mort- gagee affected? What provision is made by the Act for the cases of foreclosures and sales by . mortgagees ?
LAW OF CONTRACTS AND PERSONAL PROPERTY.
Mr, Duffy.
Write a short paper on each of the six following topics :—
1, Guarantees within the meaning of Section 208 of the Instruments Act 1890.
Par delictum in cases of illegal contract.
to
3. An infant’s contract for necessaries. 4. The Common Law action of deceit. 5. Champerty.
6. Assignment of choses in action.
273 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
7. What were the evils intended to be remedied by the first legislation in Victoria with respect to Bills of Sale, and what were the main provisions of such legislation { ?
8. What is essential to the validity of a “lien on crops” under the provisions of the Instruments Act 1890 ?
9. Explain the nature of a partner’s share in the partnership property.
10. Explain and illustrate the different methods of delivering’ possession of personal chattels.
li. Under what circumstances, if any, can a person give to another a better title to personal pro- perty than he himself has ?
12. What are the rights of an unpaid seller of goods against such goods ?
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 279
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. The Board of Examiners.
1, Discuss the strong and weak points of Lowthian Green’s “‘ Tetrahedral ” theory of Geomorphology.
2. Illustrate the park and alpine types of mountain structures. Show how more intense folding of the alpine type passes into thrust faulting. Where are such features met with ?
Sad
Diseuss the influence of the Southern Ocean and of the Indian Ocean respectively on Australian climate.
he
. Define the following terms :—Anticyclone, caldera, atoll, fiord, zeoisotherm, nimbus.
or
. Classify the different types of plains State their modes of origin, and, as far as possible, illustrate your answer by Victorian examples.
SO
. Illustrate by diagrams the ways in which a river may change— (a) Its length. (5) Its velocity. (ec) The width of its valley.
280 RXAMINATION PAPERS.
PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY. SeconpD YEAR Science. The Board of Examiners. What is meant by the phrase “dissociation curve
of oxyhemoglobin” ? Whatis the physiological significance of this curve ?
=
t>
. Write a short account of the duodenum from a histological as well as a physiological stand- point.
co
. Describe any form of apparatus which will stimu- late a nerve trunk (say, the sciatic of the frog) without producing injury.
Na
Define the terms enzyme, hormone, blaze current, receptive substance, axon reflex.
5. How may a fatty acid be distinguished chemically from a fat?
to
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 281
EDUCATION. SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
. Contrast the influence of the Sophists with that of
Socrates in the history of Greek education.
. What problem in education propounded by Socrates
did Plato and Aristotle seek to solve ? Contrast their solutions.
. Give the substance of the first chapter of Spencer’s
work, adding any opinions of your own.
. Discuss the following statement of Spencer’s :—The
subject which involves all other subjects, and therefore the subject in which education should culminate, is the Theory and Practice of Education.”
. State and discuss the views advanced by Spencer in
his chapter on “ Intellectual Education.”
. Give the place that manual training possessed in
the thought of Froebel, and suggest means of realizing his ideas in all grades of our schools.
. “To make the internal external, and the external
internal, to find the unity for both, thisis the general external form in which man’s destiny is expressed.”
Show that here Froebel furnishes a complete scheme of education, and in particular show how it fits into the successive stages of development.
‘ What are some of the views expressed by Freebel
in dealing with the School and the Family ?
Og EXAMINATION PAPERS.
METALLURGY.—Parr I. First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates shoulganswer SIX of the following questions. Chemical equations must be given wherever possible.
1. Describe, with the aid of sketches, a good type of assay muffle furnace designed for the consump- tion of long-flaming coal, and a second, similar, furnace designed for the consumption of coke, give reasons for any variations in design.
2. Outline the ao dry methods used for the assay of silver ores, and explain the principles upon which they are based.
3. Explain the action of potassium cyanide, and potassium carbonate—both separately and con- jointly—in crucible assays for—(a) tin, and (5) lead. What effect would metallic iron have if present in similar ‘assays? Give chemical equations deseriptive of the reactions concerned.
4. Define the terms — “parting,” “ ee “annealing,” “surcharge” (plus and minus), “ volatilisation loss,” “‘cupel absorption loss,” and ‘slag loss ”—as applied to gold and silver assays.
5. Outline a rapid method for the partial analysis of slag produced in smelting silver-lead ores in blast-furnaces, and explain, with the aid of chemical equations, the principal reactions concerned.
| HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 283
6. Outline a reliable method for estimating copper by means of a standard solution of potassium cyanide, including the preliminary separation of the copper from any ore impurities that would otherwise injuriously affect the titration.
What effect would salts of iron, lead, zine, manganese, and aluminium have if present during the titration ?
7. Describe a rapid method which is sometimes used (for furnace control purposes) for estimating— very approximately—the amount of sulphur present in roasted ore or matte.
METALLURGY.—Parr I.
SECOND PAPER. Lhe Bourd of Hxamaners.
FP ga should answer SIX of the following ques- ns. Chemical Equations must be given wherever possible.
1. What are “ refractory materials” ? How are they classified, and for what metallurgical purposes are they used ?
2. Explain the terms “intermittent” and “con- tinuous” as applied to (a2) hand-worked rever- beratory furnaces ; and (6) mechanieally-worked reverberatory furnaces.
Give an example of each type, and compare their relative merits and demerits.
284 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Write a short paper upon modern developments in copper smelting in reverberatory furnaces.
4. What are the reactions mainly concerned in the ‘‘ Roast and Reaction” method tor treating lead ores, and for what class or classes of ore is the method most suitable ?
5. Define the terms “slag” and “matte.” How are slags classified ?
6. Outline a method suitable for the extraction of zinc from its sulphide ore on: a large scale. Explain the principal reactions concerned, and point out in what particulars (if at all) the method you give differs from one suitable for the treatment of zinc carbonate ores.
?. Explain, very briefly, the reactions upon which the various ‘“‘ hyposulphite” methods, for treating silver ores on @ large scale, are dependent. For what class or classes of ore are such methods most suitable ?
GEOLOGY.—Parrt I. The Board of Examiners.
1. Give a short account of the nature, organic and mineralogical composition of coral atolls, and an outline of the important theories as to their mode of origin.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 285
2. Define the following crystallographic terms :— Form, truncation, law of rational indices, hemihedral, hemimorphic, and state the crystal forms (giving Miller’s symbols) present in crystals of garnet, albite, beryl, rutile.
3. Give the chief subdivisions of Dana’s classification of the silicates, and quote examples of minerals belonging to each of the subdivisions.
4. Give an account of the geology of the Dandenong area, and especially of the relations of the dacites to the plutonic rocks to the south.
5. Discuss the relative value of different fossil groups to the stratigraphical geologist. What do you understand by ‘‘zones,” and give examples among Palaeozoic and Mesozoic rocks ?
fo)
. Discuss the chemical and mineralogical peculiarities of the intrusive rocks rich in alkalies.
?. Draw sections illustrating the following :-—Crust block, trough fault, thrust fault, recumbent anticline, and state the effects produced on the outcrops of beds by dip, strike and reversed faults, respectively.
8. Compare the Permo-carboniferous formations of Victoria and New South Wales. Give a concise account of the lithological character of the Glacial deposits of Victoria and their probable mode of origin.
286 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
APPLIED MECHANICS. First Paper. Professor Kernot.
1. Prove that any tangential stress in ordinary materials is accompanied by an equal stress in a plane at right angles to the first. What bearing has this on the arrangement of rivets in plate
girders ?
2. Describe, fully, the process of testing a specimen
of structural steel, ziving the results you would
-_ expect including the autographic diagram. How
do you account for the oblique or cup-shaped fracture so often seen ?
3. Assuming the specimen tested to be 8 inches long | between gauge-points, and 1 square inch sectional area, compute the probable resilience and the average work done per cubic inch of specimen, before fracture, in foot pounds.
4, A circular obelisk of concrete is 50 feet high, 5 feet
diameter at the base, and 3 feet at the top.
It is composed of concrete, weighing 150 lbs.
per cubic foot. What is its greatest sate
resistance to wind-pressure, and what will be
. the safe resistance of a similar obelisk of double
the linear dimensions, but supported on 38 foundation only 5 feet diameter.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 287
APPLIED MECHANICS. SECOND PAPER. Professor Kernot.
1. A beam is 30 feet long, and is supported at points 6 and 25 feet from one end. Fr the first 6 feet it is loaded with a uniform load of 1 ton per foot. In the next 6 feet the load gradually increases from 1 ton per foot to 2 tons per foot, and then ceases. At 18 feet a concentrated load of 10 tons is imposed, while at the far end there is an upward force of 1 ton. Draw to scale moment and shear diagrams, and state what size beam you would use, the material being good ironbark.
2. Investigate the modulus of section as a beam of a circular tube 20 inches internal diameter 4 inch thick for a quadrant at each side, and 1 inch thick for a quadrant top and bottom.
3. A suspension bridge consists of a parabolic cable, numerous vertical suspenders, and a stiffening girder hinged at ends and centre. Investigate the moments and shears on the girder while a concentrated load traverses the whole span of the bridge.
4. Discuss the behaviour of an unhinged circular arch as at Prince’s Bridge under varying temperatures, partial loading, and slight yielding of abutments.
988 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parr I. First Paper.
Professor Kernot.
1. Make a longitudinal and cross section of Seimens’ Regenerative Furnace, and describe how it is used for producing open hearth steel. How, in your opinion, does such steel compare with that made by the Bessemer process ?
2. Make a neat drawing of an engineer’s shaping machine, with a quick return motion, and show the action of the quick return appliance by a diagram in which the abscissa represents time and the ordinate distance of the tool from the starting point of its stroke.
3. It is required to drive an air compressor at the rate of 100 double strokes per minute and the horse power required is 200. There is a stream falling 1,400 feet in half a mile in the vicinity, the supply of water being abundant. Design in out- line the machinery you would employ, giving all principal dimensions and computing the quantity of water used.
4. Design a water engine to work a capstan in a dock- ard. The water being supplied at a pressure of 700 lbs. per square inch, and the capstan to exert an effort of 2 tons at 100 feet per minute. State what are the principal difficulties to be met with in such an engine, and how they are
to be dealt with.
N.B.—Nothing but the capstan itself may project above the level of the ground.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 289
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parr 1. Sreconp PapgEr. Professor Kernot.
1. Discuss fully the improvements made by James Watt in the steam-engine, and state what effect they had on its efficiency. Make a neat sketch, with enames of all important parts of Watt’s most improved engine.
2. Describe a temperature-entropy diagram, and illus- trate its use and its relations to the pressure volume diagram.
3. Make a diagram on the lines of that of Weighton and Leavenworth, showing all losses of energy between the fuel and the useful work done in a winding-engine at a mine.
4. Describe and sketch any appliances you may be acquainted with for intercepting and utilizing of heat that would otherwise have gone up the chimney or exhaust pipe of a non-condensing steam plant. What, in your opinion, is the probable numerical value of the gain in each case ?
5. A non-condensing steam-engine, 20 inches diameter and 40 inches stroke, makes 100 re- volutions a minute. It is supplied with dry saturated steam at 100 lbs. per square inch above the atmosphere, cat off at 4-stroke
T
290 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Draw the indicator diagram to scale. Compute the power and consumption of steam, with and without steam jacketing. State whether an earlier cut off would improve the economy; and, if so, how much earlier and by what amount—what is the effect of too early a cut off and also of too late ?
SURVEYING.—Parr I. ° First Paperr. The Board of Eavanwners.
1. From the following observations made with an aneroid barometer at the three places named, deduce the most probable height of the place “LJ.” above sea-level.
Rarograph at Height
‘ Tempe- iversity : Face: Reading. | rabure simuttenesua Time Mable | F eadings. above Sea Level | feet. Sunbury 29°12 | 67° 29 97 702 Railway | | Station Gisborne 28 -34 | 664° 29-98 1526 Railway | Station
ed. ss | 28°77 | 68° 29-98 ?
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 291
Give all calculations. State what rules or tables you employ. Explain what assumptions are involved in deducing the required height of L.J., and discuss their reasonableness.
2. Describe the kind of telescope which is used in an engineer's level and theodolite.
Explain the defects that may exist in it, and how these defects may be detected.
3. Prove the principle involved in the test and adjustment which has for its object the placing of the line of collimation in the telescope of a transit theodolite at right angles to the hori- zontal axis.
4, Explain clearly the effect preduced by various errors of adjustment on the work done with a transit theodolite, and explain how these effects may be eliminated by employing certain methods of observation.
SURVEYING.—Parrt I. SEeconp Paper. The Board of Bxaminers. 1, Fill in the missing figures, and complete the following page of a level-book. Explain the
operations to which the figures refer. T2
£99 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Describe the process of testing and adjusting a dumpy level to prepare it for work of the kind referred to.
Remarks,
B.M. No. 1.
Shoulder of pile on Pier No. 1 of Viaduct.
—_—_—_——e | ae |e | eee | ee | eee eee ———eee ee
2°76 1496 Change.
Shoulder _ of pile on Pier No. 16 of
Viaduct.
10°80 B.M. No. 2.
2. Show what lines you would measure when making a chain survey of the eng meeting workshops on opposite page.
The walls may all be taken as 14 inches thick
Assume no obstacles in the way, other than the walls shown.
3. The sketches, given on pages 294 and 295, represent cross-sections, 1 chain apart, on a straight portion of a railway cutting. The reduced levels at various points are given.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
295
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906.
296
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
If HH, DH, CH, CG, BG, BF, and AF be joined, the triangles into which the surface is so divided may be treated as planes.
Compute, accurately, the volume of earth con- tained between the sections.
SURVEYING.—Paarrt II. First Paper.
The Board of Examiners. \
1. Divide the area, which is shown surrounded by
roads on the attached topographic map, into blocks of between 20 and 30 acres each. Give the reasons which influence you in choosing the particular scheme of subdivision which you propose.
2. Explain the principle of the anallatic lens used in
certain tacheometers.
3. What curve would you adopt to connect the two
proposed straight portions of the railway line marked in red on the accompanying topographic map? Perform the calculations necessary for setting out.
Note.—A full answer to Question No. 1 will be considered as possessing half the whole value of the paper; Question No. 2, 20 per cent.; and Question No. 3, 80 per cent. .
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 297
SURVEYING.—Pazr II.
SECOND Pape_ER. |
The Board of Exaumuners.
]. Find the loss of head, through friction, in a length Z ft. of wrought-iron riveted pipe, which tapers uniformly from a diameter D ft. to a diameter d ft., the discharge being @Q cub. ft. a second.
Apply this to ascertain the error in calculating
the loss of head as though it were equal to that
| in a pipe of uniform diameter = 4 (D + d), and
| of same length J, using for illustration the values | D=i13 ft,d= x, ft, 2 = 6 ft.
What is the error, in the same case, in assuming the head lost in friction to be equal to that in a pipe 4/ ft. long and of uniform diameter d ft. ?
State what formule or tables you make use of.
2. A pipe is to be designed to discharge a minimum | quantity of 12°6 cub. ft. of water per second | from a certain reservoir. Its axis is vertical at
the inlet, and the lip, where the water enters, is in a horizontal plane. . The water surface in the reservoir may fall to within 2 feet of the said horizontal plane. What is the least diameter
298
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
that the inlet orifice must have in order that the said discharge may be maintained? Give full reasons for your answer.
Notre.—aA full answer to Question No. 1 will be considered to possess twice the value of a full answer to Question No. ©.
SURVEYING.—Parr ITI. First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Find the time of elongation of some of the follow-
ing stars on the night of November the 19th, this year; the place of observation being the observatory at the Engineering School. Assume the latitude of the said observatory to be 37° 48’ S. and the longitude 9h. 39m. 50s. E.
Find the altitude of each star at the time of elongation, also its magnetic. bearing, the declination of the compass being’ 8° 21’ E.
Explain, fully, how vou would test and adjust the theodolite before using it to find the direction of the meridian by observations of the said stars. The theodolite has no bubble-tube on the telescope; there is one on the vernier arm for the vertical circle, and another, at right angles to the first, on the upper horizontal plate. :
The Nautical Almanac shows that the sidereal time at mean noon at Greenwich, on the day of the proposed observations, is 15h. 50m. 25s.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 299
Say which stars you would preter to observe,
(Achernar)
and why. For 19th Nov., 1906. Magni. | —- ———__———— — Star, tude. Right Declination Ascension, Ss, hm. s.{ ° ‘ % @ Eridani ...| 8:0 2 54 45 | 40 40 47 y Hydri 3-1 3 48 45 | 74 31 35 a Horologii... | 3°8 4 10 66 | 42 31 29 a Reticuli ...| 8°4 413 16 | 62 42 28 a Doradtis ...| 3-5 4 32 1 56 14 17 B Doradts ...| 3:7 5 32 51 | 62 38 0 a Argus —1:0 6 21 54 | 52 38 33 (Canopus) v Argus 3°2 6 34 56 | 48 6 48 a Pictoris ...{ 3°3 6 47 16 | 61 50 18 B Arae 2°7 | 17 17 80 | 55 26 29 6 Scorpii 2 17 30 36 | 42 56 17 3 Pavonis ...| 3°5 | 17 36 31 | 64 40 48 a Telescopii...| 38°7 | 18 20 1/46 1 18 a Coronae 4-2 719 8 6/88 3 2 Australis « Saggitarii...| 4°1 | 19 48 48 | 42 6 54 a Pavonis .. 2 20 18 14 | 57 2 14 a Indi 8°2 | 20 30 59 | 47 37 10 a Gruis .| 9 | 22 2 Ql | 47 24 59 a Toucani ...| 2°9 | 2212 61 60 43 44 B Gruis 2-1 | 22 387 6 | 47 22 33 B Hydri 2°9 0 20 54 | 77 47 4 a Pheenicis... | 2°4 0 21 41 | 42 48 56 B Pheenicis...| 3°4 1 1 56 | 47 18 17 y Pheenicis...| 3°3 1 24 20 | 48 47 56 a Eridani 0°5 1 34 16 | 57 42 50
300 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SURVEYING.—Parr III. Szconp Pargr. The Board of Examiners.
1. How would you test and adjust the trigonometrical survey shown in sketch on opposite page ?
2. Lay out a town site, of about three-quarters of a square mile in area, at or near the point marked A on the accompanying topographic map of a mining district. Formation may be assumed to be Lower Silurian.
Give full reasons for your choice of plan.
Existing roads are shown in black ink. A railway line is shown in red pencil. Creeks in blue pencil.
What water-way would you provide at the town bridges over the main creek, assuming the catchment area above the town site to be 20: square miles? Moderate rainfall, as in Victoria.
The catchment area in the case of the branch, which joins the main creek to the S.E, of A, is about 7 square miles.
302 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Parr I. First PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
It is required to bridge, temporarily, an opening of 60 feet by means of a trussed oregon beam. Beams, of any transverse dimensions up to 24” x 22”, are readily obtainable in lengths of over 60 feet. Head- room being iimited, it is decided to keep the centre of the steel tension-rod at mid-span, 5 feet from centre of beam. Intermediate struts are to be used, midway between centre and ends, the bottoms of all three struts being on an aro of a circle passing through the ends of the beam. See outline sketch B on pages 305-6. 4
The moving load on the beam is 10 tons, and it may be regarded as applied at, a point.
Compute the necessary dimensions of the beam and tension rods, giving all calculations, and explain the reasoning upon which your calculations are based.
Give all details, such as you would put into the hands of the carpenters and blacksmiths who will con- struct the structure.
Outline sketch of trussed oregon beam, 60 feet span. Full lines show centre lines of beam, struts, and tension rods. Dotted lines indicate approximate positions of beams and struts.
HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 303
CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Part I.
Seconp Paper. The Bourd of Examiners.
1. Design a re-inforced conerete floor to carry 5 cwt. per square foot, distributed over any part, or the whole, of it. Two-wheeled carts, weighing 2 tons gross, may travel over any part of the floor which is not otherwise loaded at the time.
Wheel-gauge of cart = 5' 3". Area of floor = 100 feet x 70 feet.
The pillars, which support the floor, are to be spaced not less than 12 feet apart, centre to centre. Design these pillars, assuming them to be 14 feet high from their bases to the bottoms of the floor beams.
Compare round with square pillars.
State fully the reasoning on which your design is based.
2. The sketch A, appearing on pages 305-6, shows a cross-section of a river valley on the centre line of a proposed railway. The ordinary water- channel and part of the adjoining flat are to be bridved over.
* It has been decided that the total width of water-way shall be 200 feet.
804
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Suggest a type of bridge suitable | pee the bridge being designed for a ine of railway, 4’ 84" gauge.
The navigation of the river is unimpo that there is no restriction as to the plg piers.
The mean velocity of the stream, when lowest, is about 2 feet a second. Th velocity in the channel, during floods, is 5 feet asecond. .
Describe the process of placing th tions of the abutments and piers whi propose for the case.
Show how you would provide for expt and contraction in the event of your reco ing iron or steel girders.
Give, fully, the reasons which influence choice of type.
Sketch A.
Sketch B. ' 15 feet ——>
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 307
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, 1906.
GREEK.—Part I. (TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes (in the margin) where
you think them desirable—
a) H®. dpav rair’ avaykn, pnoev éyxédev’ ayay. pay Yen Y Y
(0)
KP. 4 py xeXevow, karOwvtw ye rpc. Xwpe Karw, oxédn O€ xipxwoor Big. H®. cai 61) rémpaxrac roupyov ob paxpy Tévy. KP. éppwpévwc viv Oeive dcardpoue rédac, we oumirtunrie ye Tov Epywy Bapic. H®. épora poppy yAGooa cov ynpuerat. KP. ov padOaxilou, rijv 0 éujy addadiay Opyiic Te rpayuryra pr) 'wirAnoveE por. H®. oreixwpev, we kwdorory apgiBAnorp’ Exec. KP. évravOa vuv bBpice, cai Oewy yépa ovo épnpéporot mpooTiPer. ri cor olol re Ovnroi rwve’ aravrAjoa Tévwy 5 Pevowvips oe daipovec Ipounbéa Kadovory’ abrov yap oe det Tpopnéwe, bry rpdtw rijod exxvroOhoee réxvne. GAN abra orye xal yap eldviaioy av dpiv réyouut. ray Bporoic dé rhpara axovoad’, we opac vymiovg Ovrag To mplv Evvouc EOnxa kal gpevav érnBddoue. x
308 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
, aN , of 9 9 , wv Actw 6€, péufey odrev’ avOpwrore Exwv, > r’ i 4 060 9 ud 14 , ; GAN wy O€OWK EVYOLaY ESN YOUpEVoS
“ ~ \ , of , ot mpwra pev BAr€rovrec EBAETOY parny, khuovrec oUK i}Kovoy’ aXA’ Gvetparwr adtyxtot poppaict rov paxpoy xpdvov Epupoy EixHh Wayra, KourEe TALVOUdETC
’ 3 ddpovc mpooeihoug yHoav, ob EvNoupyiar’ s ry karwpvyec 0 Evatov, dar’ anovpor Pupunxec, avrpwy Ev pvyotc aynrior. b ~ ’ Hv C) ovder abroic ovrEe yelparog Téxpap, b ’ ovr’ avOeuwoouc por, ovre Kapmipov 9 =
Gépove BéBacor, add’ Grep yrwpnc ro war 7 wv ty Empacooy, EC TE Cf opty avro\ag éyw dorpwy tdecka rac re dvaxpirouc dvaecc.
(c) pycap’ 6 wavra vépwy Geir’ ug yvoug xparoc avrimador Zeve, pnd EXevvoate Beove diate Boivare ToTevcaoopéeva Bovddrvog wap’ ‘Qkeavod rarpdc doecror ropor, pnd adéroupe Adyouc’ pada pot rovr’ éupévor Kat pywor éxraxein. adv re Bapoadéatc TOY paKkpoy retvey ior EAmiot, havuic Oupor addaivovoay év evopocrvucc’ dpiaow bé cE Cép- KOMEVa pupioee pdxBore Scaxvardpevor Zijva yap ov rpopewv ‘ idia yrwpa céec Ovarove &yar, Hpopnbed.
% % *
2. Comment on—piyy pov 7 poKHOov peaoooy we Epot yAuKiu—Povxodog dé ynyevijg &kparog dpyiy” Apyos —yijy po yiic ékavvopat—Morooea Saneda— IleAacyia—ot mpooxuvovyrec rhv *Adpacreay
copol.
| ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DKC., 1906. 304)
3. (a) Discuss the geography of AEschylus as re- vealed in the Prometheus.
(6) Write a brief essay on the story of Prometheus and its probable development.
4. Give a short sketch of the characters of, and part played in the Proem by, Cephalus, Thrasymachus, Glaucon.
| 9d. Translate, with notes a~ above—
| (a) avy pev ody, Fv S éyw. GdAG poe Ere roadvde | eimé’ rh péycorov ote ayabov aroXehavxé vat rou \ 9 ¢ naG aa” } ef ” . #8 woAXnv ovoiay KexrRoOae3 “QO, 4) 8 We, towe ovK ay N , , FT ‘ ov a 7 moAAouc weioayse AEywy. ev yap tot, Edn, w& , N ~ . Lwxparec, Gre émecday ric éEyyve n Tov ovecBae reAeurHoey, eiatpyerat avT@ d€oc Kal gpovric epi @ , ‘ im ov EuxpooOer odx eioner. oi re yap Aeyomervoe pvOor ~ e i] ~ wept trav év”Acoov, we roy évOace aduxioavra Cet éxel Owddvae Oixny, xarayedwpevoe Téwe, Tore 6} , - A) ~ s oTpégovory avrov thy Wuyxiy py adnBeic dour, cal abrog roe bo rij¢g Tov yhpwe aobeveiac i Kai dorep <ei> Hon eyyurépw oy roy exet paddov re xabopg , v ’ avra, troiac 6 ovy Kai deiarog peoroc yiyrerat Kal dvadoyilerac Hon Kal oxorel, et reve Te HOiKNKEY.
(6) BaBai, jv 3 éyw, & pire TAatKwr, we Eppwpevwc éxarepoy Gowep avoptavra eic rv Kpioty éxxaDaipecc roty dvdpoiy. ‘Qo parsor’, Egy, duvapat. ovroey 6€ ToLOUTOLY, OEY ETL, WE EYppat, xaXEToY Ercced- Oeiy rq Adyy, olocg ExarEpoy Biocg Emipéver. eKTEov obv* Kat on Kay dypotkorépwo EyNTat, pf EME Olov éyerv, & LwKparec, GAAa Tove Eravovrrac mpd dtxatoovrne Gdikiav. epovor oe race, Gre obrw Geaxeiuevoc 6 dixatog paortywcerat, orpefsAWoETaL, dednoerac, Exxavdyoerat rHpOaApw, TeXEUTOY TayTa
X 2
310 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Kaka aber dvacyirdurevOnoerat Kai yrwoerat, ore ovx elvac dixacov adda Ooxeiy Set EOEXELY* TO SE TOU AisyvAov modu iv dpa opOdrepow Aێyery Kara Toi aotKov.
(ce) of 8€ abroi otvrot éyovory, we eloiy olae Buaiasc Te kal ebywraic ayavgow cai avalhpacty wapa- yeoOar avameOopuevoc oic i} apporepa 3 obdérepa mevoreoy" el 0 ovY weEOTEOY, dduxnréoy Kat Ovréov ano Tay adunparwr. Cikatoe pev yap ovrec alnpiot pev bro Dewy eodpeba, ra do éf adcxiac Képdn are- copeBa’ adcxor Oe kepbavovper Te Kal Aroodpevo vrepBaivorres Kai Guapravovrec welBovrec abrove aC hpcor dmadhagoper. GANG yap év"Atdov dixny dwoopev oy ay évOade Adexnowper, H avrot iH matdec waiowy.
6. Translate, with notes on grammatical peculiarities— (@) édsetoBae oby iydic wodv padAoy eixde éoriv Tov
id bor rey dever xadexaiverOat.
(b) viv, hy o éyw, Euaboy 6 Aéyerc.
(c) mpodcravra Kaxoupyet kat ovKopaurel; et ir duvaca. ovdey cov mapiepat’ GAN’ ob pi otde THe.
(d) rovrwy d& wavrwy of wept Oewy re Adyor Kai apEerijc avpactwrarot A€yovrat, we dpa kat Beot mohXoig pev ayaboic dvoruxias Te kal Bior Kako Evesay, Toig 0 évavrioe évavrlay poipayv.
(€) Ovxoty, fy & éyw, ro AEyopevov, adedgog avdpi TapEein.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. all
LATIN.—Part I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.) The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes (in the margin) where
(a)
(4)
(c)
you think them called for—
Quod superest, ubi pulsam hiemem Sol aureus egit Sub terras caelumque aestiva luce reclusit, Tilae continuo saltus silvasque peragrant Purpureosque metunt flores et lumina libant Summa leves. Hinc nescio qua dulcedine laetae Progeniem nidosque fovent, hinc arte recentis Excudunt ceras et mella tenacia fingunt. Hinc ubi iam emissum caveis ad sidera caeli Nare per aestatem liquidam suspexeris agmen Obscuramque trahi vento mirabere nubem, Contemplator.
Saepe etiam duris errando in cotibus alas Attrivere, ultroque animam sub fasce dedere : Tantus amor florum et generandi gloria mellis. Ergo ipsas quamvis angusti terminus aevi Excipiat (neque enim plus septuma ducitur
aestas),
At genus immortale manet multosque per annos : Stat Fortuna domus et avi numerantur avorum.
Exiguus primum atque ipsos contractus ad
usus Eligitur locus; hunc angustique imbrice tecti Parietibusque premunt artis et quattuor addunt Quattuor a ventis obliqua luce fenestras.
312
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Tum vitulus bima curvans iam cornua fronte
Quaeritur; huic geminae nares et spiritus oris Multa reluctanti obstruitur, plagisque perempto Tunsa per integram solvuntur viscera pellem. '
2. Explain — aerii mellis—numina laeva — Phrygiae
Idae—mella durum Bacchi domitura saporem— biferi rosaria Paesti—siletur in noctem—Medus Hydaspes—esse apibus partem divinae mentis et hanstus aetherios dixere—animas in volnere ponunt —defruta — Cecropium thymum—leves Parthi — manibus Procne pectus signata cruentis.
3. State the exact meaning of the words italicised in
liguidi fontes—graviter spirantis thymbrae— raras superinice frondes—/fructos sonitus imitata tubarum—hAorridus desidia—ntger Galaesus— eduram pirum—fessos sopor suus occupat artus.
4, Translate, with notes as above— (a) contracta pisces aequora sentinnt
iactis in altum molibus; huc frequens caementa demittit redemptor cum famulis dominusque terrae fastidiosus. sed Timor et Minae scandunt eodem, quo dominus, neque decedit aerata triremi et post equitem sedet atra Cura. quod si dolentetn nec Phrygius lapis nec purpurarum sidere clarior delenit usus nec Falerna vitis Achaemeniumque costam, cur invidendis postibus et novo sublime ritu moliar atrium ? cur valle permutem Sabina divitias operosiores ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., i9U0b. 313
(6) Quantum distet ab Inacho
Codrus pro patria non timidus mori narras et genus Aeaci
et pugnata sacro bella sub Ilio: quo Chium pretio cadum
mercemur, quis aquam temperet ignibus, quo praebente domum et quota
Paelignis caream frigoribus, taces.
(c) eradenda cupidinis
pravi sunt elementa et tenerae nimis mentes asperioribus
formandae studiis. nescit equo rudis haerere ingenuus puer
venarique timet, ludere doctior, seu Graeco iubeas trocho
seu malis vetita levibus alea.
§. Explain—cenae sine aulaeis et ostro — si ture placaris et horna fruge Lares—Socraticis madet sermonibus — Maecenas, equitumn decus—capitis minor — pharetratos Gelonos— Philippis versa acies retro—descendat in Campum petitor.
6. Give the exact sense (or senses) of—pius—arbusta —rudis— purpureus — ferox— lyra — cyathus— pauperies—regum apices.
?. Discuss briefly the merits and the originality of Horace as a writer of lyrics.
8. Translate, with notes as above—
(a) Simul crescit inopia omniam longa obsidione et minuitur expectatio externae opis, cum tam procul Romani, unica spes, circa omnia hostium essent. paulisper tamen adfectos animos recreavit
314
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
repentina profectio Hannibalis in Oretanos Car- petanosque, qui duo populi dilectus acerbitate consternati, retentis conquisitoribus metum de- fectionis cum praebuissent, oppressi celeritate Hannibalis omiserunt mota arma. nec Sagunti oppugnatio segnior erat, Maharbale Himilconis filio—eum praefecerat Hannibal—ita inpigre rem agente, ut ducem abesse nec cives nec hostes sentirent.
(b) Taetra ibi luctatio erat via lubrica glacie non
recipiente vestigium et in prono citius pedes . fallente, ut, seu manibus in adsurgendo seu genu se adiuvissent, ipsis adminiculis prolapsis iterum corruerent ; nec stirpes circa radicesve, ad quas pede aut manu quisquam eniti posset, erant; ita in levi tantum glacie tabidaque nive voluta- bantur. iumenta secabant interdum etiam in- fimam ingredientia nivem, et prolapsa iactandis pre in conitendo ungulis penitus perfringe-
ant, ut pleraque velut pedica capta haererent in dura et alte concreta glacie.
(ce) Erat: forte brumae tempus et nivalis dies in locis
Alpibus Appenninoque interiectis, propinquitate etiam fluminum ac paludium praegelidis. ad hoc raptim eductis hominibus atque equis non capto ante cibo, non ope ulla ad arcendum frigus adhibita, nihil caloris inerat, et quidquid aurae fluminis adpropinquabant, adflabat acrior frigoris vis. ut vero refugientes Numidas in- sequentes uquam ingress! sunt—et erat pec- toribus tenus aucta nocturno imbri,—tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora, ut vix armorum
‘tenendorum potentia essent, et simul lassitudine
et procedente iam die fame etiam deficere.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 315
9. Translate with notes on grammatical difficulties— (a) Circumscribit includitque nos terminis mon- tium fluminumque quos non excedamus. (6) Locum insidiis circumspectare. (c) Vestitus nihil inter aequales excellens. (zd) Munimento ad tempus.
(e) Exercitum in reficiendo maxime sentientem contracta ante mala.
Haud dubia res visa, quin per invia circa nec trita antea quamvis longo ambitu circumduceret agmen.
10. Explain—
(a) Sardos Corsosque et Histros atque IIlyrios lacessisse magis quam exercuisse Romana arma.
(6) Lectisternium Caere, ubi sortes attenuatae.
11. Explain —sublatis armamentis; occidente iam sidere Vergiliarum; lIuppiter Latiaris ; bello integro; nomen Latinum ; stipendium; subinde.
12. Indicate on a rough map the positions of thie rivers Padus, Ticinus, Trebia, see Victumulae, Augusta Taurinorum, Placentia, Mutina, the Boii and Insubres.
316
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
LATIN.—Parr !I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.) The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with notes in the margin where you think
them needed—
(a) Corpora sunt porro partim primordia rerum,
(4)
partim concilio quae constant priocipiorum.
sed quae sunt rerum primordia, nulla potest vis
stinguere; nam solido vincunt ea corpore demum.
etsi difficile esse videtur credere quicquam
in rebus solido reperiri corpore posse. :
transit enim fulmen caeli per saepta domorum,
clamor ut ac voces; ferrum candescit in igni
dissiliuntque fero ferventia saxa vapore ;
tum labefactatus rigor auri solvitur aestu ;
tum glacies aeris flamma devicta liquescit ;
permanat calor argentum penetraleque frigus,
quando utrumque manu retinentes pocula rite
sensimus infuso lympharum rore superne.
usque adeo in rebus solidi nil esse videtur.
“At saepe in magnis ft montibus” inquis “ut altis arboribus vicina cacumina summa terantur inter se, validis facere id cogentibus austris, donec flammai fulserunt flore coorto.” scilicet et non est lignis tamen insitus ignis, verum semina sunt ardoris multa, terendo quae cum confluxere, creant incendia silvis. quod si facta foret silvis abscondita flamma, non possent ullum tempus celarier ignes, conficerent volgo silvas, arbusta cremarent.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906.
2. Translate (as above) —
(2) Mollis inertia cur tantam diffuderit imis
Oblivionem sensibus,
Pocula Lethaeos ut si ducentia somnos Arente fauce traxerim,
Candide Maecenas, occidis saepe rogando : Deus, Deus nam me vetat
Inceptos, olim promissum carmen, iambos Ad umbilicum adducere.
Non aliter Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Qui persaepe cava testudine flevit amorem Non elaboratum ad pedem.
(6) Interdum speciosa locis morataque recte
317
Fabula nullius Veneris, sine pondere et arte, Valdius oblectat populum meliusque moratur Quam versus inopes rerum nugaeque canorae.
Graiis ingenium, Graiis dedit ore rotundo
Musa loqui, praeter laudem nullius avaris.
Romani pueri longis rationibus assem
Discunt in partes centum diducere. Dicat Filius Albini, ‘‘ Si de quincunce remota est
Uncia, quid superat?” Poteras dixisse,
“Triens.” *‘ Ku!
Rem poteris servare tuam. Redit uncia, quid
fit?” ‘¢ Semis.”
(c) Et tragicus plerumque dolet sermone pedestri Telephus et Peleus, cum pauper et exsul uterque
Proicit ampullas et sesquipedalia verba, Si curat cor spectantis tetigisse querella.
3. Translate (as above )—
(a) Noster autem status est hic: apud bonos 1idem sumus, quos reliquisti, apud sordem urbis et
318 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
faecem multo melius nunc, quam cum reliquisti : nam et illud nobis non obest, videri nostrum testimonium non valuisse: missus est sanguis invidiae sine dolore, atque etiam hoc magis, quod omnes illi fautores illius flagitii rem mani- festam illam redemptam esse a_ iudicibus confitentur ; accedit illud, quod illa contionalis hirudo aerarii, misera ac ieiuna plebecula, me ab hoc Magno unice diligi putat, et hercule multa et iucunda consuetudine coniuncti inter nos sumus, usque eo, ut nostri isti comissatores coniurationis, barbatuli iuvenes, illum in sermonibus Cn. Ciceronem appellent.
(6) In tribunis pl. designatis reliqua spes est ; quam si exspectaro, non erit, quod putes me causae meae, voluntati meorum defuisse. Quod me saepe accusas, cur hunc meum casum tam graviter feram, debes ignoscere, cum ita me adflictum videas, ut neminem umquam nec videris nec audieris. Nam quod scribis te audire me etiam mentis errore ex dolore adfici, mihi vero mens integra est. Atque utinam tam in periculo fuisset! cum ego iis, quibus meam salutem carissimam esse arbitrabar, inimicissimis crudelissimisque usus sum, qui, ut me paulum inclinari timore viderunt, sic impulerunt, ut omni suo scelere et perfidia abuterentur ad
" exitilum meum.
4. Translate, with explanatory notes—
(a) Tribuni non tam aerati quam, ut apellantur, aeraril.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 319
(6) Quaeres scilicet cara rd Knoepovxdy et ad me ab eo quasi bzoOjxac adferes, quem ad modum me geram ; aliquid ex eius sermone poterimus wept Tay OAwy suspicari.
(c) Dignitatis Gdcc, tamquam dpvoc.
(2) Nam et stipendium Caesari decretum est et decem legati, et ne lege Sempronia succederetur, facile perfectum est.
5. Write short grammatical notes on—
(2) Dum veritus est. (0) Viximus, floruimus. (c) Quod si conficitur negotium, omnia consequemur. (d) Nam si spes_ inveterarit, actum est. (¢) Id ei perpetua oratione contigit. (f ) Neque ullius beneficii certum nomen peto. (g) Qui istinc veniunt, superbiam tuam accusant, quod negent te percontantibus respondere.
6. Indicate in a rough map the positions of—Upper and Lower Germany—Colonia Agrippina—the Lingones—the Cottian and Pennine Alps— Forum Julii — Albintimilium — Rhaetia — Noricum.
7. Explain fully—cohortes alaeqne—septuma decuma cohors—cohors togata—legatus—procurator — praefectus legionis — speculator — Tiberinus amnis—optio—vacationes.
8. Comment on—vir facundus et pacis artibus— linguae feroces—exsoluturum promisit, rem hand dubie utilem—non tamen quies urbi redierat—locum castris capere—saepe honestas rerum causas, ni iudicium adhibeas, perniciosi exitus consequuntur.
320 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
9. Translate, with notes, and pointing out non- Ciceronian words or constructions—
(a) Quarta pars manipuli sparsa per commeatus aut in ipsis castris vaga,dum mercedem centurioni exsolveret, neque modum oneris quisquam neque genus quaestus pensi habebat: per latrocinia et raptus aut servilibus ministeriis militare otium redimebant. tum locupletissimus quisque miles labore ac saevitia fatigari donec vacationem emeret. ubi sumptibusexhaustus socordia insuper elanguerat, inops pro locuplete et iners pro strenuo in manipulum redibat ; ac rursus alius #tque alius eadem egestate ac licentia corrupti ad seditiones et discordias et ad extremum bella civilia ruebant.
(6) Non fallebat duces impetus militum, sed bellantibus aliis placuit expectari. bellum ruere in victores victosque, numquam solida fide coalescere ; nec referre, Vitellium an Othonem superstitem fortuna faceret. rebus secundis etiam epregios duces insolescere: discordiam his, ignaviam, luxuriem; et suismet vitiis alterum bello, alterum victoria periturum. iyitur arma in occasionem distulere, Vespasianus Mucianus- que nuper, ceteri olim mixtis consiliis; optimus quisque amore rei publicae, multos dulcedo prae- darum stimulabat, alios ambiguae domi res.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 321
GREEK.—Partr I. (COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Greek Prose—
When the Greeks lost heart at the sight of the multitude of their enemies, a brave Phokean (Pwxacevc), named Dionysius, promised them victory if they would obey his commands. The Tonians obeyed, and during seven days Dionysius made them practise (jeAerdw) for the battle all the day till night. But on the eighth day, such was their indolence (fg6upia) and love of pleasure that they left the ships, and lay down under the trees in the island. In the meantime, ir accordance with the commands of the Persian generals, the tyrants were trying to persuade the leaders of the Ionians to desert, when the battle should be fought, promising them that the king of Persia would pardon them ; and the Persians, thinking that the tyrants had succeeded, ordered the Phoenicians to attack at once. The Greeks, were, however, again on board their ships ; but when they were about to make a last struggle for freedom, a shameful thing befel. Before a blow was struck, forty- nine out of the sixty ships of the Samians sailed away.
2. Translate accurately into good English— ézetra O€ Kareotparoredeicaro Ty per wel@ emt AOgy awéxovre TIjg WOAEWS WE TEVTE BTALA, TPO Tic Xwpac Ovrt, Grwe arorépvotro évTevOer, Et Tig Eri 7hY xwpay rev Kopxvpaiwy éiow 14 6€ vaurikoy tic «
5
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
9 . ? ~ ’ , i rant Oarepa rijc woAEwWS KaTEaTparomédEevoEY, EvOEY ow 9 Y ¢ ger’ Gy ra mpoordéoyta xai zpoaccBavecBat Kai dtaxwrvEv. mpoc O€ rovrore Kaiémi Tp Ayuéere, OTOTE
XN ‘N a rb > a > la ck \ On @ pn XEuwY KwWAVOL, EPwppeEL. ETOALOPKEL pEV ON OVTW
+] ~ = a Thy wOdty. Emel 6 of Kopxupaioe ex pev Tije vic A ry ~ N ~~ a ovdev éXapBavoy dua To KparetoOat Kara yi, Kara OdAarray © ovdey eianyero avrotc cia TO vav- kpareioOat, év woKAQ aropig Hoayv. Kat wépwovrec N “ Q ~ 9 2QNer A 2) P) wpoc touc ABnvalouc Boner r €0EOVTO Kal EOtCOaCKOY e , \ > LY 9 c ra 9 s we peya pev ayaboy amoadoerv ay, ei Kopxupac arepnOeter, roic H€ roNEuiors peyaAnv av loxuy mpo0- Barouv* & obdemtac yap wodews TARY y’ "AOnvov OUTE vavc OUTE xenpara wrelova av yevéoOar.
LATIN.—Part I. (COMPOSITION AND
UNSEEN TRANSLATION.) The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin—
Greece was saved, but the general who had saved it perished miserably. Miltiades had been twenty years a tyrant, and he now wished to employ the forces of Athens like a tyrant instead of a citizen. He persuaded the people to give him command of a fleet, without telling them for what purpose; and out of private enmity he attacked the island of Paros. But as the Parians made a desperate defence, Miltiades found that he could do nothing. At last a priestess, wishing to betray the city, sent word to Miltiades to come secretly to her temple. Miltiades tried to climb into the temple by night, but fell and wounded his leg. And now, after twenty-six
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 323
days’ command, he returned to Athens with no- thing done. He was accused of deceiving the people, and was sentenced to pay a heavy fine. His property being in the hands of the Persians, he could pay nothing, and, his wound mortifying, he died in dishonour.
2. Transiate accurately into good English—
Dum baec Veiis agebantur, interim arx Romae Capitoliumque in ingenti periculo fuit. Namque Galli, seu vestigio notato humano, qua nuntius a Veiis pervenerat, seu sua sponte animadverso saxorum ascensu aequo, nocte sublustri, cum primo inermem, qui temptaret viam, praemisissent, sublevantes in vicem et trahentes alii alios, prout postularet locus, tanto silentio in summum evasere ut non custodes solum fallerent sed ne canes quidem—sollicitum animal ad nocturnos strepitus—excitarent. Anseres non fefellere, quibus sacris [unonis in summa inopia cibi tamen abstinebatur: quae res saluti fuit: namque clangore eorum alarumque crepitu excitus M. Manlius, qui triennio ante consul fuerat, vir bello egregius, armis arreptis vadit et, dum ceteri trepidant, Gallum, qui iam in summo constiterat, umbone ictum deturbat. Culus casus cum proximos sterneret, trepi- dantes alios armisque omissis saxa, quibus adhaerebant, manibus amplexos _ trucidant. Iamque et alii congregati telis missilibusque saxis proturbare hostes, ruinaque tota prolapsa acies in praeceps deferri. Sedato deinde tumultu reliquum noctis—quantum in turbatis mentibus poterat, cum praeteritum quoque periculum sollicitaret—quieti datum est.
304 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY. Seconp YEAR. Professor Tucker.
1. Describe and illustrate the morphological methods of Mexican, Magyar, Malay, Zulu, Chinese. Point out any resemblance of principle under- lying the dissimilarity.
2. Take an area including Asia Minor, Persia, Arabia, and the northern half of Africa, and state what languages are or have been spoken within it. If possible place them on an outline map. Name the families to which they respectively belong, and state their morphological classification.
3. (a) Describe the production of each of the sounds actually heard in the words king, porridge, heard, table. Give diagrams for each of those in kong.
(6) Write phonetically the words which form the headings to this paper.
(c) Explain (for one previously ignorant of the matter) the exact part played by the vocal chords in speech or singing.
4. Write a full and clear account of the development of Italian from Latin and of Danish from Ur-Teutonic.
5. (a) Write a concise essay on phonetic change and its causes. :
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 325
(6) What causes have prevented the English language (for example) from showing entire regularity of “ phonetic laws ” ?
6. Discuss fully the expression ‘“ Latin Race” us applied to speakers of Romance tongues.
7. Write an essay on the application of scientific principles to the etymology of words.
FRENCH.—Parrt I. First Paper.
The Board of Examiners. I. Version.
1. Traduisez (nz trop littéralement ni trop librement) :
(a) Jean-Irénée, our gardener at the lodge, does little work for us save plant and tend the kitchen- garden, whose produce he shares, and mow the lawns and orchard—when he deems the grass long enough to feed his cows. He labours for us until noon; after midday he is on his own account, a busy man, and a small farmer in his way, with four cows, a cart, and four tiny fields of his own well chosen, scattered in different enclosures and hollows of the mountain. We give him his house, an ucre of grass or two, his garden, and stabling for his cows and pigs ; in addition, he has some £20 of wages and ¢trennes,
326
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
so that he is well off, for Olmet, where even a bouvier-grand, that important person and main- stay of a farm, the head cowboy, earns barely £17 a year.
(6) Too passionate to be impartial, his Memotrs
nevertheless present a living picture of his time as a whole. They abound in portraits which were then coming into fashion, and in political considerations.
IT. TrapuctTIon.
1. Traduisez : (a) Voltaire, qui aimait la vie et qui savait la remplir,
5. (a)
marque un profond mépris pour le suicide. Il comprend, sans les excuser tout & fait, les sui- cides des anciens “qui préférent une mort volontaire & la vie;” mais il ajoute tout de suite: ‘‘ Nous nous tuons aussi nous autres ; mais c’est quand nous avons perdu notre argent ou dans l’excés trés rare d’une folle passion pour un objet qui n’en vaut pas la peine. J’ai connu des femmes qui se sont tuées pour les plus sots hommes du monde.” Remarquez-vous ce mot presque prodigieux. C’est le suicide envisagé par quelqu’un qui n’a pas, un seul jour de sa vie, compris la mélancolie, ni méme la passion. Comme si sottise ou esprit, et d’une facon générale le mérite personnel, avaient quoi que ce soit & voir aux choses d’amour. Les causes de amour sont ailleurs: ‘“ La cause en est un je ne sais quoi,” disait Pascal, plus psychologue que Voltaire. Le mérite de l’étre aimé n’est pour rien dans l’affection de l’étre aimant, voila .1xiome dont il faut toujours partir quand on 168 onne sur les passions.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 327
(5) Sa politique Est d’étre toujours grave envers un domestique. Sil lui disait un mot, il croirait s’abaisser ; Et qu'un valet lui parle, il le fera chasser. Enfin, pour ébaucher en deux mots sa peinture, C’est l’homme le plus vain qu’ait produit la nature. Pour ses inférieurs plein d’un mépris choquant, Avec ses égaux méme il prend l’air important. Si fier de ses aieux, si fier de sa noblesse, Qu’il croit &tre ici bas le seul de son espéce ; Persuadé d’ailleurs de son habileté, Et décidant sur tout avec antorité ; Se croyant en tout genre un mérite supréme, Dédaignant tout le monde, et s’admirant lui
méme. .
En un mot, des mortels le plus impérieux, Et le plus suffisant et le plus glorieux.
III. Synraxr ComPARg&eE. Répondez en anglars aux questions suivantes ;
(a) Qu’entend-on par Syntaxe formelle et Syntaxe logique. Leur relation est-elle la méme dans les langues modernes que dans les langues anciennes?
(6). Comment doit-on traduire en frangais les verbes anglais, qui sont étroitement liés & Yadverbe suivant ; Par exemple:
to go out, to come away, to take off, to take down, ete. Donnez d’autres exemples que vous pourriez savoir ! , (c) Montrez, au moyen d’exemples, pourquoi les mots abstraits sont plus rares en francais qu’en anglais.
3
8
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
FRENCH.—Parrt I.
SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.
1. Traduisez (en soignant le style et la précision des
expressions) ;
(a) Leurs banquets ne se terminaient guére sans
bataille. La cuisse de la béte appartenait au plus brave, et chacun voulait étre le plus brave. Leur grand plaisir, aprés celui de se battre, c’était d’entourer l’étranger, de le faire asseoir, bon gré mal gré, avec eux, de lui faire dire des histoires de terres lointaines. Ces barbares étaient insati- ablement avides et curieux; ils fuisaient la presse des étrangers, les enlevaient des marchés et des routes, et les forgaient de parler. Eux- mémes parleurs terribles, infatizables, abondants en figures, solennels et burlesquement graves dans leur prononciation gutturale, c’était une affaire dans leurs assemblées que de maintenir la parole & l’orateur au milieu des interruptions.
(6) A la maniére dont les joues rentraient en
continuant la bouche, on devinait que le vierllard édenté s’adressait pius souvent au tonneau qu’d la huche. Sa barbe blanche, clairsemée, donnait quelque chose de menagant a son profil par la raideur des poils coupés court. Ses yeux, trop petits pour son énorme visage, inclinés comme ceux du cochon, exprimaient & la fois la ruse et la paresse; mais en ce moment ils jetaient comme une lueur, tant le regard jaillissait droit sur la riviére. Pour tout vétement ce pauvre
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 329
homme portait une vieille blouse, autrefois bleue, et un pantalon de cette toile grossiére qui sert & Paris 4 faire des emballages. Tout citadin aurait frémi de lui voir aux pieds des sabots cassés, sans méme un peu de paille pour en adoucir les crevasses. Assurément, la blouse et le pantalon n’avaient de valeur que pour la cuve d’une papeterie.
Pension bourgeoise des deux sexes et autres.
LT’ étude était une grande piéce ornée du poéle classique qui garnit tous les antres de la chicane.
Quelques habitués se coulérent familiérement dans l’assemblée, ainsi que deux ou trois fils de famille, parés comme des chAsses, heureux d’avoir été conviés.
(c) Pour étre complet, 2/ efit di étre ignare, gourmand et lAche. Mais loin de 1a, il était fort savant, trés sobre et follement courageux. II avait toutes les grandes qualités de |’Ame, jointes & un caractére insupportable et & un contente- ment de lui méme qui allait jusqu’au délire. [1 avait les idées les plus absolues, les maniéres les plus rudes, le langage le plus outrecuidant.
. Mais quel dévouement, quel zéle, quelle Ame généreuse et sensible! Baek grand homme ! Comme je t’ai pardonné tes persécutions !
(d) Nous arrivimes & «ne contrée ov le soleil ne se couchait plus. Pale et élargi, cet astre tournait tristement autour d’un ciel glacé; de rares animaux erraient sur des montagnes
330
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
inconnues. D’un cdté s’étendaient des champs de glace, contre lesquels se brisait une mer décolorée; de l’autre, s’élevait une terre have et nue, qui n’offrait qu’une morne succession de baies solitaires et de caps décharnés. Nous cherchions quelquefois un asile dans des trous de rochers, d’ow les aigles marins s’envolaient avec de grands cris. J’écoutais alors le bruit des vents répétés par les échos de la caverne, et le émissement des glaces qui se fendaient sur a rive.
.
e e ’ e e e
Si tu n’es pas un dieu caché sous la forme d’un mortel, tu es sans donte un étranger que les Satyres ont égaré comme moi dans les bois. Dans quel port est entré ton vaisseau? Viens- tu de Tyr, si célébre par la richesse ‘de ses marchands ? Viens-tu de la charmante Corinthe, ov tes hétes t’auraient fait de. riches présents ?
Les questions suivantes peuvent se traiter en anglais.
2. Commentez les 4 morceaux précédents (a), (0), (e),
(d), en ce qui concerne Jes ouvrages auxquels ils appartiennent, ainsi que leurs auteurs. Indiquez les personnages ou les événements dont ils font mention, et commentez dans la marge les mots en italique.
3. Expliquez pourquoi G. Sand est plutét idéaliste
que romantique. Indiquez ceux de ses ouvrages qui appartiennent & lune ou & |’autre de ces écoles, Quelles qualités vous ont frappé dans son style?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 331
4. En quoi Chateaubriand compleéte-t-il l’cauvre de Mme. de Staél? Montrez les différentes ten- dances littéraires que vous avez pu remarquer dans les Natchez, le Génie du Christianisme et les Martyrs.
0. Décrivez bridvement les défauts et qualités de Michelet comme historien—Montrez le réle que cet écrivain, Balzac et Daudet ont joué et Pinfluence qu’il ont exercée dans leurs différentes sphéres littéraires.
FRENCH.—Parr I. Turrp Paper.
HISTORY OF THE LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE.
The Board of Examiners.
Les réponses peuvent se faire en anglats.
Traitez seulement cing des questions suivantes; mais he soin de comprendre toujours dans votre choix les questions (a), (c) (/).
I. Histoire DE LA LITTERATURE.
(2) Qu’entendez-vous par Roman pastoral et Roman réaliste ? Comparez ces deux genres et donnez les noms des auteurs et’ les titres des ouvrages qui en sont les meilleurs exempleg. Traitez & fond cette question.
332 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(>) Quel est le rdle de Voltaire dans |’histoire du Roman? En quoi différe-t-il de J. J. Rousseau et de Lesage dans cette branche de la littérature ?
(c) Quelles sont les qualités spéciales qui consti- tuent la supériorité littéraire de Osinmings: de Voltaire et de Michelet sur les autres historiens francais ? Donnez une idée du style de chacun de ces écrivains; énumérez leurs ouvrages et indiquez Pinfluence qu’ils ont pu exercer sur leurs contemporains and leurs successeurs.
(d) Décrivez briévement |’ Encyclopédie et indiquez, avec quelques détails précis, les principaux écrivains qui y ont contribué.
(ec) En quoi les écrivains anglais Richardson, Walter Scott, and G. Elliot sont-ils importants en ce qui concerne I’étude du Roman en France ?
(f) Montrez longuement l’importance des Mémoires de Brantéme, de Montluc, de St. Simon and de de Retz.
(g) Ecrivez une note détaillée sur chacun des écrivains suivants: Froissart, G. Sand, Mme de la Fayette, De Tocqueville, Montesquieu— Mettez ces écrivains dans l’ordre voulu.
IT. Histoire pE La LAanaueE.
(a) Montrez que le celtique a laissé bien des traces dans le francais moderne, contrairement & ce que prétendent certains écrivains.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 383
ENGLISH.—Paart I. First Paper. Mr. Murdech.
1. Summarise the differences between Early and Modern English, with respect to inflexion of Noun, Adjective, and Verb.
2. Account for the great influx of French words into the English Language towards the close of the Thirteenth Century.
3. Explain tersely— (a) My foot my tutor.
(b) . « + No hope that way is | Another way so high a hope that even Ambition cannot pierce a wink beyond, But doubt discovery there.
(c) His word is more than the miraculous harp.
bring a corullary Rather than want a spirit.
| (e) - + . Iwill pay thy graces | Home both in word and deed.
(f) This is the tune of our catch, played by the picture of Nobody.
4, Explain the phrases,—By’r lakin—forthrights and meanders—one dowle that’s in mv plume— Mars’s hot minion—an excellent pass of pate— this wooden slavery. ;
3834 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
5. Write concise notes on— (a) Must I go show them my unbarb’d sconce ?
(6) The thing I have forsworn to grant may never Be held by you denials.
(e) A pair of tribunes that have rack’d for Rome, To make coals cheap.
(d) Take to you, as your predecessors have, Your honour with your form. (¢)
; If he have power Then vail your ignorance ; if none, awake Your dangerous lenity. If you are learn’d Be not as common fools ; if you are not, Let them have cushions by you.
6. Explain the following words as used in Coriolanus : —tetter, kam, cog, absolute, factionary, lurch, cautelous, practice, atone.
7. Explain the following phrases, with reference to their context :—Warping on the eastern wind— Amram’s son—that approbrious hill—gay relizions—Thammuz yearly wounded—Javan’s issue—sons of Belial—bands of pioners—sub- limed with mineral fury.
8. Comment upon— (a) Came ye on none but phantoms in your quest, No man, no woman? (6) I saw the spiritual city, and all her spires And gateways in a glory like one pearl.
(c) And on the splendour came, flashing me blind; And seem’d to me the Lord of all the world, Being so huge.
ANNUAL BXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 335
(2) Knights that in twelve great battles splash’d and dyed
‘The strong White Horse in his own heathen blood.
(e) ‘Behold, the enchanted towers of Carbonek.
9. Quote examples of — (a) Plays on words, from Milton. (6) Latintsms of vocabulary, from Milton. (ec) Allteration, from Tennyson.
10. Give a very short account of each of the following
persons mentioned by Johnson :—Dennis, Curll, Theobald, Cibber, Tickell, Atterbury, Arbuthnot.
ENGLISH.—Parrt I. Srconp PAPER. . Mr. Murdoch.
1. Give the substance of Johnson’s criticism of the Essay on Man.
2. What does Johnson. mean by the term “ repre- sentative metre” ? What is his opinion in the matter ?
3. What opinion of Richard I., as a king, would you form from Lvanhoe ?
4. Are we justified in drawing any conclusion from Coriolanus as to Shakespeare’s political opinions ?
336 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
5.
3.
What is meant by “internal evidence ” with regard to the chronology of Shakespeare’s plays ? Illustrate by The Tempest, or Coriolanus.
. Discuss the originality of Tennyson’s treatment of
the Grail legend.
. Divide Milton’s life into three periods, aud describe
one characteristic work of each period.
. Write a short essay on the character of Miranda.
ENGLISH.—Parrt II. First PaPEr.
Mr. Murdoch.
. Explain the following phrases:—Now is he total
gules—the triumph of his pledge—the first row of the pious chanson—I eat the air, promise- crammed—as flush as May—goes it against the main of Poland ?—on mount of all the age— the dram of eale.
. Discuss Geoethe’s account of Hamlet’s character,
and compare it with Coleridge’s account.
Comment on—
(a) I will from henceforth rather be myself,
Mighty and to be fear’d, than my condition.
(6) Shall we buy treason? and indent with fears,
When they have lost and forfeited themselves ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 337
(c) He apprehends a world ot figures here, | But not the form of what he should attend.
(d) Burgomasters and great oneyers, such as can hold in.
(e) Happy man be his dole, say I. (f) He of Wales, that gave Amamon the. bastinado.
4. What is meant by the term dramatic irony ? Illustrate from King Henry IV., Part I.
5. Give the substance of Dryden’s comparison of
English with French drama.
6. Give the substance of Dryden’s account of Shakespeare.
7. Quote from Gray examples of (a) periphrasis, (5) Latinism of diction, (c) obscurity due to inver- sion.
8. What, according to Macaulay, were Addison’s most striking qualities as an essayist? Discuss Macaulay’s estimate of Addison.
In what respects did Burke, in his Heflections, prove himself a true prophet ?
=
338 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ENGLISH.—Parrt II. Seconp Papsrr. Mr. Murdoch. A.
1. Give a concise account of the work of Geoffrey of Monmouth, Layamon, Orm, Wace, and Occleve.
9, Write a short account of the Elizabethan novel.
3. Who were the principal English dramatists before Shakespeare? Name one work by each.
4. Write a note on— (a) Dryden’s work in prose. (6) Johnson’s work in verse.
or
. Give a short description of one work by each of the following: — Hooker, Walton, Sir Thomas Browne, Hume, Goldsmith, Cowper, Campbell.
B. Write an essay on one of the following subjects :— (a) Tragedy. (b) The meaning of “ Romance.” (e) Didactic Poetry.
i
oe
wa
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 389
EDUCATION.—Secrion A. SUPPLEMENTARY Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
. What advantages are to be gained from a study of Parker’s work ?
.In what respects is Froebel the greatest of educators ?
. Why does Modern Education lay such stress on school conditions ? Give those which a teacher should consider as perfect.
. What is Thring’s Theory of Education ?
. Why does De Garmo in his treatment of Apper- ception find it necessary to discuss the nature of the syllogism ? Can you indicate his views on this point ?
- Why does the acceptance of the Doctrine of Apperception lead to Child Study? Contrast the findings of Lange with those of Parker on the content of children’s minds on entering school, and reconcile the two views.
. What is the value of Oral Composition to all school work ?
Indicate how you would treat it as a branch of Language to pupils between the ages of ten and fourteen.
Y
340 ‘ EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. Outline a lesson according to the Hebartian Steps :— (a) In Latin—Indirect Statement, or (6) In Mathematics—The Recurring Decimal as an example of Geometrical Progression, or (c) In History—Any historical character.
9. Discuss Parker’s views on “ Modes of Attention.”
EDUCATION.—Skcrion B. SUPPLEMENTARY PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. What is the value of Oral Composition to all school work? Indicate how you would treat it as a branch of Language to pupils between the ages of ten and fourteen. .
2. Outline a lesson according to the Herbartian Steps :— (a) In Latin—Indirect Statement, or (6) In Mathematics—the Recurring Decimal as an example of Geometrical Progression, or (c) In History—any historical character.
3. Why does Interest occupy such an important place in Herbart’s treatment of Instruction ?
4. From what points of view must “The Material of Instruction,” be considered? Compare the findings of any two educators on the best programme.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 3d41
5. Give the Herbartian account of — (a) Subjective side of Character. (b) Memory of the Will.
(ce) Morality. | Or give the ‘‘General Method of Training” according to Herbart.
6. Outline a programme of instruction for a Secondary School; indicate the time per week to be given to each subject; and defend your whole position.
’. Taking the great aims of education, discuss the programmes of the present schools for girls between the ages of twelve and eighteen.
8. Give some of the great lessons to be learned from the History of Education.
9, What discussion has taken place over History as a
Secondary School subject ? Outline a course in History.
ANCIENT HISTORY. Professor Elkington. 1. Write a note on Ancestor Worship. ~. Give some account of the legislation which gradu- ally secured to the Plebs the full rights of
citizenship. Y2
342
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Show the effects of the Punic Wars in beginning
“J
10.
and extending the provincial governments of Rome.
Explain the circumstances in which the office of Praetor was evolved trom the Consulate.
Mommsen describes Gaius Gracchus as_ the ‘‘ereatest of political transgressors”; also as “the regenerator of his country.” Show the applicability of both epithets.
Describe the geographical position of the following places, and mention any important historical events connected with them :—Carrhae, Delphi, Megara, Messana, Pharsalia, Sena, Tigranocerta, Vercellae.
Trace the steps by which the Emperor gradually acquired control over the Senate.
. Write a note on the more important sources of |
Roman revenue.
. Sketch the history of the Confederacy of Delos,
its origin and purpose, and the causes of its ultimate dissolution. |
Give some account of the various reforms which gradually brought the constitution of Athens to its fullest democratic form.
t>
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 343
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.
Pant I.
Professor Elkington.
. Trace the gradual decay of the Roman power in
}3ritain.
. Trace briefly the history of the early Overlordships
of one State over another in England. -
. Give some account of the great Earldoms
established in England by Canute.
. Show that the Norman Conquest was important
for add Britain.
. Give the date of the Provisions of Oxford, and
explain their constitutional significance.
. Give a brief but clear summary of the legislation
of Edward the First.
. Trace the causes of the Peasants’ Revolt of 1881.
. Write a note on the characteristics of the Wars
of the Roses.
. Give some account of the Holy League, 1511.
. Give some account of Edward the Sixth’s
‘Device for the Succession.”
. Give some account of ‘The Humble Petition
and Advice,” 1657.
. Summarise the results of the Cabal Administra-
tion.
344 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.— Part II.
Professor Elkington.
1. Discuss the circumstances which led to the formation of the Jacobite party in England.
2. To what events did the Revolution of 1688-9 give rise in Ireland ?
3. What do you know of the Grenville Act; the Schism Act; the Triennial Act ?
4. Write an account of the circumstances in which the Talents Ministry (a) entered upon office, (6) continued in office, (c) quitted office.
5. What would you set down as the chief positive results of the long administration of Walpole ?
6. Consider briefly the parliamentary career of Edmund Burke.
7. Write a summary of the political and social achievements of the reign of William the Fourth.
8. Trace very briefly the growth of the cotton manufacture in England.
9. What does India owe to (a) Lord Cornwallis, (5) Lord George Bentinck ?
10. Explain the circumstances in which the first European settlement of Australia was brought about.
er
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 345
POLITICAL ECONOMY. Professor Elkington.
. Explain fully the exact meaning you apply to
each term in the equation: Produce = Rent + Interest + Wages.
. Discuss the question whether Wages should be
considered as paid out of Capital.
. How does honesty tend to increase the productive-
ness of Labour ¢
. Account as well as you can for the rates of Interest
in Great Britain, Turkey, and Victoria respec- tively.
. Explain the phrases “immobility of labour,” and
‘standard of comfort,” and show how the facts they point to affect the wages question.
. What is meant by the Demand for Money ? What
are the qualities which should characterise the commodity we adopt as Money ?
. What objections would there be to an Act of
Parliament ordering that shillings should hence- forth rank as florins ?
. Discuss the question whether Trades Unions can
raise wages, indicating any of the difficulties in their way.
. What can you say for and against a policy of
imposing duties to establish an industry which is expected ultimately to flourish without Pro- tection ?
. Distinguish between the necessary and the
optional functions of government.
346 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr I. The Board of Hxammers.
Candidates must answer satisfactorily in each of the three divisions of this Paper.
I.
1. The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed in a circle are together equal to two right angles,
Two circles ABXY, CDXY intersect in X, Y. If AYC, BXD are straight, then AB, CD are parallel.
2. Inscribe a circle in a given triangle. ! Shew that the difference of two sides is equal to | the difference of the segments into which the third side is divided at the point of contact with the inscribed circle.
3. A straight line drawn parallel to one side of a triangle cuts the other sides proportionally and conversely. .
If from one angle A of a parallelogram a straight line is drawn cutting the diagonal in £ and the sides in P, Q, shew that A/F is a mean proportional between P# and £Q.
IT.
1. Shew how to solve two simultaneous equations of which one is of the first degree, and the other ot the second degree.
Solve— bc + ay = 2ab z+ y2 = ar + dy.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 347
to
. Define an arithmetical progression and prove for- mule for the n“ term and the sum of n terms. If a, b,c are in arithmetical progression so are a? — be, b? — ca, c*? — ab.
co
. State and prove the formula for the number of permutations of » different things taken r at a time.
Prove that— Pan, £7 nr n=-1lr-1
4. State and prove the binomial theorem for a
positive integral exponent.
Find the middle term in the expansion of (@ + y)”.
ITI.
. State and prove formule for expressing the sum or the difference of two sines or two cosines as a product.
If A + B+ C= 0, express 1 + cos A + cos B + cos C as a product.
poumed
go
Find a formula for all the angles which have a given sine.
Find the general solution of cos 3x sin 5x = cos 7x sin 9x.
8. Prove that in any triangle e¢=acos B + bcos A. Shew that acos A — bcos B = cos C(b cos A —acos B).
348 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
4. Shew how to solve a triangle, having given two sides and the included angle.
Iti 6=8,c= 3, A = 62’, find B, C, having
given log 2 = +3010800 ; log 1°1 = °0413927 ; EL cot 31° = 10°2219268 ; _ I tan 37° 6’ = 9-8786907 ;s Difference from 1” = 2626.
PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parrt IT. The Board of Examiners.
. Find the equation of a frien line through a given point, and perpendicular to a given straight line.
Shew that the three perpendiculars of a triangle meet in a point.
J
tS
. Find the locus of the middle points of a system of parallel chords of a parabola.
A chord of a parabola passes through a fixed point. Find the locus of its middle point.
3. Find the locus of the intersection of perpendicular tangents to an ellipse.
Shew that the chord of contact touches a coaxal ellipse.
pp»
. Find the limit when 2 = 1 of (2* — 1)/(@ — 1), and deduce the differential coefficient of 2”.
Differentiate (a" — 1)/(« — 1).
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 349
5. Shew how to find the maximum and minimum values of a function of one variable.
Find the rectangle of maximum perimeter described about a given rectangle.
6. Define the curvature at any point of a curve, and prove the formula—
p =r ar[dp. Find the curvature at any point of an ellipse.
7. State and prove the rule for integration by sub- stitution.
Integrate— Bess) pees a+bcosx’ a+ ébcosha. 8. State and prove the formula for integration by parts. Integrate e* cos (br + c). 9. Investigate a formula for the volume of a solid of revolution.
Find the volume generated by the revolution of the curve
y? (2a — v7) = 2? about its asymptote.
ee ee EE ee ee
390 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Panrr I. The Board of Examiners.
1. State and prove the polygon law of composition of relative velocities and accelerations.
A plate rotates in its own plane with uniform angular velocity & about a fixed.centre 0. A circle of radius r and centre C, distant c from 0, is drawn on the plate, and a point P describes this circle with uniform speed v. Find the velocity and acceleration of P relative to the
earth, when 3° OCP= 60.
2. The path of an unresisted projectile fired from a point O with velocity v at elevation 2, intersects a line inclined at an angle @ to the horizontal in the points P, Y. Shew that the middle point of PQ is at a horizontal distance
Saget: oeos’ (tani — tan 6)
from O, and hence find the distance from OQ of the parallel straight line which is grazed by the projectile.
3. The resistance to a mass of /&% tons at any velocity is given to differ from the resistance when it is just moving by a quantity proportional to the square of the velocity. The resistance at the low velocity is 5 lbs. wt. per ton, and at 30 miles per hour it is double. Give an alzebraic formula for the resistance in tons wt. at a velocity of v ft. per sec.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 351
If the mass is 100 tons, and there is a con- stant driving force on it of 2 tons wt., find what speed the mass will attain and the H.P. expended at that speed.
!. Find the time of a small oscillation of a simple pendulum.
A small ball hangs suspended by a striny of length 7 and is -in contact with a vertical wall. The ball is pulled back so that the string makes an angle 6 with the vertical in a plane normal to the wall and is then let go. Given that the coefficient of impact with the wall is e, shew that the angular amplitude of the rebound after n impacts with the wall is
2 sin~! (e* sin 6/2),
and find the time elapsed up to the n” impact, assuming the amplitudes small.
». A given set of forces in one plane act on a particle. Shew how to find graphically and algebraically the two forces in given directions which will balance the given set.
CA, CB are two equal light bars jointed to fixed points at A, B, and to one another at C. Find the stresses in the bars due to a force #’ acting on the joint at C in a given direction in the plane ABC and shew that if the material is equally strong in extension and compression, the necessary material in the bars is greatest for a given magnitude of #, when that force bisects ‘ the greater of the angles formed at C' by the directions of the bars.
392 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
6. Shew that if three forces acting in one plane on a rigid body balance, they either meet at a point or are all parallel.
A heavy block standing on a rough horizontal plane (coefficient of friction «) is pulled by a force P in a vertical plane of symmetry of the block and at a fixed angle 6 above the horizontal. P being gradually increased, the block at length begins to slide without overturning. Shew that the line of action of P must intersect the base within a length d/y tan @ where d is the dis- tance between the extreme lines which intersect the base and are perpendicular to the vertical plane of P.
7. Find the mechanical advantage of a smooth light lever with the applied force and resistance in given directions. ,
Shew that if the fulcrum is formed of a pin of radius r in the lever resting in a rough cir- cular bearing, the greatest loss of mechanical advantage is obtained by treating the fulcrum as shifted from the centre of the pin a distance r sin X towards the drivmg force, supposed in the same direction as the resistance.
8. From the triangle CAB a triangular corner C‘A’B’ is cut off. Shew that the distance of the c.m. of the remainder from AB is
yp (ala + yld)? — (A + v/a + yfd) aylad zla+ yl/b - xylad where « = BB’, y = AA’ and pis the distance of C from AB.
r]
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 353
Shew that the distance from AB of the c.m. of the trapezium obtained by increasing’ in- definitely the height p of the triangle, keeping AB, x, y constant, is
a + y* + xy ety where @ is the inclination of the parallel sides of the trapezium to AB.
sin @
9. State and prove Archimedes’ theorem of buoyancy.
A solid of revolution with vertical axis plues a circular aperture of radius r in the horizontal base of a vessel containing a depth A of water. If the weight of the solid-is W, and the volume of water it displaces is V, find the vertical force required to lift it off the aperture.
MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr IT. The Board of Examiners.
Electrical Engineering Students omit the first question.
1. State and prove the fundamental cosine-formula for a spherical triangle.
The latitudes and longitudes of two points B, C on the earth aregiven. Find the latitude and longitude of the pole of the great circle through Band C.
2. Shew how to find the magnitudes of three forces in given directions which balance a given system of forces at a point. |
354
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
The lines OA, OB, OC, are mutually at right angles. CA, CB, CO are light bars | jointed to fixed points at A, B, O and jointed — together at C. A force F is applied at C ina direction making angles 6, ¢, Y, with OA, OB, OC respectively. Find the stresses in the bars.
3. State and’prove the principle of virtual work. .
A frictionless mechanism is in equilibrium under external forces P,, P, .. . npntied at the points A, A, ..... The position of the mechanism is determined by a variable x and the corresponding arcual distances of the points named along their paths are fi(v), f(a) . ... If the forces are at inclinations 0,6, ... . to the directions of motion of their points of application, shew that for equilibrium SPF’ (x) cos 6 = 0.
OA, OB, OC are three smooth fixed rods mutually at right angles, OC being vertical. A, B, C are three sliding pieces on the rods, each of weight w. AC, BC are uniform bars ot weights W,,W, respectively, jointed to the sliding pieces. ‘'he system is in equilibrium under forces P, @ applied at A, B in the direction AB. Shew that
P— Q=(Qw + W, + W,) ABROC.
4. Shew that the tangential and normal components
of acceleration of a particle moving along a curve are respectively
ds (“ey at?’ dt} —
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 355
A rod AB of length? turns about a fixed point A in a vertical plane. A cord attached to the end B is carried over a small fixed pulley at C, the distances of C from A, #B when AB is vertical being h, & respectively.
The cord is pulled over the pulley at a con- stant rate V. Find the acceleration of B when the rod makes an angle 6 with the vertical.
5. Discuss the rectilinear motion of a particle under an elastic force as the displacement, and a resis- tance as the velocity.
If the resistance in the equilibrium position is | % of the elastic force at the preceding extreme position, shew that the ratio of the amplitudes of two successive half swings is about 1°016: 1.
6. Investigate the period of a small oscillation under gravity of a rigid body on a horizontal axis.
A uniform rod AB of length / and mass m
‘ can turn in a vertical plane about a fixed point |
A. One end of an elastic cord is attached to
the point B, and the other end to a fixed point
C, in the vertical plane, and distant ¢ from A.
In the equilibrium position, the rod makes an
angle 6 with the vertical, and an angle a — 0
with AC. If the cord gives a tension 7 per
unit extension, find the time of a small oscillation
of the rod.
?. Demonstrate the equations of impulsive motion ofa rigid body. A rectangular lamina lies onatable. A knock is given at a point of one side of the rectangle in a horizontal direction perpendicular to that side. Find about what point the lamina begins to turn.
356 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
cr
DEDUCTIVE LOGIC
Professor Laurie.
. In connection with the rule that as denotation
increases connotation decreases and vice versa, how would you deal with the difficulty that a general name may acquire an added meaning while its denotation is unchanged ?
. Point out any ambiguities which attach to the
signs “all,” “some,” “or.” Show the impor- tance of fixing the exact significance of these signs for purposes of Formal Logic.
. What distinction is drawn by Keynes between
conditional and hypothetical propositions ? Con- sider different statements which have been made as to the import of hypothetical propositions, giving reasons for the interpretation which you prefer.
. What is meant by (a) a subaltern mood, (0) a
strengthened syllogism ? In what moods is the middle term distributed twice ?
. May the fourth figure of the Syllogism be treated
as “only the first with a converted conclusion ” ? Give your reasons.
. What are the principal rules for definition? Are
any kinds of terms indefinable; and, if so, why?
. What do you understand by petttio principii ? Is
an argument necessarily fallacious when one of the premisses is exactly equivalent in meaning to the conclusion? Refer, in your answer, to Whately’s treatment of petztio.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 357
8. Examine the following arguments, reducing them where possible to syllogistic form, and pointing out fallacies, if any.
(a) No law should be changed unless it has been found to be unsuitable. The licensing law is subject to this objection, and should therefore be amended.
(+) Few persons have an intimate knowledge of , Greek literature, and, as those who possess this are worthy of honour for their learning, we may conclude that few persons are thus worthy
of honour.
(c) All metals are elements ; therefore all very heavy metals are very heavy elements.
Those who are deficient in generosity fail to fulfil their duties to the community. An avaricious man attaches undue importance to the accumulation of wealth; and it frequently happens that those who attach undue importance to the accumulation of wealth are deficient in generosity. May we conclude, then, that an avaricious man fails to fulfil his duties to the community?
9. In a given universe of discourse, everything is A or D ; but the presence of A is marked by the absence either of B or of C; and whenever B is absent, Cis present. What can be inferred (a) as to the presence of C' and D together, and (b) as to the absence of D?
308 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
INDUCTIVE LOGIC.
Professor Laurve.
. Does Judgment, as expressed in propositions,
necessarily include a reference to reality? Dis- tinguish, in your answer, between real and verbal propositions.
. Discuss the question whether the so-called imme-
cr
diate inferences (including conversion, &c.) are entitled to that name. Show the bearing of this question on the meaning attached by Mill to Inference or Reasoning.
. Give a definition of Induction which appears to
you satisfactory. Distinguish ampliative Induc- tion from any operations with which it is likely to be confused.
. Are any inductions fitted to be tests of others ?
And, if so, on what principle may these testiny inductions be selected ?
. What method, or methods, are most suitable for
ascertaining the conditions of compound effects ? Show the difficulties to be encountered in such investigations.
. In what respects does the Method of Concomitant
Variations supplement other methods? Give an example of its use.
. In what sense, if any, may a plurality of causes be
affirmed? Explain the bearing of this alleged plurality on any of Mill’s methods.
. Show the value of those hypotheses in which an
unknown cause *@ supposed for purposes of explanation.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 359
MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. SECOND AND THIRD YEARS. Professor Laurte.
Second Year Candidates are requested to confine themselves to Questions 1-8 inclusive.
1. What precisely is the psychological question as to the relation between mind and the bodily organism? Is it necessary, for purposes of psychology, to decide such controversies as those of materialism and idealism ?
2. On what grounds may sensations of temperature be distinguished from sensations of touch proper ?
3. Sketch the development of visual perception.
4. In the consideration of Memory, what meanings may be attached to (a) Retention, (6) Reproduc- tion ? Does Retention furnish any evidence of unconscious states of mind ?
5. Give an account of the various directions which may be taken by the productive Imagination.
6. What is the character of the mental act of Concep- tion? On what grounds has it been said that the processes commonly marked off as Conception and Judgment are not essentially different ?
7. Consider the account given by Subjective Idealism of our knowledge of Space.
360 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. Examine Spencer’s argument, in ‘his First Prin- ciples, from ‘‘an indefinite consciousness which cannot be formulated” to an Unknowable
Reality.
9. Show the significance, in the historical develop- ment of thought, of Spencer’s recognition of necessities of Knowledge.
10. Compare Spencer’s doctrine of Transfigured Realism either (a2) with Subjective Idealism or (b) with Hypothetical Realism.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY. Professor Laurie. 1. Mention any points (a) of similarity, (6) of opposi-
tion, between the teaching of Socrates and that attributed by Plato to the Sophists.
to
. What were the distinguishing features of the Cyrenaic ethics ?
3. Is it necessary for morality that there should be choice between conflicting motives? Examine the position of Aristotle on this question.
4. What difficulties stand in the way of an intuitional theory of morals, such as that of Butler ?
5. How does Mill seek to vindicate the duty of Justice ' as a part of Utilitarian ethics ? Add any com- ments.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 361
6. Does the moral life embrace the whole of human conduct? Consider this question in connection with Spencer’s statement that “conduct with which Morality is not concerned, passes into con- duct which is moral or immoral, by small degrees and in countless ways.”
7. Examine Green’s statement of a timeless Self. Is the solution of this question necessary to moral philosophy ?
8. How may we explain (a) the increasing recognition of universal human fellowship; and (6) the retardation of this fellowship? Refer, in your answer, to Green’s treatment of these questions.
GEOLOGY.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the symmetry of the Calcite type of crystals. Name the principal forms belonging to this type, giving in each case the symbols of Miller’s notation; and explain the relation of the Calcite to the Beryl and Tourmaline types respectively ¢
2. Give the general characters of the Amphibole and Pyroxene groups of minerals, respectively.
State precisely by what optical or other methods you would distinguish between Horn- blende and Augite, Actinolite and Diopside, or a Soda Augite.
362 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. From a molten magma of sub-basic composition what different rocks may be formed? Explain clearly the conditions which lead to the forma- tion of the different types.
4. Give an account of the nature of an earthquake shock, the different causes which may give rise to it, and the nature of the record of the shock as traced on a self-recording seismograph.
5. State what you know of the characters and strati- graphical horizon of the following :—Favosites, Cyprea, Ogygia, Lepidodendron, Tetragraptus, Ichthyosaurus,
6. Give an account of the geology and physical geography of the district near Ascotvale and the Saltwater River.
BIOLOGY.—Parr I.
WRITTEN PaP_ER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Identify specimen A, and write a short account of its life-history,
2. Identify specimen B. Describe briefly its external anatomy, and compare this with that of a typical insect so far as locomotory and respiratory struc- tures are concerned, indicating how each animal is adapted to its environment.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEG., 1906. 363
8, Describe the shoulder girdle of a frog, and compare it with that of a bird.
4. Write an account of the development of the foetal membranes of a bird and a mammal.
qr
. Write an account of the excretory structures of (1) amoeba, (2) tape worm, (3) frog.
6. Describe the arterial system of a rabbit, and com- pare it with that of a frog.
———w
BIOLOGY.—Parr I. LasporaTory Work. The Board of Examiners.
. Dissect the frog provided, so as to show the arterial system.
femme’
ww
. Make preparations to show the structure other than microscopic of the eye provided.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners. TEN questions only to be attempted.
1. Explain fully the different arguments involved in the proof of the formula.
sa ut + 3 al?
364 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
A point moving in a straight line with uniform acceleration covers 12 feet in a certain second, and 18 feet in the next second. What is its acceleration, and what time has elapsed since it was at rest ?
2. What force is required to stop a train of 100 tons going 30 miles an hour (a) in half-a-minute; (6) in half-a-mile ?
A ten-gramme bullet, in passing through a plank 5 em. thick has its velocity reduced from 30,000 cm/sec to 20,000 cm/sec. Find the average resistance offered by the plank to the bullet; find also how thick the plank would require to be to just stop the bullet.
3. Describe the principal kinds of strain and stress, and explain how they are specified.
Describe also the principal kinds of elasticity, and use them as the basis for a classification of matter.
4. Describe the common hydrometer, and give its complete theory.
The stem of onesuch instrument is cylindrical, and the highest and lowest graduations on it correspond to specific gravities of ] and 1°2; find the specific gravity that corresponds to a graduation equidistant from these two.
5. Describe fully, and give the theory of, one method of determining the coefficient of linear expansion of a metal.
(rma a s =
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 360
An iron telegraph wire is 100 miles long at O° C.; determine correct to the nearest foot the increase in its length produced when the tem- perature rises to 20° C. (Coefficient of linear expansion of iron = ‘000012.)
6. Describe fully how you would determine the specific heat of a liquid by the method of mixtures, | and give a complete proof of the formula, which expresses the result.
Point out the defects in the method, and explain fully how they may be corrected for or eliminated.
7. Describe fully how a thermopile is constructed and used to compare the diathermancies of ‘different media.
8. Describe fully how to project a pure spectrum on to a screen.
What different kinds of spectra are there, and
how are their characteristic features accounted for ?
9. Describe the Wimshurst machine, and explain its action fully.
10. It was found that 58 c. cm. of hydrogen, at 17° C. and 779 mm. pressure, were given off per hour when a certain current passed through a volta- meter; the density of hydrogen under standard conditions is 8°7 times its electro-chemical equiva- lent; find the strength of the current in amperes.
366 - EXAMINATION PAPERS.
11. A copper ring is rotated in a uniform magnetic field round a diameter which is perpendicular to the lines of force of the field ; describe fully what happens during a complete rotation.
A radial saw-cut is next made through the ring; what difference will this make in the results of the rotation und in the effort required to produce rotation ?
12. Draw a careful diagram of the instruments, and the way in which they are arranged to form a sounder telegraphic system, provided with relays and local circuits at its two ends.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parrt II.
ARTS, SCIENCE, AND ENGINEERING. The Board of Examiners. BIGHT questions only to be attempted.
1. Prove the principle of the conservation of angular momentum.
An iron fly-wheel consists of a disc of 20 cm. radius and 2 cm. thick surrounded by a ring of square section measuring 5} cm. in the edge; the density of iron is 7°6; find the angular momentum of the fly-wheel when it revolves 1,200 times per minute.
2. Give a full account of the corrections which must be applied to the readings of a mercurial baro- meter in order to deduce an accurate determina- tion of the pressure of the atmosphere from its readings.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 367
Find the percentage error involved in omitting the corrections for a reading made in latitude 45° at a temperature of 26° C., and an elevation of 2,000 metres above mean sea-level.
(Coeff. of expansion of mercury ‘00018, of brass °00002.)
3..Give a full account, experimental and theoretical, of the mode of determining the pressure coefficient of a gas.
4, Explain carefully the difference between saturated and superheated steam, and state what you know respecting the employment of each in heat engines.
How would you determine the specific gravity of superheated steam ?
5. Describe, with full experimental and theoretical detail, a method of determining the Thermal Conductivity of a sample of boiler plate.
6. Give a full account of an accurate method of measuring absolute pitch, and deduce a formula expressing the result in terms of the quantities measured.
7. Obtain an expression for the longitudinal chromatic aberration of a thin lens in parallel light, and deduce the condition that two thin lenses in contact may form an achromatic doublet.
8. Describe, and give the theory of a method of determining the mean intensity of magnetization of a bar magnet 8 cm. long in terms of the horizontal intensity of the earth’s field.
368 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
9, Give Ampere’s definition of unit current. Write down the expression for the torque on a rectangle of wire in which a current C flows, and which is placed in a upiform magnetic field in such a way that two of its opposite sides are parallel to the lines of force of the field.
Hence establish the law for the force on an element of a wire carrying a current in a magnetic field.
10. Describe, with full detail, how to determine accurately the watts absorbed per candle-power by an incandescent direct-current lamp.
11. Describe fully the construction of a drum arma- ture. Show how to wind one for a two-pole dynamo, if it has 20 commutator segments, 40 slots, and 4 conductors in each slot.
a RS
CHEMISTRY.—Parr I. The Board of Examiners.
1. How many volumes of air must be mixed with one volume of carbonic oxide to give the best explosive mixture? If the explosion be effected in a closed vessel, originally filled at one atmos- phere pressure, what will be the final pressure after the original temperature has been restored?
2. What proofs have we that diamond and graphite are allotropic forms of the same element? If required to practically demonstrate the fact, how would you proceed ?
Re)
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 369
. An alkali is required for a chemical process, and it
is found that the cost will be the same whether potash or soda be used. Taking soda as costing 1s. per Ih, find the cost of potash.
‘‘The classification of metallic elements that is commonly used in analytical work is often at variance with the classification based upon the Periodic Law.” Explain this statement, and illustrate it by reference to magnesium, zinc, and cadmium.
Describe the chief tests by which nitrates are distinguished from other salts, and explain the reactions on which they depend.
Give a short account of a process for the manu- facture of sodium carbonate, and explain the reactions that occur.
. Explain the term hydrolysis. Describe and
formulate a few instances of this kind of action.
CHEMISTRY.—Parr II. The Board of Examiners.
. Describe the methods by which the atomic weight
of a newly-discovered element might be deter- mined.
. Discuss the possible cases of equilibrium between
the different varieties of sulphur (solid, liquid, and vapour).
370 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Describe the changes that take place when a solution of copper sulphate is electrolysed between copper electrodes; and shew how Hittorf was able, by the study of these changes, to measure the relative velocities of the copper and sulphate ions.
4. Describe, and discuss the completeness of, the methods by which you would separate cobalt and nickel from each other and from other members of the iron, zinc group.
5. Write a brief account of the main facts in the chemistry of the elements, magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium.
6. Give a brief account of the element boron and its compounds containing oxygen, and compare the properties of the oxides of boron and aluminium.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. FIRST YEAR. The Board of Examiners.
1. Explain fully what is meant by a homologous series of carbon compounds. Illustrate by reference to (a) the paraffins, (v) the alcohols, (c) the fatty acids.
2. By what practical method would you find out whether a given hydrocarbon is saturated or unsaturated ? How would hydrocarbons of the following formule behave when tested in this way :—(@) C,H, 9, (6) C, Hg, (¢) ChH, ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 37 1
Ce
- What is a primary monamine? Name and formu- late one or two examples. Explain the action of nitrous acid on such substances.
phn
. Describe two methods for the preparation of ether. Show that the accepted constitutional formula of ether is in accord with these actions.
. What is an ester? Name and formulate one or two examples of the class. How do esters react with alkalis? Why is this action often called saponification ?
cr
6. How do primary, secondary, and tertiary alcohols differ with respect to the action of oxidising agents ? How does the theory of their constitu- tion account for this difference of behaviour ?
7. The names ethyl cyanide and propionitrile belong to the same substance, but indicate two different modes of preparation. Explain this fully, and illustrate by means of graphic formule.
NATURAL SCIENCE. CHEMISTRY. The Board of Examiners.
1 How may a Torricellian vacuum be produced ? How may a partial vacuum be measured ?
2. A closed glass vessel containing air is heated from 10° C. to 85° C. What is the percentage increase of pressure in the vessel ?
Z
372 EXAMINATION PAPERb.
3. A mixture of equal volames of hydrogen and oxygen is contained in a closed glass vessel at at 15° C. It is exploded electrically without opening the vessel, and the temperature is then restored to 15°C. What gas will remain in the vessel? And what percentage change will there be in the inside pressure ?
4. State the law of multiple proportions, and give instances.
0. Explain how the atomic theory accounts for the fact of multiple proportions. Show that this explanation finds expression in the chemical formule, using the same instances as in your answer to Question 4.
6. Describe instances of each of the following kinds of chemical change, and write equations for them :— (a) simple combination, (4) simple decomposi- tion, (c) double decomposition, (d) substitution.
JURISPRU DENCE (INCLUDING ROMAN LAW). The Board of Examiners. Canilidates should answer SEVEN questions only.
1. What are the essential features of the contracts re? How was the standard of diligence of the parties adjusted therein ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 373
2. What are the general characteristics of privata delicta m Roman Law? Distinguish them especially from obligattones ex contractu and publica judicia.
3. Deseribe mandatum, and show its place in the classification of contracts. For what purposes was it used ?
4. Distinguish between adpromissio and expromissio. How were they effected ?
5. In what several senses is the term status used ?
6. Ais the returning officer for the borough of X: B, whose name is on the electoral roll, tenders a vote, which A improperly refuses to receive. B brings an action against A, claiming damager, and the Court holds that he has a good cause of action. Describe the legal relations disclosed in terms of duty, power, and right.
7. Mention the principal classes of juristic persons known to English Law.
8. (a) A secretly and wrongfully takes goods of X out of the possession of X’s servant. Consider the case under English and Roman Law respec- tively, according as A takes the goods with the intention of destroying them to spite X, or of giving them to Y, or of keeping them for himself.
(6) An English Statute avoids the alienation of property by a debtor with the view of pre- ferring a creditor or class of creditors. A, a debtor, immediately before his bankruptcy,
Z2
37t EXAMINATION PAPERS.
conveys certain of his property to XY and Y for the purpose of recouping an estate to which A is indebted by i1eason of his having misappro- priated funds of the estate. It is shown that A was moved partly by compunction for the wrong he had done to the beneficiaries, partly by fear of a criminal prosecution. The trustee in bankruptcy of A claims the property. Con- sider the case.
9. Whatis the distinction between Public and Private Law? Wow far is it received in English Law?
10. What are the different tests which have been proposed for distinguishing ctvid tnjuries and crimes ?
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW (Parr I.) AND PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer seven questions only, of which three should be from B.,
A.
1, What do you understand by the Constitution of a State? What are the principal contents of written Constitutions, and how may they be accounted for.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 375 2. Write a historical note on the Third Estate.
3. What are the constitutional functions of the House of Lords? What are its present claims as to its powers in respect of Bills passed by the House of Commons, and how are they limited ?
basen
Describe the principal alterations which have taken place since 18382 in the relation of the Ministry to the House of Commons and to the country.
Sr
(a) Write a note on each of the following :—The Ballot Act 1872, the Corrupt Practices Act 1883, the trial of election petitions, the Sep- tennial Act, or
(5) Write a note onthe Budget, the Appropriation Act, the office uf Auditor-General.
6. What are the principal limitations on the ‘right of public meeting”? Consider the effect of « proclamation forbidding the holding of a public meeting.
B.
1. What criticisms have been made on the use of the term “International Law”? Do vou consider that ‘‘ International Morality” is an efficient substitute ?
2. What do you consider to be the object of inter- national arbitration? What subjects have been deemed most appropriate for this mode of settling disputes ?
376 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. What rights of States over water are required by International Law, and how are they qualified in the interests of other States? How far have States rights over rivers been subjected to regulation by treaty ?
4. What is the present international position in regard to the use of privateers, and the levy en masse ?
5. How does the law of war distinguish between combatants and non-combatants ?
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.— Part II.
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer SIX questions only.
1. Compare the relative advantages and disadvantages of the machinery of Equity and common law.
2. Distinguish between the Record and the Reports. What is the object of a report, and how does this determine (a) the class of case reported; (b) the contents of the report.
3. What is meant by an ex post facto law? Consider the use of the term in relation to (a) case law, (6) statute law.
4. In what several senses is the term common law used?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 377
5. Describe the constitution and function of the following bodies:—The Court of Exchequer Chamber, the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council, the Court of Appeal.
6. Write a note on the principal features in the development of Equity, either (a) to the Restora- tion, or (b) to the close of the Chancellorship of Lord Elden.
‘. What was the criminal jurisdiction of the Admiralty, and what became of it ?
8. Compare the government of New South Wales prior to 1842 with the government of the American colonies before the Revolution of 1776.
9. What do you understand by responsible govern- ment? Describe the process by which it was established in Victoria.
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.— Part III.
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.
1. What are the principal differences in the position of the Provinces in the Canadian Constitution and the States in the Australian Constitution ?
378 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
to
. How do you account for the progressive develop- ment of the Constitution of the United States, in view of the doctrine that the Constitution must receive an unvarying interpretation in accordance with the intention of its framers ?
3. In case of any forcible attack upon the inter-State railway trains, what steps could be taken by the Federal Government for the protection of com- merce and the mails? Do you consider that the Commonwealth Parliament may prohibit the carriage by the mails or as inter-State commerce of correspondence or articles which in its opinion are detrimental to public morals ?
4. In what cases does the Constitution (a) expressly subject, (b) expressly exempt, the States from the legislative or judicial power of the Common- wealth ?
5. What is the doctrine of the exemption of instru- mentalities laid down by the High Court in I) Emden v. Pedder? Mention some cases in which it has been applied.
§. What is the doctrine in the United States as to the exclusiveness of the commerce power in Congress ? Are there any provisions of the Commonwealth Constitution bearing upon the question of the application of that doctrine to the commerce power of the Commonwealth Parliament ?
—
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 379 |
ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.
1. Where proceedings are taken under the Fugitive Offenders Act 1881, is it any objection that (a) the matters in respect of which surrender was demanded would be no offence if committed in Victoria; (6) it is proposed to try the fugitive after surrender for some offence other than that in respect of which the surrender was granted ; (c) the offence was committed out of the territory of that British Possession which demands his surrender?
2. What are the powers of the Crown at common law in regard to the admission and expulsion of aliens ? What are the principal provisions of the Immigration Restriction Act 1901?
3. Discuss the legal status and liabilities of the Railway Commissioners of Victoria.
4. The Marine Board has the duty of licensing pilots for Port Phillip, and may by regulations approved by the Governor in Council, fix the rates to be charged for pilotage and generally provide for the management and control of pilots in all matters relative to the efficient discharge of their duties. The X Shipping Company is required to take the services of Y, a pilot licensed by the Board and entitled under their regulations determining the order of employ- ment to be engaved on this occasion, and
380 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(a) by reason of the negligence of Y, the com- pany’s vessel collides with another ;
(b) by reason of the defective eyesight of Y the vessel is run ashore. |
Is the Board liable in either case ?
5. In what circumstance can a person have a remedy against the Government of Victoria (a) under the Crown Remedies and Liabilities Act 1890; (6) under the Judiciary Act 1903 ?
6. What proceedings, civil or criminal, may be taken (and by whom) in the following cases, assuming that some private damage may be shown in each case :—A public body charged with the duty of making and maintaining roads has (4) neglected to make a road; (6) failed to repair the road after notice that it requires repair, (c) employed a contractor to repair the road, but he has done the work so ill as to leave a place apparently safe in such a state that A’s horse coming thereon stumbles and suffers damage.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 381
PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW.
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.
1. An English company, carrying on business in Queensland, issued preference stock carrying interest at 6 per cent. ‘The Legislature of Queensland passed an Act imposing an income tax on all dividends earned in the colony, and authorizing companies to deduct from the dividend of each stockholder his proportion of the tax. Of the stockholders affected, some were resident in England, and had acquired their stock from the company there; others were resident in Queensland, and had acquired their stock there. Advise the company as to their liability to the stockholders.
2. (a) A, a person domiciled in England, comes on a visit to Victoria, and there enters into contracts with X, to be performed in Victoria. -A leaves Victoria, and subsequently X brings an action against him in the Supreme Court for breach of the contracts. A appears, under protest, for the a only of objecting to the jurisdiction.
s his objection good ?
If judgment is given against A, could the judgment, in your opinion, be sued on in England ?
Or,
(6) What is meant by the expressions “ proper court,” und “court of competent jurisdiction ” as applied to foreign judgments? Is the former relevant ?
382 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. (a) A British vessel of war in the territorial waters of aforeion State, with the consent of the ruler of that State, seizes a British vessel and prevents her from landing her cargo there. The British owners of the ship and cargo bring an action for damages in England against the commander of the war vessel.
Or,
(6) A, an alien resident abroad publishes a libel in a foreign country upon another alien. The arties come to England, and the person defamed hanes an action for libel. Under what circum- stances will it succeed ?
4, Are there any limitations upon the right of a foreign creditor to prove his debt against the Victorian estate of an insolvent or a deceased person in cases where there is a concurrent administration proceeding in another country ?
5. In what cases do Victorian courts recognise the jurisdiction of foreign courts (a) in the assign- ment of a debtor’s property; (6) in a suit for nullity of marriage ; (c) in a petition for divorce ; (d) in an action in rem as to moveable property ; (e) in the discharge of adebt? (NotE—Can- didates need not answer more than Three of these Jive cases.)
6. What tests have been applied to determine what is a penal law ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 383
LAW OF CONTRACTS AND PERSONAL PROPERTY.
Mr. Duffy.
Write a short paper on each of the following : —
(1) The history of local legislation with respect to absolute bills of sale.
(2) Stoppage zn transitu.
(8) The maxim Jus accrescendt inter mercatores locum non habet.
(4) The various forms of action available at Common Law for the enforcement of possessory rights to pure personalty.
(5) Bailment.
(6) Accord and satisfaction.
(7) The Book Debts Act 1896.
(8) Novation.
(9) Executed and executory consideration.
(10) Liquidated damages.
334 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
THE LAW OF PROCEDURE. Mr. C. J. Z. Wornarshi. A.—CIVIL ProceDURE.
1. (a) With what indorsements may a writ of summons be indorsed, and what is the effect of omitting any of the requisite indorsements ?
(6) How is service of a writ of summons effected when the defendant is an infant ?
(c) How is service of a writ of summons effected in an action to recover land in case of vacant possession ?
(¢2) How and when may a defendant enter his appearance to a writ of summons ?
2. What provision is made by the Rules of the Supreme Court— : («) As to the persons who may be joined in one
action as plaintiffs ?
(5) As to the procedure by a defendant who claims to be entitled to relief over against a person not a party to the action ?
(c) As tocestucs que trustent being joined with their trustees as parties to an action?
(d) As to the cases in which particulars must be stated in the pleading of a party?
(e) As to discontinuance of an action (1) by leave, (2) without leave?
(f) <As to inspection of documents referred to in the pleading or affidavit of an opposite party ? (g) As to the consequences of failure to comply
with an order for discovery ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 385
3. How do you enforce a judgment— (a) For the recovery of any property other than land or money ? (6) Requiring any person to do any act other than the payment of money ?
(c) For the delivery of the possession of land ?
4. Set forth the procedure to be followed in levying a distress for rent.
d. Write a note upon the writ of Prohibition, and set forth the procedure by which the same is obtained.
B.—CRIMINAL PROCEDURE.
1, Write a note upon the disqualification of a magis- trate to adjudicate by reason of interest.
2. What are the provisions of the Justices Act 1890 as to—
(a) The mode of service of a summons and information ?
(6) The proof of service of a summons and informa- tion ?
(c) Substituted service of a sammons and informa- tion?
3. (a) In what respects may time and place affect the jurisdiction of a Court of Petty Sessions to hear an information ?
(6) At what stage of the hearing of an information
should an objection be taken to the jurisdiction of the Court ?
386 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(c) What course may a Court of Petty Sessions take upon a variance appearing between the evidence given and the information ?
4. Explain the terms—Recording sentence of death, arraignment, presentment, Bill of indictment, challenge to the array, special verdict, penal servitude, contempt of court.
C.— EVIDENCE. 1. (a) In what cases is a declaration by a deceased person as to the cause of his death admissible in a criminal trial?
(b) In what cases is evidence given at a previous trial admissible, and how is it proved ?
(c) In what cases can a plaintiff give parol evidence of the contents of a written document which he does not produce ?
(d) In what cases can evidence be given to contra- dict a witness who denies matters put to him in cross-examination ?
2. State the exceptions to the rule that the testimony of one witness is sufficient to establish any fact.
State the law as to right, and as to the restrictions upon the right of a witness to refresh his memory.
3. (a) A is presented with uttering, on the 7th July, 1906, a counterfeit half-crown, knowing it to be counterfeit. The prosecution tenders evidence that on the 6th and on the 9th of July, 1906, respectively, A had bought a glass of ale and tendered a bad half-crown in payment. Is the evidence admissible or not, and why ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 387
(b) A, B,and Csue D as partners upon an alleged contract respecting the shipment of bark. D tenders evidence of an admission by A that the bark was his exclusive property, and not the property of the firm. Is the evidence admissible or not, and why ?
(c) A is presented for larceny of a sheep, with a second count’ for receiving. The prosecution tenders evidence that five stolen lambs, and one other stolen sheep were in A’s possession at the same time, and were dealt with by him in the same mapner as the sheep, the subject of the prosecution. Is the evidence admissible or not, and why ?
THE LAW OF WRONGS, CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.
Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarshi.
1. (a) Why, in an action of malicious prosecution, is it necessary for the plaintiff to allege and prove the termination of the proceedings in his favour ?
(6) Why is a master liable in law for the acts, neglects, and defaults of his servants in the course of the service ?
~. What is the law as to recaption of goods? Consider the following case :—
A entrusted B, his servant, with jewellery for
sale on commission. Disputes arose between A
and B&B, and A determined J#’s service and
388 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
demanded back the jewellery in &’s possession, which B refused to deliver up. .A thereupon, in B’s absence from his bedroom in an hotel in Melbourne, unlocked B’s bedroom door and. repossessed himself of the jewellery, and B now sues A for trespass.
3. Explain the extent of their civil liahility, if any, to each of the following persons respectively, in the events named :—
(a) To a partner for a violent assault committed by his co-partner upon a customer of the firm.
(6) Toa host whose guest is injured by the care- lessness of the host in opening a bottle of soda water.
(c) To a husband for an antenuptial tort com- mitted by his wife.
(d) Toa parent whose child has wilfully broken the valuable plate-glass window of a shop- keeper.
(e) To a baker whose servant is injured by the breaking d own of a delivery cart he was driving and which was not roadworthy.
4. (a) Brinsmead v. Harrison, L.R. 6 C.P. 584, - Extract from the judgment of Blackburn, J. “The question raised upon this record is whether the claim of the plaintiff against two joint wrongdoers is put an end to by a judgment recovered in an action against one of them without showing that that judgment has been satisfied.”
How was this question disposed of in the judgment?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 389
(b) Watkin v. Hall, L.R. 8 Q.B. 396, Extract from the judgment of Blackburn, J.
“The only questions are, whether or not an action will lie for stating—upon an occasion which does not show the communication to be privileged—that there is a rumour upon the Stock Exchange that the plaintiff, who is a trader, was in insolvent circumstances, and had failed; the defendant stating, not that the plaintiff was insolvent, but that there was a rumour to that effect; and whether it would be a justification to show the rumour did exist, and
\ that the defendant had only repeated it, and stated at the time openly that it was only a rumour.”
How were these questions disposed of in the judgment f
0. Tell the facts of any case which you would cite and use if you were explaining each of the following propositions :—
(a) It is not a wrong to offer advantages to customers who will deal with oneself to the exclusion of a rival.
(5) Where damage is the gist of an action, the time for bringing the action runs only from the actual happening of the damage.
(c) Where negligence is negatived, an action does not lie for injury resulting by accident from another’s lawful act.
6. Explain the necessary proofs in an action of seduction, and consider the following case :—
A, a widow, sues £2, for seduction of her
| daughter, C. The seduction took place in
390
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
the lifetime of A’s husband, C’s father, and while C' was living with her parents, who were persons of humble rank. After the father’s death C continued to reside with A, rendering her the ordinary household services. Two months after her father’s death C was delivered of a child, the result of the seduction.
¢. A was tenant of a house let to him by B, and in
respect of which a quarter’s rent was in arrear and owing by A, in October, 1906. In Novem- ber, 1906, a distress for this rent was put in hy B, and the bailiff who was employed to levy the distress, entered the house by forcibly breaking the chain of the front door and seized furni- ture which belonged to C, a lodger. C made the necessary declaration for the protection of his goods, and the bailiff thereupon restored them to C. Has A any, and what, right of action against B? Give the reasons for your answer ?
8. A was killed by the negligence of B, a fellow
servant, in the employ of C. Can A’s widow, who was dependent on him, sue C’ under the Wrongs Act 1890? Give the reasons for your answer.
9. (a4) Is it lawful in any, and what, circumstances
to set a man-trap or spring-gnn or other instru- ment calculated to destroy human life or to inflict bodily harm ?
(b) Is a person who steals a dog, or one who is in
possession of a dog knowing it to be stolen, liable to any, and what, penalty or punishment ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1996. 391
(c) Toconstitute murder, within what time from the cause of death must the death actually take place?
(d) Can a person commit forgery of a document, no part of which is actually written by him ?
(e) Is it forgery for a lee who is the sole payee of a bond to alter it by lessening its amount ?
10. Define arson at common law. What buildings might be the subject of arson at common law? _ To what extent must there be actual burning to constitute arson at common law, and would any degree of negligence amount thereto? In what respects is the statutory law of arson wider than
the common law doctrine?
11. Give examples of cases in which the carrying off of some one else’s goods will be unpunishable on account of their being appropriated under a bona fide claim of right.
12. Give examples of cases of fatal negligence which will constitute manslaughter.
EQUITY Mr. J. E. Mackey. Wot more than EIGHT questions are to be attempted.
1. (a) Is the maxim Equity follows the law true of executory trusts ? (6) Why, in Equity, is delay a bar to relief ? (c) Apply the maxim Equity is Equality to the case of a joint purchase.
(d) What is the equitable doctrine of constructive conversion ? .
392 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. A, B, and C were executors of the will of X, who died in 1898, and duly proved the will in that year. In 1906, the estate had been fully administered, and the net residue duly tendered by A and B to Z, the residuary legatee, together with the executors’ final account and a request for a deed of release to themselves. Z finds (a) that B, one of the executors, was, at the testator’s death, legally indebted to the testator in the sum of £350, and that this sum has never been called in, or repaid to the estate. (0) ‘that A and B had allowed at a sum of £200, and after inquiry into the matter, a claim by their co-executor C’, against the estate of the testator for £285, and that they had paid the £200 to C' in 1903.
Advise Z.
3. An executor is advised by counsel that a trust fund is divisible between A and J (who are of age), and C’ (an infant) in equal thirds. Acting on this advice, duly communicated to the bene- ficiaries, he paid two-thirds to A and B on their - receipt, and invested the remaining third for the benefit of C. It afterwards appeared that B and C were entitled to the fund in moities.
Have B and C, or either, or which of them any and what remedy, and against whom, in respect of the money wrongly paid to A? Give the reason for your answer.
4. (a) Distinguish between the responsibilities of trustees and executors for the acts and defaults of each other.
(6) Can an executor rid himself of his personal liability in respect of the rents to accrue due,
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC. 1906. 393 and the covenants and agreements contained in a lease held by the testator ? 5. (a) What is the effect of the Statutes of Limita- tions on a legacy ?
(6) Wherte an action is brought by a beneficiary to recover land held under an expressed trust against the trustee or any person claiming through him, at what time and as against what person for the purpose of the law relating to limitations of actions is the right of action deemed to have first accrued ?
6.(a) A devises Blackacre to trustees for sale and for division of the proceeds amongst six persons, one of whom (X) dies in A’s life-time ; the rest of his real property A devises to B, and he bequeathes his personal estate to C. On the sale of Blackacre, who is entitled to the one-sixth share of the proceeds which would have gone to X if he had lived ?
(b) A, by his will, devises an estate to B. After making the will A contracts in writing to sell the estate to C. Before conveyance A dies leaving B surviving. Eventually C being unable to complete his contract is released from it by ’s executors who sell the lands to D. Who is entitled to the purchase money ?
7. A owns an allotment of land No. 1, and Bis the owner of the adjoining allotment No.2. B takes possession of allotment No. 1 believing it to be No. 2. Afterwards B sells allotment No. 1 describing it as allotment No.2 to C, who enters into possession and builds upon it. After C has completed his buildings A commences proceed- ings in ejectment to recover the land. .A was aware of the intended sale to C’, and that the
394 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
allotment C' intended to buy was his, and he was also aware that C was building upon the land believing it to be his own.
Has C any defence to A’s action ?
8. A, having sold his reversionary interest in real estate, and received the purchase money, after- terwards issnes a writ to set aside the sale on the ground of fraud, which he succeeds in proving. In what circumstances, and upon what terms, will Equity grant relief ?
9. What are the rights of bereficiaries against a trustee who has traded with the trust moneys, but subsequently replaced them in proper in- vestments ?
10. Write a note upon the equitable doctrine of Election.
THE LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND CONVEYANCING.
Mr Guest.
1. What is meant by the legal estate in land ? When is the legal estate said to be outstanding?
2. A demised land to B as tenant from year to year, reserving a rent payable half-yearly. JB went into possession, and died during the second half-year of the tenancy intestate, and C’ was appointed administrator of his estate. No one has been in possession since 4’s death, and a year has now passed since the creation of the tenancy. What are the rights (if any) of A and C’ respectively to the possession? Give reasons.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 395
3. Why in a conveyance on sale of land is it usual for the grant to be made not only “to” but also “to the use of” the purchaser?
4, What restriction exists, apart from Statute, om trusts to accumulate income? What restriction has been imposed by any, and what, Statute?
5. In what respects, and by what means, has the Conveyancing Act 1904 made it possible to reduce the length of conveyance on sale of an estate in fee-simple by trustees for sale, where part of the land included in the same title is retained unsold?
6. Land was conveyed “to the use of A and B and their heirs.” A died, having by his will devised all his real estate, “including his share in the land” so conveyed to him and B as aforesaid, “unto and to the use of C” absolutely, and he appointed B the executor of his will, and probate thereof was granted to B. After the expiration of a year from A’s death C called upon B to convey to him C' one-half of the land referred to, but B refused. What rights (if any) has C? Give reasons.
7. What is an easement? State shortly the rules as to the creation of easements,
8. A took a lease of land from 8 for five years. #6 was in fact a mortgagee in possession when he granted the lease, but A knew nothing of this fact when he accepted the lease. After the expiration of one year the mortgage was redeemed, and the land reconveyed to the mortgagor, who forthwith brought an action against A to recover possession. Can he succeed? Give reasons.
396 "EXAMINATION PAPERS,
9. State the effect of the provisions of the Insolvency Act with regard to fraudulent preference.
10. A, who died in 1890, by his will devised certain freehold land to B and his heirs, and bequeathed certain leasehold land to C absolutely, and certain other freehold land of A was undisposed of. Probate of the will was subsequently granted to D. How was the title to each of the lands mentioned affected (if at all) by the grant of probate? Give reasons.
1]. A was registered proprietor of land under the Transfer of Land Act 1890. JB, by means of a forged transfer, became registered as proprietor, and in consideration of natural love and affection he transferred the land to his daughter C, and the transfer was duly registered. The daughter had no notice of the forged transfer. What are the rights of A and C respectively to the land? Give reasons.
12. What is the effect of a restraining on anticipation in the case of a married woman with respect to property settled on her for her separate use? Does it operate after she becomes a widow, or if she subsequently re-marries? Give reasons.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 397
APPLIED MECHANICS.
First PAPER. Professor Kernot.
1. Write a short essay on laboratory and field exten- someters.
2. A circular column is 12 feet high and 2 feet diameter, and is surmounted by a rectangular block 3 feet square and 4 feet high. The material weighs 100 lbs. per cubic foot. Cal- culate the velocity and pressure of wind needed to overturn it.
A punt is 40 feet long 30 feet wide and 5 feet deep, and weighs 20 tons. Compute the weight that must be put at one end in order to reduce the draft of water to zero at the other.
4. A beam 20 feet long is supported at the ends, and is loaded with 500 lbs. per foot in length, and also with 1,000 lbs. at 5 feet from one end. Draw to scale moment and shear diagrams.
5. What is a modulus of section? How would you find it for a beam of irregular form?
398
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING. First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Design runner, casing’, suction-pipe, and discharge-
pipe, for a centrifugal pump, capable of lifting 40 cubic feet of water per second to a height of 200 feet. Total length of pipes which have no serious bends = 4,000 feet. Give speed of runner and the brake horse-power required to drive it.
Note.—The calculations must be accompanied by an explanation of their scientific basis. The mere use of formule, without explanation of them, will not be accepted as an answer.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 399
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING. Sreconp PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
On the accompanying topographic map is shown a mining town named Grass Valley. The posi- tions of several mines, within a few miles of the town, are also shown.
N.N.W. from the town is shown a service reservoir, distinguished on the map by being surrounded by a circle drawn with blue pencil.
Assume the population within the dotted boundary line ABCDEF to be 8,000, and that the consumption within that area tor domestic, mining, and manufacturing purposes will be at rate of J20 Umperial gailons per head.
The mines, lying outside the said boundary which can be supplied from the said reservoir, may each be assumed to require 17,000 gallons a day.
The buildings are mostly wooden, and ample provision for fire extinction is desired.
Determine the capacity of the service reservoir, and design a reticulation system for the district.
State clearly the hydraulic formule or tables which you employ for determining the sizes of the pipes, and the authorities for the formule or tables.
Give your reasons for choosing one system of reticulation in preference to others.
400 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Part I. SECOND PAPER. Prefessor Kernot.
1. Sketch and describe all the usual fittings of an ordinary Cornish boiler. What points would you specially note if reporting on the safety of such a boiler?
2. Write a short essay on boiler explosions, their causes, and how they should be guarded against.
3. Describe some good form of variable expansion apparatus for steam-engines, giving full details and method of determining proportionsof various parts.
4. What is a compound engine, and what advantages has it over a simple engine. Under what circumstances would you recommend—a simple, a compound, or a triple expansion engine, either condensing or non-condensing ?
. State all you know as to devices for regulating the speed of engines and other motors.
on
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 401
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parrt II. First Paper. Professor Kernot.
1. Supply outline side elevation to scale, and give all important dimensions for a locomotive of about 16,000 Ibs. traction power, suitable for passenger traffic on an up-country line having curves of 20 chains radius and rather light rails.
2. State the standard equation for the tractive power of a locomotive, and apply it to that in the previous question. Discuss also the proper relation of tractive power and adhesion weight.
8. Write a short essay on rack locomotives for steep mountain railways.
4. Show diagrammatically as many systems of com- bining high tractive power with great flexibility on curves as you can, and discuss their relative advantages.
402 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parr II. SECOND PapPER. Professor Kernot.
1. Discuss the various methods of ignition in internal combustion engines.
bo
. Describe carefully, with sketches, the principal systems of refrigerating machinery in common use, and discuss their relative advantages and disadvantages.
3. What are the points to be attended to in com- pressing air for mining purposes, especially in a hot, dry, and dusty climate ?
4. What system of pumping machinery would vou recommend—
(a) For lifting 1,000,000 gallons of water in 24 hours 100 feet ?
(6) For lifting an equal quantity of sewage 20 feet in the same time ?
o. Sketch out a system of electric light and power supply for a population of 100,000, occupying an area 1 mile square on the banks of a salt water estuary, and also a suburban population of 50,000, occupying an area of 4 miles square surrounding the preceding.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEO., 1906. 408
CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Parr I. First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Design a trussed beam of 49 feet. span, to carry a moving load of 15 tons. This load may ‘be assumed to be applied at a point. Timber in beam to be fronbark weighing about 70 lbs. per cubic foot. Tension rods to be of mild steel. Struts to be at designer’s option. Struts to be two in number. No diagonal members.
Depth, from centre of beam to centre of of tension rods at mid span = 6 feet.
Note.—The scientific meaning of each step in the calculations must be explained. The mere use of formule, or the statement that certain assumptions are made, without explanation of the reasoning on which these formule or assumptions are based, will not be accepted as an answer.
AA
404 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Parr I.
Seconp Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Design a bridge, of materials more permanent than wood, for the site sketched on opposite page. The bridge to carry ordinary road tratflic, and to be safe when a steam-roller weighing 15 tons crosses it. Clear width to be 28 feet, including two footpaths, each 6 feet wide.
Floods bring quantities of timber down and occasionally change the vosition of the channel
Scale, 40 feet to 1 inch.
Norg.—Candidates must be explicit as to the scientific principles involved in their designs. The mere use of formule, without explanation or men- tion of authority, will not be accepted as an answer.
406 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SURVEYING.—Parr I.
First Paper. The Board of Examiners. °
1. Show what lines you would measure when making a chain survey of the piece of land, with buildings on it, shown in sketch on opposite page, access to adjacent blocks being permitted.
Explain how you would plot the work after- wards.
At station A the reading of an aneroid barometer is 29°86. A barograph at the same station reads 29°79 at the same time. At station B the aneroid reading is 28°12, and it is found that the harograph, which was left at A, recorded 29:74 at the time when the reading at B was taken. The temperature recorded by a thermo- meter in the shade when the reading at A was taken was 49° F.; and at B, when the aneroid was held there, the temperature in the shade was 39° F. How high is B above A ?
7 FEET HIGH
Ww w < ly . :
KL ft ws as ® /)
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906 407
IRON FENCE
7 Feer micu
408 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. A transit theodolite is employed to measure the horizontal angle between a church spire and a pole on the ground. When the instrument is directed to the point of the spire the telescope makes an angle of 40° with the horizontal; when directed to the pole the telescope is horizontal.
Explain the effect on the measurement caused by (1) an error in collimation, and (2) an error in the horizontal axis. Illustrate your answer by sketches,
How would you proceed in order to eliminate the effects of the errors mentioned ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEO., 1906. 409
SURVEYING.—Part I SECOND Paper.
‘The Board of Examiners.
1. Eliminate the effects of local attraction from the portion of a magnetic traverse shown in sketch on pages 411 and 412. The azimuths written near the corners are those obtained by the compass at those corners. |
2. Levels are given at height of formation ina railwa cutting. The field-notes, entered in a level-boo during the process of giving these levels, are reproduced below in incomplete form. Complete the notes. Check the figures. Explain the operation to which these notes refer.
Back | Inter-| Fore mediate! a: Rise. | Fall Sights. Sights. Sights.
Re- duced |Chainage.| Remarks. Levels. .
400°26} Benchmark No. 16
0°27 1°04 17°43 Change 8°61 16°95 Change M. C. 371°06} 17 29 | Formation level 369°06; 17. 31 | Formation level 367°06) 17 33 | Formation level 17°11 - | 0°87 Change 16°88 0°65 Change 7°98 Benchmark No. 16
410 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. What is the weight of the portion of a cylinder for a bridge pier, shown in se plan on pages 411 and 412?
4. Being provided with a 2-ft. rule, a tape li pair of callipers, how would you measurements of the casting mentione question, supposing it to be lyin ground ? |
ev ease pysew peices ew weet eee - .
cc
oo
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 413
METALLURGY.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates need not answer more than Siz of the follow- ing questions including those marked 1, 2, 3, and 4, which are compulsory.
1, How would you estimate silica, barium, iron and manganese in a blast furnace slag ?
, Describe a volumetric method suitable for the estimatipn of zinc in mixed sulphide ores. How would the presence of salts of iron, copper and manganese affect the titration ?
3. Give a brief description of the cyanide method for the estimation of copper volumetrically. Point out the principal sources of error and the beat means of avoiding them. How would the presence of salts of zinc, iron, aluminium and lead affect the titration ?
4. Why are arsenical and antimonial pyrites more difficult to assay for gold than pure iron pyrites ? Outline two methods—one all dry and the other combined wet and dry—for the estimation of gold in antimonial pyrites.
How would you expect the recovery of gold to be affected by a preliminary roast, when treating such material ?
d. When lead is estimated gravimetrically, in what form is it usually weighed ?
Outline a good, general-purpose method for the estimation of lead volumetrically, and point out any weak points peculiar to such method.
cc
'« 414 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
6. Write a short paper upon the separation and estimation of antimony and arsenic.
7. How would you estimate tin, in a very low grade ore, without preliminary mechanical concen- tration ?
8. Under what conditions as regards grade and character of material, and for what reasons, would you use—
(a) an all-dry method for estimating gold ;
(6) an all-dry method for estimating silver ;
(c) a combined wet and dry method for esti- mating gold;
(d) a combined wet and dry method for esti- mating silver ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 415
NATURAL SCIENCE.
PuysicaL GgRoGRAPBHY.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Define the terms declination and dip respectively. Indicate the nature of the different kinds of periodical variations which are known to occur
in these elements of terrestrial magnetism.
2. Describe the mallee country, referring especially to its position, origin, soil, and climate.
3. Draw a sketch map of Victoria, and indicate on it the salient features in its physical geography.
w~
. Explain the nature of an earthquake shock, the different causes to which it may be due, and the nature of the record of the shook given by a self-recording seismograph.
. Explain the nature of the Atlantic and Pacific types of coasts, and show how far each type is represented on the Australian coast line.
or
or)
. Explain the relations which exist in different parts of a river’s course between the slope of the thalweg,, the shape of the valley in cross-section, and the capacity of the river for the work of transport, corrasion, and lateral erosion.
CC z
416 RXAMINATION PAPERS. ©
PHYSIOLOGY. FIRST YBAR.
MassaGE CANDIDATES.
The Board of Examiners.
1. What means do we possess of regulating the tem- perature of the body? How is it that the temperature of the body is practically the same on a hot day ason a cold?
2. Dessribe exactly the means we possess of increas- ing the capacity of the thorax. Mention, also, the differences that exist between inspired and expired air.
3. What is meant by the term Arterial blood pressure! What advantages does such pressure confer on us? What means do we possess whereby we can modify arterial blood pressure?
4. Describe a voluntary muscle, and tell what you know about its contraction.
5. What is the composition, and what are the chief uses, of lymph? ‘Trace its flow from, say, the tissues of the foot, until it reaches the blood stream.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DKC., 1906. 417
PHYSIOLOGY.—Pass.
Tuirp YEAR MEDICINE. The Board of Examiners.
1. What do you mean by the term astigmatism as -applied to the human eye? By what means can its objectionable results be obviated ?
2. What means are at the disposal of the physiologist in investigating the paths of conduction in the spinal cord ? :
3. What substances other than dextrose can give re- duction in urine? How can these bodies be chemically differentiated ?
4. What are the essential differences between cow’s milk and human milk? What changes are produced in cow’s milk by boiling ?
5. What is the effect on systemic arterial blood- — pressure of —
(a) strong expiratory muscular action with closed glottis,
(6) asphyxia,
(c) section of cord in lumbar region ?
6. Describe the changes that occur in a skeletal muscle on cessation of the circulation.
418 "EXAMINATION PAPERS.
PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.—Hownovrs. THirp YEAR MEDICINE. The Board of Examiners.
1. By what methods can the fundus of the eye be examined ? Explain the principles on which the apparatus employed is constructed, and give some account of the history of its discovery.
2. If a hitherto undescribed alkaloid were prepared from an Australian plant, what experiments would you suggest should be carried out in order to determine its physiological action ?
8. A patient has been unable since birth to flex his right arm at the elbow by any effort of will. An exploratory operation revealed an apparently normal musculo cutaneous nerve, electrical stimulation of which produced vigorous flexion. What further investigations, exclusive of ex- acs operation, would you make in the iving patient, and what structures would you
specially examine in case of death and necropsy |
in order to throw light on the causation of this paralysis ?
4. ‘Experiments made on the horse conclusively prove that asparagin can act as a protein sparer.” Comment on this statement of fact.
5. A number of men who have been engaged in fighting a bush fire complain of severe frontal headache. To what might this be due ?
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 419
ANATOMY.
PASS AND FIRST HONOURS PAPER Time: 9.30 a.m. to 12.30 p.m.
N.B.—The Second Honours Paper will be given this after- noon from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. The orat list for all — Candidates will be posted at the Registrar’s Office.
Examiners ; The Professor of Anatomy and Dr. G. C. Rennie.
1. State how you would map out the right kidney from behind. Describe layer by layer the various structures which would be met with within the area you have described, in order to ‘expose the posterior surface of the viscus.
2. Describe the arch of the aorta under the following heads :—
(a) Its relation to the surface of the body. (c) It relations to bones. (b) Its relations te other structures.
3. Hf the external popliteal nerve were divided just above its bifurcation, state what structures would be paralysed, and discuss the position which would be assumed by the limb, giving the reasons for your opinion. |
4. Discuss the general appearances of a transverse horizontal section made through Addison’s trans- pyloric plane. --—s- -
420 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ANATOMY.
SECOND HONOURS PAPER. Time : 2.80 to 4.30 p.m.
N.B.—No Candidate can enter for this Paper who has not previously answered the Pass Paper in Anatomy.
Examiners: The Professor of Anatomy, and Dr. G. C. Rennie.
1. Describe the condition of the mid-gut and yolk sac in an embryo of four weeks. Name the portions of the adult alimentary canal developed from these embryonic structures, and describe how the changes are brought about. How do you account for the presence, in the adult, of a Meckel’s diverticulum? State the commonest position, and the relative frequency, of such an abnormality.
tO
. Describe the microscopic appearances of a transverse | section through the medulla oblongata at the level of the decussation of the fillet.
3. Discuss briefly the vertebral theory of the skull.
|
>
. Describe (a) the innervation of the tongue, (6) the cutaneous innervation of the upper limb, with an account of the spinal segments con- cerned.
t
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 421
MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. The Board of Examiners.
. Express in terms of the Metric system, and give
the Latin equivalents of: ten minims, three fluid drachms, two pints, twenty grains, half-an- ounce.
. Give the Latin synonyms, and the quantities of
active ingredients in one fluid ounce of each of the following :—
Chlorodyne, Donovan’s Solution, Easton’s Syrup, Laudanum, Ipecacuanha Wine.
. Write a prescription for a “ Fly Blister,” with
appropriate directions. Use unabbreviated Latin throughout.
. Name the official alkaloids of Opium, with their
preparations and doses. -
. State accurately the sources and doses of :
Ext. Belladon. Alc., Infus. Digitalis, Tinct. Aconiti, Tinct. Cannab. Ind., Tinct. Strophanthi.
. Give the natural orders, botanical names, parts
used, and active principles of: Chamomile, Fox- glove, Hemlock, Henbune, Indian Hemp.
Write all you know of Dilute Hydrocyanic Acid, and medicinal substances containing it.
429 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. Compare and contrast Calomel and Corrosive Sublimate. Give their sources and preparations, with doses.
9. Name the official compounds of Calcium, and their preparations. Give the doses of such as are used
in medicine. 10. Write a short essay on the “Combination of Medicines.”
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the diagnosis of chronic enlargement of the spleen, as contrasted with other conditions which may be confused with it.
2. Describe the diagnosis, and discuss the special risks, of aortic regurgitation, with the treatment when that is called for.
3. Give a description of a paroxysm of true bronchial asthma, with the treatment, both at and between
attacks.
4. Discuss the symptoms aad diagnosis of tubercular meningitis, in a child of seven years, and describe the naked-eye post-mortem appearances.
5. Give an account of the symptoms and diagnosis of | gout, in its acute and sub-acute forms, and of the appropriate treatment, general and medicinal. |
dn any treatment proposed fudl prescriptions should be wretten, :
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 423
FORENSIC MEDICINE. The Board of Exammers.
1, How would you distinguish between injuries in- flicted during life and after death 7?
2. A man is found to have died from extravasation of blood on the brain. To what causes may it have been due, and how would you decide be- tween natural causes and injury ?
3. Give the signs and symptoms of Pregnancy, and the appearances indicating recent delivery.
4, What are the signs of maturity and of live birth in the dead boay of a newly-born child ?
5. Describe the symptoms, treatment, and post-mortem appearances of poisoning by phosphorus, bella- donna, and carbolic acid, respectively.
424 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
OBSTETRICS AND GYNACOLOGY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the formation of the decidua, and the mode of attachment of the ovum to the uterus.
2. Give the mechanism of a breech presentation, and describe the management of its delivery.
3. Describe the signs, symptoms, and management of an inevitable miscarriage.
4. Give the causes, signs, and symptoms of acute salingitis.
5. (a) Describe the operation of curettage. (6) Enumerate the conditions to which the opera- tion is applicable, and mention the contra- indications.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 425
GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe minutely the repair of a simple fracture of a long bone, and state how such repair may be interfered with.
2. Describe minutely the vascular and textural changes which occur in acute non-suppurative inflamma- tion of a serous membrane, with ultimate formation of adhesions.
3. Describe the causation, appearance, position, composition, and briefly the possible con- sequences of ante-mortem thrombi in the heart.
4. State what you know concerning adenomata.
5. Describe the usual macroscopic appearances in acute general tuberculusis, and the microscopic characters of the lesions in the lungs.
6. Describe the appearance, staining reactions, and cultural characters of three of the chief pyogenic micro-organisms.
7. Describe the products of bacterial growth in nutrient broth, taking as example one of the following :—Anthrax bacillus, diphtheria bacillus, or nubrehetiva organisms.
496 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Re)
SPECIAL PATHOLOGY. The Board of Examiners.
. Describe, with examples, the causes of necrosis of
bone.
. Describe the various forms of suppuration in the
liver. Discuss their causation.
. Discuss the characters and causation of primary
renal dropsy.
. Describe the macroscopic characters of carcinoma
of the stomach in its several forms and positions.
. Describe the characters of the blood in spleno-
medullary (myelogenous) leukemia. Give one method of making and staining differentially a blood film from such a case, and state how the kinds of leucocytes may be distinguished with the method chosen.
. Describe the macroscopic and microscopic changes
seen in grey hepatisation of the lungs, and state how you would proceed to diagnose pneumo- coccus from hacillus pestis in sputum.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906 497
SURGERY. ‘Lhe Board of Examiners.
1. Describe in detail the treatment of strangulated femoral hernia.
2. Describe the treatment of tubercular disease of the elbow-joint.
3. Comment on the cases in which you would trephine after head injury.
4, Comment on the differences between syphilis. and cancer of the tongue.
498 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HARMONY. Finst Year D1p.oma. The Board of Examiners.
1. Work Question No. 5 in the November paper very carefully, using the following melody :—
fon
3. Explain why quavers at (a) and ¢c) are on one tail. What effect is shown in the value of the Soprano note? Name the chords at (6) ae i (d). Justify the doubled Major Third at (e)
4. Add three parts below the Chorale Melody—
(a) in plain four-part harmony ; (b) introducing suspensions and passing notes.
430 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HARMONY.
First Year Mus. Bac.—Srconp YEAR DIPLOMA.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Work Question 2 in the November paper very carefully, with the following as the melody :—-
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 431
3. Write two Divisions on the Ground Bass—
The first in three-part harmony, the second in four parts, showing suspensions, passing notes,
&e.
439 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HARMONY. THIRD YEAR DIPLOMA. The Board of Examiners
1. Set one of the following passages :— (a) For voice, with accompaniment—
What says thy song thou joyous thrush Up in the walnut tree?
I love my love because I know My love loves me.
(6) For four voices, unaccompanied —
A voice so thrilling ne’er was heard In spring time trom the cuckoo bird, Breaking the silence of the seas Among the farthest Hebrides.
Or,
Write an original passage of about sixteen bars beginning in E Flat, and modulating to the following keys in order:—C Minor, Flat Major, F Minor, B Major. Introduce a Minor Thirteenth, and an Inversion of the Dominant Eleventh; also a Neapolitan Cadence, and Tonic Pedal Point.
2. Harmonise the Chorale melody— (a) In plain four-part harmony. (6) With continuous crotchet movement. (c) With melody in the Tenor.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 433
(a) Introducing suspensions, passing notes, and yaried harmony.
NSE.
3. Write an accompaniment to the melody for piano- forte or strings. The suggestion given for accompaniment need not be followed.
Moderato. en. We ee |; ——-—-$ EP Wl) —F———
434 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
TERMINOLOGY. FIRST YEAR,
Fhe Board of Examiners.
1. Explain the terms—Chorale, Ground Bass, Madri- gal, Tritone, Opera di Camera, Glee, Recitative, Figured Bass.
2. Shew the derivation or original use of—Qratorio, Solfa, Minim, Violin, Discant, Baritone, Opera.
3. Write the passage A with Tenor Clef. 4. Write the passege B with Alto Clef.
5. Write the passage C with Treble and with Bass Clef. 6. Write ng eneea: Di as it would appear in—{(a) its Tonic Minor; (4) its Relative Minor. Shew the proper signature in each case.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATIONS, MARCH, 1907.
FINAL HONGUR EXAMINATION IN ARTS AND SCIENCE.
SCHOOL Of CLASSICAL PHILOLOGY.
GREEK TRANSLATION. The Board of Euaminers,
Translate, with brief notes in the margin—
(a) © yépov, oby éxae obroc dvhp, raya D’ etoeat airic, d¢ Aady Hyepa’ padiora dé p’ GAyoe ixaver. obre rev’ deyyehkeny orparod Exdvov Epyopévoro, iv x’ Opiv cagou cinw, ore mporepdc ye wvOoipny, obre re Ofmiov GAO Tepavoxopae od dyopEiw, add’ Epov abroad -xpetoc, 6 pot kaxov Eurecev oiKy, dod! To pev rarép’ toOA0v arddeaa, Be ror’ év
vpiy
roladeco.v Baalreve, rarnp 0’ dc Hriog fev yuv 8 av cal rondv peilor, 5 8) raya olkoy drayra nrayxu tiappaiver, Bioroy 3 ax rapmay dd€éacet. PNTEpe poe pyvNoTiipes Exéxpaoy obK EOedovon,
436
(4)
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
rav avopay glror viec of EvOdde vy’ eisiv Aproror, ot marpoc pev Ec olxov dmrepplyact véerBac "Ixapiov, we x’ abrog éedv@oatro Ovyarpa, doin 3 g x’ €B€doe Kal of Kexaptopévoc EAGor. ot 0 cic hpérepoy TwArEdpEvat Hpara wavra, Bove tepevorrec kal dic Kai wiovac alyag, eitkamivalovety wivovel re aiOora olvor payrdlwe* ra dé roAAa Kardverat. ob yap én’ avijp oloc ’Oducceve Eoxey, apy amo oixov apvvac. Hhpeic & ov vv re rotoe Gpuvéuer® 4 Kat Execra Aevyudéoe 7’ Egdpecba cat ob dedanxérec GAKhy. —( Homer.)
Tour’ Eore rourt TO Kaxov avd’ ovyw ’Aeyor. TO yap Tapaderypa rey pariwy dKovere’ a0’ elwe xparov hyvix’ HpyxeO’ t) xoA} 7
U 9 ” *s \ e_\ » to wevaeo0. Epacke yap poe abrov evOadi
~ wf 9 »? s “a 9 ‘ ~ / mac av ror agdixoiuny ay evOu rov Ardc; éwecra Aerra KAUAKiA TOLOD[MEVOC,
~ (& ~ mpoc TavT avepptyar av tig ror odipardy, éwe EvverpiBn rijc Kepadie xarappvuelec. éx Bec dé pera rar’ ExpBapeic oix old’ Sra ciohyay Airvaioy péytoroy xavBapor, Kamera Tovroy immoxopeiy pw’ HyvayKagey, Kavro¢ xarayer abrov dorep twXrlov, & Inyaceor, onol, yevvatov mrepor, a U 9 ? ‘N ~ \ s Sawe merhoe p’ evOu rou Arde AaBwr. GAN’ 6 re rovet ryol cvaxibac opopae. oupoe rdAvag’ ‘ire devpo dep’, w& yelrovec’ 0 d&ordrng yap pov peréwpog alperat imnnooy eic roy atp’ éxi rov kavOdpov. — (ARISTOPHANES.)
Moveawy de partora riley iepove vrogpyrac, ogpa kal ely ’Atdao Kexpuppévoc éoOAdg Aakovont, pnd’ axAeNe popynac ext Wuxpod ’Axéporros,
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1997. 437
woei Tic paxéAg TervrA\wpEvoc Evco xeEipac ayny x warépwy wevinvy axripova khalwy. xodAol Ev ’Avrioxato Sopa Kai &vaxrog ’ AXeva dppadujy Eupnvoy euerphoavro wevéorac’ modXot dé Lconadgow Ehavydpevot xori cakouc poaxoe ouy Kepajay éEuvxnoavro Bodega,
pupia Q cys wedlov Kpayywrcy évdiaacxoy mompev ec Exkpira pijda prrokeivorat K pewvdarg’ GAN’ ob opey roy hoog, ret yAvcuy ébexévwoay Oupov é¢ evpeiay oyediay arvyvoto yéporToc, duvaorot 6€ ra TOAAM Kal OAGta Tijva AuwdyTEC ceudolc éy vexvecat paxpouc aigvac Exewro,
ei pty Setvde dordoc 6 Khog aidda puvéwy BapBtrov Ec Tod yopoov év avdpaccOix’ dvopacrove.
—(THEOCRITUS. )
(d) abrdber on ceavonOnre } braxobery apev re [sAaPiR- vat, iy el wohephouper, we Emouye Gpecvov éoxet elvat, Kal émt peydadn kat éxi Bpayxeig époiwe mpopacee ji) eibovrec pnoe buy goBy , Elovreg a kexrfpeOa. iv yap abriy duvara Soidwow F re peyiorn kai éXaxlorn Sexalworg ard TaY Gpoiwy po dixnc roic wédag értraccopévn. ra d€ Tov moAEpou kal rav Eéxarépoic brapyovTwy we ox aobevéorepa éLopev yrvare kul’ Exacroy axovorrec. abrovpyoi re yap ciot TeXorovvhoroe Kai ovre idig obre Ev vowwg xphpara éorty avroic, Eretra ypoviwy wodépwy kal dcatovrlwy Gmetpot Ora TO Bpaxéwe atrot én’ @\An- Aoug bro meviacg Emipépery. Kai of rovotroe ovTE vaic mAnpovrrec ovre welacg orpartac voAAGKIC éxmré precy Sévavrat, ano Tay idiwy re Gua arovrec kat ano Tor avroyv Fanavarrec Kat mpooere Kai Bardconc eipydpevor’ ai 6€ Treprovaiat rou woe poug padXoy jj iy ai Biacoe eopopal avéxouct. oupaci TE éroudrepor of atroupyot Toy avOporwy it Xphpace ToNEpetv, TO Mev moroy Exovreg Ex THY KivduvVUWY
438
(e)
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Kaw wepryevécOat, ro dé ob BéBatov ps) 0% mpoara- Awoeey, adAwe Tt Kav rapa ddéav, Gnep eixéc, 6 mbdEpog abroig pncuvnres. payn Mev yap pig mpoc aravrag "EdAqvar ouvarol Tedonovvqarat Kat ol Eupuayor ayvrioxeiv, wokepeiv dé pt) wpoc Opolay avrurapackeyiy aivvarce, Gray pnre PovAcurnpiy ivi ypwuerar wapeypiyua re oléwe énirehiiat, TAYTES re iadWngor Gvreg Kai oy Spdpudce Te eg EavToy éxagror orexdy.—('TRUCY RIDES.):
ei pév vor Mépine re awemepwe ravra éyovrra kijpuca é¢ “Apyor xal ’Apyeiwy &yyekot avafsarrec ég Zovoa Emetporeor "Aprotéptea rrepl gerinc, ouK Exw arpextwe elweiv, obdE TLva yropny epi avrav dmopatvopat XK yy ye ii thy wep airoi ’Apyeior Aéyouor. ériorapac dé rocovro, Gre ei waves G@rOpwrot ra oixhia Kaxa é¢ pécov auveveixatey adAabacbac BovrAcpevor rotor tAnoiow, Eyxuparrec av é¢ ra roy mwéXac Kaka doraciwe Exacrot ad’rav aropepotaro Oxiow ra éonvelkavto. otrw On ovK "Apytiowot aioyuora werolnra. éyw dé dgeihw Eyer Ta eyopeva, welBecBui vE paiv ov Tavraraat dpelhu, kai poe Touro TO Eroc é exer é: wayra doyor" émet Kat ravra Aéyerat, we dpa “Apyetou. Haar oi éxcxadeoapevor ror épony éxt rv “EXXdda, éredh opt mpoc roug Ankedatporvioug kaka ¥ aixpn EOTHKEE, wav 6) GovrAdpuevot opiot elvat mpd rijg mapeovonc A’rnc.—( HERODOTUS.)
(7) 6 6€ adalay rovovrdag THe olac éy Tg det'ypart
EaTnKinc Oupyetobac Eérorc og mova Xphpara avre éorty ev rH Badarry Kat mep ric Epyaaiac THC faveuoruciic Sukvévan AAixny: Kai avrog boa Ethnge kal awodwXexe’ kai Gua ratra wAeOpilow wéprey 70 mwawadpoy éml rhy rparelav, Spaypace aire Keytéevync. Kal cuvocoimdpou de awoAatoag éx rn dd dervoc Néyery we per’ ’ AdeLavdpou éorparevaaro, kai
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 489
de abrp EIXE, Kat doa AdoxdAdnra morijpea Exopuce’ Kal wept Tay rexvray ri év rij “Avia &re BeXriove elol ror év TH Eipory dudeaPnrijoac cal ravra 6)) Gioue ovdapoi Ex Tie MOA Ewe arobedny netic’ Kad
‘ypappara o€ elrety we mapeom wap’ ‘Avrerarpou rotrra §}) Néyovra wapayivesbac abrov tic Maxe- doviay, cai dcdopévnc abre tlaywytic Eukwy areovc ore dreipyrat, Src pene ig’ Evdc ovKxodayT ny meparrépw girng wy wrelv Ff mpoohnee Makedda. xat ev TH ovrobete dé we mAgiv wévre rad\arra airy yévotro Ta avahopara Orddvre roc amopo.c TwY Todtr@y’ avavevley yap ob duvacbat.
—(THEOPHRASTUS.)
LATIN TRANSLATION. The Board of Exammers.
Translate, with brief notes in the margin-— (a@) quae nisi respuis ex animo longeque remittis
(6)
dis indigna putare alienaque pacis eorum, delibata deum per te tibi numina sancta saepe oberunt ; non quo Violari summa deum vis possit, ut ex ira poenas petere inbibat acris, sed quia tute tibi placida cum pace quietos constitues magnos irarum volvere fluctus, nec delubra deum placido cum pectore adibis, nec de corpore quae sancto simulacra feruntur in mentes hominum divinae nuntia formae, suscipere haec animi tranquilla pace valebis.
—(LucReETIUvs.)
non rastros patietur humus, non uinea falcem; robustus quoque iam tauris iuga soluet arator;
440
(¢)
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
nec uarios discet mentiri lana colores, ipse sed in pratis aries iam suaue rubenti murice, iam croceo mutabit uellera luto; sponte sua sandyx pascentis uestiet agnos. “ talia saecla” suis dixerunt “‘currite” fusis concordes stabili fatorum numine Parcae. adgredere o magnos (aderit iam tempus) honores, cara deum suboles, magnum Iouis incrementum! aspice conuexo nutantem pondere mundum, terrasque tractusque maris caelumque pro- fundum, aspice, uenturo laetentur ut omnia saeclo ! o mihi tam longae maneat pars ultima uitae, spiritus et quantum sat erit tua dicere facta: non me carminibus uincet nec Thracius Orpheus, nec Linus, huic mater quamuis atque huic pater adsit, Orphei Calliopea, Lino formosus Apollo. —(VERGIL.) Sili, Castalidum decus sororum, qui periuria barbari furoris ingenti premis ore perfidosque astus Hannibalis leuesque Poenos magnis cedere cogis Africanis : paulum seposita seueritate, © dum blanda uagus alea December incertis sonat hinc et hinc fritillis et ludit tropa nequiore talo, nostris otia commoda Camenis, nec torua lege fronte, sed remissa Jasciuis madidos iocis libellos. sic forsan tener ausus est Catullus magno mittere passerem Maroni. —(MARTIAL.)
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 441
(d) postero die sub ortum solis instruxere ab alto naues uelat ad iustum proelium nauale et tam- quam exituris contra Romanis. cum diu stetis- sent, postquam nihil moueri ab bostibus uiderunt tum demum onerarias adgrediuntur. res erat minime certamiui nauali similis, proxime speciem muros oppugnantium nauium. altitudine ali- quantum onerariae superabant; ex rostratis Poeni uana pleraque, utpote supino iactu, tela in locum superiorem mittebant ; grauior ac pondere ipso libratior superne ex onerariis ictus erat ; speculatoriae naues ac leuia nauigia, quae sub constratis pontium per interualla excurre- bant, primo ipsae tanto impetu et magnitudine rostratarum obruebantur, deinde et propugna- toribus quoque incommodae erant, quod per- mixtae cum hostium nauibus inhibere saepe tela cogebant metu, ne ambiguo ictu suis inciderent. postremo asseres ferreo unco praefixi—harpa- gyones uocat miles-—ex Punicis nauibus inici in Romanas coepti. quos cum neque ipsos neque catenas, quibus suspensi iniciebantur, incidere possent, ut quaeque retro. inhibita rostrata onerariam haerentem unco traheret, scindi uideres uincula, quibus alia aliis innexa erat, seriem aliam simul plurium nauium trahi. sex ferme onerariae puppibus abstractae Carthaginem sunt: maior quam pro re laetitia sed eo grauior, quod inter adsiduas clades ac lacrimas unum quantumcumque exinsperato gaudium adfulserat, cum eo ut appareret haud procul exitio fuisse Romanam classem, ni cessatum a praefectis suarum nauium foret et Scipio in tempore subuenisset. —(Livv. )
(e) cogitanti autem haec fere succurrebant : primum ex eo, quod superioribus litteris
442
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
scripseras, ex familiari te illius audisse pro- Jatum iri aliquid quod nemo improbaret, maius aliquid timueram: hoc mihi eius modi non uidebatur. deinde, ut me egomet consoler, omnis exspectatio largitionis agrariae in agrum Campanum uidetur esse deriuata: qui ager, ut dena iugera sint, non amplius hominum quinque milia potest sustinere, reliqua omnis multitudo ab illis abalienetur necesse est. prae- terea, si ulla res est quae bonorum animos, quos jam uideo esse commotos, uehementius possit incendere, haec certe est et eo magis, quod portoriis Italiae sublatis, agro Campano diuiso, quod uectigal superest domesticum praeter uicensimam ? quae mihi uidetur una contiun- cula clamore pedisequorum nostrorum esse peri- tura. Gnaeus qtidem noster iam plane quid cogitet nescio.
puog yap ob optxpotory abXloxore Ere,
aN’ ayplate pioaor, popBelac dre’ qui quidem etiam istuc adduci potuerit. nam adhuc haec évogiZero, se leges Caesaris probare: actiones ipsum praestare debere: agrariam legem sibi placuisse : potuerit intercedi necne, nihil ad se pertinere: de rege Alexandrino placuisse sibi aliquando confici: Bibulus de caelo tum seruasset necne, sibi quaerendum non fuisse : de publicanis, uoluisse se illi ordini commodare : quid futurum fuerit, si Bibulus tum in forum descendisset, se divinare non potuisse.
—(CICERO.)
(f) laetum ea uictoria Vespasianum, cunctis super
uota fluentibus, Cremonensia proelii nuntius in . Aegypto adsequitur. eo properantius Alexan- driam pergit, ut fracto Vitellii exercitu urbem
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 443
quoque externae opis indigam fame urgueret. namque et Africam, eodem latere sitam, terra marique inuadere parabat, clausis annonae sub- sidiis inopiam ac discordiam hosti facturus, dum hac totius orbis nutatione fortuna imperii transit, Primus Antonius nequaquam pari innocentia post Cremonam agebat, satis factmn bello ratus et cetera ex facili, seu felicitas in tali ingenio auaritiam superbiam ceteraqne occulta mala patefecit. ut captam Italiam persultare, ut suas Jegiones colere: omnibus dictis factisque uiam sibi ad potentiam struere. utque licentia militem inbueret, interfectorum centurionum ordines legionibus offerebat. eo suffragio turbidissimus quisque delecti; nec miles in arbitrio ducum, sed duces militari uiolentia trahebantur. quae seditiosa et corrumpendae disciplinae mox in praedam uertebat, nihil aduentantem Mucianum ueritus, quod exitinsius erat quam Vespasianum spreuisse. —(TAciTUS. )
GREEK COMPOSITION. The Board of Examuers.
1. Translate into Greek Iambics—
L. O speak no more, my Jord! This breaks my heart, Lie on this bed and rest yourself a while. E. These looks of thine can harbour nought but death :
444
Sats
E.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
I see my tragedy written in thy brows.
Yet stay: awhile forbear thy bloody hand, And let me see the stroke before it comes. That even then, when I shall lose my life, My mind may be more steadfast on my God.
. What means your highness to mistrust me thus?
What mean’st thou to dissemble with me thus?
. These hands were never stained with innocent
blood ; Nor shall they now be tainted with a king’s. Forgive my thought for having such a thought.
2. Translate into Greek Prose—
There cannot be anything so disingenuous, so misbecoming a gentleman or any one who pre- tends to be a rational creature, as not to yield to plain reason and the conviction of clear argu- ments. Is there anything more inconsistent with civil conversation and the end of all debate, than not to take an answer, though ever so full and satisfactory, but still to go on with the dis- pute, as long as equivocal sounds can furnish a term to wrangle with on the one side, or a dis- tinction on the other, whether pertinent or impertinent matters not? For this in short is the way and perfection of logical disputes, that the opponent never take an answer, nor the respondent ever yield to an argument. This neither of them must do, unless he will pass for a poor bafiled wretch, and lie under the disgrace of not being able to maintain whatever he has once affirmed, which is the great aim and glory in disputing. Truth is to be found and sup- ported by a mature and due consideration of things themselves, and not by artificial terms and ways of arguing: these lead men not so
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 445
much into-the discovery of truth, as into a captious and fallacious use of doubtful words, which is the most useless and offensive way of talking and such as least suits a gentleman or a lover of truth of anything in the world.
LATIN COMPOSITION. The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin Elegiacs—
Slow sinks, moré lovely ere his race be run, Along Morea’s hills the setting sun ; Not, as in Northern climes, obscurely bright, But one unclouded blaze of living light ! O’er the hushed deep the yellow beam he throws, ;
Gilds the green wave, that trembles as it glows. On old Aegina’s rock, and Idra’s isle, The god of gladness sheds his parting smile ; O’er his own regions lingering, loves to shine, Though there his altars are no more divine. Descending fast the mountain shadows kiss
_ Thy glorious gulf, unconquer’d Salamis !
2. Translate into Latin Prose—
Full of these ideas, all the electors turned their eyes towards Frederic, Duke of Saxony, a prince of such eminent virtue and abilities as to be distinguished by the name of the sage, and with one voice they offered him the Imperial crown. He was not dazzled with that object which monarchs so far superior to him in power
DD
146
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
courted with such eagerness; and, after deliberating upon the matter a short time, he rejected it with a magnanimity and disin- terestedness no less singular than admirable. “ Nothing,” he observed, “could be more im- politic than an obstinate adherence to a maxim which, though sound and just in many cases, was not applicable to all. In times of tran- quillity,” he sail, ‘ we wish for an emperor who has not power to invade our liberties ; times of danger demand one who is able to secure our safety. The Turks, led by a gallant and vic- torious monarch, are now assembling. They are ready to pour in upon Germany with a violence unknown in former ages. New con- junctures call for new expedients. The Imperial sceptre must be committed to some hand more powerful than mine or that of any other German prince. We possess neither dominions nor revenues nor authority which enable us to encounter such a formidable enemy. Recourse must be had, in this exigency, to one of the rival monarchs.”
COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY. Professor Tucker.
1. State Grassmann’s Law, with instances and ex-
ceptions.
2. Give, with examples, the history of the following
].-E. sounds as they appear in Greek and Latin:— oi, eu, bh, sonant J, post-consonantal x, velar g.
or
—~
8.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 447
. What chief effects were produced in Latin by the
old method of accentuation ?
Explain and illustrate “ Sentence-Phonetics.”
. (a) Illustrate fully the phenomena of Ablaut in
roots or suffixes containing: ¢.
(6) Relate the following words to their cognates in other Ablaut steps—modestus, wéxacOe and néwooOe (= werdrvOare), dédocxa, solium, madat, perculsus, cixwc (With éonwe), rotpeot, Ureppiados.
. Comment on the vowels italicised in—neglego,
Poenus, nuncupo, mina, fabula, vester, anatem.
. Examine completely the following words in respect
both of phonology and morphology—
Aelwerc, EEover (Dor. éLovor), seruntur (with ievrac), cocus (with wécow), sacerdos, interior, reOvewe (with reOvnxwe), oBévyvpe (with segnis), tergo (with rérptppac), mavovpyoc, cavrodv, xOovec, Oedadoroc, miopat, Exna (with ea and Exavoa), mthi, éxardy, Samnium (with Sabellus), weiopa (with offendtx), xotiy (cavere), ctw (with uro), déhpat (with calf), xiixuc (el-bow), gaiddoc (with ¢Aaipoc), muleeo (padaxdc), Baciréwe, édarn (with linter), card (with contra), in- colarum. ;
Take the following verbs, break them up into their component parts, state the function of each such part, and do the same with each of the “principal parts” of each verb:—rikrw, saxve, éxw, vrioxvéopat, pello, fero, facto, ruvOdvopat, naoxw, tendo, reivw.
DD2
448 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
9. Describe the I.-E. method of forming subjunctive and optative moods. Shew how far Greek and Latin have retained or departed from the original method.
Illustrate by *es — *et — *bher —.
10. Discuss briefly the case-forms—oicade, ywpéw», deonoréa, deabus, honortbus, hpdc, joc, foras, woNirov, Cpaxpijot, médecat, Mors.
11. Examine the forms— yeyorvia, magister, cixooréc, boum, gtdairepos, Serimini. 12. Write compact notes on— (a) The augment. (5) The Latin passive. (c) The ways of forming infinitives.
GREEK AND ROMAN LITERARY CRITICISM. Board of Examiners.
1. Give a clear account of the term pipnorc as applied to the fine arts. How is music a pipznoce ? What is meant by xpaéec as subject of pipnoce ?
2. (a) “The distinction between poets and prose- writers is a vulgar error.” —(SHELLEY.) ‘Three works which are as near to poetry as possible without absolutely being so— Pilgrim's Progress, Robinson Crusoe, and the Tales of Boccaccio.” —(HazuitT.) Discuss these observations with the aid of any remarks made by Aristotle in the Poetics.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 449
(b) **The distinction between philosophers and poets has been anticipated."—(SHELLEY.) But what, in Aristotle’s view, is there in common to poetry and philosophy ?
3. (a) “ All artis dedicated to Joy: - » The right art is that which creates the highest enjoyment.” —(ScHILLER.) Compare this with Aristotle’s conception of the function of art. (5) Explain the special jdov4 derived from tragedy. (¢) By what devices of plot or choice of “hero” is such dovh secured in the largest measure? (d@) Who is the best judge of the soundness of art, and in what respects is 7 ray Oedrpwy dc0éveca.at Athens revealed to us ?
4. Pope says of Aristotle—
‘¢ He steer’d securely, and discover’d far, Led by the light of the Meeonian star.”
Explain and discuss the latter line in con- nection with the statement that Aristotle as a critic believes in the “survival of the fittest.”
5. Explain and discuss the statement that the func- tion of the poet is to represent ola dy yévorro rather than ra yevdpera.
6. “ What distinguishes the artist from the mere amateur, says Goethe, is Architectonicé in the highest sense; that power of execution which creates, forms, and constitutes; not the pro- foundness of single thoughts, not the richness of imagery.”—(M. ARNOLD.)
How far does this agree with doctrines of Aristotle? By what terms would Longinus express ‘‘ the profoundness of single thoughts”?
450
~ (.
10.
11.
13.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Addison writes—‘ Aristotle has observed that the idiomatic style may be avoided and the sublime formed, by the following methods. 2 What are these methods? What must we under- stand “idiomatic” and “sublime” to mean ? Explain toc as used by Longinus.
. The nature of poetry is such that “ad eloquendi
quaedam deverticula confugiat, nec mutare quaedam modo verba, sed extendere, corripere, convertere, dividere cogatur.”—(QUINTILIAN.)
Compare this with Aristotle’s remarks upon érexracecc and the like, and discuss the point.
. Distinguish between the error in art and the error
kara cup BeBnuds.
(a) Compare the definition of good poetic style in the Poetics with that of good style in the Rhetorre.
(6) Why should there be puOpud¢ but not peérpor in prose ?
Explain cyqpara, ro puxpdv, 76 vidovy, peyadodgpo- auvn, ardouc pvOoc, arr cvoracie.
3 a= 3 , “a s LY . eV Th Odvocelg rapeaca tic Gy Karadvopévp ror
“Opnpov hAly, ov dixa ric opodpdrnroc mapapéver ro péyeOoc. What are the grounds of this judgment?
> ? 7 4 ba.) cof od \ ~ > é& avaykne yévotr’ av tioug alriov ro ray éudepo- pévwy exréyev det ra Katpwwrara. . .
Complete this passage, with the illustrations.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 451
14. (2%) Give the substance of Quintilian’s criticisms of Greek and Roman historians. (it) Aeschylus, sublimis et gravis et grandiloquus saepe ad vitium, sed rudis in plerisque et incom- positus.
Compare this with an observation of Longinus.
15. Pope speaks of “ lays That, shunning faults, one quiet tenour keep ; We cannot blame indeed—but we may sleep.” What has Longinus to say in similar vein ?
16. Comment on the following excerpts from Horace—
(a) difficile est proprie communia dicere.
(b) Archilochum proprio rabies armavit iambo.
(c) nec gemino bellum Troianum orditur ab ovo.
id si vis me flere, dolendum est primum ipsi tibi.
GREEK AND LATIN LITERATURE. The Board of Examiners.
1. Define and characterize the “Classical Period ”’ in . Greek and Latin literature respectively. Trace the nature and causes of the decline in each case.
©. (a) Describe concisely the contributions to Greek literature which came from Baotia, Sicily, and Alexandria respectively. Add the dates. (6) Which of the Roman writers were provincials ? Give some account of each.
452 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Through what characteristics of subject-matter
and treatment is Attic Comedy divided into periods? Name the principal writers of each.
. What ground is there for supposing the existence
of Epic poems previous to the composition of the Ihad?
. Give an account of (a) the rise and progress of
Greek oratory, (6) Greek and Latin books on rhetoric.
. Write a concise history of Roman tragedy,
examining its relations with the Greek.
. Give (with dates) a brief summary of the lives
and works of Alczus, Simonides, Anacreon, Xenophon, Plutarch, Ennius, Varro, Pliny the Younger, Martial.
. Write an Essay on each of the following
subjects :— (a) Bucolic poetry. (6) Tacitus as stylist and historian. (c) The possibility of translating Pindar or Vergil.
GENERAL PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Place on an outline map the chief Greek settle-
ments in Southern Italy and Sicily. Describe briefly (with dates) how Rome came _ into political contact with them successively.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 453
. Give some account of the Athenian and Roman
coinage, stating the modern values. Give the Greek and Latin for “ £250 at 6 per cent. per annum,” “TI will pay the principal on the 17th of March.”
. Explain clearly—Zquites Romani, princeps sena-
tus, senatores pedarti, legatio libera, dixn aroo- raalov, dixn éLovAnc, peroixtoy, mpoor%, péravdoc Bupa, davaxpiorc, ratiapxoc, pvAapxor, yepovoia, ravapxuc, dorpaxtopdc, verillarit, divinatio, nun- dinae, morbus comitialis, obnuntiatio.
. State the origin and application of the proverbs—
mov ori;—tpse dixit—ad Kalendas Graecas— yra0e ceavrdv—obdév mpoc Atévvcov—ab ovo— sus Minervam.
. Explain by a diagram the topography of—
Otho per Tiberianam domum in Velabrum, inde ad miliarium aureum sub aedem Saturni pergit—
and the allusions in— Exsilium et carcer Minturnarumque paludes
Et mendicatus victa Carthagine panis.
6. Describe (with diagram) the Acropolis in B.c. 400.
7. (a) the parts played in history by Brasidas,
State in a few sentences—
Pelopidas, Theramenes, Maecenas, Vitellius, Jugurtha, Pythagoras, Pheidias ;
(4) events connected with Pydna, Aegates Insulue,
Aquae Sextiae, Arbela, Lade.
454 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. Give the classical Attic for xpoojpyovro, avaréOer~ rat, éxGadreTat, Exw Mv apyny exirerpaypévny, Kad€oerc, yapnOnoopat, rpoonyopevOny, Ewynoduny, paberwoar.
9. Write terse notes on the grammar of—
cur non exsilium itis ?
facinora neque te decora nec tuis virtutibus.
ne hostes quidem sepultura invident.
quod non opus est, asse carum est.
mediis consiliis standum videbatur.
ab Narnia Tiberi devectus est vitandae sus- picionis.
me omnium iam laborum levas.
modecc yaderal AaBeiv pu} ob ypdvy.
végoc 8 ob galvero maonc yalnc ov0 dpéwy.
eioiOov riv Sikny raurny.
el 0€ ov péy prev Akovoor, éyw Oé-Ké rot Karadekw.
ETUKEIMEVaL KAA KUVac.
tor’ ovv two’ AXknoric ele yijpag pdAot 5
papvavro désac mupoc aifopévaco.
éooerat hap Gr’ dy ror’ dAwAN"IAtog ipg.
10. What were the differences between the two chief varieties of Greek alphabet? What changes occurred in the Latin alphabet after it was first borrowed ? |
11. State and illustrate the various meanings and usages of guin with various moods. Translate ‘‘There is no doubt that, if he had arrived earlier, the town would have been taken.”
12, Emend the hexameter—
dwow Oo Exra yuvaixac apipovac épya idviac.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 455
13. Translate into an English couplet—
Incipe: dimidium facti est coepisse. Supersit dimidium. Rursus incipe et efficies.
SCHOOL OF HISTORY, INCLUDING CONSTI- TUTIONAL AND LEGAL HISTORY, AND POLITICAL ECONOMY.
ANCIENT HISTORY.
First Paper. Professor Elkington. Write a short Essay on each of the following sub- jects :—
{1) The evolution of History from Mythology.
(2) The Homeride.
(3) The Amphictyony.
(4) Music as a subject of education at Athens.
{5) The Sophists, from the standpoint of Socrates, as teachers of virtue.
(6) The characteristics common to the Tyrannis in Greece.
(7) The constitutional and “judicial reforms intro- duced by Pericles.
456
to
or
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ANCIENT HISTORY. SECOND PAPER.
Professor Elkington.
. Discuss the chief causes of the gradual diminu-
tion of the power of the Consulate.
. Describe the main racial divisions of the Italian
peninsula in the fourth century sB.c., and con- sider how the diversity of race affected the progress of Roman conquest.
. Trace the effects upon Rome, economically and
politically, of the second Punic war (a) in Italy, (6) abroad.
. Trace briefly the course. of the last Mithradatic
war, and explain the nature of the settlement of the East by Pompeius.
. Why did the Republican government break down
at Rome ?
. On what grounds did Cesar refuse to give up his
province and his army in B.c. 50-49 ?
. What motives induced the Romans to undertake
the conquest of Britain ?
. Trace the derivation of the principal Imperial
powers as exercised by a aan from forms of authority which existed under the Republic.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 457
). What changes in the direction of autocracy
occurred under Tiberius ?
10. Describe the principal changes in the government
to
cr
of the Roman Empire which were introduced by Diocletian and Constantine.
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.
First Paper. Professor Elkington.
Indicate the chief points of resemblance and of difference between the Feudal relation and the Tribal relation.
. Indicate the chief causes of the downfall of the:
Manorial system.
. Discuss the attitude of the Baronage towards the
Crown up to the accession of Edward the Third.
. Discuss briefly the domestic and the foreign policy
of Henry the Seventh.
. Discuss Wolsey’s place in the history of England.
. Trace the causes which led to the opposition to
Charles the First.
. What circumstances brought about the fall of
Clarendon ?
. Trace the effect (a) of Irish, (5) of Scottish, affairs
in bringing about the Revolution.
458 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
io)
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE. SEconD PAPER. Professor Elkington.
. Write a note upon “The English Village Com-
munity.”
. © Party is essential to representative institutions.”
—May, C. H., vol. IT, p. 94. Discuss this
proposition.
. “Such then was the effect of the New World on
the Old.”—Seeley, Excpansion, p. 92. Explain.
. Discuss the Act of Settlement as introducing safe-
guards to the Constitution.
. Write a note upon the more important constitu-
tional questions which arose during the reign of Anne.
. Explain the circumstances in which the second
Rockingham Administration was formed, and trace thence the course te affairs to the formation of the Coalition Ministry.
. Show that the Reform Act of 1832 (a) has not
produced the principal results expected of it, (6) has produced results that were not antici- pated.
. Give some account of the Alabama arbitration.
. Whom do you consider the greatest of our Indian
proconsuls, and for what reasons ?
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 459
HISTORY. Professor Elkington.
Write a short Essay on each of the following sub- jects :— (1) The Coronation of Charles the Great.
(2) The Partition Treaty of Verdun. (3) The Constitution of the Holy Roman: Empire.
(4) The changes in Europe, political and social, during the eleventh century, which affected the crusading movement.
(5) The history of the Spanish peninsula during the fifteenth century.
(6) The growth of the Swiss Confederacy.
POLITICAL ECONOMY. First PAPER.
Professor Elkungton.
To be answered algo by Candidates for the Wyselaskie Scholarship in Political Economy. 1. What do you understand by Character? By National Character ? Mention some of the lead- ing circumstances that influence Character.
2. Show the importance of Psychology as a prepara- tion for the study of theoretical politics.
460 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. “The consilience of Induction and Deduction is
6 cr
the very highest art that the human intellect can
command, not merely for proving difficult pro-
sepia but for getting hold of propositions to e proved.” Illustrate from your reading.
. In certain respects societies resemble individual
organisms, in certain other respects they differ from them. Explain as fully as you can.
“ . . . there arise impediments in the way of Sociology greater than those in the way of any other science.”—Spencer Study, &ce., p. 72. Comment on this citation.
. “The progress in the discovery of laws, itself
conforms to law.” Elucidate.
. Bagehot sets down as a postulate of English
political economy, the transferability of capital from employment to employment. What do you understand by “ capital” and by ‘‘ employ- ment” in this connection ?
. “Labour, therefore, is the real measure of the
exchangeable value of all things.”— Wealth of Nations, Book I., ch. 5. Comment upon this dictum.
. Explain and illustrate the meaning of “relative
indebtedness” in the theory of Foreign Exchanges.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 461
POLITICAL ECONOMY.
SEconD Paper. Professor Elkington.
To be answered also by Candidates for the Wyselaskie Scholarship in Political Economy.
Write a short Essay on each of the following subjects :—
(1) Evolution and Dissolution.
(2) Political Integration.
(8) The interdependence of economic phenomena. (4) The influence of Machinery.
(5) The Earnings of Labour.
(6) The tendency, of Profits to a minimum.
POLITICAL ECONOMY. (For THe DzGRee or M.A.)
Professor Elkington.
Fo be answered also by Candidates for the Wyselaskie Scholarship in Political Economy.
1. Write a note on the limits of State- Duties.
2. Discuss briefly Cliffe Leslie’s essay on “The Political Economy of Adam Smith.”
462 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. (a) “ No industry can live anywhere which is not able to face the most unrestricted com- petition.” —-Girren, Economic Inquiries, IT, p. 188. |
(6) “The dream of the Socialist, that there is a common fund produced of which certain workmen do not get their fair share, is thus a pure illusion.”—J6.
Give the substance of Giffen’s arguments.
4. How does Giffen demonstrate that there has been a great increase of well-being throughout all classes of society within the last fifty years ?
d. Write a note on the utility of common statistics. 6. Write a note on “‘ the mobility of labour.”
7. Write a brief note on each of the following sub- jects :-— , (a) English corn-law legislation in the nineteenth century. (6) The Bank Charter Act 1844.
(c) The Statute of Apprentices.
8. How does Walker answer the question, “ May any advantage be acquired by the wages class through strikes or trade-unions” ?
tw
co
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 463
SCHOOL OF LOGIC AND PHILOSOPHY.
I.—FORMAL LOGIC. Professor Laurie.
. Mention different ways in which the logical laws have been stated, and different theories which have been held as to their origin.
. Consider the truth, or otherwise, of the statement made by Kant that, since Aristotle, Formal Logic has not had to retrace a single step, nor has it been able to make one step in advance.
. How far, if at all, may the doctrine of Opposition be applied to Hypothetical propositions ? And what immediate inferences may be drawn from such propositions ?
. What is meant by the Inversion of Categorical propositions ? On what processes does it depend, and on what conditions may it be regarded as valid ?
. What is the problem of Reduction? Distinguish, in your answer, between Direct and Indirect Reduction. To what extent is it possible to reduce categorical syllogiams to moods other than the first ?
. What fallacy or fallacies are involved in the attempt to argue from one of the premisses and the con- clusion of a categorical syllogism to the truth of the other premiss ?
464 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
7. Examine the following arguments :—
(a) “You are not to inquire how your trade may be increased, nor how you are to become a great and powerful people, but how your liberties can be secured. For liberty ought to be the direct end of your government.”
(5) If the moral aim be blessedness, it must be a state of consciousness, or an aggregate of such states, either painful, indifferent, or pleasurable. From this it follows that the moral aim is pleasure, for a state of blessed- ness cannot be either painful or indifferent.
8. What is the result of Elimination? Can you point out any cases in which this process may be of value? Explain the relation of the expressions (1) and (0) to each other.
9. Of the artists who offered works for a certain exhibition, it was found that the candidates whose works were wholly rejected consisted exactly of juniors who had sent in oil paintings and seniors who had sent in water colours. Describe the junior candidates as fully as these data will permit.
II.—INDUCTIVE LOGIC. Professor Laurie.
1. Discuss Mill’s answer to the question, what a Proposition really is.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 468
. Mention any meanings which have been attached to Real Definition. How is it that many logicians regard Definition as nominal only, while, at the same time, they admit that questions of Definition lead to an examination of things ?
3. What account would you give of the objects which form the subject-matter of Geometry? This may be discussed in connexion with the question whether axioms of Geometry may be explained and defended as generalizations from observation.
. What do you take to be the ground of Induction generally? Is it possible to vindicate this ground as itself an Induction ?
. May every proof of a special law of causation be resolved into an application of the Method of Difference, or are other criteria necessary ? Give your reasons.
. How is it that stress has been commonly laid on plurality of causes, rather than on plurality of effects? Refer, in your answer, to Venn’s treat- ment of this question.
. Is the principle of the composition of causes liable to any exception? Consider Mill’s teaching on this subject.
- Mention different purposes for which Hypotheses may be used. Should the claim to frame Hypo- theses be restricted in any way; and, if so, how ?
466 EXAMIKATION PAPERS.
to
III.—PSYCHOLOGY. Professor Laurie.
. To what extent, if at all, is it true that Psychology
forms the basis of Ethics ?
. Give an account of different varieties of motor
sensations. Is it possible to resolve Space, or our knowledge of it, into these or any other sensations ?
. May all the facts of imagination, reproductive and
productive, be explained by a law or laws of association ?
. May the concept be resolved into a particular
image or presentation, together with the use of a general name ?
. What account would you give, Pores): of
the development of the idea of Self?
. What is the value of the doctrine of “ local signs”
in connexion with Perception ?
. How does Lotze meet the supposition that mental
life is nothing but a product of the bodily organization ? ,
. On what grounds does Lotze defend the interaction
of mind and body ? Compare his theory with any doctrine of psycho-phvsical lelism known to you.
1.
ws)
o-
6.
FINAL HONODR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 467
IV.—METAPHYSICS. Professor Laurie.
What are the special problems of Kant’s Trans- cendental Analytic as compared with his Trans- cendental Aesthetic ?
. Show the importance, for the philosophy of Kant,
of his schematism of the Categories. Add any comments.
. How does Kant seek to get rid of the difficulties
- contained in his first and second Antinomies ? Examine his position here.
What does Kant hold to be the proper attitude of reason in its purely speculative use towards a moral theology, as distinguished from a specula- tive theology ?
Show that the inquiry into the nature of knowledge is necessarily bound up with the inquiry into the nature of existence.
On what grounds has it been maintained that the world must be conceived from a teleological and not merely from a mechanical point of view ?
7. Does the unity of the world imply intelligence ?
Is any light thrown on this subject by the development of human knowledge ?
8. Give an account of the Idealistic view of the world
which Watson, in his chapter on the Pel oe) of Mind, opposes to the philosophy of Herbert Spencer.
468 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
wt
V.—MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
Professor Laurte.
. At what point or points does Aristotle, in his
Ethics, break off from the Platonic doctrine of the nature of the good ?
. Explain Aristotle’s division of the intellectual
virtues.
Distinguish between psychological and_ ethical hedonism, and discuss their relations. :
How does Spencer attempt to establish a reconcilia- tion in moral philosophy between empiricism and intuitionism? Add any comments.
Does Spencer’s theory of the genesis of the moral consciousness justify the extension of ethics to the lower animals ?
. How would you meet the statement that the ethical
end of self-realization, adopted by Green and others, errs in attaching undue importance to the satisfaction of the individual ?
. May the good will be regarded as a sufficient test
of conduct? Is it possible to reconcile an afirmative answer with the acknowledged facts that men, acting conscientiously, are sometimes led in opposite directions ?
. Explain Green’s statement that Reason is the
source of the idea of a Common Good. How does he seek to show that social interest must be accepted as a primary fact ?
Qe
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 469
VI.—HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.
Professor Laurie.
. What importance do you attach to the Method
prescribed by Descartes in the search for truth ?
. In what sense, and on what grounds, does Spinoza
affirm freedom of the Infinite Substance, while denying free will to man?
. Write a short essay on Leibniz’s theory of
Pre-established Harmony.
. On what grounds does Locke conclude that there
are material things distinct from the percipient mind ? Examine his arguments on this subject.
. State, with any comments, the distinction drawn
by Berkeley between visible and tangible extension.
. What, according to Locke, is the origin of our
belief in personal identity? And how did Hume seek to explain this belief?
- It has been said that ‘‘ the thorough subordination
of reason to feeling and instinct is the deter- mining factor in Hume's philosophy.” Consider this statement.
. Show that the speculative philosophy of Kant has
been the source of much of our later Agnosticism.
470 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SCHOOL OF MODERN LANGUAGES. ENGLISH. First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. “ The Norman oe inaugurated a distinctly new epoch in the literary history of England.” Comment on this statement.
2. Write a note on the sources of Chaucer’s “ Knightes Tale” and of his ‘“‘ Nonne Prestes Tale.”
3. Give a short account of “Gorboduc” and of “Ralph Roister Doister.”
4. Compare the Chronicle-play with the Historical Drama proper. To which class does K. Henry IV. belong ?
5. Discuss the resemblances between the three plays generally considered as Shakespeare’s latest.
G. Discuss the question of Hamlet's age.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 471
ENGLISH. Seconp Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. What are the chief merits and defects of Milton’s prose style?
8. Write a short account of KEarle’s Microcesmo- graphy.
3. Compare Dryden and Pope as satirists.
4. What do you gather from the Hssay of Dramatic Poesy as to Dryden’s own views on—
(a) the relative value of ancient and modern drama ?
(6) the relative value of English and French drama ?
(c) the value of rhyme in dramatic works ?
5. Show how the work of Thomson, Gray, Collins, and Percy can be considered as heralding a romantic movement in English poetry. ;
6. What were the real defects of the so-called “metaphysical” poetry of the Seventeenth - Century ? Illustrate as fully as possible.
472 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ENGLISH. THIRD PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe, briefly and precisely, Burke’s attitude toward the French Revolution.
2. Write a short account of Lamb’s prose style. 3. Discuss Macaulay’s estimate of Addison.
4, Compare Wordsworth and Shelley— (a) in their attitude towards Nature ; (5) in their attitude towards political reform.
5. Summarize Harrison’s argument in the matter of Eighteenth Century literature.
6. Discuss Hutton’s. views on Browning —
(a) as aie poet ; -(b) as dramatist.
ENGLISH. FourtH Paper. The Board of Examiners.
Write an Essay on one of the following subjects :— (a) The Poetry of Chaucer. (b) The debt of English literature to other modern literatures.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MAKCH, 1907. 473
FRENCH. First Paper. The Board of Examiners. COMPOSITION (ESSAY).
Ecrivez en francais deux compositions choisies l’une parmi les sujets (a), l’autre parmi les sujets (5), indiqués ci dessous :
A.
2) Les charmes de la lecture. (2) Lirinstruction doit elle étre obligatoire ?
(8) DeTinfluence du journalisme moderne sur la littérature et principalement le roman.
(4) L’Angleterre est le pays le plus libre du monde, sans en excepter aucune République.— MONTESQUIEU.
B.
(1) Des écrivains qui ont exercé le plus d’in- | fluence sur le développement de la langue au XVIe Siécle. (2) Del influence de Louis XIV. sur la littérature de son siécle. (3) De influence exercée par certains écrivains anglais sur les romanciers francais du XVIII° Sidcle et du XIX°.
(4) De Vinfluence des salons littéraires et des
femmes écrivains sur la littérature francaise des XVITI° et XVITI® siécles.
474 EXAMINATION PAPERS
FRENCH. SEcoND PaPER. The Board of Examiners. I.
VERSION.
Traduisez en frangais élégant :
(a) Trade in those days, both foreign and domestic, was subject to many discouragements. One of the most formidable of these consisted in the prevalence of piracy. The Governments of the period were all more or less irregular and insecure, especially in their influence on the more remote provinces nominally subject to their authority. But if licence seemed to increase with distance on the land, much more was it thus with distance on the open sea. Trading vessels were always armed vessels—were as far as possible vessels of war; and the strong too often seized upon the weak, even in the time of peace, appropriating the ship and the cargo, and despatching the crew. Depredations of this nature provoked reprisals, and large fleets some- times took the quarrels thus originated into their own hands, without consulting their respective Governments. Almost every state had at times its complaint to make of wrong of this shape, and often only to be reminded of similar outrages as perpetrated by its own subjects.
(5) At last came the days of his death agony, during which the strong frame of the man was struggling with dissolution. He insisted on
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 475
remaining by the fireside, in front of the door of his private room. His daughter would spread out the gold coins on a table for him, and he would remain whole hours with his eyes fixed on them like a child that, on beginning to see, stupidly contemplates the same object; and, like a child, he would give a painful smile.
‘Tt does me good,” he would say sometimes, with an expression of joy on his face.
(c) Write to me as soon as you receive this letter, for I have not had news of you for some time. Until now I have been moving about so much that I could not give you any fixed address. At present, without being more settled in my movements, I depend more on myself, and I am better able to know what I shall be doing, the ordinary risks of life excepted. Address your letters to Mr. S. Bale, to be called for; for they will reach me where- ever I am, and in all probability I shall be in Switzerland. I am going there to escape the heat. I shall spend all the warm season in these mountains. I shall go down in October. The weather will then be pleasant with you, and I shall pay you a visit every winter. ‘his had been my former plan, my finest. castle in the air, and the dearest of my dreams; and nothing now prevents me from realizing it.
(d) All the world’s a stage, And all the men and women merely players; They have their exits and their entrances ; And one man in his time plays many parts, His acts being seven ages. At first, the infant, Mewling* and puking+t in the nurse’s arms ; * vagir. + baver.
476 - EXAMINATION PAPERS.
And then, the whining schoolboy, with his | satchel |
And shining morning face, creeping like snail
Unwillingly to school. And then, the lover,
Sighing like furnace, with a woeful ballad
Made to his mistress’ eyebrow. Then a soldier,
Full of strange oaths, and bearded like the |
ard, :
J salou in honour, sudden and quick in quarrel,
Seeking the bubble reputation
Even in the cannon’s mouth, . . . . | en oe Last scene of all
That ends this strange eventful history,
Is second childishness, and mere oblivion ; |
Sans teeth, sans eyes, sans taste, sans every- thing.
IT. GRAMMAIRE COMPAREE.
1. Le francais ressemble & l’anglais en ce que les seuls cas en usage se trouvent parmi les pronoms. Pourquoi donc est-il désirable de retenir les expressions de nominatif, de génitif, d’accusatif et de datif surtout en ce qui concerne la con- struction de certains verbes? Les exemples suivants & traduire en frangais idiomatique pourront servir & expliquer les réponses :
She has walked six miles. He values tt at ten shillings. They stood sword in hand. He lives in Redan St.
She smiled a bitter emile.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 477
2. Traduisez soigneusement les exemples suivants d’expressions elliptiques (1) et explétives, (2) et expliquez les différences de construction des denx langues dans ces phrases :
(1) When do you think they will come? More dangerous than ts supposed. I like novels, however uninteresting. Has she seen the house? Yes. Are any left? No.
(2) To say that ts to talk like a fool.
Iam the State.
3. Donnez les idiomes frangais correspondant aux exemples suivants. What does it matter? I knew her to be dying. Cost what it may. I heard people shouting in the streets. Happy 3 the man who
4. Donnez les comparaisons et métaphores anglaise correspondant aux expressions suivantes :
Il fait noir comme dans un four. Trempé comme une soupe.
Fort comme un ture.
Maigre comme un clou.
Triste comme un bonnet de nuit.
Serré comme des harengs. EE
478 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
FRENCH. THirD PAPER. The Board of Hxraminers. I. TRADUCTION (at sight).
Traduisez élégamment :
1. La Fontaine et Moliére sont inséparables, ils se tiennent pour ainsi dire la main devant la postérité qui les admire et qui les aime. _ Elle leur sait gré & tous deux de n’avoir pas hai les hommes dont ils ont peint les travers et les faiblesses avec tant de fidélité et par des moyens analogues, car la Fable, dans les mains de La Fontaine, est devenue :
Une ample comédie & cent actes divers.
Ces deux poétes philosophes, si francais et si humains, si modernes et si antiques, pour tout dire, si vrais et si durables, sont bien de leur pays et de leur temps, mais ils conviennent a tous les lieux et & tous les Ayes. Leurs faiblesses, et ils en ont, ne sont que des traits de vérité plus frappants et des arguments de sincérité. Ce qui prouve victorieusement la parenté et la puissance de leur génie, c’est le don qu’ils possé- dent au méme degré de transformer ce qu’ils touchent, et de s’assimiler ce qu’ils empruntent. Moliére disait: “Je prends mon bien ot je le trouve,” et La Fontaine, dans le méme sens :
Mon imitation west point un esclavage, et tous deux avaient raison.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH 1907. 479
2. Les plantes semblent avoir été, semées avec profusion sur la terre, comme les étoiles dans le ciel, pour inviter l'homme, par l’attrait du plaisir et de la curiosité, & l’étude de la nature; mais les astres sont placés loin de nous; il faut des connaissances préliminaires, des instruments, des machines, de bien longues échelles pour les atteindre et les rapprocher & notre portée. Les plantes y sont naturellement; elles naissent sous nos pieds et dans nos mains, pour ainsi dire; et, si la petitesse de leurs parties essentielles les dérobe quelquefois 4 la simple vue, les instru- ments qui les y rendent sont d’un beaucoup plus facile usage que ceux de l’astronomie. La botanique est l'étude d’un oisif et paresseux solitaire, une pointe et une loupe sont tout Yappareil dont ie besoin pour les observer.
3. C’est duns la jeunesse qu’il faut apprendre A lire les anciens. Alors la page de l’esprit est toute blanche, et la mémoire boit avidement tout ce qu’on y verse. Plus tard, la place est occupée; les affaires, les soucis, les soins de chaque jour la remplissent, et il n’ ya plus guére moyen qu’ avec un trop grand effort de repousser la vie présente qui nous envahit de tous cdtés et qui nous déborde, pour aller se reporter en idée a trois mille ans en arriére. Et encore, pour y revenir, quand on sait les chemins, quelle pré- paration est nécessaire! que de conditions pour arriver & goiter de nuuveau ce qu’on a senti une fois! Aprés quelques années d’interruption, essayez un peu, et vous verrez la dificulté. I] est besoin auparavant de se recueillir, de s’isoler de la vie qui fait bruit et de lui fermer la porte, de faire comme on faisait autrefois quand on
EE 2
480
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
voulait s’approcher des mystéres, de prendre toute une semaine de retraite, de demi-ombre et de silence, de mettre son esprit au régime des ablutions et de le sevrer de la nourriture moderne—Soyez sobre, soyez & jenn; n/’allez pas, & vos jours de communion avec l’antiquité, lire tous les journaux du matin.
Un village !—Voila le vingtiéme peut-étre.
C'est le méme toujours: on le fait reparattre!
Chacun d’eux est si bien semblable & son voisin,
Qu’on les fixerait tous en trois traits de fusain.
Un fouillis de maisons, de granges, de clétures;
Le fin clocher qui pointe au dessus des toitures ;
La ferme centenaire avec son mur détruit.
Et le long d’une haie, un chemin creux qui fuit.
Mais le calme est si grand, mais la paix si profonde,
On croit si bien qu’ici cessent les bruits du monde,
Et que nul des soucis, nulle des passions
Qui sont le lourd impét de nos ambitions,
Ne doit ici troubler, dans son divin mystére,
L’entretien familier, de l’homme et de la terre,
Que, malgré le mécompte et le réveil certain,
Je n’ai jamais pu voir un village lointain,
Prés des foréts, au flanc d’un mont, au bord d’un
fleuve,
Sans réver d’y renaitre avec une Ame neuve, Sans dire: ‘ Le pays qu’il me faut, l’horizon Qui me plait, les voila!—J’y voudrais ma maison.
Sous le ciel morne rampe une plaine pre, chauve, Et vierge du fécond déchirement des socs,
Od rien ne croit, hormis aux fissures des rocs Quelques brins mal venus de bruyére ou de mauve.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 481
Aux moindres bruits, un vol de corneilles se sauve. La pierre ruinée, éparse en sombres blocs, Témoigne qu’ autrefois d’épouvantables chocs Ont consacré l’horreur de cette lande fauve.
Qu’un jour un laboureur habile aux durs travaux Vienne, attelle ses boeufs trapus, ses forts chevaux, Et marche jusqu’au soir dans la glébe qu'il fouille.
Tl heurte & chaque pas des restes de héros, Javelots, boucliers, casques rongés de rouille, Epouvanté de voir la grandeur de leurs os.
6. Traduisez:
Je monte au cinquiéme étage par l’ascenseur.
Les ouvriers sont en gréve.
Je prendrai votre parti, car, & mon avis, vous avez raison.
Le fils du général a épousé un bon parti.
Ce pauvre homme a du guignon depuis quelque temps; il est encore sur le pavé.
J] a la cinquantaine.
Mettez-vous en mesure de remplir vos engage- ments.
Je me mets en quatre.
Vous me mettez dans de beaux draps.
Vous y mettez du temps.
IT. HISTOIRE DE LA LANGUE.
Répondez en anglais aus questions suivantes:
(a) A quels faits de |’Histoire faut il attribuer la disparition du dialecte de la Langue d’OC. et pourquoi en a-t-on maintenant si peu de traces ?:
482 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(6) Expliquez la phrase suivante : “En méme temps que la forme des mots se modifiait, lu syntuce elle-méme s'altératt au cours des temps.”
(c) La langue francaise a-t-elle conservé des traces du srenre neutre ?
(d) De quel genre doivent étre les substantifs dérivés du latin? Donnez la régle et les exceptions.
(¢) Donnez et expliquez au moyen de |’étymologie le genre des mots suivants : Sacrifices, lospitalité, pommes, avoine, beurre, printemps, études, différences, ciel, fleur, feuille.
FRENCH. Fourtu_ Parer. The Board of Examiners. PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.
Traduisez les extraits suivants et commentez dans la marge tous les mots et passages soulignés, en ayant soin d’indiquer a la fin de chaque passage Youvrage, auteur et les personnages en ques- tion :—
(a) Il réfléchit une minute, la vit toute seule, dans
la maison vide: Od est-il ce petit ?
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 483
Au Bas-Meudon, chez un marinier qui |’a recueilli pour quelques jours . . . . Aprés, c’est l’hospice, l’assistance.
Eh! bien, va le chercher puisque tu y tiens . ». . Elle lui sauta au cou, et d’une joie d’enfant, tout le soir, fit de la musique, chanta, heureuse, exubérante, transfigurée. Le lende- main, en wagon, Jean parla de leur décision au gros Hettéma qui paruissait instruit de |’affaire,
mais désireux de ne pas s’en méler.
(5) -Tout & coup vers dix heures il se fit un prand mouvement dans la foule. La porte du jardin
tourna sur ses gonds violemment. “Crest lui! . . . Crest lui!” criait-on. Cétaitlui . . . . Quant il parut sur le seuil, deux cris de stupeur partirent de la foule: Crest un Teur! .
Il a des lunettes!
Son Sahara avait deslégumes. . . . Tout
prés de lui, sur la jolie céte verte de Mustapha supérieur, des villas algériennes, toutes blanches, luisaient dans la rosée du jour levant: on se serait cru aux environs de Marseille, au milieu des bastides et des bastidons.
(c) Accueilli dans une ville, emprisonné dans Pautre, et partout supérieur aux événements; loué par ceux-ci, blimé par ceux-la; aidant au bon temps, supportant le mauvais, me moquant des sots, bravant les méchants, riant de ma misére et faisant, la barbe A tout le monde; vous
484
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
me voyez enfin établi dans Séville, et prét 4 servir de nouveau votre Excellence en tout ce qui lui plaira de m’ordonner.
- —Qui t’a donné une philosophie aussi gaie?
—L’habitude du malheur. Je me presse de rire de tout, de peur d’étre obligé d’en pleurer.
(2) Retirons nos regards de cet objet funeste,
(¢)
Pour admirer ici le jugement celeste;
Quand la gloire nous enfle, il sait bien comme il faut Confondre notre orgueil qui s’éléve trop haut.
Quoi? qu’on envoie un vainqueur au supplice? —Il ne peut exister, &4 mon goat,
Plus fin diseur de ces jolis riens qui sont tout. Parfois il est distrait, ses muses sont absentes;
Puis, tout & coup, il dit des choses ravissantes! —Non?
—C’est trop fort! Voil& comme les hommes sont.
Il n’ aura pas d’esprit, puisqu’il est beau gargon! —I] sait parler du coeur d’une facgon experte? —Mais il n’en parle pas, Monsieur, il en disserte ! —Il écrit?
—Mieux encore! Ecoutez donc un peu:
“ Plus tu me prends de ceur, plus jen ail . .
Hé! bien?
—Peuh!
—Et cect: “ Pour souffrir, puisqu’tl men faut un autre,
Si vous gardez mon ceur, envoyez-mori le votre!” —Tantdét il en a trop et. tant6t pas assez.
Qu’est-ce au juste qu’il veut, de cceur?
—Vous m’agacez!
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 485
C’est lajalousie .. . ao — Hein! —d’anteur qui vous dévore! Et ceci, n’est il pas du dernier tendre encore? “Croyez que devers vous mon ceur ne fait qu'un cri, Et que si les baisers s'envoyaient par écrit, Madame, vous liriez ma lettre avec les lévres!” —Ha! Ha! ces lignes-lA sont.. . . Hé! hé! mais bien-miévres! —Etceci. . . —Vous savez donc ses lettres par coeur ? —Toutes! T] n’y a pas & dire: c’est flatteur! —C’est un maitre! —Oh! . . un maitre! Un maftre soit! . . . un maitre. -
Expliquez et commentez les phrases suivantes :—
(a) Corneille est haut et sain ; il a épuré le théatre et présenté au public des personnages fiers, généreux, héroiques; il n’a jamais immolé le devoir a la passion.
(6) Moliére n’a pas écrit pour un certain monde, mais pour tout le monde.
(c) Voltaire, qui commence & faire parler de Jui en 1714 et meurt dans une apothéose en 1778, a rempli presque tout le XVIII Siécle. I] est impossible de prendre en bloc un tel homme.
(d) Mme. de Staél appartient au XVITI° Siécle; elle est le XVIII® tout entier. Mais elle est aussi cosmopolite; elle n’a pas du tovi une nature artiste et son ceuvre a trés peu dg valeur esthétique.
486 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
(ec) La faculté la plus forte de G. Sand c’est Timagination. C'est elle qui, dans le roman, exprime surtout le romantisme lyrique, con- sidéré6 comme l’expansion d’une sentimentalité effrénée et de tous ces états extrémes dont Chateaubriand et Byron donnérent les modeéles.
GERMAN.
First PAPER. The Board of Examiners. CompPosiTION— UNSEEN TRANSLATION. 1. Translate into German—
(a2) Two thousand summers have imparted to the ' monuments of Grecian literature, as to her marbles, only a maturer golden and autumnal tint, for they have carried their own serene and celestial atmosphere into all lands, to protect them against the corrosion of time. Books ure the treasured wealth of the world and the fit inheritance of generations and nations. Books, the oldest and the best, stand naturally and rightfully on the shelves of every cottage. They have no cause of their own to plead, but while they enlighten and sustain the reader his common sense will not refuse them. Their authors are a natural and irresistible aristocracy in every society, and, more than kings or emperors, exert an influence on mankind. When the illiterate and perhaps scornful trader has earned by enter- prise and industry his coveted leisure and inde- pendence, and is admitted to the circles of wealth and fashion, he turns inevitably at last to those
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 487
(2)
still higher, but yet inaccessible, circles of in- tellect and genius, and is sensible only of the imperfection of lis culture and the vanity of all his riches, and further proves bis good sense b the pains which he takes to secure for his children that intellectual culture whose want he so keenly feels; and thus it is that he becomes the founder of a family.
“‘ Which is the most reasonable and does his duty best—he who stands aloof from the struggle of life, calmly contemplating it, or he who de- scends to the ground, and takes his part in the contest? ‘The earth, where our feet are, is the work of the same power as the immeasurable blue yonder, in which the future lies into which we would peer. Who ordered toil as the condi- tion of life, ordered weariness, ordered sickness, ordered poverty, failure, success—to this man a foremost piace, to the other a nameless struggle with the crowd—to that a shamefull fall, or a paralyzed limb, ur sudden accident—to each some work upon the ground he stands on, until he is laid beneath it?” While they were talking the dawn came shining through the windows of the room, and Pen threw them open to receive the fresh morning air. ‘‘Look, George,” said he; ‘‘look and see the sun rise. He sees the labourer on his way a-field; the work-girl plying her poor needle; the lawyer at his desk, perhaps; the beauty smiling asleep on her pillow ot down, or the jaded reveller reeling to bed; or the fevered patient tossing on it; or the doctor watching by it; or the child just born into the the world—born to take his part in the suffering and struggling, the tears and laughter, the crime, remorse, love, folly, sorrow, rest.”
488 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
2. Translate into English—
(a) Mein Vater war Landgeistlicher in einem Dorfe des: Herzogtums. Er hatte geniigende Mittel um mir, als dem einzigen Sohne neben mehreren Téchtern, jede Art von Erziehung geben zu kdénnen. Er bestimmte mich zum Gelehrtenstande, ich sollte in seine Fussstapfen treten, und nichts konnteihn von diesem Gedan- ken abbringen, so zeitig sich auch meine Neigung verriet, in der wohl etwas Anererbtes lag, denn - ein friihe verschollener Vatersbruder war Maler gewesen, doch fand man das Beispiel ab- schreckend, da eben dieser Oheim ein trauriges Ende in fernen Auslande gehabt haben sollte. So wurde ich in eine vielbesuchte stiidtische Pension verbracht. Hier bis in das fiinfzehnte Jahr dem gewdhnlichen Lehrgang in den alten Sprachen mit wenig Lust und Kifer folgend, und mehr und mehr von dem dumpfen Gefiihl eines verfehlten Berufes gedriickt, schloss ich mich scheu und ungesellig in eine Phantasiewelt ein, die sich schon in den Tagen der Kindheit unter den EHindriicken einer merkwirdigen Gebirgsgegend und eines mir- chenreichen Dorfes zu bilden angefangen hatte. Der plétzliche Tod meines Vaters konnte vorerst in meiner Bestimmung nichts findern. Ent- scheidend war dagegen ein Ferienbesuch bei einem Paten, der als Férster einer adligen Herr- schaft nur einige Stunden von meiner friiheren Heimat entfernt, auf einem stillen Dorfe sass. Der Grundherr, Baron Neuburg, ein Mann von vielseitiger Bildung, in friiheren Jahren Militir, von Sitten schlicht und anspruchslos, stand mit Cem Forsterhause in freundlichem Verkehr. Er war mir immer geneigt gewesen, mein Zustand
e
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 489
ging ihm nabe, und seiner Vermittlung gelang es zuletzt, mir die ersehnte Laufbahen zu erdffnen.
(6) Ich will nicht untersuchen, woher unsrer jet- zigen Jugend die Einbildung gekommen ist, dass sie dasjenige als etwas Angeborenes bereits mit sich bringe, was man bisher nur aufdem Wege vieljihriger Studien und Erfahrungen erlangen konnte, aber soviel glaube ich sagen zu kinnen, dass die in Deutschland jetzt so héufig vorkom- menden Ausserungen eines alle Stufen allmih- liger Entwickelung keck iiberschreitenden Sinnes zu kiinftigen Meisterwerken wenige Hoffnung machen. Das Ungliick ist, im Staat, dass niemand leben und geniessen, sondern jeder regieren, und in der Kunst, dass niemand sich des Hervorgebrachten freuen, sondern jeder seinerseits wieder produzieren will. Es ist ferner kein Ernst da, der ins Ganze geht, kein Sinn, dem Ganzen etwas zuliebe zu tun, sondern man trachtet nur, wie man sein eigenes Selbst bemerklich mache und es vor der Welt zu még- lichster Evidenz bringe. Dieses falsche Bes- treben zeigt sich iiberall, und man tut es den neuesten Virtuosen nach, die nicht sowohl solche Stiicke zu ihrem Vortrage wihlen, woran die Zuhérer reinen musikalischen Genuss haben, als vielmehr solche, worin der Spielende seine er- langte Fertigkeit kénne bewundern lassen. Uberall ist es das Individuum, das sich herrlich zeigen will, und nirgends trifft man auf ein red- liches Streben, das dem Ganzen und der Sache zuliebe sein eigenes Selbst zuriicksetzte.
(ec) O glicklich, wer noch hoffen kann, Aus diesem Meer des Irrtums aufzutauchen !
490 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Was man nicht weiss, das eben branchte man, Und was man weiss, kann man niclit brauchea. Doch lass uns dieser Stunde schénes Gut Durch solchen Triibsinn nicht verkiimmern ' Betrachte, wie in Abendsonne-Glut
Die griinumgebnen Hiitten schimmern.
Sie riickt und weicht, der Tag ist iiberlebt, Dort eilt sie hin und férdert neues Leben.
O dass kein Fliigel mich vom Boden hebt, Ihr nach und immer nach zu streben !
Ich siih’ im ewigen Abendstrail
Die stille Welt zu meinen Fiissen, Entziindet alle Hob’n, beruhigt jedes Tal, Den Silberbach in goldne Stréme fliessen. Ach! zu des Geistes Fliigeln wird so leicht Kein kérperlicher Fliigel sich gesellen.
Doch ist es jedem einveboren,
Dass sein Gefiithl hinauf und vorwirts dringt, Wenn iiber uns, im blauen Raum verloren, Thr schmetternd Lied die Lerche singt, Wenn iiber schroffen Fichtenhéhen
Der Adler ausgebreitet schwebt,
Und iiber Flachen, iiber Seeen
Der Kranich nach der Heimat strebt.
GERMAN.
SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners. PRESCRIBED AUTHORS. I. 1. Translate into English, locate, and annotate :-—
(a) “ Soll doch nicht als ein Pilz der Mensch dem Boden entwachsen,
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 491
Und verfaulen geschwind an dem Platze, der ibn erzeugt hat,
Keine Spur nachlassend von seiner lebendi- gen Wirkung !
Sieht man am Hause doch gleich so deut- lich, wess Sinnes der Herr sei,
Wie man, das Stiidtchen betretend, die Obrigkeiten beurteilt.
Denn wo nicht immer von oben die Ordnung und Reinlichkeit wirket,
Da gewodhnet sich leicht der Birger zn schmutzigem Saumeal,
Wie der Bettler sich auch an lumpige Kleider gewoéhnet.”’
(6) ‘“ Wahrlich, unsere Zeit vergleicht sich den
seltenster Zeiten,
Die die Geschichte bemerkt, die heilige wie
_ die gemeine.
Denn wer gestern nnd heute in diesen Tagen. gelebt hat,
Hat schon Jahre gelebt ; so dringen sich alle Geschichten.
Denk’ ich ein wenig zuriick, so scheint mir ein graves Alter
Auf dem Haupte zu liegen, und doch ist die Kraft noch lebendig.”’
(ec) ‘Wie der wandernde Mann, der vor dem
Sinken der Sonne
Sie noch einmal ins Auge, die schnellver- schwindende, fasste,
Dann im dunklen Gebiisch und an der Seite des Felsens
Schweben siehet ihr Bild ; wohin er die Blicke nur wendet,
492 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Kilet es vor und- gliinzt und schwanktin herrlichen Farben :
So bewegte vor Hermann die liebliche Bildung des Madchens
Sanft sich vorbei und schien dem Pfad in’s Getreide zu folgen.
2. Write a short comment on (a) the metre, and (b) the language of “ Hermann und Dorothea.”
II.
]. Translate into English, and comment upon the following passages :—
(a) Der Zweck der Idylle ist tiberall nur der, den Menschen im Stand der Unschuld, d.h. in einem Zustand der Harmonie und des Friedens mit sich selbst und von aussen darzustellen. Aber ein solcher Zustand findet nicht bloss vor dem Anfange der Kultur statt, sondern er ist es auch, den die Kultur, wenn sie tiberall nur eine bestimmte Tendenz haben soll, als ihr letztes Ziel beabsichtigt. Die Idee dieses Zustandes allein, und der Glaube an die mégliche Realitat derselben, kann den Menschen mit allen Ubeln versdbnen, denen er auf dem Wege der Kultur unterw orfen ist, und ware sie blosse Chimire, so wiirden die Klagen derer, welche die gréssere Sozietiit und die Anbauung des Verstandes bloss als ein Ubel verschreien und jenen verlassenen Stand der Natur fiir den wahren Zweck des Menschen ausgeben, vollkommen gegriindet sein. Dem Menschen, der in der Kultur be- griffen ist, liegt also unendlich viel daran, von der Ausfiithrbarkeit jener Idee in der Sinnen- welt, von der méglichen Realitét jenes Zustandes eine sinnliche Bekraftigung zu erhalten, und
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 493
da die wirkliche Erfahrung, weit entfernt, diesen Glauben zu nébren, ihn vielmehr bestindig widerlegt, so kommt auch hier, wie in so vielen andern Fiillen, das Dichtungsvermégen der Vernunft zuhilfe, um jene Idee zur An- schauung zu bringen und in einem einzelnen Falle zu verwirklichen.
(6) Naiv mugs jedes wahre Genie sein, oder es ist keines. Seine Naivheit alleinmachtestzum Genie, und was es im Intellektuellen und Asthetischen ist, kann est im Moralischen nicht verleugnen. Unbekannt mit den Regeln, den Kriicken der Schwachheit und den Zuchtmeistern der Ver- kehrtheit, bloss von der Natur oder dem Instinkt, seinem schiitzenden Engel, geleitet, geht es ruhig und sicher durch alle Schlingen des falschen Geschmackes, in welchen, wenn es nicht so klug ist, sie schon von weitem zu vermeiden, das Nichtgenie unausbleiblich verstrickt wird. Nur dem Genie ist es gegeben, ausserhalb des Bekannten noch immer zu Hause zu sein und die Natur zu erweitern, ohne itiber sie hinauszugehen.
_ 2. Geben Sie, auf Deutsch oder auf Englisch, kurz den Gedankengang von Schillers Abhandlung “Ueber naive und sentimentalische Dichtung,” an, und zeigen Sie dabei besonders, wie die Ausdriicke “ naiv” und “ sentimentalisch ” von ihm gebraucht werden und ferner, worin die Bedeutung dieses Werkes liegt.
ITI.
Translate, locate, and comment upon the following passage :— .
Im Kriege selber ist das letzte nicht der Krieg.
494 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
Die grossen schnellen Taten der Gewalt,
Des Augenblicks erstaunenswerte Wunder,
Die sind es nicht, die das Begliickende,
Das ruhig, maichtig Dauernde erzeugen.
In Hast und Eile bauet des Soldat .
Von Leinwand seine ieichte Stadt ; da wird
Ein augenblicklich Brausen und Bewegen,
Der Markt belebt sich, Strassen, Fliisse sind
Bedeckt mit Fracht, es riihrt sich das Gewerbe.
Doch eines Morgens plotzlich siehet man
Die Zelte fallen, weiter riickt die Horde,
Und ausgestorben, wie ein Kirchhof, bleibt
Der Acker, das zerstampfte Saatfeld liegen,
Und um des Jahres Ernte ist’s getan.
IV.
Schreiben Sie eine kurze deutsche Inhaltsangabe von Grillparzers “Sappho,” worin besonders der tragische Konflikt des Trauerspiels klar dargelegt ist.
GERMAN. THIRD PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
History OF LITERATURE ; Essay.
1. (a) Geben Sie an, was Sie von der “ politischen Dichtung” Deutschlands im 19ten Jahr- hundert wissen, und welche Bedeutung diese fiir die Einigung die Griindung des neuen Reiches gehabt hat.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 495
(6) Was versteht man unter der “ Zeit der Auf- kliirung” in 18ten Jahrhundert, und wer ist der Hauptvertreter derselben in Deutsch- land? Wie verhilt sich diese Bewegung zum “ Sturm und Drang ” ?.
(c) Zeigen Sie die Bedeutung der “Entdeckung ” des deutschen Volksliedes fiir die neuere Lyrik. Wem verdanken wir sie, und welche Dichter haben den Ton des echten Volks- liedes am besten zu treffen verstanden? K6nnen Sie einige solcher neueren Lieder nennen ?
(d) Wie erkliren Sie sich die Schwiiche des deut- schen Romans, verglichen mit dem engli- schen? Zitieren Sie Werke, die Sie gelesen haben, zur Erlaiuterung Ihres Urteils.
(e) Was wissen Sie tiber die Ursprungszeit, die Verfasser und die Gattung der folgenden Werke : (a) das Hildebrandslied ; (0) Par- zival ; (c) “Simplicissimus”’; (d) “Die Abderiten”; (e) “ Die Braut von Mes- sina” ; (f) “Des Knaben Wunderhorn ” ; (g) “Peter Schlemihl ” ; (h) “ Die Weber” ?
2. Schreiben Sie einen deutschen Aufsatz iiber cines der folgenden Themen :
“Dem Mimen flicht die Nachwelt keine * Kriinze.” “'Welche Lebensfiihrung und Lebensansicht empfiehlt Goethe im ‘ Tasso’? ” “ Ein edler Mensch zieht edle Menschen an Und weiss sie festzuhalten.”
496 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SCHOOL OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
GENERAL PHYSICS AND HEAT. The Board of Examiners.
SIX questions only to be attempted.
1. Investigate the nature and magnitude of the correction which must be applied to a gravity determination in consequence of the finite curvature of the knife edges of the pendulums used.
By what device can the effect of this curva- ture be eliminated ?
2. Give the theory of the laboratory experiment for determining the coefficient of restitution of ivory.
3. If the mass per cm? (= oc) at any point distant r from the centre of a circular plate of gravitating matter of radius @ is given by
_ 3M ro 7 Oral J =",
prove that the potential V at any point in the axis of the plate distant z from its centre is
given by 3AM
2 ai
2 —_—
jaz — (a? + 2?) tan“! a}. 2
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 497
Hence show that at any point whose polar coordinates with respect to the centre and axis are p, 0,
11 1 a? 1 a OM So gee tap Pa — ke}
when p 7 a.
4. Give an account of Laplace’s theory of capillarity.
Point out the relation between the “ intrinsic pressure” of that theory and (a) osmotic pres- sure, (6) the pressure within the mass of an imperfect gas.
Qe
. Obtain an expression for the rise of temperature produced by a small isentropic compression, and describe the experiments by which Joule verified it.
6. Prove that the mechanical equivalent of tke difference between the two principal specific heats of any substance is numerically equal to the product of the temperature, specific volume, isothermal bulk modulus and the square of the expansibility.
“2
. Deduce from the laws of thermodynamics an expression for the relation between the e.m.f. of a cell and the external pressure.
Give a summary of the results of Gilbault’s experiments on this subject.
498 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
LIGHT AND SOUND.
The Board of Examiners. SIX questions only to be attempted.
jul
. If w be the distance, measured from the first surface of a thick lens to an object point on its axis, and v the distance from the second surface
to the image point, show that | a are | o—-p u-—-a F
where a, £, and F'are constants for the lens.
to
. Describe fully how to produce, and how to test for, circularly polarized light.
A parallel beam consists partly of ordinary light and partly of circularly polarized light. How would you obtain the relative intensities of the two portions ?
3. Describe the construction, give the complete theory, and explain the mode of working of the echelon diffraction grating.
Give an account of any one investigation in which this instrument has been used.
a
. Give a full account of the evidence, mathematical and experimental, which warrants the identifica- tion of the light vector in any medium with the dielectric polarization current in that medium.
5. Give an account of Drude’s presentation of the electromagnetic theory of ordinary dispersion. Show that it leads to Ketteler’s dispersion formula.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907, 499
Show how to deduce frum this theory the true relation between the refractive index and specific inductive capacity of a transparent substance.
6. Describe the construction and mode of employment of the Vibration Microscope, and explain fully the manner of deducing the form of vibration of a vibrating body from its indications.
7. Give an account of Helmholtz’s pet! of Com- bination Tones. Show how to calculate the frequencies of the various orders of these tones.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
The Board of Examiners. SIX questions only to be attempted.
1. Obtain from elementary principles the three usual expressions for the energy of a system of charged conductors.
Prove the relations—
Pmn = Pam) Pan < Pmm or Pans where the p’s are coefficients of potential.
Show also from your equations that, if a given charge be distributed over a number of con- ductors in such a way that the energy of the system when in electrical equilibrium is a minimum, the conductors are all at the same potential.
500 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Investigate the effect on a uniform electric field of introducing into it a sphere of dielectric of different specific inductive capacity.
3. Prove that the potential at any point in the field of a uniform magnetic shell is equal to ¢Q where ¢ = strength of shell and Q = solid angle subtended by shell at point.
It the shell be a plane circle of radius y, and if a short maguet of moment © and length 2’ be placed so that its centre lies in the axis and at a distance z from the centre of the shell, prove that the mutual energy of the magnet and the shell is equal to
4 oro int {iPr + 24, P + tA',P, x + &e,| r
cos a being the argument of the A Legendre functions where tan a = y/z and r= z' + y’, and cos @ that of the P functions where @ is the angle between the axis of the magnet and that of the shell. |
For any Legendre functions Q, areument pi [ y Leg , arg I; 158 0;-1 —p 0; — a Q'. |
4, Investigate the theory of a moving-coil ballistic galvanometer with a rectangular coil suspended so as to move in the gap between a cylindrical iron core and evlindrieal pole pieces sym- metrically arranged so as to give a radial magnetic field which is uniform round the gap.
Show that with such a ballistic galvanometer the time during which the transient current passes need not be very small compared with the time of oscillation of the suspended coil.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 6501
5. Describe, with full theoretical and practical detail, Lorenz’s method for the determination of the ohm.
6. Show that— H = 4r VoP, R=— VuB,
are legitimate reneralizations of the two experimental laws usually expressed by
M.M.F (= f Hds) = 4rC,
e.m.f, (= f'Ras) = —“*,
where P is the Faraday lines per cm? and ¢ their velocity, B the magnetic lines per cm? and « their velocity, while Hand # are the magnetic and electric intensities respectively.
¢. Two points are joined in parallel arc by two conductors whose resistances and self-induc- tances are F,, f,, and L,, Ly respectively, the conductors being so placed that their coefficient of mutual inductance is A/; find for alternating currents of given period the resistance and inductance of the single conductor equivalent to the two.
HOY EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SPECIAL COURSE. The Board of Examiners.
1 Write Essays on any two of the following subjects :—
(a) The measurement of solar and stellar tempera- tures.
(6) The heat received daily and yearly at each point on the earth’s surface from the sun.
(ec) Repulsion resulting from radiation. (d) The solar constant.
(e) The influence of radio-active research on the problem of the secular cooling of the heavenly bodies.
- SCHOOL OF GEOLOGY, PALZZONTOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY.
GEOLOGY.
First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Give a condensed account of the principal views as to the composition and condition of the interior of the earth, and indicate the nature of the evidence, if any, in favour of each of the views.
2. An alternating series of hard and soft stratified rocks is gradually uplifted to a dome-shaped projection, rising to a considerable altitude above
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 503
sea-level. Discuss the nature of the river systems which will arise during the development of the drainage system through youth to maturity.
3. Give an account of the symmetry and chief forms present in the Sphenoidal type of the Tetragonal system. Point out its relations to the normal type and name a mineral crystallizing in the Sphenoidal type.
pp
. Give the chemical composition, crystalline form, and mode of occurrence of the following minerals :—
Monazite, Tantalite, Jodyrite, Vivianite, Tridymite, Cossyrite.
or
. Sections from a biaxial mineral are cut at right angles to an optic axis, to the acute bisectrix and to the obtuse bisectrix, respectively. Explain what is seen in each case when the sections are viewed in convergent polarized light, and explain how the optical sign of the mineral may be determined.
6. Point out the scope, and explain the limitations of the law of decreasing basicity as affecting the order of consolidation of minerais from molten magmas.
504 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
to
GEOLOGY. SECOND PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
. Discuss the nature and origin of the following :—
Propylite, Saussurite, Essexite, Limburgite _Fluxion Gneiss, Hornblende Schist.
. Describe the characters by which you would
recognise the following minerals under the microscope :—
Anorthoclase, Oligoclase, Nepheline, Zoisite, Tlmenite.
. State the horizon and diagnostic characters of the
principal Ordovician graptolites, and discuss any anomalies which may occur in the Victorian as compared with the extra-Victorian succession.
. What do you know of the systematic position and
stratigraphical range of the following :— Archzocyathus, Rhinopterocaris, Glossopteris,
Caurus Werribeensis, Dinesus Ida, Lepido-
dendron Australe. "
. At what geological horizons have glacial deposit,
been recognised ? Mention the principal Aus- tralian localities for each glaciation, correlate them with similar occurrences outside Australia, and briefly refer to the probable mode or modes of origin of the deposits.
. Give an account of the physiography, geological
structure, and petrology of the Ballarat district.
ee
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 505
SCHOOL OF CHEMISTRY.
CHEMISTRY. First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
Write Essays on some (or all) of the following sub- jects :—
(1) The atomic weights of hydrogen and oxygen, and the choice of a standard atomic weight.
(2) The chemical study of sulphur in comparison with elements placed near it in the natural classification.
(3) Radio-active elements.
(4) Polyiodides, inorganic and organic.
(5) oe more important features of the chemistry of
old.
(6) Processes for the manufacture of white lead.
—— ————
CHEMISTRY. SEcoND PaPER. The Board of Examiners.
Write Essays on some (or all) of the following sub- jects :— (1) Amido-acids and their electrolytic characters. (2) ‘The synthesis of ketones. (3) The constitution and synthesis of fructose. (4) Diazonium compounds. (5) The triphenylmethane group of dyes. (6) The constitution of camphor.
506 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
CHEMISTRY. Tarrp Paper. The Board of Examiners.
Write Essays on some (or all) of the following sub- jects :—
(1) The solubilities of “insoluble” salts; their measurement, and their alteration in the case of a mixture of two such salts with a common ion.
(2) The theory of such abnormal solubilities as that of sodium sulphate.
(3) The influence of the solvent in electrolysis.
(4) The theory of “side reactions” and of “con- secutive reactions.”
(5) The thermochemistry of neutralization (acids and bases).
(6) The progressive change of physical properties in a homologous series of carbon compounds,
LL ier es ee en ee en
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 507
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION IN LAWS.
PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.
. Write a note on the equality of States in modern
International Law.
. Consider the developments in Africa and the Far
Kast during the last 25 years in their bearing upon International Law.
. Trace the history and discuss the present position
of the rules ‘Free Ships, Free Goods ;” ‘Enemy Ships, Enemy Goods.”
. What is the right of search, and by whom and in
what circumstances is it exercisable? Is it ever applicable in time of peace ?
. Write a note on the problem of reconciling the
duties of a neutral in time of war with the right of neutral subjects to engage freely in com- mercial intercourse.
. Write a note on the influence exerted by Russia
or the United States in the development of International Law.
Write a note on the present position in time of war of submarine mines, cables, newspaper correspondents, mail steamers.
508 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW.
The Board of Examiners. Canlidates should answer FOUR questions only.
1. Ais made bankrupt in England. By the Insolvency Act of Victoria, a settlement made by a person within five years preceding the sequestration of his estate becomes void as against the assignee, unless. the settlor was at the time of settlement able to pay his debts without recourse to the property comprised in the settlement. In the English Bankruptey Act 1888, there is a similar clause, but the term fixed is ten years. A had made a settlement of property in Victoria five years before his insolvency, and another seven years before, and in neither case can it be shown that he was able to pay his debts without the aid of the abe nade in question. The English trustee in bankruptcy requires advice as to the courses open to him. 7
2. A,a person domiciled in England, dies intestate. His whole property consists of land in Victoria, valued at £2,000. The Victorian Intestates Estates Act 1896 charges the beneficial estates of deceased persons with £1,000 in favour of the widow; an English Act of 1890 confers a similar right to £500. ‘lo what would you consider the widow of this deceased entitled ? Do you consider that the result would be affected if the Victorian land were sold, and the assets distributed in an administration suit in England ?
3. Discuss the relevancy of the intention of the parties in determining the governing law of a contract.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 509
4, (a) In an action for breach of a Victorian contract to load a cargo of wheat in a foreign ‘day de- fendant pleads that at the time when the contract should have been performed military operations were in progress in the foreign country, and the Government. therein forbade the export of all corn, and made it a penal offence to carry any corn out of the country. The plaintiff demurs.
(6) A contract is made in Peru between the Government of that country and D, for the loan of a large sum of money, and JD lends the money accordingly. A revolution takes place in Peru, and a provisional Government is formed which is ultimately recognized by all the Powers as the Government of Peru. This Government assigns to J a large quantity of guano as security for a portion of the debt, and D, by its authority, sells the guano, and applies the proceeds towards the liquidation of the debt. A second revolution restores the original Government (which is in due course recognized), which repudiates all the acts of the revolutionary Government, among them the transactions with D, and sues D, in England, for the recovery of the money received by him from the sale of the guano. J resists the claim, and counter-claims tor the balance of his debt.
Consider the cases.
). H and Ware domiciled in Victoria. A presents a penton for divorce in Victoria on the ground of W’s adultery with X, whom he joins as co- respondent, and from whom he claims damages. The adultery was committed in a foreign country,
FF
§10 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.
and it is proved that, according to the law of that country, no divorce a vinculo can be had, and also, that, while the co-respondent is liable to proceedings of a punitive character, no civil action exists whereby a claim for damages can be sustained.
Consider the relevancy of these matters in the Victorian divorce proceeding's.
6. What is the doctrine of Renvoi. What cases have arisen in England concerning it ? Or, 7. Is there any, and what, sense in which it is correct to 2 as of (a) an Imperial Bankruptcy Law, (d) the national law of a British subject?
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.— Parr I.
The Board of Examiners. Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.
1. “In England we have substituted for the notion of citizenship or membership of the State, the feudal notion of the relation between lord and man.” Explain and illustrate this statement.
. Consider briefly the relation of the Crown and the State to the land in the English system.
to
3. Write a note comparing prerogative and privilege with special reference to their control by courts of law.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 511
4, Write a note cn the statement that “The king reigns but does not govern.”
6. What do you mean by the ideas of peerage and nobility? Do you consider that there is any, and what, truth in the view that nobility of blood is unknown in the law of England?
6. Write a note on barony by tenure or the history of life peerages.
7. Write a note on the following :— (a) Judicium parium; legem terrae; breve quod vocatur Praecipe ; commune consilium regnt, or | :
(b) Recent reviews of the constitutional import of Magna Carta.
THE LAW OF WRONGS AND THE LAW OF PROCEDURE.
First Paper. Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarski.
1. Consider the history and limits of English classifi- cations of wrongs.
~. Consider the statement that “the liability of the Commonwealth for the acts of its servants depends altogether upon the relation of the Commonwealth to its servants in regard to the particular matter in question.” FF 2
§12 | EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. Consider the principles of law applicable in an action against a trades union and its officers for procuring the dismissal from his employment of a non-unionist.
4. In the jidgment in Merivale v. Carson (20 Q.B.D. 281)—Lord Esher, M.R., said: “It is said that if in some other case the alleged libel would not be beyond the limits of fair criticism, and it could be shown that the defendant was not really criticising the work, but was writing with an indirect and dishonest intention to injure the plaintiff, still the motive would not make the criticism a libel.” What was Lord Esher's opinion upon the point, and upon what reasoning was it based? How is the point now actually decided ?
5. In the exercise of a quasi-judicial discretion, what conditions must be satisfied, by the persons or bodies who act, to exclude intervention by a Court of Justice even in regard to a decision
which the Court may think wrong? If such conditions be not satisfied, what are the terms of the order the Court will make ?
6. Consider 4’s right of action in each of the follow- ing’ cases :—
(a) B, who had been shooting rabbits, left a gun loaded and at full cock standing inside a fence on his land, beside a gap, from which a private path led over his land from a public road to his house. B’s son, aged 15 years, coming from the road through the gap on his way home found the gun, and with it went back to the public road, and not knowing that the gun was loaded he pointed it in play at A, who was on the road, and the gun went off and destroyed .A’s eyesight.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 5138
(6) Accompanied by B his wife, C his son (a schoolboy), and D his private secretary, A was a pussenger upon a tram in Melbourne, and owing to the combined negligence of the tram conductor and of X, a motorist, B, C, and D were killed in a collision which thereby occurred.
(c) B, in the year 1886, worked coal under nis land adjoining the garden of A. In the year 1896'B sold his land and coal mine to C. In the year 1906 A’s land subsided owing to the workings in the year 1886, and A’s house fell in consequence thereof.
(d) OC, the bailiff of B, in order to effect a dis- tress for rent in arrear by A, went through a house adjoining A’s house and into the yard at the back thereof, and thence climbed over the wall into the yard of A’s house and entered A’s house by an open window and distrained for the rent.
(e) B was the owner ofa ferry boat, and on B’s wharf a notice was displayed, which stated that “‘a fare of one penny must be paid on entering or leaving this wharf, whether the passenger has travelled by the ferry or not.” A paid a penny, and went on to the wharf to use the ferry, but having missed the boat sought to leave the wharf without further payment. The turnstile-keeper, who stated that the notice referred to contained his instructions, forcibly prevented A from leaving the wharf until A effected his escape.
(f) A municipality made a drain across a highway within its district, and covered the drain; with a bridge of wood. Thereafter the municipality
514 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
did nothing to repair the bridge, which, in the ‘course of nature, became so weak that A’s horse when being driven by A along the road, broke through the bridge and was killed.
(7) A, an outgoing tenant, left a picture hanging on a wall, and B, the new tenant, refuses to allow .A to come and take the picture away.
7. In Rex v. McGrowther (1746), the prisoner pleaded that he had joined the rebels under compulsion. What direction did the Chief Justice, in sum- ming up, give to the jury ?
8. (a) In what circumstances can a person -be guilty of homicide by non-feasance ?
(5) Is the mere fact that a prisoner is shewn to have sworn to two contradictory statements, sufficient evidence to justify his conviction for
perjury ?
9. A was presented for attempting to discharge a loaded revolver at B, with intent to do him grievous bodily harm. The Crown proved that during an interview between A and B, A drew a loaded revolver from his coat pocket; that B immediately seized A and prevented him from raising his arm; that a struggle ensued, in the course of which A nearly succeeded in getting his arm free, but after a few minutes B wrested the revolver from him, and A was taken into custody. During the struggle, A several times said to B, “You've got to die.” A was convicted. Can the conviction be sustained ? Give the reason for your answer.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 515
10. .A was presented for stealing three lambs, the pre of some person or persone unknown, and, in a second count, with receiving them, knowing them to have been stolen. The Crown proved that seven young lambs were found on A’s premises, that A had been asked to account for their possession, and truthfully accounted for four ae them, but gave an untrue account of the possession of the remaining three lambs. Lambs, similar to the three lambs in A’s possession, had been missed from a neighbouring sheep-run, but the three lambs could not be identified as those from the sheep-run, and except A’s own statement of possession, there was no evidence as to the ownership of these lambs, or as to their having been stolen. The jury convicted A of receiving. Can the convic- tion be sustained? Give the reasons for your answer.
THE LAW OF WRONGS AND THE LAW OF PROCEDURE.
SECOND PAPER. Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarski.
A.—Civit PRocepuRg.
1. (a) When may a claim for interest be included in
a special indorsement of a writ of summons ? (6) A writ is indorsed as follows :—“ The plaintiff's claim is for the price of goods sold and delivered to the defendant at his request ” (then followed particulars of the goods supplied and their price, which amounted in all to £50), “and the
516, EXAMINATION PAPERS.
plaintiff also claims interest on £50 from the date of the writ until payment or judgment. Place of trial, Melbourne. (Signed) A.B. And the sum of £6 6s. (or such sum as may be allowed on taxation) for costs. If the amount claimed be paid to the plaintiff or his solicitor within four days from the service hereof further pro- ceedings will be stayed.” Is this a proper special indorsement? If the plaintiff applies for leave to sign judgment under Order XIV., R. 1, what are the different orders that may be made by the Judge ?
(c) A writ is issued to recover payment of a pro- missory note under the Instruments Act 1890, and the defendant applies under that Act for leave to appear to the writ and to defend the action, which is granted by the Judge, uncon- ditionally. The plaintiff now applies to a Judge for leave to sign judgment under Order XIV., R.1. Whaterder should be made by the Judge?
(d) A writ under the Instruments Act 1890 was served on the defendant, who was temporarily present in the State of Victoria, but who per- manently resides in New Zealand, and is domi- ciled there. Is the service effectual ?
2. What are the provisions of the Rules of the Supreme Court in regard to an account directed to be taken as to—
(a) the mode in which the account is to be made out ;
(6) the books of account being taken as primé Jacie evidence ;
(c) the mode of vouching the accounts ;
(d) surcharge ;
(e) the making of just allowances ?
FINAL HONOUR BXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 517
3. Write a note upon (a) the joinder of plaintiffs and of defendants in actions of tort; (6) the grounds upon which the production of documents in @ party’s possession may be lawfully refused for the inspection of the opposite party.
4. (a) Will the Supreme Court of Victoria grant leave
| to appeal direct from the decision of a single
Judge of the Supreme Court to the. Privy Council ?
(b) State the appellate jurisdiction of the High Court with respect to judgments of the Supreme Court of a State. |
(c) Upon what ground did the High Conrt in the case of Parkin v. James, 2 C.L.R. 318, enter- tain an appeal from an order made by a Judge of the Supreme Court of Victoria in Chambers ? How, if at all, has the doctrine of Parkin v. James been modified in respect to a judgment of the Supreme Court of a State founded upon the verdict of a jury ?
(d) Io what criminal cases will special leave to appeal be granted by the High Court ?
B.—CRIMINAL PROCEDURE.
1. What are the provisions of the Justices Act 1890 as to the cases in which and the procedure by which the depositions of persons dangerously ill may be taken ? When may such depositions be read in evidence, either for or against an accused person? What is the effect upon the admissi- bility in evidence of a deposition from which certain statements made by the witness during examination have been omitted ?
518 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. A was charged on presentment with feloniously breaking and entering the dwelling-house of one X, and therein feloniously stealing two gold rings and one gold necklet, together of the value of £4, of the goods and chattels of the said XY. At the trial it was proved that the dwelling-house belonged to X, but that the rings and necklet were the separate property of the wife of X, who was living with her husband in the house when the crime was committed. A was con- victed. Can the conviction be upheld ?
3. Give in outline the stages in a criminal trial .from arraignment to verdict, and write brief notes upon motion in arrest of judgment, writ of error, venire de novo, treason-felony, indictment, con- tempt of court.
C.—EvIDENCE.
1. What are the leading points wherein a difference is made in civil and criminal evidence ?
2. (a) Distinguish between logical and legal relevancy:
(0) To what extent is evidence of the character of (a) a party, (5) a witness, (c) an accused person, admissible ?
(c) What is the law as regards evidence of pro- fessional communications ?
3. It is necessary in an action to prove the following documents and facts :—
(a) A conveyance executed in 1870, the witnesses ..... ,to avhich are alive, but live at a great dis- tance from the place of trial. |
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 519
(b) A conveyance executed in 1890, which. is witnessed by a person of whom nothing is known, and of whom no trace can be found.
(c) The contents of the will of X, which was proved in 1904, and the fact that A and B are the executors appointed by the will of
How should each of these documents and facts be proved ?
EQUITY. Mr. J. B. Machey.
1. Show that a Court of Equity has been disposed to treat charitable trusts with favour.
2. (a) Explain the statement that “the doctrine of election depends on compensation.”
(5) In what circumstances may an _ improper appointment under a power raise a case for election ?
(c) A, and B his wife, are registered joint owners of certain shares in a brewery. By his will A bequeathes these shares to B for life, and at her death to his brother, and by the same will A gives certain leasehold property of
- hisown to his wife. There is evidence that A looked on the brewery shares as his own absolute property, and that they were treated as such by the company. In the circum- stances, what are the rights of the widow ?
520 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
3. A and B are trustees of a settlement by which a dairy farm in Gippsland is held by them to the use of C for life, and after the death of C to the use of the children (now infants) of C, and C’, who is without means, is in possession of the farm. The rents and profits of the farm are insufficient to ‘enable C' to effect necessary repairs to the farm buildings and fencing, or to pay the municipal rates, which are in arrear, or to clear a great deal of fallen timber on the farm. The trustees have no funds of the trust in hand for repairs or improvements, and the trust deed is silent as to their power to make repairs and improvements. hat, in the circumstances, is the duty of the trustees ?
4. A, as solicitor for B, a merchant, obtained probate of the will of X, under the provisions of which B became entitled to a third share in the residuary estate of X. B required an immediate advance on his share, and A was asked byB to make the advance required out of moneys of hisown. A suggested that he should purchase out and out B's share, and to this B consented. A deed of purchase was executed by 4 and B, under which A bought at a fuir price the share of the residue to which B was entitled. Asa matter of fact, B had no separate independent advice at the time, but A had suggested to B the desirability of obtaining it, but B, on account of the expense, and on account of the fairness of the transaction, declined to be independently advised, B subse- quently repudiated the deed of purchase. Is he entitled to do so ?
5. What is a precatory trust ?
: A clause in a will which is relied upon as
. creating a precatory trust is definite, both as to
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 521
the subject-matter and as to the object of the alleged precatory trust. Will such definiteness impose a precatory trust upon the property
specified in the clause?
When is parol evidence admitted to support or to rebut a resulting trust? Give examples. |
6. Property of A, a married woman, was settled in
the year 1905 upon A for life, with a restraint upon anticipation, and with the general power in A to appoint the corpus, and after A’s death, and in default of appointment, to A’s children equally. In 1905 A obtained a decree absolute dissolving her marriage. In 1906 A became insolvent, and £B was appointed her trustee in insolvency. What ahi: if any, has B in respect of the above property ?
7. What are B’s rights of specific performance in
each of the following cases:—
(2) Lands were limited to such use as A and his
(0)
wife shall appoint, and in default of appointment to the wife of A for her life, with remainder to A in fee simple. A contracts to sell the lands to B bya contract reciting these limitations, but providing for a conveyance by all proper parties, and B pays the purchase money to the trustees. The wife of A subsequently refuses to concur.
A writes to B offering to sell a block of land for £1,800, which offer B accepts. In making his offer, 4 had based it upon an addition by
- the valuators of the values of several allotments
in the block, the correct total addition being £2,800. On discovering his error, A repudiates the contract.
522
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
8. Upon what principles, and in what circumstances,
a s,
to
will a Court of Equity give relief from uncon- scionable bargains ?
LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND
CONVEYANCING. Mr. Guest.
What is the effect of a devise of land to B for 30
years if he so long live, and subject thereto, to the first son of A, who shall attain 21 years of age, and his heirs? .A was a bachelor at the death of the testator. Give reasons.
. Criticise Mr. Williams’ classification of corporeal
and incorporeal hereditaments.
3. If the trustees for the time being of a settlement
are given a power to sell the trust property, and
there is nothing in the settlement which expressly restricts the exercise of the power to any specified period, how, if at all, does the rule against perpetuities apply ? Give reasons.
4, In a lease for seven years the lessee covenanted to
cut ferns, &., once at least every three months. During the fifth year, the lessee omitted to do so. The lessor wrote to the lessee, and complained of the breach of covenant, and added—“‘ I desire also to call your attention to
' the provision in your lease in the following
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 523
words :—‘ If the tenant shall commit a breach of any of the covenants on his part herein contained, the lease shall thereupon become absolutely void and of no effect.’ if our default continues until the next rent day, I shall seriously consider
_ the advisability of resuming possession.” The default continued until the next rent day, when the tenant paid rent up to date and quitted possession. ‘Two years of the original term of seven years were then unexpired. What (if any) are the rights and remedies of the lessor ? Give reasons.
5. What is the present state of the law with regard to relief against forfeiture for non-payment of rent ?
6. What is meant by the rule that in order that the benefit of a covenant may run with the land the assignee must be in of the same estate as the assignor? Illustrate by an example ?
?. Why is it practically important that the vendor of leasehold, who is himself an assign of the lease, should see that the assignment to the purchaser is legally effectual? Give reasons.
8. The purchaser of leasehold under an open contract requisitioned for first proof that the lease was daly granted, and secondly proof that all the covenants and provisions in the lease had been duly performed and observed. How should the vendor’s solicitor answer ?
9. State concisely the law with regard to the dedica- | tion of highways to the public.
§24 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
10. In 1878 land was demised to the plaintiffs for 30 years from lst September, 1576, and the lease contained a proviso that at any time during the term the lessor, his heirs, or assigns would, on receiving notice from the plaintiffs of their desire to purchase the land, convey it to them for £1,500. The lessor died in 1902. In 1903 the plaintiffs served on his executor and the devisees of the land under the will of the lessor notice of their desire to purchase, and ten- dered the £1,500. The executor and the de- visees refused to accept the money and convey the land, and the plaintiffs brought an action against them for specific performance. What defence (if any) have the defendants to the action ? Give reasons.
11. If land is sold, and the vendor produces a certifi- cate of title to the land in his own name, free from encumbrances, is it necessary or advisable for the purchaser or his solicitor to inspect any and which of the documents of title to the land prior in date to the certificate produced? Give reasons.
12. State why, in your opinion, no covenants for title are expressed or implied in the form of transfer prescribed by the Transfer of Land Act? Can you suggest any covenant for title which might be added with advantage in the case of 8 sale of land in fee-simple ? Give reasons.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 525
THE LAW OF CONTRACTS AND PERSONAL
fe)
co
or
PROPERTY. ° The Board of Examiners.
. What distinction does Sir William Anson make
between a pollicitation and a promise ?
. What is the difference between “ accord and satis-
faction” and “ accord executory ” ?
. What rights and remedies has the seller of goods
when the buyer refuses to pay the stipulated price ?
. What is necessary to constitute a gift of a chattel
personal at Common Law ?
. What is meant by the terms “ Contract of Sale,”
“‘ Sale,” and ‘Agreement to Sell,” in the Sale of Goods Act 1896 ?
. Explain the equitable doctrine of part performance.
. Explain the doctrine of “holding out” in the Law
of: Partnership.
. What are the rights of partners as to the applica-
tion of partnership property on the dissolution of a partnership ?
. Explain the nature of a negotiable instrument.
. Explain the nature of a bailment.
GG
§26 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
11. State the method of registering an assignment of | book debts under the provisions of Act No. 1424.
12. What is the meaning of the expression “ Bill of | Sale” when used in Part VI. of the Instruments Act 1890?
ADMINISTRATIVE LAW.
The Board of Examiners. | Candidates should answer THREE questions only.
1. What are the principal conclusions drawn by French law from the distinction between autorité and gestion? What principles are applied to the determination of pecuniary claims against the State for acte de gestion? |
2, In what sense is it true to say that an officer is not liable gua officer for wrongs done by him? Are legal proceedings ever taken against an officer in the name of his office ?
3. In what ways is the protection of public officers or bodies provided for in the English system f
4. What are the principal considerations relevant in determining whether a corporate body represents the Crown and shares its immunities ?
or
. Write a note on salus popult suprema lex.
6 Write a note on the legal position of the Postmaster- General.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 527
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE.
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the modes of production of pneumothorax, its symptoms and diagnosis, and the conditions which make active treatment necessary.
2. What are the forms of cirrhosis of the liver? Describe its causes, ana mark it off from hepatic and other conditions which may be confused with it.
3. Give a description of the symptoms and signs of an ordinary case of locomotor ataxy, and enumerate and distinguish from it any other nervous diseased states most liable to be confused with it.
CLINICAL MEDICINE. The Board of Examiners. CASE FOR COMMENTARY. Miss M. R., aged 43, admitted to hospital on 1st February, with the following history:—For about six years she had had ulcers on the legs, and for
several years she had suffered from indigestion, marked specially by some pain about half-an-hour after food.
528 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
But, up till about a year before, she had not suffered from other signs, as severe pain, diarrhoea, or jaundice.
When first seen as an out-patient, a fortnight before, she complained of severa pain across the lower part of the chest, chiefly in the epigastrium and right hypo- chondrium. There had been vomiting for about ten days, with slight jaunjice. There was’ tenderness on pressure over the liver. About a year ago she had a similar attack, lasting two months.
On examination, she was pale, and distinctly emaciated, the tongue was furred, antl there was slight jaundice; the temperature was 99°, the pulse 96, the respirations 24; heart and lungs normal. The liver was enlarged, dulness extending up to the fifth rib in the nipple line, and down to an inch above the un- bilicus. ‘here was tenderness over the whole liver area, but chiefly in the epigastrium. The abdomen elsewhere was lax, and free from tenderness. There had been some pain radiating to the right shoulder. The veins on the right side seemed to be rather fuller than on the left.
For a few days she improved, temperature came down to normal in the morning, and never over 100°, no vomiting, tongue cleaner, and tenderness on pressure almost gone.
On 8th February she was much worse, vomiting returned; tenderness was marked, and the temperature went up to 108°. So things continued, temperature sometimes going up to 104°, and even to 105° on the 15th, when she had a severe rigor, great pain, and tenderness over the liver and in the right shoulder, and up the right side.
On the 17th the dullness on the right side was up to the third rib in the nipple line, breath sounds were weak below that level, and a soft pleural friction was heard, The right chest looked rather full, and the
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 629
veins were more distended. A blood count showed 15,000 leucocytes.
Comment on the case, especially as to cause, exact seat, and progress of symptoms, and discuss prognosis and treatment.
OBSTETRICS.
The Board of Examiners. CASE FOR COMMENTARY.
A woman aged 36 years, @ primipara, is taken in labour, with strong regular pains. The pre- sentation is a vertex in the right occipito pos- terior position. At the end of sixteen hours the membranes rupture, and a considerable quantity of liquor Amnii escapes. On vaginal examina- tion the head is felt to be high up, and not to have engaged in the brim. The pains increase in severity, and cause the patient great distress. After a severe pain the patient complains of feeling faint, and it is noticed that there is con- siderable hemorrhage from the vagina. On abdominal examination the uterus is found to be firmly contracted, but smaller in size than before; vaginally the presenting part is not felt. The labour pains now ceased, and anzmia of the patient became more pronounced. The pulse rate increased to 120, and the temperature sank to 97°. Give your diagnosis of this case, and com- ment as to—
(a) Its possible causes.
(5) The signs of impending danger.
(c) The measures which should: have been taken to prevent the condition,
530 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
tw
OBSTETRICS. The Board of Examiners.
. Discuss Shoulder Presentations with regard to—
(a) Causation. (6) Diagnosis. (ce) Terminations. (d) Management.
. Give the signs, symptoms, and treatment of Puer-
peral Eclampsia.
. Discuss the causes of post-partem Hemorrhage,
and give the treatment.
FORENSIC MEDICINE. The Board of Examiners.
. How would you conduct a physical and chemical
examination of an alleged blood stain? Give the most recent views as to the possibility of differentiating human from other mammalian blood.
. Describe various injuries that may be suicidal or
homicidal, and state how you might be enabled to form a correct opinion as to their causation.
. A man is admitted to a hospital in an unconscious
state; discuss the various causes for such a condition.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 531
4. Consider the following questions in their medico- legal relations :— (a) The viability of the foetus at an early period. (6) The duration of utero-gestation.
GENERAL AND SPECIAL PATHOLOGY, INCLUDING BACTERIOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the differential diagnosis, macroscopic and microscopic, of gumma from glioma in the sub- stance of the brain.
2. Discuss the relation of oedema to starvation of tissue.
3. Describe, without formule, the methods of deter- mining bacteriologically the presence of sewage contamination in water, with special reference to recent methods and their value.
ihe
. Describe minutely the microscopic changes in the aortic valves in chronic endocarditis with pro- gressive thickening and recent vegetations.
or
. Describe the forms of bronchiectasis and discuss their causation.
oP)
. State what you know concerning the Spironema (Spirocheta) Pallida in man, giving methods for its demonstration, and describing its differen- tial diagnosis from other organisms resembling it. ,
632
Mrs.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
GYNECOLOGY. The Board of Examiners. CASE FOR COMMENTARY.
W., aged 83, the mother of three children, the last being born twelve months ago, is admitted to hospital with the following history :—
A week prior to admission she complained of
, & profase vaginal discharge of a yellowish
colour, with considerable scalding on passing urine. The menstrual function has been always normal. On admission, in addition to the fore-
going symptoms, she has severe pain in the
rl art with some rigidity of the abdomi- nal wall, and tenderness on pressure. The temperature is 102, with a morning remission to 100°8, and the pulse is about 110. Vaginal examination shows the vagina to be hot and the roof tender; the uterus is fixed, but no defined swelling is found in either fornix. Discuss this case in regard to—
(a) The pathological conditions.
(6) Differential diagnosis.
(c) Treatment.
GYNACOLOGY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Discuss the pathology of Tubal Gestation up to
the end of the third month.
2, Give the etiology and mechanism of Prolapse of
the Uterus, and describe the treatment.
8. Discuss the etiology of Amenorrhea.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 533
SURGERY. The Board of Examiners. CASE FOR COMMENTARY.
A girl, aet. 134, was admitted to hospital on 8th May, 1905, on account of fever of a week’s duration and acute pain in the internal and upper part of the thigh. She was a hard worker, and always healthy before this illness, which began suddenly on 29th April, with severe pains in the upper and internal parts of the thigh. Rest and fomentations eased the pain somewhat, but the fever gradually increased, and move- ments became so painful that she could not walk. On admission she was pale and wasted, _with a temperature of 102° F. The right leg was slightly adducted and rotated inwards. At the upper and internal part of the thigh there ‘was a considerable swelling, which extended to the labium majus and Mons Veneris and obliterated the genito-crural fold. The skin here was red, hot, and oedematous. There was tenderness along the rami of the pubes and ischium, and this was greatest in the position of the band of cartilage which separates the pubes from the ischium in the growing bone. No fluctuation could be made out. Rectal exami- nation showed that the internal surface of the rami was very tender on the affected side. Passive movements of the thigh were very painful. It was found that some days before
HH
684 °« EXAMINATION PAPERS.
this illness the patient had had a pain with tenderness over the external malleolus.
Comment on the diagnosis of this case, and give your treatment in detail with prognosis.
SURGERY.— Honours, The Board of Examiners.
‘1. Describe the surgical treatment of trigeminal - neuralgia.
2. Discuss the mode of causation, treatment, and ‘ results of wound of the thoracic duct.
.8. Describe the treatment of general septic peritonitis.
4. Discuss the differential diagnosis of testicular swellings.
FINAL HONOUR BXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 5385
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION IN
ENGINEERING.
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Part A.
Frrst Paper.
The Board of Examuners.
1. A water-main, in.which a pressure head of 60 feet
-
is maintained, is tapped for the withdrawal of water to supply a jet-pump. The arrangement of pipes .is as follows, viz. :—
A 2-inch diameter wrought-iron pipe is laid horizontally for a distance of 80 feet from the main; it then passes vertically downwards into an excavation. Ata depth of 25 feet below the said horizontal portion the pipe is bent again to a horizontal position, and continues horizontal
. for a distance of 12 feet from the vertical portion.
Here the jet-pump is introduced, which consists of a chamber containing a smooth, well-shaped nozzle, whose tip is 4-inch diameter. This nozzle is placed horizontally, exactly on line with the pipe. The bottom of the chamber has a 2-inch
diameter suction pipe leading vertically down-
' ‘wards to a well, the water-surface in which
remains at a depth of 3 feet below the centre of the jet-pump. The suction pipe is 4 feet long. Opposite the nozzle-tip, the chamber contracts to
836 EXAMINATION PAPERS,
a diameter of inch. This throat is very smooth, and has easy approach curves. Beyond it, the pipe, still smooth, enlarges uniformly until, ata distance of 9 feet from the throat, the diameter is 24 inches. The pipe then turns vertically upwards, the height of this portion being 30 feet, the diameter continuing to be 24 inches; thence it proceeds horizontally for 6 feet, where it discharges into an open drain. All the bends are of large radius, so that the head lost in them is not appreciable. (For sketch see next page.)
Explain what occurs when water is allowed to flow through this system of pipes from the main. inumerate the sources of loss of erergy. Suggest alterations which would increase the efficiency. Assuming that one-third of the kinetic energy. of the jet is lost in the jet-pump in fluid friction, owing to abrupt changes of velocity, this loss being in addition to the frictional losses in pipes and passages, estimute the amount of water which will be drawn from the main, and the amount lifted from the well.
2. Design a steel riveted pipe, 36” diam. to convey water across the river shown in cross-section. The pipe may be exposed to the pressure arising from a static head of 250 feet. Show all supports, joints, and connections to the bridge and ground; avoid, as far as possible, placing obstructions in the waterway. |
The pipe is to follow the line ABCDEF.
The cross girders of the bridge are adapted to the proposed load; they are rolled joists, 14" x 7’, placed one at each panel point.
/
-f
/
PAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 539
lyDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Part A.
| SECOND PapER. The Board of Examiners.
dicate how you would proceed to ascertain whether
k or not a given masonry dam, of trapezoidal cross- section, would be called upon to endure horizontal tension.
A tank on the roof of a building has a depth of 4 feet of water maintained in it. An ordinary wrought-iron pipe, which is 3 inches in diameter, except near the top, where it is widened, leads vertically downwards from the bottom of the tank. It is desired that, in case of emergency, this 3-inch pipe shall discharge full-bore. at its lower end, which is 60 feet below water-level in the tank; ‘that is, there is to be no resistance but friction offered to the flow. The valves, when open, cause no obstruction.
What are the necessary conditions that the desired maximum discharge shall take place?
Design the upper portion of the pipe accord- ingly.
How much will the discharge be ?
In what way, if at all, might the flow be impeded if a partial vacuum were allowed to be formed in any portion of the pipe?
KK
540 EXAMINATION PAPEE
HYDRAULIC ENGINE pyer
(ALSO FOR |
The Boa
1. Describe the variout irrigation.
2. Design house-connee ordinary 10-roomet
3. On the accompanying site for a serviee of reticulation | marked “ Kuy population + of 500 ae tinction. with its w
Includi demand wm
per head j
Digitized by G
lhe bee ne aad density of saturated steam Op, OF e . - Give the calculation of 2 hy 8 74antity in terms of others
‘ite gl? die
leg erence of the specific “at of Water at Of C. as "0916 ¢. em., ite ap? as 792-9 cal., and the
ig Oe 9
§40 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Parr B.
(Atso For Dearee or M.C.E.)
The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the various methods of preparing land for irrigation.
2. Design house-connections for the sewerage of an — ordinary 10-roomed two-storied dwelling.
3. On the accompanying topographic map choose a site for a service reservoir, and outline a scheme of reticulation for the water-supply of the town marked “ Eureka,” which is expected to have a population of 40 ela per acre over an area | of 6500 acres. rovide liberally for fire ex- | tinction. The service reservoir cannot be placed — with its water-level above the 6,580-ft. contour.
Including water required by mines, the ata : demand may be reckoned at rate of 20 cub. tt. per head per day.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 541
THERMO-DYNAMICS AND ELECTRO- MAGNETISM.
Group C. The Board of Examiners.
1. Explain why the results of Fairbairn and Tate’s investigation of the’ density of saturated steam are no longer utilized. Give the calculation of the value of this quantity in terms of others which can be measured more accurately.
Assuming the difference of the specific volumes of ice and water at 0° C. as °0916 c. cm., the latest heat of fusion as 79-9 cal., and the vapour pressure as *460 cm of mercury, cal- culate the pressure coefficient of ice at that temperature.
2. Prove that for a perfect gas the isothermal bulk modulus is equal to the pressure. State and prove the general relation between these two quantities of which the above is a special case.
3. Describe and give the theory of Clement and Desormes’ method of determining the ratio of the principal specific heats of air.
State the principal objections to the method, and show how Réntgen overcame them.
4. The working substance in a gas-engine is of such a character that the initial adiabatic compression takes place at nearly constant temperature, the
KK 2
542 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
remainder of the cycle resembling that of the Otto engine. Assuming that, in a perfect engine of this type, the lower adiabatic really coincides with an isothermal, find the maximum efficiency of the arrangement.
5. Obtain an expression for the capacity per unit length of a long cylindrical condenser.
6. Describe, with full theoretical and practical detail, one good method of measuring the inductance of a coil.
?. Describe a method of determining the efficiency of € continuous current dynamo which will allow the separation of the various losses, and explain fully how these losses are obtained in the course of the method.
8. Give the theory of the single-phase alternate . current synchronous motor.
to
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 548
CIVIL ENGINEERING. First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
. Diseuss the subject of street improvement in populous cities, with special reference to preven- tion of dust and mud.
. Write a short essay on electric tramways, and contrast the advantages and disadvantages of overhead us against conduit constructions. Illustrate with neat sketches.
. Give a short description, illustrated by sketches, of the road bed and permanent way that you would adopt for a railway in tropical country, with low rainfall, and infested with insects destructive of timber. Traffic, moderate ; gauge, 4 feet 84 inches. Consider the alternative cases of gravel ballast being available, and ballast not available.
644 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.
CIVIL ENGINEERING. SEconD PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Draw a cross-section, dimensioned, of a passenger station for three double lines of way, as at Richmond, the railway being on a 20-chain curve. Through trains may pass at 20 miles
_ per hour. -
2. Design, in outline, a permanent road bridge over a river; total water way, 50 feet wide; road level, 20 feet above river bed; banks, 6 feet above river bed. A horizontal stratum of rock is met with 2 feet below river bed. Bridge to carry traffic equal to a 15-ton road roller. Flood level is 10 feet above bed. Banks are liable to scour. Design either in stone, concrete, reinforced con- crete, or steel, or any combination of same.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 545
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
_ First Paper. Professor Kernot.
1. Discuss modern methods.of machining details of various pieces of mechanism, with a view of increasing speed of production and accuracy of dimensions.
2. Describe and criticise the recent proposal to obtain water-power from the Yarra at Dight’s Falls, and distribute it electrically through Melbourne. Should it be carried out, what works and machinery ‘would you recommend? Give a diagram of your scheme.
3. Describe recent advances in steam production, giv- ing special attention to devices for economizing fuel and minimizing smoke.
4. Give all the information you can as to a modern high-speed engine of about 400 brake horse- power.
546 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Seconp PapgEr. | Professor Kernot.
1. Give full and critical descriptions of recent develop- ments in steam locomotive practice on the 5ft. 3in. gauge in Victoria.
2. Give outline sketch, with dimensions and _ other Sys api of a tank locomotive suitable for 4 ft. 6in. gauge, with numerous curves of 2 chains
radius and long continuous grades of 1 in 30.
3. Write an essay on Suction and Producer Ges Plante for Power Purposes. How do they con- pare in economy with steam power?
4. Give all the information you can as to a passenger electric tramway system, such as those st Brighton and Essendon.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 547
APPLIED MECHANICS. First PApEr. Professor Kernot.
1. Define Modulus of Shear Elasticity, and explain how it affects the deflection of beams of various sections.
2. What is Anticlastic Curvature ° How do you compute its amount ?
3. A beam is 20 feet long, and is supported at one end, the centre, and a point 3 feet from the other end.
Starting from the supported end it is loaded with 1 ton per foot for 16 feet, from which point the load diminishes uniformly to zero at the end.
Plot to a suitable scale the moment and shear diagrams,
4. A mild steel rolled girder is 10 inches deep, 5
~ inches wide, and $-inch thick throughout.
Determine its modulus of section and its central breaking load on a span of 20 feet.
5. Determine the probable deflection of the above beam under half its breaking load.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
548
‘SYJBYS IB|NOM-TOU puB IB[NOII9 Jo Noreto 07 eoUBJeIsar aq) UO AvssO JsONs B OIA °C
Ba -Inba oay 4880] 38 Joy siopslB 09} UO sivays pus sjueWOW SuIpueg ey) pus 91qQ¥O eq} TO WOIsUe} OY} OUIaIIE}9p ‘su0} Q[ JO po] BuIAOW payesjuGDN0O B ZuIUINEsY *91}U09 94} 9B padury wazshs sepia vw fq pouagys st dip yoo} Gg pus uvds 3093 QQg jo odptsq uorsgodsns Wz ‘da10Biq [B1a}B[ Jo meyshs BNO YOM, (p) «*sqzed jo jUaMasuBiIe 04} UI sjuetUeACIdM ysedsug (9) balbasnia ey3 10} sjurol pozoats eTquimns adisagq (7) ‘Joqmeul w10330q eg) sucle paynqinerp Ajpenbe L119 [[t1M 4f pBoT OY} 63B(Nd[B (v) ‘auq ,# X ,g ‘seul ojours Aq uMOYs as04} ‘suo! ofdue 8 xX XL,G eB Soul] ][NJ UI UMOYS s[VUOseIp eyy, ‘sezeid ,¥ x ,g om} 4q suorod [814U90 04) 48! pogy -10} SUOJI 9]3U8 ‘4 X ,@ X ,@ OM} JO YORE 4SISUOD JapIIs 94} Jo W10}}0q pus do} oaL "19QUIOU JaMO] 949 Jo szutod jousd oy) 18 pollivo Zureq po] oy ‘ospiiq Buysixe uv jo Jopsts ouo sjuoseidoes WISBIP EADQ’ OUT ‘T
4
‘“UadVq GNOOAS—SOINVHOAN CalIdav¥
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 549
MIXED MATHEMATICS (ENGINEERING). First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1, Liquid is flowing through a tube which is moving in a general, given, manner. Finda formula for the pressure at any point of the liquid in the { tube.
2. Discuss the theory of the form of the expansion nozzle of a Laval turbine, assuming a hyperbolic law (pv* = const.) of expansion.
3, Discuss the determination of the irrotational motion of an inviscid liquid, demonstrating the con- ditions satisfied by the velocity-potential.
A helicoidal tube is geneyated by a given plane curve moved with a uniform screw motion along and around the axis of z perpendicular to its plane. Supposing the irrotational motion of liquid in this tube to be the same at correspond- ing points along it, investigate the equations for the velocity-potential as a function of position in the plane curve (that is, eliminate the co- ordinate z from the equations to be solved). _
4. Discuss (a) the velocity of a “long wave” along a channel, (b) the existence of a “ standing wave” in a channel,
550 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
5, Investigate the equations of motion of viscous liquid pdujdt = — dp/dx + py*u + X, &c.
Two plane boundaries intersect on the axis of z. Taking polar coordinates (r, 0) in the plane (x, y), shew that the equations of motion admit an exact solution for two-dimensional motion (w = 0, X = 0, Y = 0) between the boundaries such that the velocity i is radial and inversely as the distance r from the axis. Complete the determination of this solution.
MIXED MATHEMATICS (ENGINEERING). SEconD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.
1, Investigate general equations of motion for a rigid body turning about a fixed point.
If a circular cone fixed in the body rolls on a similar cone fixed in space, find the moment of the pressure between the cones, ignoring external forces.
2. Discuss the analysis of stress at a point, and shew how to find the condition that a given state of stress (PQRSTU) may not violate an mene limit to the shearing stress.
In particular, consider the case of combined flexure and torsion of a rod.
FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MAROH, 1907. 561
3. Investigate the equations of equilibrium (A + p) dA/dz + py2u = 0, &e., for an isotropic elastic solid under no volume force, and shew that U = — dc(2? + oz? — cy), v= —Kko xy, = k x2, is the solution for the uniform flexure of a beam, o being Poisson’s ratio.
4. Shew that i drp re A(A + pe) r(z +r)’ pete 2 Anup re dr A +p) r(z tr)’ wae POL PAEWIL dap r® = 4aru(A +p) Fr
where r is the distance from the origin, satisfy the equations of the last question, and that this solution determines the transmission of stress from a concentrated pressure P at the origin, acting normally on the plane face z = 0 of an indefinitely extended solid.
5. Investigate the theorem of Three Moments for a uniform beam, and discuss the existence of similar theorems for naturally-bent rods; in particular, for a circular ring under forces in its
plane.
6. Discuss Maxwell’s method for the determination of the stress in a redundant frame.
562 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF M.C.E.
MINING ENGINEERING.
First PapEr. The Board of Examiners.
1. State the principle of action, and enumerate the leading parts of boring plants suitable, respec- tively, for—(a) Clayey gravel, 50 feet deep ; (6) Soft rock, 500 feet deep; and (c) Hard rock, 1,000 feet deep.
2. A lenticular mass of ore, outcropping in flat country, is 1,000 feet long, maximum width 50 feet, underlay 80°, and pitch vertical. The lode is firm with weak walls, and timber is scarce. Illustrate and compare the methods of working you would consider applicable.
3. Discuss the details of an electrical installation for the supply of power to a mine, 20 miles distant from the source of energy, which is a river with a plentiful supply, and having a fall of 200 feet in a short distance. The brake horse-power required by the mine plant is 500.
M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 558
MINING ENGINEERING.
SECOND PAPER
The Board of Examiners.
1. A stanniferous ore, mined from a lode consisting of hard granite impregnated with tin oxide, is to be delivered to a mill erected on a hillside, at the rate of 5,000 tons per month. Give the general design of plant, and sketch a cross- section showing the principal appliances, specifying their number and capacity. Show graphically the scheme of concentration or flow sheet, and the nature approximately of the products you would expect from each operation. Estimate the amount of water, and also the horse-power required.
2. Discuss the conditions affecting the problem of ventilation in a lode mine 5,000 feet deep, alluvial mine 500 feet deep, and an extensive coal mine, respectively. Design a suitable scheme for each case, assuming practicable conditions, and illustrate by sketches.
3. In connection with a mine drainage scheme, a quantity of water amounting to 10,000,000 gallons per 24 hours is to be raised in a shaft from a depth of 500 feet. Give an account of the methods that may be adopted, and discuss the merits of each, specifying details, and principal dimensions of the mechanical appli- ances involved.
554
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE —First Paper.
Professor Kernot.
Plot the following section ; lay out grades, drainage arrangements, and other particulars for con- structing a main road; supply cross-sections at the deepest point of each cutting and the highest point of any one embankment. Fix waterways, and show in outline the culvert and bridge :—
100 120
110 100 90
Levels.
Remarks. Joins existing road
. Bluestone suitable for road
making
. Drains 1 square mile undulating
grass land. MRainfall as in Melbourne
N
. Schist, stratification nearly vertical
strike at right angles to road
-- River draining 2,000 square miles
of mountainous country, such as that east of Melbourne. Flood-level 70,summer-level 45
Joins existing road
M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 565
ROAD:AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE.
SECOND PAPER. Professor Kernot.
Design a steel bridge for subjoined section—width 24 feet, loads as in vicinity of Meloourne, abut- ments of brick :—
Feet. Levels. Remarks.
0 .. 100 ... Existing road
100 ... 80 .. Face of abutment. Foundation
alluvium. 40 feet deep
150 ... 650
200 ... 40 ... River flood-level 70. Maximum velocity 6 feet per second 250 ... 60
300 ... 80 ... Face of abutment rock founda- tion
850 ... 105 ... Existing road
556
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Parr A.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Design an inverted siphon to convey water for the
supply of a city at rate of 20 cubic feet a second. The siphon will start from a channel, A, on one side of a valley, and discharge into a channel, B, on the other side. The lowest point on the line of the proposed siphon will be 120 feet below water level in A.
Mild steel plates, 6 feet, 7 feet, 8 feet, and 9 feet long’, are readily obtainable, of any desired width and thickness.
Decide on the diameter of the pipe.
State at what level, relatively to A, you would fix the channel at JB, the length of the pipe being, approximately, 1,700 feet.
Specify the thickness, riveting, jointing, and couting of the pipes.
Show the junctions of pipe with channels a- oth ends. Stone (suitable tor concrete), bricks, and good hardwood are all at hand.
Sketch and describe all valves and screens necessary in connection with this work, both in the channels and in the pipe.
Would you carry these pipes above or below the ground? If the former, how would you ae ee them? The material in the hill-sides ia soft schistose rock.
At the bottom of the valley the surface is nearly flat for a width of about 250 feet, measured along the line chosen for the proposed siphon. The material here is chiefly clay, sand, and
M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 557
gravel, the maximum depth to bed-rock being 18 feet. A creek, which 1s occasionally flooded, follows the valley. Its channel varies slightly, from time to time, in width and depth, but the average depth of the bed below the surface is 12 feet. To provide for floods, a clear waterway, 70 fet wide, is needed. How would you arrange for the carrying of the proposed pipe across this portion of the valley ?
2. Design a steel riveted pipe, 36 inches diameter, to convey water across the river shown in cross- section. The pipe me be exposed to the pressure arising from a static head of 250 feet. Show all supports, joints, and connections to the bridge and ground. Avoid, as far as possible, placing obstructions in the waterway. The pipe is to follow the line ABCDEF. The cross girders of the bridge are adapted to the proposed load ; they are rolled joints 14” x 7”, placed one at each panel point. (For sketch see pages 587—8.)
SURVEYING AND LEVELLING. Frast Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Explain how you would proceed when making an accurate survey of the piece of land, with build- ings, shown in sketch (see page 558). Double lines indicate brick walls.
658 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
ROAD
ROAD
"ey £ A am & rm,
m aC 4 & & & ~ c
—,
inaccessible land
tw
M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 669
: Describe the process of ranging parallels of latitude
and arcs of meridians on the plains of Victoria, the lines being 10 minutes of arc apart.
. Adjust the survey shown in sketch (see page 560),
y balancing the latitudes and departures, on the supposition that the probability of error in measuring the long sides is three times that in measuring the short ones.
. Compute the area of the figure referred to in the
last question.
SURVEYING AND LEVELLING. SECOND PaPpER. The Board of Examiners.
. Describe the steps you would take if called upon
to select a route for a road to connect two places on opposite sides of a range of rugged and heavily-timbered hills.
. It is required to ascertain the latitude and the
direction of the meridian at a place a little to the west of Bairnsdale, in Victoria. The evening chosen for the observations is that of the 19th February, this year. The nautical almanac . furnishes the following information, viz. :—
‘‘Sidereal time at mean noon at Greenwich, on 19th February, 1907 = 21h. 53m. 8s. Star. Right Ascension. Declination. a Columbae 5h. 36m. 188. 34° 7' 44” a Argus (Canopus) 6h. 21m. 54s. 62° 39’ 0” a Eridani (Achernar) lh. 34m. 138... 57° 42’ 54”.”
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
nn ° 4 i 6, ‘s
M.C.E, EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 561
The approximate latitude of the place being 87° 48’ S. and its longitude 147° 38 E., determine the standard times of culmination of the two first-named stars, and their altitudes at culmination. In the case of the third star, determine the standard time of its western elongation, its altitude at that instant, and the horizontal angle between it and the magnetic
meridian, the deviation of the compass being 8° 2)’ E.
662 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL EXAMINATION.
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.— The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the symptoms and diagnosis of epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis, and its treatment.
2. Describe the best modes of carrying out the ex- amination of the urine for sugar.
8. Give an account of the symptoms and signs of aortic stenosis, pointing out other circulatory disturbances with which it may be confused.
4. What is the condition known as Ankylostomiasis ? Describe its symptoms and treatment, and the ways in which the parasite spreads.
5. Describe fully the signs and symptoms of pene with effusion in different degrees.
SUPPLEMENTARY PASS EXAM., MARCH, 1907. 563
FORENSIC MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.
- Describe the signs of death, and state which of them are the most reliable. 7
. Describe fully the hydrostatic test, and discuss the objections that have been urged against it.
. What are the appearances you would expect to find in an adult virgin who had been recently violated ?
. Describe the symptoms, treatment, and post-mortem appearances in a case of opium poisoning ; how would you diagnose it from other states of unconsciousness ?
. What information might you obtain from the examination of a skeleton ?
$64 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
tS
SPECIAL PATHOLOGY. The Board of Examiners.
. Describe the macroscopic and microscopic changes
in— (a) Acute Bronchopneumonia. (b) Pachymeningitis Hemorrhagica. (c) Atrophic Granular Kidney.
. Describe the bacteriological methods of diagnosis
in a doubtful case of diphtheria, including the differential diagnosis from the diseases most closely resembling it.
. State what you know concerning Leucocytosis (not
including Eosinophilia nor Leukemia).
. Describe the macroscopic changes in osteoarthritis
deformans.
. Describe the microscopic characters of carcinoma
in the intestine, and the macroscopic appearances of its several forms.
- Describe the differential diagnosis of tertiary
syphilis from tubercle in the larynx, having regard to macroscopic and microscopic characters.
SUPPLEMENTARY PASS BXAM., MARCH, 1907. 565
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY. | The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the formation and function of the lower uterine segment in relation to parturition.
to
. Give the mechanism of a persistent occipito pos- terior position.
3. Give the management of a case of eclampsia— (a) Before labour. (6) During labour.
. Describe the signs and symptoms of an ovarian tumour, and vive the differential diagnosis.
>
or
. Describe the varieties of perineal lacerations and their consequences.
566 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
SURGERY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the symptoms and treatment of Tetanus.
2. Discuss the diagnosis and prognosis of scirrhus carcinoma of the breast. Describe in detail its operative treatment.
3. Describe the symptoms and treatment of Pott’s fracture.
4. Discuss the diagnosis of the surgical conditions which may cause hematuria as a symptom.
SUPPLEMENTARY PASS EXAM., MARCH, 1907. 567
MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMAOY. The Board of Examiners. . Name the official salts of Iron, and give their doses.
to
Write a list of the ointments of Mercury, and give their strengths.
Define the terms—Sclerotium, Strobile, Corm, Rhizome.
go
tw
. Give the composition, strengths, and doses of the official hypodermic injections.
Write all you know of the official products of the N.O. Convolvulacez.
- Or
oS
. Write what you can of Chloroform and its prepara- tions.
aj
. What is Pyroxylin? Name the preparations into which it enters, and state their uses.
8. In. what form and dose would you administer Carbolic Acid, Atropine, Santonin, Nitrate of Silver, Phosphorus.
9. Name two glucosides, refer them to their sources, and state their doses.
10. Write a prescription having general tonic pro- perties. Express the quantities of ingredients In terms of the metric system,
» ft.
568 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
THERAPEUTICS, DIETETICS, AND HYGIENE. The Board of Examiners.
1. Discuss in detail, with illustrative presorip- | Relative tions, the treatment (other than dietetic) of a case of Acute Pneumonia in a young alcoholic patient ... oe --- | 100
2. Describe in full, from outset to end of con- valescence, the dietetic treatment of a severe case of Typhoid Fever with several severe hemorrhages ... -- | 100
3. Discuss the question of a pure milk supply for the City of Melbourne... 100
MEDICAL COURSE.—SECOND DIVISION.
PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.
1. What is the function of the Cochlea? On what experimental evidence is your answer based?
2. What reflex mechanisms are involved—
(a) in secretion of saliva; (4) in secretion of gastric juice ?
3. To what causes may death be attributed in—
(a) poisoning by prussic acid ; (d) drowning ;
(c) poisoning by coal gas; (@) chloroform inhalation ?
SUPPLEMENTARY PASS EXAM., MARCH, 1907. 569
4. Contrast the innervation of the heart with the innervation of the arteries. -
5. Describe, with the aid of diagrams, the structure of the suprarenal gland, and give a short account of the action of its active principle.
6. Whatis meant by the term “‘nitrogen-equilibrium”? Discuss the methods by which nitrogen leaves the body.
MEDICAL COURSE.—SECOND DIVISION. ANATOMY.
Time: 9.80 a.m. to 12.30 p.m.
The Oral List will be posted at the Registrar’s Office and at the Anatomy Department.
: The Professor of Anatomy. Examiners ““* ) Dr. G. C. Rennie.
1. Describe the male urethra. State how it differs, anatomically and physiologically, from the female urethra.
-570 EXAM. PAPERS. S8sUP. PASS, MARCH, 1907.
2. Give the place and mode of origin, place and mode of termination, and the relations of the third part of the subclavian artery. Describe, step by step, the various structures which would be met with in ligation of this part of the vessel. How would the collateral circulation be carried on after such an operation ?
3. At what joints do the movements of supination and pronation occur? Give the class and sub-class of these joints, the various muscles which produce the movements, and the innervation of each muscle concerned.
4, In what part of the brain is the Rolandic motor area situated ? State how you would map this area out on the living subject, and trace the path of the Rolandic motor fibres downwards.
By Authority: J. Kuur, Acting Government Printer, Melbourne.
Digitized by Google
fee =
401145
HOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
ENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION PAPERS.
DECEMBER, 1906,
Melbourne PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY, MY 3. KEMP, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER,
1907.
PRICE ONE SHILLING.” 3 *
eo MR in el — at mca
THE UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE.
PRRALDRALAAAALAAFL LALLA
JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION PAPERS.
DECEMBER, 1906.
Melbourne: PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY, BY J. KEMP, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER.
1907. cHneR
CONTENTS.
JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
EXAMINATIONS.
Greek ; bes jet Latin eee Ses sits roe Algebra wig one wai ace Geometry bes dah ka ie English ... Seis Ris History .. ve ee French . ee tne
es Second Paper yes see oo German .. sae ase see
a Second Paper ae Jaa
Arithmetic
Bookkeeping, Précis and Commercial Correspondence—
Paper A.—Bookkeeping Paper B.—Précis and Commercial Correspondence
Paper C.—Test for Handwriting sali ee eography re des sm — es Chemistry soe wae die Physics ... Anatomy and Physiology .. wa sii Botany ... ay ass aes Drawing— 1. Practical Geometry ies ‘oa es 2. Freehand Drawing. a ie ‘we 3. Model Drawing... he wae Si 4. Elementary Perspective *.., si dee Typewriting — Si wd wists oe
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
Pass ExAaAMINATION—
Greek (Prepared Books). —First bid aa Latin.—First Paper ... see Greek.— Second Paper A ses
A2
Page 5 8
12 14 16 19 23 27 29 32 34
36 39 50 52 53
CONTENTS.
Senrok Pusriic ExAMINATION.
Pass EXaAMINATION—continued. Page Latin.—Second Paper an a ae 82 English.—First Paper rs des sai 85
es Second Paper aa sas sad 88 British History a say es bee 89 French.—First Paper... se ee Se 90
3 Second Paper _ sie ‘es 94 German,—First Paper one ne ~ 95
i. Second rave Ses nee ag 99 - Chemistry ... we we ... 100 Physics aes sa ‘ee .. Il Anatomy and Physiology sts sis -.. 102 Geography ... See ine yee .. 103 Algebra oi ai os ots .. 104 Geometry _... ‘es ae en .-. 107 Trigonometry ies ili sis ... 108 Botany oe ry se ie . Ill Drawing—
1. Practical Geometry _.. se oo. =6.112 2. Drawing in Light and Shade ous .. 114 3. Perspective... iss ass coe «= o1:15 4. ee from Memory... oe wo. =:1:17
Honour ExaminaTion— Greek (Translation of Prepared Books). —First
Paper eee a sia eos eee «6: 1118 Latin.—First Paper ... Se site . 123 Greek.—Second Paper avs wal .. 128 Latin.—Second Paper ada ses eee §«=«.:« 1 English.—Second a ne oe .. 183 British History als oats -- 185 French.—First Paper ... or re «.. 186 German.—First Paper $5 Ses . 140 Chemistry.—Second Paper... oa . 144 Physics sie Sis ‘a we «= 148 Anatomy and Physiology eve aoe coe =: 147 Mechanics ... wide re .. «=: 148 Algebra “ee ate Pee ies .. 151 Geometry ... dee Ses said oe «= 154 Trigonometry ove ous ove eee «=: 1 5 Botany 158
Drawing. 5. ‘Drawing ‘Plant Forms from Nature 159
JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATIONS.
DECEMBER, 1906.
GREEK. The Board of Examiners.
[Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH par of the paper.]
A. 1. Translate—
(@) Taira 6 Baatreve éroiet, kal ErepTe Tivag ayyed- ovryrac roic Iépoace ra wapdyra abroicg Kana’ obfey ‘ ms , ve > , , , : oe Cgov Tourwy Tey ayyéwr TaXwov Tpéxet ‘ ~ \ ~ iN ~ e Sowy yap ipep@y éoriv i) aaa Oddc, TocovToL immoe re kat Gvdpec Eoraou reraypévoe’ Kal rovtoveg ob , 9 4 9 ‘ / ef \ vuderoc, ovK OuBpoc, ov vut KwAvEL, Wore ph reNtoat TOY Opdpoy Tov eEmiTeraypévov’ G peV ‘yup _ \ s \ > , ~ , mpérog dpapwy mapadiswar riy ayyeNay TO devrépy, 6 d& devrepog TP TpiTy, Kal ovTwe é¢ TO Tédog agdekyetrat.
®. Translate into Greek—
(a) The best and wisest philosophers say, ‘‘ Do not injure your morals (76 #00¢ in plur.) by bets (epidoarc)”.
6 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
(6) If boys write their own language (= tongue) as they pronounce (zpogépw) it, will they all write and pronounce it in the same way ?
(c) The captain was lunching (dpcordw) with six men under a large oak.
(d) You will find some of these words (= names) in the book of Xenophon which you have read (dvayryrwokw).
3. Write down the accus. sing., gen. sing., and dat. plur. of—xiwy, dpvic, yépwv, wreyevc, Heap, Opie Ouvyarnp ; and decline in all genders riBeic, yAuKic, pellwy.
4. Compare—<crlyoe, pédac, aicypde, acbevic, KaKie.
5. State the principal parts of—inu, rivw, dOcipw réuvw, ddioxopac; and write out the past tense of olda, the pres. opt. active of didupr, and the aor. pass. subjunct. of riuaw.
B. 1. Translate— (a) Wadivog pév oO} pero Kai of avy abrg. of Oé€ \ e ~ : . mapa Aptatov 7Kov, HpoxAije kal Xespicopoc’ Mévw v dé abrov Epeve rapa ’Apraiy. ovroe d€ EXeyor Gre ‘ ~~” -~- mo\Xoue gain O ’Aptatoc elvat [lépcac tavrov Bed- riove, oc ovK ay avacyéoIae abrov BactdevorToC* ? ? 9 , , ef of ‘ ~~ GAN’ ei Bovrecbe cuvarcévar, Kev Hon Kedever THC -t io. 9 \ , A \ 3 ¢ ? e \ vuxtog’ ei O€ pL, aUpioy Tp~ amévae gnoiv. 6 O€ KXéapyoc elev? “’AXN obrw xpi) roetv’ gay per ijxwpev, Oameo Néyere’ Et O€ wy, mparrere OrOlov ay c ~ o t , 99 ef \ UA Te tity oinobe pardtora cupdépery.” 4 re d€ womjooe OvOE TOUTOLC ELTE.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 7
re (b) IIpdtevoc d€ 6 Bowrtoc ebOve pév peipanoy oy éreOuper yevéoBar davijp ra peydda mparrey ixavdc’ kat dca ravrny Ty emiBupiay EdwxKE Topyig dpytproy T™ Asovrivy. éret Oe oUvEYEVETO exelvy, ikavoc H8n vopioas eivae xat Gpxeuv Kat gidog oy roic maroc 17) Arraabat ebepyerar, HAGer eic ravrac rac our Kipy mpacerc’ Kat pero Krhoeabar éx ToUTwy évopa péya kai Ovvapevy peyadny kat Xph para TOANG’ TOTOUTWY o érOupaey opddpa évdndor av cal rouro elyev, ort rourwy obdev &y Bédot krGobat pera ddexiac, G\A@ avy TO daly kai kadg wero Oety ToUTwY Tuyxavey, &vev O€ rovTwY ph.
Explain—edracrai—zepi xdrA“Ooveary d&yopdv—oi Epopor. Parse arnpeigOn.
3. Translate—
(a) XT. elwé Of viv pot TOOE
yuvaixa dappakic’ ci mpedpevocg Oerradhy, kaBedor pe vUKTWp riy aeAnvyy, elra de abriyy kaelipoacp’ éc Nogetor orpoyyvnov, daonep karomrpoy, kara rnpolny txwy,—
2Q. ri dijra rovr’ Gy woEdHoetér a’ 5
aT. 6 re; ra pnkér’ dvarédXot oeknyn pndapod, ovk Gv anodoiny rove TOKOUG.
zQ. Ory Te ONS
XT. ore) Kara pijva rapyvpur davellerat.
(6) AM. pi oxorré p’, db’ rav, GAG por ra xphpara Tov vioy amodouvac KéXEvoov araer, &AAwe re pévroe Kai Kak@e weTpayore. XT. ra roia ravra ypquaé’ ; AM. acaveioaro. ZT. Kaxwic dp’ bvyrwe eixec, Se y’ Epot doxeic.
8 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
AM. trmove éXavywy ékérecov vy rove Oeouc. ST. ri dijra Anpeic. WoTwEp az’ Bvov Karareawr ; AM. Anpé, ra ypnpar arodaPeiv ci Boddropac ;
4. Explain—évy re cat véa—oapgdpac—rpuraveia Ohow
—dnucrar—Sophists. Parse—-apidpevoc, dpet, éteo.
5. What character does Xenophon give of Clearchus ?
6. Describe the ancient method of crossing a river which had no bridge.
7. What do you know of Thales, Pericles, Socrates ?
LATIN. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must do satisfactory work in each Part of the Paper.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
A, 1. Trans'ate into Latin—
The next year Pyrrhus came to Italy with a large army. ‘The Roman army, which opposed him, was defeated at Heraclea. But, although Pyrrhus won the battle, he lost an immense number of troops. It is said that he exclaimed
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 9
in the presence of his generals, ‘‘If I win many such victories, I shall be ruined.” So, having sent ambassadors to Rome, he tried to persuade the senate to make peace. Cineas, one of the ambassadors, was addressing the senate, when a certain old Roman noble was carried into the senate house (curia) by his slaves. This man, already at the point of death, advised the senators never to make peace while an enemy remained in Italy.
%. Translate—
Post eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul iterum — cum Numantinis pacem fecit infamem, quam populus et senatus iussit infringi atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tradi, ut in illo, quem auc- torem foederis putabant, iniuriam soluti foederis punirent. Post tantam igitur ignominiam, qua a Numantinis bis Romani exercitus superati erant, P. Scipio Africanus secundo consul factus et ad Numantiam missus est. Is primum militem vitiosum et ignavum exercendo magis quam puniendo sine ulla acerbitate correxit, tum multas Hispaniae civitates partim cepit, partim in dedi- tionem accepit, postremo ipsam Numantiam diu obsessam fame contecit et a solo evertit, reliquam provinciam in fidem accepit.
3. Decline—grex, vectigal, porticus, canis, bos; also —solus, felix, sospes, idem, aliquis.
4. Compare dissimilis, celeriter, and give the Latin tor 18, 80, 800, 50 each, 6 times.
5. Give the gender, meaning, ablative singular and genitive plural of—dedecus, frons (frondis), mus, nix, cupido.
10 sUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
6. Give in full—
(a) (0) (c) (d) (e) (f) (9)
The Imperative Passive of fero.
The Future Indicative of possum.
The Present Subjunctive of malo.
The Future Perfect Indicative Passive of fero. The Perfect Subjunctive Active of recipio.
The Perfect Indicative Active of abeo.
The Present Indicative of nolo.
7. Give the principal parts of—lugeo, insero, comburo,
excudo, sarcio, ordior.
8. Give, with the meaning, the Perfect and Future
Infinitive, both Active and Passive, of moveo.
B.
1. Translate, parsing fully in the margin, all words
(a)
italicised—
Nec dubiis ea signa dedit Tritonia monstris. Vix positum castris simulacrum: arsere coruscae Luminibus flammae arrectis, salsusque per artus Sudor iit, terque ipsa solo (mirabile dictu), Emicuit, parmamque ferens hastamque tre- mentem. Extemplo temptanda fuga canit aequora Calchas ; Nec posse Argolicis exscindi Pergama teiis, Omina ni repetant Argis, numenque reducant, Quod pelago et curvis secum avexere carinis. Et nunc, quod patrias vento petiere Mycenas,
()
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 11
Arma deosque parant comites, pelagoque remenso Improvisi aderunt.
Scan the first line, and state by whom and
under what circumstances the above lines were spoken. :
(0) -
| Ferimur per opaca locorum ; Et me, quem dudum non ulla iniecta movebunt Tela, neque adverso glomerat: ex agmine Grai, Nunc omnes terrent aurae, sonus excitat omnis Suspensum et pariter comitique onerique timentem. Iamque propinquabam portis, omnemque vide- ar Evasisse viam, subito cum creber ad aures Visus adesse pedum sonitus, genitorque per umbram Prospiciens, “ Nate,” exclamat, “‘fuge, nate ; propinquant ; Ardentes clipeos atque aera micantia cerno.” Hic mihi nescio quod trepido male numen amicum Confusam eripuit mentem.
His constitutis rebus et consilio cum legatis et
quaestore communicato, ne quem diem pugnae praetermitteret, opportunissime res accidit, quod postridie eius diel mane eadem et perfidia et simulatione ust Germani frequentes omnibus principibus maioribusque natu adhibitis ad eum in castra venerunt, simul, et dicebatur, sué pur- gandi causa, quod contra, atque esset dictum et ipsi petissent, proelium pridie commisissent, simul ut, si quid possent, de indutiis fallendo impetrarent.
12 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
(d) Cum paulo longius a castris processisset, suos ab hostibus premi atque aegre sustinere et con- ferta legione ex omnibus partibus tela conici animadvertit. Nam quod omni ex reliquis par- tibus demesso frumento pars una erat reliqua, suspicati hostes huc nostros esse venturos noctu in silvis delitwerant ; tum dispersos depositis
armis in metendo occupatos subito adort: paucis interfectis reliquos incertis ordinibus perturba- verant, simul equitatu atque essedis circum- dederant. |
2. Explain — anima litandum Argolica, ad latus hostium apertum constitui.
3. Draw a map showing the position of the Menapii, Suebi, Ubii, Sugambri, Morini, and Tencteri. State very briefly what you know of the Menapii and Sugambri.
ALGEBRA.
The Board of Exammers.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
1. Reduce to their lowest terms— (i) x — 20? + 30 — 2
we? — 44? + dr — 2
(ii) (a + b)° + (e+ d)*
(atc)? + (b+ a)’
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 18
. Simplify b+c ota ats b—c e—a a—b 4 (6 + €) (6 + a) (a + b)
(6 —c) (ec — a) (a— 5)
. Solve the equations
xv iy _ | fie beet!
a(e@—c)+b0(y¥—c)= a? + B?, . Solve the equation
ee eee phase gtp—an . Solve the equations
e+y=at+b
ax* + by? = ab (a + 5).
. Show how to solve graphically the equations vw+tyma,ry—b. Find the condition that the two solutions may be identical.
. Simplify
Vat+bt+Va—b Va+b—Va—sd Varb—Va—b Vatb+ Va—d’ and verify the result when a = 17, 6= 8.
. Find a number such that the same result is obtained whether we multiply it by @ and ‘add
b to the product, or multiply it by 6 and add a to the product.
14. JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
9. State and prove the formule for the x“ term, and for the sum of m terms of an arithmetical pro- gression. SS
There are 21 stones in a row, at intervals of 3 yards. How far must a boy travel, starting from the middle, in order to bring them all, one by one, to the middle one ?
GEOMETRY. The Board of Exanviners.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
1. Prove that if two angles of a triangle are equal the sides opposite to them are equal.
2. Prove that the three angles of any triangle are equal to two right angles.
3. Employ the foregoing propositions to prove that if O be the centre of two concentric circles, ABC, A'B'C, and if any three radii OA, OB, OC of the one are produced to meet the circumference of the other in A’, B’, C’, respectively, then the angles of the triangle A’B’C’ are respectively equal to those of the triangle ABC.
4. Prove by dissection that the square on the hypo- tenuse of a right-angled triangle is equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 15
5. Give the enunciation and the proof of the geome- trical theorem which is expressed algebraically by the identity (a — b)? = a? + 6? — 2abd.
6. Divide a given straight line in medial section, and prove the construction.
7. Define a tangent to a circle, and prove that the tangent at any point is at right angles to the radius drawn from that point.
feo)
. Show how to draw a common tangent to two circles which intersect, proving the truth of the construction.
9. Prove that angles in the same segment of a circle are equal.
State and prove the converse of this.
10. If two chords of a circle intersect outside the circle, show that the rectangle contained by the segments of the one chord will be equal to that contained by the segments of the other.
Describe a circle which shall touch a given straight line and pass through two given points, both lying on the same side of the straight line. How many such circles can in general be drawn ? and in what case is it possible to draw only one?
11. Upon a straight line, 2 inches long, construct a square; and then construct an equilateral triangle which shall be equal to the square in area.
16 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
ENGLISH. The Board of Examiners.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
Part I. 1. Write an essay on “‘ Summer in Australia.”
2. State clearly in what respects (if any) each of the following sentences is faulty, and show how it may be improved :— |
(a) You may rely upon me doing all in my power.
(6) What other power could or ever has produced such changes ?
(c) Sailing along the southern shore of the little peninsula, the scene changes.
(d) I do not deny that in this, as in all moral principles, there may not be found exceptions. (e) ‘This, as you know, was a burning question ; ara its unseasonable introduction threw a chill
cp the spirits of all our party.
(7) Lord Rosebery has not budged from his position _ of lonely isolation.
3. Explain briefly what is meant by the following terms :— , (a) Co-ordinative conjunction, (6) relative pronoun (c) factitive verb, (2) nominative absolute. Give an example in each case.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 17
4. Analyse—
(a) At length, as the Goddess of Truth approached still nearer to her, she fell away entirely, and vanished amidst the brightness of her presence, so that there did not remain the least trace of her figure in the place where she had been seen.
(6) You must not dare, for shame, to talk of mercy ; For your own reasons turn into your bosoms, As dogs upon their masters, worrying you.
Part II.
5. Indicate the source, and explain the meaning of the following :—
(a) If Jonson’s learned sock be on.
(b) Lausanne! and Ferney! ye have been the ~ abodes Of names which unto you bequeath’d a name.
(c) Or mythic Uther’s deeply-wounded son . In some fair space of sloping greens, Lay, dozing in the vale of Avalon, And watch’d by weeping queens.
(d) Plato the wise, and large-brow’d Verulam, The first of those who know. ~
(e) . . . . . the giant crew, — Who sought to pull high Jove from regal state,
6. “The prince . . . went away, convinced of the emptiness of rhetorical sgunds, and the inefficacy of polished periods and studied sen- tences.” Describe the incident which led Rasselas to this conclusion.
B
18 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
7. “False Humour differs from the Zrue, as a monkey does from a man.” What qualities of False Humour does Addison mention in support of this statement ?
8. Explain the following allusions:—(a) A story out of Joe Miller; (4) that ancient potentate, the Lord of Misrule; (c) Belshazzar’s parade of the vessels of the temple; (d) a collection of Holbein’s portraits; (e) the mock fairies about Falstaff.
9. (a) What is the meaning of the word humvur as generally understaod at the present time? Men- tion some of its earlier meanings.
(6) What is the subject of Milton’s L’ Allegro?
10. Describe the parts played, in Henry V., by the following characters :—Fluellen, Lord Scroop, Katharine.
11. Write out from memory— (a) From “Tower’d cities” to “.... all com-
mend.”
(6) Four lines, beginning ‘ Meantime unnum- ber’d ... .”
(c) Three lines, beginning “ Now, where the quick Rhone .. .”
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 19
HISTORY.
N.B.—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates for the Junior PusBLic EXAMINATION are to select any Two, but not more, of the Fiver following periods.
Candidates forthe JuNIong COMMEROIAL EXAMINATION are to select any Two, but not more, of the First TuHree of the following periods.
A.—BritisH To 1509.
1. Write brief notes on the following :—Battle of Barnet ; Dunstan; Henry the First’s Charter of Liberties; Star Chamber; Statute of Mortmain; Watling Street.
2. Where are the following places, and why are they historically notable :—Anjou ; Bannockburn ; Deorham; Runnymede; Stamford Bridge; Wedmore ?
3. What reasons would you give for the success of the Normans in their invasion of England ?
4. Give some account of the Mendicant Friars, and of their work in England within this period.
5. Write an account of the reign of Edward the Second.
6. Give some account of the discoveries made in the fifteenth century. B2
20 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND: JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
B.—Britise (1509 To 1714).
1. Write brief notes on the following :—Glencoe ; ‘The O’Neilla; The Puritans; Shaftesbury ; War of the Spanish Succession ; Wentworth.
2. Give some account of the character and the policy of the Protector Somerset.
3. Explain and illustrate the growth of wealth in England in the reign of Elizabeth.
4. Write a short account of Oliver Cromwell's Protectorate.
5. Write a short account of the contests with Halland within this period. 6. (a) Give a short account of the Revolution of 1688
(6) What was the object of William’s campaigns. in Ireland ?
C.—BritisH (1714 To 1901).
1. Write brief notes on the following :— Bolingbroke : Caroline of Anspach; The Cotton Famine; The Crimean War ; The Gordon Riots; The Reform of the Calendar.
2. Write an account of the character and the policy of Walpole.
8. Write an account of the Sevem Years’ War.
LO
en
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 21
. In what year, and in what circumstances, was the
Peace of Amiens brewzht about ? Why does it mark an epoch in the Revolutionary War ?
. Trace briefly the history of New South Wales to the
accession of Queen Victoria.
. Write a short account of the public career of Mr.
Gladstone.
D.—Roman.
. Why was the Republic established ?
. Draw tothe full size of your paper a rough map of
the Mediterranean. Mark upon it the position of Actium, Alexandria, Capua, Carthage, Cilicia, Mylae. Give.a short.account of the historical events with which each of these places is associated. |
. Why is each of the following dates memorable in
in Roman history :—B.c. 241, 133, 63, 48, 31, A.D. 14?
. Distinguish between the aims and the policy of
Tiberius and of Gaius Gracchus.
. Describe very briefly the career of Gneeus Pompeius
Magnus.
. State what you know of the great Roman Roads,
their course, and their importance in history and in government
to to
JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
E.—GRECIAN.
1. Where were the following places, and why are they historically noteworthy :—Delphi, Eurymedon. Ithome, Plataea, Syracuse, Tanagra ?
2. Why are the following dates memorable in Grecian history :—B.c. 683, 560, 490, 430, 404, 336 ?
3. What do you know of each of the following persons : — Callicratidus, Cimon, Histizeus, Lamachus, Myronides, Theramenes ?
4. Explain the following terms :—Cleruchy, Naucrary, Oekist, Pentacosiomedimni, Periceci, Thesmo- thetae.
5. Trace the history of the Delian Confederacy.
6. Give some account of the domestic and of the public policy of Pericles.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 23
FRENCH. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH division of the paper.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
A.
TRANSLATION.
1. Translate into idiomatic English—
(a) Pierrette eut un maitre d’écriture. Elle dut apprendre & lire, & écrire et A compter. L’éducation de la jeane fille produisit d’immenses dégAts dans la maison. Ce fut l’encre sur les tables, sur les meubles, sur les vétements ; puis les cahiers d’écriture, les plumes égarées partout, la poudre sur les étoffes, les livres déchirés pendant qu'elle apprenait ses legons. On lui parlait déja de la nécessité de gagner son pain, de n’étre A charge & personne.
Batzac. (6) ** Je vais vous montrer, dit le vieux, c’est la-bas, au fond . . . . . derriére la grange
“ Non, restez,” répondit l’oncle ; ‘il fait froid, vous étes vieux ; votre fils nous montrera cela.” Mais le fils, aprés avoir découvert le soldat, s'était sauvé.
°4 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Le vieux marcha devant. Nous suivions & la file. I] faisait extrémement froid dans |’allée. En passant, nous vimes ?’étable éclairée par une vitre dans le toit, cing chévres qui nous regardérent de leurs yeux done puis l’écurie, les deux boeufs et la vache qui se retournérent en silence. Plus loin nous arrivames & la grange, basse, encombrée de paille et de foin jusqu’au toit. Tout au fond nous vimes une fenétre bleuftre, donnant sur le jardin; deux grand tas de fagots rangés contre le mur recevaient sa lumiére; plus bas tout était sombre. Dans la fenétre se tenaient un cog et deux ou trois poules, la téte sous l’aile, se détachant en noir sur cette lumiére.
ERCKMANN-CHATRIAN.
(c) Alors d’une chose & autre, i1 se mit 4 nous aed de la langue francaise, disant que c’était a plus belle langue du monde, la plus claire, la plus solide: qu’il fallait la garder entre nous et ne jamais l’oublier, parceque quand un peuple tombe esclave, tant qu’il tient biensa langue, c'est comme s'il tenait la clef de sa prison - . . . . « Puis il prit un livre d’histoire et nous lut notre lecon.
A. DaupveET.
B.
GRAMMAR AND CoMPOSITION. 2. Translate— I prefer Spring and Autumn to Summer and Winter ; ° In the first season the country ts beautiful im Victoria ;
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 25
The woods are full of flowers ;
The bards are busy making their nests , The weather ts not too warm yet ; People take long walks.
$. Pat into the plural the words in italics in the following expressions :—
La cité est trés peuplée ; le commergant se rend le matin de bonne heure & son bureau ; il travaille jusqu’au soir; alors da ville est éclairée 2 Vélectricité; Touvrier reprend le chemin de la maison ; celut-ci a sa bicyclette ; celui-la va par le tramway; un autre enfin a un billet & prix réduit sur le chemin de fer.
4. Give the masculine and the meaning of—
Gouvernante, porteuse, méchante, oisive, im- peratrice, grasse, caduque, tierce, maligne.
oO
. Place the right definite article befure each of the following nouns, and give their meaniny in English :—Surface, muraille, fustl, monde, mendunt, départ, valeur, déjeuner, lit, sucre.
6. Translate—
Lum going ; he was fearing; known ; should I speck ? that they might wish ; twenty years ago; the 1ith of August ; Xmas; Friday night ; a quarter past three.
. Conjugate—
S]
(a@) negatively (the whole tense) botrai-je ? (5) interrogatively (the whole tense) je ves.
26 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
8. Translate—
(a) Winter in an English country means generally a gloomy sky stretching over the deserted plain. The ground is covered with snow; the boughs of the leafless trees with frost. The north wind has withered! all the flowers and grass. The whole country, formerly so pleasant and animated, seems now ‘to be without life. People keep indoors? as much as possible ; it is so cold outside.
(6) His house consisted of but one story, and — was covered with thatch’, which gave it an air of great comfort. The walls in the inside were nicely whitewashed‘, and his daughters under- took to adorn them with pictures done by them- selves. Nothing could exceed the neatness of the little front garden.
] flétri *chez eux %chaume * blanchis a la colle.
N.B.—A second paper will follow for can- didates for the Junior Commercial Examination.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 27
FRENCH.—Srconp Paper. (JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.) Time: One hour and a half.
The Board of Examiners,
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part of the Paper.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
C. 1. Traduisez— Marseille, 12 Juin/06. Monsieur P. Lamartine,
Melbourne.
J’ai joint dans ma derniére lettre tous les renseignements que vous m’aviez demandés au sujet de l’avenir du coton en France.
Je désire maintenant y ajouter ce qui suit.
Jusqu’A présent les manufactures de la France, d’ailleurs trés nombreuses, ont été tributaires
- des colonies anglaises et de “Heypte pour le dad que ne peuvent fournir les Etats-Unis, malgré leur immense production. Aujourd’hui
on parle sérieusement de faire produire aux colonies francaises le coton nécessaire a cette industrie qui occupe en France quatre régions différentes et qui, en Normandie seulement, procure du travail & plus de 100,000 ouvriers.
23 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Les Antilles frangaises, l’Algérie, Madagascar et quelques parties du Sénégal jouissent d’un climat entiérement favorable a la culture du coton. Des expériences antérieures ont d’ailleurs déj&é donné des résultats trés satisfaisants. En Algérie, par exemple, pendant la guerre de Sécession, on a produit plus de 800,000 kilo- grammes de coton.
J’arriverai au Havre le 25 de ce mois et vous tiendrai immédiatement au courant de l’état du murché. Dans “la Revue Commerciale” de cette ville, en date du ler Juin, je vois que les arrivages de la semaine (250 balles) ont & peine dépassé les ventes (237 balles). Le stock sur place doit donc étre insignifiant, si mes derniers renseignements sont exacts.
Je vous salue bien sincérement, M. LAMIRAULT.
2. -Vot to be translated into French.
A Melbourne firm advertises that a lucrative position in their office can be secured by any young man able to keep a correspondence in French. The firm is exporting Australian pro- duce, and a knowledge of such # business is sup- posed to be required from the successful applicant.
' The applications areto be made in writing and m French.
Write, in French, a short application, in which you offer your services, stating your age, previous experience, knowledge of French, and of the goods exported by the firm. {In this letter make use of the terms, headings, and endings generally employed in French com- mercial correspondence,
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 29
GERMAN. The Board of Examiner's.
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part of the Paper.
Handwriting, spelling, and general intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
A.—TRANSLATION.
1. Translate into English—
Man hatte einem Bauern sein Pferd aus dem Stalle gestohlen. Kurze Zeit darauf ging er auf den Markt. Wie erstaunte er, als er sein Pferd in den Hénden eines unbekannten Mannes sah ! Schnell ergriff er den Ziigel des Pterdes und rief laut: ‘“‘ Das ist mein Pferd; vorige Woche hat man es mir gestohlen.” Der Unbekannte sagte ruhig: “Sie irren sich, lieber Freund. Dieses Pferd gehért mir und mag wohl dem Ihren fhnlich sein.” Da _ hielt der Bauer dem Pferde beide Augen zu und sagte: ‘Wenn das Pferd Ihnen gehért, so sagen Sie mir doch, auf welchem Auge es blind ist.” Jener erwiderte schnell: ‘Auf dem rechten Auge.” “Sie sehen wohl, dass Sie es nicht wissen!” rief der Bauer, indem er das rechte Auge zeigte. ‘Nein, ich habe mich nar ver- sprochen ; ich meinte: auf dem linken Auge,” entgegnete der Fremde. Nun deckte der Bauer auch das linke Auge auf und sprach: “Jetzt ist es klar, dass du ein Dieb und Liigner bist. Das
390 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Pferd ist auf keinem Auge blind.” Alle Um- stehenden lachten und riefen: ‘Der Dieb ist ertappt!” (caught). Er wurde verhaftet, ins Gefingnis gefiihrt und hestraft.
2. Translate into English— Liebe Schwester !
Jetzt bin ich schon zehn Monate hier auf der Schule, und will versuchen, Dir einen deutschen Brief zu schreiben. Ich lerne diese Sprache mit grossem Eiter und habe gute Fortschritte darin gemacht.
Das Leben in unserer Pension (boarding- school) ist sehr angenehm; doch haben wir viel zu arbeiten und miissen fleissig sein. Wir stehen sehr triih auf, und beginnen unsere Arbeiten um 7 Uhr. Der Unterricht datert bis in den Nachmittag. Wenn wir fertig sind und die Biicher fortgelegt haben, gehen wir epazieren oder schwimmen in dem kleinen Fluss, der durch diese Stadt fliesst. Aber wir miissen piinktlich um 7 zuriickkebren. Dann essen wir unser Abendbrot und gehen bald nach 9 Uhr zu Bett.
Ich muss aufhGren, denn es lautet eben zum Friihstiick. Schreibe mir bald; ich méchte gern wissen, wie es euch allen zuheuse geht.
B.—ComPosITION AND GRAMMAR.
3. Translate into idiomatic German—
You tell me you want to have a description
. (Beschreibung) of our quarters (Haus) here in Dresden. We do not live in the centre of the town, bat in a suburb (Vorstadt), where there is not so much noise. From our windows on the first floor we can see the Elbe, and often watch
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 31
(beobachten) the pretty boats and steamers as they go up or down the stream. The right bank of the river is higher than the left and is covered with woods. But now it is not so fine as in summer. ‘The trees have lost their leaves, and it is very. cold. Several times the whole landscape (ZLandschaft) has been covered with snow; but we have not had any skating (Schlittschuhlaufen) yet; the ice has never been thick enough.
4. Give, with the definite article, the genitive singular and the nominative plural of— Bauer, Stall, Pferd, Mann, Ziigel, Dieb, Gefiingnis, Sprache, Pen- sion, Uhr, Mittag, Fluss, Bett, Brot, Stiick, Stadt.
9. Give the second person singular of the indicative present and imperfect, and also the past participle, of the following verbs occurring in Questions Nos. 1 and 2—gestohlen, ging, sah, ergriff, rief, hielt, wissen, versprochen, essen.
6. Give the German for—
The day before yesterday ; to-morrow morning ; last year; I have not seen him for a fortnight ; a year and a half ago; at a quarter to 9 o’clock.
-?. Re-write the following sentences, completing all words the ending of which is omitted, and translate them into English :—
Was wollen Sie trinken: kalt frisch Milch oder alt Wein ?
Das Buch liegt auf d Tisch, zwischen d Lampe und d—— Tintenfass.
Welch Haus hast du lieber: euer—— elgen—— oder unser ?
Wasser,
32 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
8. Translate—
I write a letter; I read it through once more; I put it into an envelope; I address it; I go to the post-office; I buy a stamp; I stick it on the envelope; I throw the letter into the box.
N.B.—A second paper will follow for candidates for the Junior Commercial Examination.
GERMAN.—Seconp Paper. (JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.) Time: One hour and a half.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must satisfy the Bxamimers iz EACH part of the Paper.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
C.—CoMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
1. Translate into English— Herrn W. Steintal in Hamburg. Berlin, den 2 ten Mirz, 1906. Sehr geehrter Herr !
Eine seit kurzem in Hamburg etablierte Hand- lung, deren Namen Sie unterhalb dieses Briefes vermerkt finden, hat eine ziemlich bedeutende |
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 33
Quantitaét Waren bei uns bestellt. Auf unsere Erkundigungen bei hiesigen Hiéusern erhielten wir die Auskunft, dass ihres Wissens keiner der drei Associés ein grdsseres Vermégen besitze, und tragen daher Bedenken, den Auftrag, der sich a mehrere tausend Mark belauft, auszu- fiihren. Ohne Zweifel ist Ihnen etwas Zuverlas- - sigres tiber die Verhaltnisse dieser Herren bekannt. Wir wiren Ihnen dankbar, wenn Sie uns davon Mitteilung machen und gleichzeitig sagen woll- ten, ob Sie es fiir geraten halten, denselben einen grésseren Kredit zu bewilligen. Von Ihrer Auskunft werden wir den vorsichtigsten Gebrauch machen:
Zu Gegendiensten gern bereit zeichnen wir hochachtend und ergebenst
M. Reinardt & Co.
2. To the letter given in Question No. 1, write a reply, in German, stating, after the usual introduction, that you are glad to give the information asked for; that the firm in question is carried on by three brothers belonging to a well-known and respected (geachtet) family; that one of them has been for four years a clerk in your own business, and that you have a very good opinion of him, as syoryhody has who knows him ; that they certainly have not a large capital, but never- theless deserve every confidence (Vertrauen n.). Conclude with the request to treat this reply as confidential and to use it with caution (Vorsicht) |
34 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
ARITHMETIC.
The Board of Examvwners.
. Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken iuto account throughout the Examination.
1. Find the value of the following expression, correct to seven places of decimals, without unnecessary
arithmetic :— ] l 1 I — ge F gr Ri aT x 52 x 72 is 1
8? x 62 x 72 x 92
2. Find the prime factors, H.C.F. and L.C.M. of 13167 and 5355. Simplify— 47 — 34 of 3 ‘6 of yoy + 14H
3. Find, by graphic arithmetic, the value of
| V3 — vB. (Unit, 2 inches or 5 centimetres.)
4, An iron sphere has a radius of 25:47 centimetres ; the mass of 1c. cm. of the iron is 7'561 grammes. Determine—using contracted multiplication—the mass of the sphere in kilogrammes, correct to one-tenth of a kilogramme.
5. Find the rent of 25 acres 3 sq. chains 60 sq. yards of land at £5 6s. 8d. per acre.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 35
6. A sum of money, allowed to accumulate for 4 years at 74 per cent., compound interest, amounts at the end of the period to £1,849. What was the original sum ? What would the amount have been if simple interest had been added instead of compound ?
7. £1,550 is invested in stock at 773; #500 stock is sold at 844 and the rest at 73; the brokerage on each of the three transactions is th per cent. Find the investor’s net gain or loss, and the amount of the broker’s bill ?
8. A grocer mixes three kinds of tea at 1s. 3d., 1s. 6d., and 1s. 9d. per lb. respectively. If he uses equal parts of the first and second kinds, how much in proportion must he add of the third in order to to muke a profit of 25 per cent. by selling the mixture at £11 1s. 8d. per cwt. ?
9. A and B enter into partnership, each contributing £800 capital; C joins them five months after- wards, contributing £400; three months later B withdraws his capital. The profits at the end of the year amount to £97 6s.7d. What should each receive ?
10. The true discount on a four months’ bill at 73 per cent. per annum is £4 7s. 6d. For what amount was the bill drawn, and what is the banker’s discount on it for the same period and rate ?
30 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
BOOKKEEPING, PRECIS AND COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)
N.B.—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
Paper A.—BooKKEEPING. The Board of Examiners.
All Candidates must attempt questions 1 and 2; they are also required to answer any TWO, but not more than two, of the questions numbered 3 to 6.
1. The Balance-sheet of Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby, of London, Wine Merchants, stood at 31 December, 1849,
as follows :— LIABILITIES. Capital—Edward Murdstone ge oe. £2,440° James Grinby .. -. 1,220 Sundry Creditors—Thomas Grayper £170 Dr. Chillip ... 180 ——— 350 - Bills Payable—No. 123, S. Bodgers 500 ee £4,510 ASSETS. National Provincial Bank of Enelne ... £3,000 Wine .. ge ... 1,000 Sundry Debtors—R. Quinion .. £100 . Gummidge .. 200 Daniel Peggotty 200 a —_ 5 Bills Receivable—No. 254, H. Barkis set 10
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 37
The firm’s books had been kept by single entry to the date of the Balance-sheet, but the partners desire that a proper system of Bookkeeping shall be begun with the New Year. You are therefore required to make the necessary opening entries in the books, showing all entries in full.
2. The following are the transactions of the above-named firm for the month of January, 1850 :—
(Norg.—All moneys received are paid into and all moneys paid away are drawn out of the Bank. ) 1850. £
Jan. 3 Bought of C. Mell, wine as per invoice, 600 accepted his draft at 30 days for the amount
4 Paid S. Bodgers, B.P. No. 123 .. 500 5 Paid Thomas Grayper ar .. 170 6 Received from R. Quinion ee 100
Sold to S. Bodgers, wine as per invoice 350 7 Received from S. Bodgers, in pet pay- ment for wine, cash 20¢ And J. Fibbitson’s P.N. (No. 255) for balance, the P.N. being payable on 22 January 10 Bought of K. re wine as per invoice ... 1,000 11 Paid K. Creakle in part payment for wine 495 and were allowed discount on such pay- ment... 5 Gave K. Creakle our P.N. at 3 months for balance with interest added at 5 per cent. per annum ' 12 Received from George Demple, of Paris, consignment of brandy for his account
and risk. Brandy invoiced at ... 1,200 Paid duty thereon ... sae ... 1,200 Paid landing charges 100
13 Sold to C. Mell part of consignment of
brandy for cash ... . 800
14 Accepted George Demple’ 8 draft, dated 10th January, at 2 m/s. ___... 800
38 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
1850. £ Jan. 15 Sold to R. Quinion part of Demple’s consignment 1,600 ar colt balance thereof to S. Bodgers 1,200 600
R. sOuiitn pays on a/c sale of brandy and gives us his P.N. at 2 months for the balance, the agreement that
we shall discount the P.N. with our
Bankers and charge the discount to his a/c. Discounted same accordingly, and were charged 5 per cent. per annum discount. ur bankers credit us with proceeds
16 Made up A/S for Geo. ab igs charging = ae 5 fra ; Commis-
2% per cent.; Del Craicre, 2% per cont Cooperage and Casks, £15; e and Freight, £10 Pact from R. Quinion, cheque for amount of discount on his P.
22 J. Fibbitson’s P.N. is returned dis-
honoured.
26 Consigned to New York to Jefferson Brick for our a/c and risk, wine invoiced at
And paid cartage and freight thereon ..
Insured consignment with Lloyds for £600, at £2 per cent., the premium being credited to Lloyd’s a/c.
28 Drew on Jefferson Brick, at 1 m/s for £400 on ajc consignment, and were charged } per cent. eee
31 Paid 1 months’ rent ‘ge 10
Paid salaries of clerks sae 15
Enter the above in the proper books. Balance all books, and take out Trial balance.
3 What do you understand by the following :—When a document is referred to illustrate your answer by an example :—
(a) Pay-in slip. (2) Cheque.
(6) E. and O.E. (ec) Demurrage.
(c) Account current.
=S
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 39
4. Draw out tn full— (a) The P.N. referred to in Question 2, under date 11 January. (b) The A/S referred to in Question 2, under date 16 January.
5. Give a list of Books used in a Merchant’s office, and describe shortly the use of any 7'wo of them.
6. A merchant issues about 30 cheques daily, and at the end of each month there are usually about 50 cheques which have not been presented for payment. How would you deal with the outstanding cheques at the end of the month, and what steps would you take to verify their amount ?
BOOKKEEPING, PRECIS AND COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.).
N.B. —Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
Paper B.—Pricis aNnD COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Prepare a digest (not exceeding in length one page of foelscap) of the following speech :—
Mr. Allan McLean, leader of the Victorian anti- socialist party in the House of Representatives, addressed a meeting of his constituents in the Victoria Hall, Sale, to-night. The Mayor (Councillor J. W. Walden) occupied the chair. There were about 500 persons present, a large proportion being ladies.
40 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Mr. McLean, who on rising was received with cheers, said :—Whatever may be the result of the present elec- tion, I shall never forget the generous manner in which you have treated me in the past. I regret that at the outset I have to refer to a rather disagreeable matter, but it is better that everything should be cleared up. A report is being circulated throughout Gippsland that I do not intend to seek re-election, but that I intend to withhold the knowledge from my constituents until the last moment, sat that then my son would be nominated for Parliament instead of myself. In a dis- trict where I have spent the whole of my life, I am sorry that even one individual should chink, I would be capable of an act so unworthy of the confidence you have reposed in me. When I decide to retire from Parliament—and probably the time may not be far distant—you will be the first people taken into my confidence, a ample time for a suitable successor to be appointed. I shall be no party to foist any nominee on the district, either my own or any other man’sson. I consider the trust you have reposed in me a sacred privilege, and I have tried to deserve it. I was told several weeks ago that if I would come forward as a supporter of the present Ministry I would be accorded a walk-over. Now, inmy physical condition you can easily understand that a walk-over would be very welcome, but I would not be doing my duty to you or the Commonwealth if I followed such a sugges- tion. When I was offered assistance by a number of leading politicians who told me that, as I would be unable to visit every part of my electorate, they would be glad to speak for me, I felt like my countryman,
Rhoderic Dhu, who would ‘‘not seek one clansman’s brand for aid against a valiant hand.” Iam quite willing to concede to my opponent the advantages accruing from visiting all parts of the district, and I intend to fight this contest man to man and steel to steel. In previous contestsI have never felt it necessary to refer to any word or act ot my opponent unless I met him on the same platform. Unfortunately, some statements were made the other evening that place me in an altogether false position. If I were the only one affected I would let it pass, as I have always done in the past, but there are eight or nine other protectionists 4
a Wilienaall
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 4]
sitting with me. In justice to them I must correct some of those statements. But I will not say more than absolutely necessary to clear myself, and I shall make no attack on my opponent. Mr. Wise is reported to have said—‘‘I am a good fighter. At political times I can hit hard, and take a lot of hard knocks, but they must be true. I abominate the liar. The worst things to defend oneself against are the lies of an enemy. You have known me, and have never known me telling a deliberate lie.” I am bound to accept that statement, and to believe that, like his illustrious namesake, George Washington, he had never told a lie to that moment; but I have to regret to draw your attention to the fact that it was not many seconds later when he started to put up a fairly good record. (Applause and laughter.) That is assuming that the report is correct. Mr. Wise is also reported to have said—‘‘ Mr. McLean followed Mr. Reid, and Mr. McCay followed Mr. McLean.” Now that places me ina false position. I have never said at any time, or given any colour to the imputation, that I followed Mr. Reid. Iam perfectly certain Mr Reid never said so.
RErID-McLEAN COALITION.
I have been a colleague of Mr. Reid’s for about a year, and you get to know a man pretty well through working with himin Cabinet. I have never found him out in anything unfair or underhand, or in a falsehood. (Applause.) I have never at any time been a follower of Mr. Reid. We joined the Cabinet on terms of perfect equality. Iam now sitting inthe Opposition Corner with eight or nine others ; but we are in no way whatever allied witb the direct Opposition. If you look at the records of the last Parliament you will find that I voted much more frequently with the Govern- ment than with the direct Opposition—the free-traders. We were, however, and are, united in our views on the important question which is the main issue at the present election. My opponent also stated—‘ Mr. Reid says they have combined on the basis of a fiscal peace.” Isaw that statement in the columns of the Age, and was satisfied at the time that it was not true. To make doubly sure I questioned Mr. Reid in the
42 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
street respecting it, and he assured me that there wa not the slightest foundation for the statement. He said he knew perfectly well that I differed from him on the tariff question. Mr. Wise, speaking with regard to myself, stated ‘‘ that he (Mr. McLean) had telegraphed to Mr. Gratton Wilson, saying he was in accord with Mr. Reid’s policy.” This, of course, meant the whole policy. There is not one word of truth in that state- ment. Mr. Wilson, before leaving with Mr. Reid, asked me if he could take any message to my friends in the country. Itold Mr. Wilson that he could tell the people, if he wished, that I was in entire accord with Mr. Reid on anti-socialism but not upon the fiscal ques- tion. I have another extract, which I regard as a serious imputation against my personal honour. In speaking of me, Mr. Wise is reported to have said :—
‘*I thought that when the elections came he would throw aside his personal feeling, and, in order to carry out his principles, would again join himself with the party he had formerly
n attached to, and again oppose Mr. Reid.”
There can be only one construction placed upon those words. It is that my attitude is impelled by saber pique against Mr. Deakin, and that I have
trayed the trust you reposed in me. I make this offer, that if Mr. Wise can satisfy any impartial tribunal, to be mutually appointed by him and me, that the principles I advocate at the present election are in conflict with the principles that I advocated at the last election, I give you my word of honour that I will retire from the contest. (Applause.) If the statement be proved untrue, Mr. Wise, as an honourable man, should withdraw the imputation.
Mr. Deakin’s INCONSISTENCY.
At the last election the issue Mr. Deakin’s Govern- ment placed before the community was fiscal peace for the term of the ensuing Parliament and anti-socialism. A leading article in the Government organ on the eve of the elections showed that a strong majority was returned in favour of fiscal peace. In the following February Mr. Deakin made a speech, in which, referring
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 43
to the third party system, he said—“ It is absolutely impossible. It cannot continue. It ought not to continue.” Subsequently Mr. .Deakin entered into a coalition with Mr. Reid. After that he made the famous speech at Ballarat, and, without giving the notice stipulated in the agreement, he put an end to the coalition. That was the construction placed upon the speech by every newspaper, although Mr. Deakin denied it. The Reid Government had a programme of 20 items, but they prepared a fresh Governor’s speech, and subsequently Mr. Deakin got an amendment carried in the House against the Reid Government. Now, if any one has changed it is not during our term of office. Mr. Reid, though he had a very much larger following than I had, always treated me ina very fair manner. Whenever there was a slight advantage to be given to one side he always gave it tome. Mr. kin was not strong enough to resist the pressure placed upon him, and the abuse he was subjected to, and you - know how he ended by the speech he delivered at Ballarat. We who have adhered to the same views all through have not changed our parties, or betrayed our principles. (Applause.) The reason Iam not working with Mr. Deakin is that long as I have been in public life I have not yet acquired the attributes of Bunyan’s celebrated giant, Mr. Facing-both-ways. (Applause. ) Ihave not yet learned to lay my principles aside as I would my umbrella or overcoat. Ihave adhered to my principles all through, and whatever the consequence to myself Iintend todoso. (Cheers.)
PROTECTIONIST GROUPS COMPARED.
In the first place, let me describe my attitude to Mr. Reid and his party. We are both in accord on the uestion that divided the country at the last elections— that is anti-socialism. We are both opposed to the leading principles of socialism. If you compare the protectionists sitting in our corner with those protec- tionists following Mr. Deakin, you will certainly admit that the brains of the party are sitting in my corner— such men asSir George Turner, Mr. McColl, and Lieut. - Colonel McCay. Mr. McColl, one of the most reputable men in Australian politics, was in England when the
44 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
change of Government took place, but on his return he took every means to satisfy himself as to the merits of the case, and having done that he selected a seat in our corner. Turning to the leading followersof Mr. Deakin, what do we find when they are faced by a general election? Mr. Harper has come out as a strong anti- socialist, Mr. Carty Salmon has done the same; Sir John Quick, one of the ablest and most consistent protectionists in the Parliament, has not only declared himself a strong anti-socialist, but he has gone further and said that Fe will withhold his support from any Government that will be in alliance with the socialists. I am, as you all know, a consistent and ardent. pro- tectionist, and, in my opinion, the Government did not keep good faith with the country when they neglected to make an honest effort to settle as much of the fiscal question as they could. During the last session $ brought the matter under notice time after time, an was abused for it. I and those who sit with me intend to make the revision of the tariff the first work of the next Parliament. We believe that only when that question is set at rest will it be possible for free-traders and protectionists to combine. There may be one or twomembersof each who have conservative leanings, but to speak of conservatism in a Parliamentelected by adult suffrage is the rankest hyprocrisy. The great bulk are advanced democrats and liberals, and they could not possibly be otherwise elected as they are.
2. Make abstracts of the following letters :—
(a) Sir, MuNicrpaAL ACCOUNTS.
The recommendation of the Joint Select Committee of the House of Lords and of the House of Commons on Municipal Trading, who reported in 1903, has been brought under the notice of the Association of Scottish Chartered Accountants in London, in connection with the recent appointment of a Departmental Committee on the same subject to confer and report, and we are instructed to forward you a statement of the Associa- tion’s views in regard to this matter in order that they may be submitted to the Departmental Committee.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 45
The report of 1903 made the following, amongst other, recommendations, viz. :—
‘‘That Auditors, being members of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales or of the Incorporated Society of Accountants and Auditors, should be appointed by the Corporations, County Councils and Urban District Councils in England and Wales.”
The Committee’s recommendation was no doubt made with the desire of securing that the audit of Municipal Accounts should only be entrusted to properly qualified Auditors, and with this desire our Association is in hearty sympathy, especially having regard to the large present and prospective growth of the Revenue producing Departments of administrations under the control of local authorities.
We respectfully submit, however, that should legis- lation be passed on the lines of the Committee’s recommendation a very great injustice would be done to the three oldest Chartered Societies in the United Kingdom.
‘The privileges conferred by the Charters granted to the Scottish Societies are world-wide, and, while the Committee’s recommendations, if adopted, would not prevent Members of the Scottish Chartered Societies practising in England and Wales, it would directly exclude them from what may be an important branch of accountancy work, and, so far as At stnibees of the Societies practising in England and Wales are con- cerned, would seriously restrict the privileges conferred by their Charter.
We cannot but think that this exclusion of the Scottish Chartered Societies has resulted from an oversight, and that it only requires to be brought to the attention of the Departmental Committee to have it rectified in any subsequent report.
The Scottish Societies have always required a high standard of professional qualification as a condition of admission, and they are in fact the only Societies of Accountants the whole of whose members (with the exception of four survivors of the grantees of the original Charter) have been admitted only after apprenticeship and examination. It is a special
46 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
feature of these Societies that their apprentices must attend the Law Classes of a recognised University, and they are also recommended to attend the Lectures on Political Economy.
The members of the Scottish Societies having thus been thoroughly and expensively trained as qualified Accountants it is obvious that any Act of Parliament which excluded them from appointment as Auditors to local Corporations while admitting members of other and junior Societies, would be manifestly unjust and might, in the eyes of the public, be regarded as a reflection upon their professional standing ; while such a provision would unreasonably restrict the selection of the local authorities in the choice of Auditors. It is hoped, therefore, that in any pro- posed legislation relating to the audit of Municipal Accounts such provisions will be inserted, as will
ermit of local Authorities appointing, as Auditors,
embers of all Societies of Accountants in the United Kingdom, which are incorporated by Royal Charter or of the Society of Accountants and Auditors.
We have the honour to be, Sir, Your most obedient Servants, A. DODDS FAIRBAIRN, President. ROBERT BLAIR, Secretary.
The Secretary, Joint Select Committee on Municipal Trading, Westminister.
(0)
Dear Sir, |
Announcements have been made from time to time of the inauguration and progress of the Institute of Directors, and we have now the pleasure of informing you that in compliance with our Petition His Majesty. the King has been graciously pleased togrant usa Royal Charter.
The Directors of Companies contro] investments amounting in share capital alone to upwards of 2,000 millions sterling, besides debenture and other loan
London, July 23rd, 1906.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 47
money to a large amount, and the need of such an insti- tution, alike in the interests of the public and the directors becomes daily more apparent.
There is no other body of men controlling such vast and important interests which is not represented by its own Society, and in the initiation and consideration of legal changes affecting the status and management of Companies we believe that the institute, now officially recognised by Royal Charter, has before it a wide and important field of usefulness.
The bye-laws of the Charter will be framed in due course, and will probably provide for an entrance fee and possibly an increased subscription for new members, but at present the subscription is only one guinea per annum without entrance fee.
To country members the institute, centrally situated, with its library, reading, writing, and consultation rooms, telephone service, &c., should prove a great convenience.
We are, Dear Sir, Yours faithfully,
AVEBURY, President. H. M. BOMPAS, Chairman of Council. W. ARTHUR ADDINSELL, Secretary.
London, August 31st, 1906. The Bell Coy., Melbourne. Gentlemen,
Replying to your favour of the 25th July, Mr. Russell had two interviews with me before leaving for Australia, on the second occasion he came and said that he would not be going for two or three months and then whilst I was abroad he called and left a few days later so that I only saw him twice and had no time to enter into details fully.
I told him if he had a proper house on this side I was quite willing to join the factory and arrange for the shipping of our surplus goods after Noyember to Australia, at 3s. 6d., c.i.f. Melbourne, making an allow- ance of 2s. per case for all charges, z.e., landing, rent, and insurance, &c., and you or the receivers sending monthly accounts of sales and remittances. This was athing which I suggested as a means of keeping a
48 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL |
supply on your side, as otherwise you might go six or eight months without the slightest chance of getting any goods shipped. The steamers sometimes absolutely refuse to take these matches, and I have been trying in every quarter to get out a matter of about a thousand gross to Sydney and Brisbane, and I am
' trying now by a special effort to get some to each place, but whether I succeed or not I cannot say, but the first opportunity I get I will send some, and if I have some assistance I have no doubt that in the end we could work up a very large trade in these goods. Not only am I selling the short matches but I can supply those that are about 4, 5, or 6 inches long, but I cannot do — anything unless I can get a freight ; to-morrow I might get a freight and then alls well or I might not get it for another six months, anyway I have the goods ready and the moment I have a chance to ship them I will. I hope we shall succeed in doing something ere long, but up to the moment I have spared neither time nor expense in trying to get a freight, in order to make a shipment.
Yours faithfully, W. C. WILLIAMS.
3. Write a short report on one of the following subjects :— | (a) An Australian bank’s sources of profit ;
or,
(6) The coming harvest and its effect upon trade ; or,
(c) The Melbourne Tramway system.
4. (a) Write, assecretary of the committee, a reply to the letter set out above in question 2 (a) stating—
(1) The letter has been considered. (2) Information wanted as to
(i.) The number of members of each Scottish In- stitute and their degrees ;
(ii.) A listof members admitted without examina- tion with dates of admission ;
(iii.) Details of the course of study, examination, apprenticeship, &c., required by each society ; and
(3) Matter will be further considered.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 49
(5) A Promissory Note made by J. Fibbitson, dated 19 December, 1849, at one month payable to S. Bodgers, and by him endorsed to Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby, has been returned by the National Pro- vincial Bank of England, who are Bankers for J. Fibbitson and Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby, dis- honoured. Answer. Not provided for. Amount of Bill £150.
What steps would you take on behalf of Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby in connection with such dis- honour. Give in your answer in full any notices or letters you may think it necessary to send.
(c) Write an order to Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby to ship to Melbourne, to your principals, Messrs. Jones Bros. & Co., the following wine :—
40 hhds. Port, at 15s. per gall. f.0.b. 20 » Sherry, at 12s. 6d. per gall. f.o.b. 40 » Claret, at 8s. per gall. f.o.b. Instruct them to ship per earliest P. and O. steamer
and to draw for the amount at sight with B/L attached.
50 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
BOOKKEEPING, PRECIS AND COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)
N.B.—Handvwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
Paper C.—Trst ror HanpwRITING. _The Board of Examiners. (Twenty minutes allowed for this question.)
1. Copy the following :—
A writer-in the “ Hospital” on the action of alcohol as medicine says :—“ As in politics, so in medicine, the phenomenon known as the ‘ swing of the pendulum’ is often very apparent. When taken by the mouth it acts as many volatile oils or pungent substances do, and reflexly stimu- lates the heart. This action is immediate, rapid, and occurs before any absorption has taken as beyond that necessary to affect the subjacent nerve endings of the buccal mucous membrane. Secondly, it acts as a vaso-dilator. The skin becomes flushed, and a sensation of warmth is experienced. Thirdly, it acts as a cerebral seda- tive. Fourthly, owing to its fairly complete oxidation, it is, in a certain sense, a food; and, lastly, it stimulates gastric secretion. These physiological points will serve to place the use of alcohol as a drug on a sound basis. It may, then, with advantage, be given in syncope, or
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. d1
sudden cardiac failure as a reflex stimulant. In cases of chronic heart disease its only value will be as a vasodilator, to lessen the work of the cardiac muscle when the peripheral resistance is high. With a full pulse and low tension in the arteries, alcohol can have no effect on the circu- lation except the transitory reflex one above described, and as a protoplasmic poison its action, at any rate in large doses, must be dis- tinctly deleterious to the cardiac muscle. As a stomachic in cases where the gastric secretion is diminished it will also be of use; here malt liquors may be advantageous, but obvionsly in cases of hypersecretion its use will be contra- indicated. 7
(Ten minutes allowed for this question.)
2, Write the following sums in column as they should appear in a Cash Book :—
£1000000 28. 1d.; £200 0s. 94d.5 £600753 14s. 103d. 2s. 62d.; £10001101 Os. 11d.; £386 Os. 7d.; £542 2s. 24d.; £988898 19s. 64d; £355 178. 24d.; £78787887 188. 7d.; £445026 ls. 3¢d.; £611164 2s. 8d. £222206 10s. 7d.; £25 14s. 64d.; £40000; £5000005; £344 9s. 54d; £7008 15s. 34d; £2 48. Id.; £20020202 4s. 2d.; 3s. 10¥d.; £8888008 18s.; £1759 16s. 4d; £75; £190000; £576; £7760076 14s. ld.; £80 Os. 43d.; £8 7s. 3d.; £7 Os. 7d.; £55550005 13s. 10d.
52
JUNIOR PURLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
GEOGRAPHY. The Board of Examiners.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken
into account throughout the Examination.
1. Draw an outline map of West Australia, and on it
wm:
name and mark the positions of the following :— Four towns, three rivers, three harbours, and three mountain ranges.
. State and explain a method of determining the
latitude of a place and explain the connection between latitude and mean annual temperature.
. Illustrate by a sketch a trade route between
Adelaide and San Francisco, and indicate the names and positions of the chief ports on the route.
Describe the method of government of India pro- per, omitting the native States. Name the countries adjoining it, and state how far the political boundaries coincide with or depart from natural physical features. .
. Illustrate, by a rough sketch map, the directions of
the prevalent air currents which affect Australia, and explain their relations to the general terres- trial circulation of the atmosphere.
. Define and illustrate the following terms:—Isoclinal,
coastal plain, barrier reef, Sargesso sea, barome- tric gradient.
. Explain clearly the origin of rain. Taking an
Australian example, show what becomes of the rain which falls over any single river-basin.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 53
CHEMISTRY.
N.B.—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
The Board of Examiners. —
Candidates should write equations, where possible, as well as verbal descriptions of chemical reactions.
1. What do you understand by the law of conservation of mass? Illustrate your answer by reference to three combustible substances and their products when burnt in air.
z%. What simple chemical and physical tests would you use to distinguish between calcium car- bonate and sodium carbonate ? What percentage of carbon dioxide will each yield if pire and anhydrous ?
[Given that C = 12, Na = 23, Ca = 40.]
3. What are the chemical names, formule, and chief uses of the following :—quick-lime, caustic soda, nitre, quartz, alum ?
4. Explain the law of definite proportions, and illustrate it by reference to any substance you have prepared in the laboratory.
5. Give examples of three acids, and of their neutrali- zation by bases. What is formed in each case ?
6. How may hydrogen be prepared 1n the laboratory ? Describe the process in full detail and give a sketch of the apparatus.
7. Give an account of the principal sources, purifice- tion, and allotropic modifications of sulphur.
54 JSUNIOK PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
PHYSICS.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
The Board of Examiners.
I. Define Velocity, Force, Work; specify the units in terms of which each is measured. Describe two experimental methods of measur- ing force which are used in the laboratory.
2. Describe the apparatus you would use, and the experiments you would perform with it in order to verify the relation
v* = fs, where v denotes velocity, / uniform acceleration, and s space described from rest.
3. State and prove the theorem known as the “polygon of forces.”
Forces of magnitude equal to 1, 2, 3 and 4 pounds weight, respectively, uct north, east, south, and west from a fixed point; determine, by means of a diagram drawn to scale, the magni- tude of their resultant in pounds weight.
4. Define Centre of Gravity, and show how to deter- mine the centre of gravity of a plane triangle (a) by calculation, (0) by experiment.
-5. State Archimedes’ Principle, and define Specific Gravity.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 5d
A small flask weighs 13-582 grammes empty ; when filled with water the weight is 38°382 grammes, and when filled with kerosene, 33°298 grammes. Find the specific gravity of kerosene.
6. State Boyle’s Law, and give a full account of . experiments which verify it.
7. Describe fully the mode of construction and graduation of a mercurial thermometer. What temperature Centigrade equals. 5° Fahrenheit,’ and what temperature Fahrenheit equals 57°°4 centigrade ?
8. A brass rod measures 27°5247 centimetres at 50° and 27°5494 centimetres at 100°; find the length at 0°, and deduce the coefficient of linear expansion from the lengths at 0° and 100°.
9. State the Laws of Evaporation into an enclosed space, and describe experiments which verify each of them.
10. Define Radiation, Emissive Power, Absorptive Power. Show how to compare the, emissive powers (for radiation) of any two substances.
56 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.
Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
Give BRIEF answers, illustrated by diagrams, to the following questions :— 1. Show, by means of drawings, the position of the kidneys of the frog in relation to the alimentary system, and describe carefully the blood supply
to them.
2. Give diagrams and descriptive notes in illustra- tion of the anatomical parts concerned in the process of respiration in the frog.
3. Describe the structure and function of a cell by reference to any protozoon with which you are acquainted.
4. Give an account, with diagrams, of the different kinds of eprthelza met with in the alimentary tract of a man.
5. What do you understand by a perfect joint as applied to the articulation of bones in the human body ?
Illustrate by means of examples.
6. What are the functions of the anterior and pos- terior roots of a spinal nerve ? ; Show how their respective functions have been ascertained. Describe the minute structure of a nerve- trunk.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 57
7. Where is the pancreas in man, and into what part of the alimentary canal does it discharge its secretions ?
Describe the part its secretions play in diges- tion.
8. What are the principal ingredients of milk? Is it, In your opinion, a perfect food? Give reasons for your answer.
9. Explain the difference in colour between venous and arterial blood, and state to whiat this difference is due.
10. Give a few reasons in support of the statement that the body of a man, in some respects, may be regarded as a machine.
BOTANY. The Board of Examiners.
(Illustrate your answers with es wherever possible. Attemvt Six questions only.)
N.B.-—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken into account throughout the Examination.
1. (a) Give instances of climbing plants, describing the modes by which they climb. (6) How does the stem of a climber differ from that of an ordinary plant? (c) How does the plant gain by the climbing habit ? .
2. (a) Describe the structure of a bud, and explain fully its importance to the plant. (d) Where do buds usually occur? Give any exceptions you may know.
58 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
3. (a) What are the chief functions of the root of a land plant. (6) Point out how its structure is adapted to its function.
4. Mention (a) « plant which grows in shady places, (5) one which grows in wet places, (c) one which grows under water, (d) one which grows in very dry places, and (e) point out in what general features these four plants differ from one another.
5. Mushrooms can be grown in complete darkness and attain full size. kD is this ’ Where does the food come from ? Why is the same not the case with green plants when grown from seed ?
6. Describe experiments to shew that plants transpire more actively in light than in darkness or to shew that germinating seeds absorb oxygen and evolve carbon dioxide.
7. Give an account (a) of the pollination of flowers, or (6) of the distribution of seeds.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 59
DRAWING. 1. Practica, GEomeTry. Time allowed: One hour and a half. The Board of Examiners.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATE. You are to attempt only four questions, one of these must be either question No. 6 or No. 7. Put the number of the question beside each answer.
Results must be obtained by construction and must not be the result of trial or guessing.
All construction lines must be allowed to remain.
Parallel and perpendicular lines may be drawn by means of the set square and straight edge. Neat and accurate workmanship is expected.
H.P. = Horizontal Co-ordinate Plane. V.P. = Vertical Co-ordinate Plane.
QUESTIONS.
1. Describe an ellipse within the oblong given in diagram @1, the curve to touch each of the four sides tangentially. Use any method except- ing that of the thread and pins. |
—[20 marks. ]
2. Construct an isosceles triangle, the vertical angle being 40° and the base 24”. A protractor must not be employed. —[15 marks. |
60 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
3. A table top is in the form of a regular pentagon, the sides of which are each 14” long. Construct
the pentagon to a scale of 2” to 1’. —(20 marks. }
4. Construct a square, the area of which is equal to that of the oblong in diagram Q1. —[15 marks. }
5. Show, to aslightly larger scale, what construction is necessary to produce the figure given in diagram Q5. —[25 marks. }
6. Diagram Q6 gives the elevation of an indiarubber ball on which are painted two bands of colour. Give the plan of the ball, together with the colour bands. —(35 marks. }
7. In diagram @Q7 is given the elevation of a right square pyramid lying on the H.P. on one of its triangular faces. Draw the plan of the pyramid and show the section made by a vertical plane which bisects the axis of the solid and makes an angle of 45° with the V.P. towards the left. —[35 marks. |
61
ven ited and nly.
are ring test
» be
the
60
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906.’ 61
DRAWING. 2, FREEHAND DRAWING. The Board of Examiners.
Youare to make adrawing of the example given on the next page. Your drawing may be executed with a lead pencil, a pen and ink, or a brush and any suitable liquid, and must he in outline only. Ruling, measuring, or other mechanical aids are forbidden. The greatest width of your drawing is to be about 2 inches greater than the greatest width of the example, the other parts to be enlarged in proportion.
You are not expected to completely finish the example in the time allowed.
One hour is allowed for your work.
62 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Digitized by Google
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 63
DRAWING. 3. MopgeL Drawina. The Board of Examiners. Time allowed: One hour.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE OFFICERS IN CHARGE OF THE EXAMINATION. The objects required are :— 1. An iron bucket. 2. A cube, from a set of drawing models.
On a suitable support place an imperial drawing board, resting horizontally, and about 2 feet above the floor.
(1) Place the bucket upon tts side on the drawing board, its open end towards the can- didates, and its axis receding towards the right at an angle of about 45° with the front edge of the board.
(2) On the right of the bucket place the cube, with one corner resting upon the drawing board, and leaning against the bucket.
Candidates must have a clear view of both objects and must be able to see into the bucket.
Immediately before the Examination commences the following instructions must be read to the Candidates.
Each Candidate is to make a drawing of the cube and the bucket.
The board upon which the objects rest is not to be drawn.
64 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Your drawing must fairly fill the sheet of paper supplied to you. It must be executed in outline, and with a free hand.
A single pencil, or a substitute for the pencil, may be held between the objects and the eye, in order to estimate their apparent proportions, but all other forms of measuring, and ruling or other mechanical aids, are strictly forbidden.
The time allowed for your work is One hour.
DRAWING. 4, ELEMENTARY PERSPECTIVE. The Board of Examiners.
Time allowed: One hour and a half.
1. Put into perspective the four-legged ‘“ milking stool,” shown in plan and elevation in the figure on opposite page.
The stool rests upon the ground plane upon its circular seat, and a line which would join points A and 8B in plan is parallel to the picture plane. The centre of the seat upon the ground is 2 feet beyond the ground line and 1 foot to the left of the spectator.
Height of the eye above the ground, 3 feet.
Distance of the eye infront of the picture, 5
feet 6 inches.
Scale 1} in. to 1 foot.
The dimensions of the stool may be taken directly from the diagram.
2. Make a freehand sketch of the circular slab which forms the seat of the above stool, when it rests on the ground exactly upposite the spectator,
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1996. 65
with its circular faces in vertical planes inclined to the picture at angles of 45° towards the right,
the eye being above theslab and well in trong of the picture.
66 JSUNIUR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
TYPEWRITING. (JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.) The Board of Examiners.
Weatness, speed as shown by the amount of work completed), elling, eyes cation, punctuation, and general intelligence be taken into account.
Candidates must submit at least Three papers covering— (1) Nos. 1 or 2; (2) Nos. 3 and 4, or No. 5; (3) No. 6 (indispensable).
1. Copy the following :—
The Subscription List will open on Thursday, the 16th March, and close on or before 4 o’clock the same day.
Messrs. Tompkins, Jenner, & Co., 435 East- street, London, E.C., are authorized to receive subscriptions for the undermentioned issues :—
The Utopian Railway Company (Limited). Incorporated under the Companies Act 1862 to 1866. Authorized under Royal Decrees of the Utopian Government of 9th April, 1885, 14th July, 1886, and 21st January, 1887, by which a guarantee of interest at 8 per cent per annum on $4,964,400, equal to $397,152, is granted for a period of 99 years from the 9th April, 1887, on the terms and conditions stated in the decrees, payable out of the Treasury of the Utopian Government; the additional guaranteed capital for authorized extra work is mentioned below.
Issue of £200,000 six per cent. prior lien mortgage bonds, series B, part of a total autho- rized issue of £300,000, secured by a mortgage deed giving a charge on the railway, subject only to the charge securing the previous issue of £285,000 prior lien mortgage bonds, series A, but in priority to the whole of the existing
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 67
debenture and share capital. The bonds are redeemable by fifteen annual drawings at par, commencing on the Ist July, 1906, or, at the option of the compauy, on giving six months’ notice after that date at £110. Price of issue 914 per cent., payable—
5 per cent. on application ;
264 per cent. on allotment;
30 per cent. on 17th April next;
30 per cent. on 17th May next.
Capital Issued. £132,090 ordinary shares. 300,000 7 per cent. preference shares. 730,000 6 per cent. debentures. 285,000 6 per cent. prior lien mortgage — bonds, series A. Total £1,447,090
Board of Directors. A. Henry Thomas, Esq., Chairman. William de Lisle, Esq. Richard Greenway, Esq. Bernard H. Crofts, Esq. | Percy H. Preston, Esq. E. Wallace Burns, Esq. | Frederick Quinn, Esq. Sir Waley Snooks, Bart. Bankers. Metropolitan and Provincial Banking Com- pany (Limited), 43 Chester-street, E.C. " California and Hong Kong Banking Corpora- tion, 19 Parfitt-lane, E.C. Brokers.—Messrs. Clayton, Gibbs, & Co., Euston House, E.C. Solicitors.— Mex<srs. Flood and Sons. Seecretary.—Jolin Worth, Esq. Offices.—398 Finsbury Pavement, E.C.
E 2
68 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
2. Copy the following :—
FREE EpucarTIon.
Many Leekopr are anxiously awaiting the effect of free education on the attendance. Here are the official returns up to this evening, from 370 Board Schools only out of 410, fortv not yet having reported. ‘I'he increase for the first week of free education, ending 4th September, is 28,471, compared with the last week of payment of tees, ending 28th August.
Week ending | Week ending
23rd August. | 4th et Sepvem per”
‘- 3 Average | ‘6 3 Ave
os Attend- ‘3 Atte
7, w ance. > op on) ee City ... ee: 994 | 4 1,166 Chelsea ... | 33 | 29,048 | 33 39. 572 Finsbury ... | 44 | 84,395 | 44 | 387,577 Greenwich _.... | 47 | 34,258 | 49 37,1 78 Hackney | 43} 88,629) 43) 41,426 East Lambeth... | 41 | 36,022 | 41 | 40,154 West Lambeth... | 45 | 40,290 | 45 44,303 Marylebone ...} 24 | 19,948 | 24 | 22,291 Southwark... | 29 | 23,726 | 29 | 25,449 Tower Hamlets | 51 | 42,005 | 51 45,305 Westminster ...| 7 2,666 | 7 3,026
Total
Increase ...
1370. 301,976 |870 | 330, 447
28,471
It may be supposed that many parents may have kept their children at home the first week
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 69
after the holidays that they might begin their term with free education ; but, for all that, there is a large increase, which is very gratifying. There are 410 Board Schools in London, with — 450,981 children on the roll, and an average attendance of only 347,857, making the number of absentees 108,124, albeit that £40,000 is expended annually in enforcing com- pulsory attendance. Now that the last vestige of excuse has been removed the number of absentees ought to be very greatly reduced. London, 7th September.
3. Copy, and display in correct form, the following :— Percy F. Green, stockbroker.
18 Clinton-avenue, London, E.C. Inst of Syndicates Open and Closed.
Syndicate, Stock, Duration, Profit.—No. 1, Mex. Rails, 13 days, 70 per cent.; No. 2, Bton. A., 21 days, 150 per cent.; No. 3, Milwaukee, 8 days, 118 per cent.; No. 4, Great Eastern, 29 days, 60 per cent.; No. 5, Dover A., 15 days, 80 per cent.; No. 6, Trunk 1st, 40 days, 30 per cent.; No. 7, Spanish, 30 days, 75 per cent.; No. 8, Jagersfontein, 29 days, 212 per cent. ; No. 9, Louisvilles, 7 days, 90 per cent.; No. 10, Union Pacific, 12 days, 120 per cent.; No. 11, North-Western, 60 days, 150 per cent.; No. 12, Sheffield, 5 days, 50 per cent.; No. 13, Bton. A., 9 days, 85 per cent.; No. 14, Greek 815, 4 days, 115 per cent.; No. 15, Rio Tinto, 25 days, 30 per cent.; No. 16, Atchison, 16 days, 45 per cent.; No. 17, Berwicks, 11 days, 87 per cent. ; No. 18, Mex. Rails, 18 days, 115 per cent.; No. 19, Uruguay, 6 days, 70 per cent.; No. 20,
70 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
Wabash D., 35 days, 55 per cent.; No. 21, Trunk Guar., 35 days, 35 per cent.; No. 22, Dover A., 3 days, 20 per cent.; No. 23, Boston B., 9 days, 42 per cent.; No. °4, North-Eastern, 50 days, 95 per cent.; No. 25, Rupee Paper, 10 days, 155 per cent.; No. 26. Norfolk Pref., 21 days, 60 per cent.; No. 27, Mex. Rails, 5 days, 65 per cent.; No. 28, Bton. A., 10 days, 70 per cent.; No. 29, Milwaukees, 16 days, 10 per per cent.; No. 30, Sheffield A., 15 days, 55 per cent.; No. 31, Hull and Barnsley, 34 days, 105
er cent.; No. 32, North British, even ; No. 33, Sagassfontoin, 13 days, 180 per cent.; No. 34, Ohio, 27 days, 33 per cent.; No. 35, Penny- sylvania, 31 days, 90 per cent.; No. .36, Argen- tine Fund, 28 days, 78 per cent.; No. 37, Missouri Kansas, 14 days, 115 per cent.; No. 38, Suez, 18 days, 70 per cent.; No. 39, Chatham, 15 days, 70 per cent.; No. 40, Canadian Pacific, 5 days, 120 per cent.
4, Copy, and display in correct form, the following :—
Philharmonic Society, Eighty-first Season, 1893.—Concert in St. James’ Hall.—Pro- pramme:— Overture, “ Leonora” (No. 3), Beethoven ; Air, ‘“ Divinités du Styx” (Alceste), Miss Fisther Palliser (Gluck) ; Symphony in A, Op. 90 (The Italian), (Mendelssohn); Concerto in E. Minor, Pianoforte and Orchestra, M. Sapell- nikoff (Chopin); Air de la Jeune Fille (Paradis et la Piéri) Miss Esther Palliser (Schumann) ; Selection from Music to “ Henry VIII.” Overture, Intermezzo Funébre, Three Dances (Edward German). Tickets, 10s. 6d., 7s. 6d., 5s., 2s. 6d., and ls., at Green and Sons, 534 New Bond- street; all usual agents; and at the Hall at Jones’ Ticket Office.
EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. “1
5. Copy, and display in correct form, the following balance-sheet :—
First Schedule-—Revenue Account of the Wessex and General Life Assurance Association for the year ending 3lst December, 1891 :—
. Receipts.
Amount of Funds at the beginning of the year 1891, £524,221 7s. 10d.; Premiums (after deduction of re-assurance premiums), £58,404 11s. 10d.; Interest and dividends, £22,067 10s. 9d.: Fines, fees, &c., £88 9s. 3d.; Rent, £60 ; Profits on sale of stock, £12,424 15s. 7d. ; Cash bonus written off, £18 8s. 6d.; Total, £612,285.
Payments.
Claims under policies, including bonuses (after deduction of’ sums re-assured):—By death, £36,075 8s. 2d.5 Endowments matured, £1,650; Total, £37,725 8s. 2d. Surrenders, £1,891 18s. 6d.; Annuities, £3,835 19s. 2d.; Commission, £2,988 18s. 10d.; Expenses of management, £6, 595 12s. 1d. ; Income tax, £408 18s. 2d; Dividends to shareholders, £1,187 10s. 10d.; Agent’s balance written off, 12 5s. 6d.; Total, #54,391 11s. 3d.: Amount of funds at the end of the year 1891, £557, 894 12s. 6d.; Grand total, £612,285 3s. 9d.
6. Make a transcript of the ncoompanying docu- ment.
a SENIOR PUBLIC. EXAMINATION.
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
DECEMBER, 1906,
FR a re ee A eet *
PASS EXAMINATION.
GREEK.—(PREPARED BOOKS.) 1Rst PaPpER.,
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate the following passages into exact, but readable, English, and (in the margin) parse the words underlined—
/ 7 > 8 (a) kai viv éxeiva péy Oavovr’ avérraro’
a eye dé kal ov pédAdoper Ovyoxeey, yépo> at 6 “Hpdedetoe aides, ov¢ UTO TrEpoic oylw veocoore opyic Oc Ue mevn. ot & eig EXeyxov Gddoc GAdOVEy rirvwy, @ pijrep, avog, wot warnp Greore yijc § ri épg, 700’ fkec; ro vey 0” éopadpévor fnrovor tov rexdvr * éyw oe dcagéepw Adyoure pudevovea. GOavpalwy 0’ Gray rvrae Wodaot, rac aviornoy xdoa,
e ‘ ~ , Q W¢ poe Tarpwov we poanegouner’ yovu.
DECEMBER, 1906. 73
(6) & yaia Kadpov, xai yap eic o’ aolZopa
Adyoue dvetdtoripuc évéarovpeEvoc,
roavr duuvel’ ‘Hpaxdei réxvoigi re ;
de ele Mevdacoc race Ota payne poor aes
OfBacc EOnxer Sup’ EXevOepoy rEzELy.
ove’ ‘EAAdd’ nveo’, ovd dvéFopat NOTE
ovyar, Kaxiorny NapBdvor ele raid’ Edy,
NY Xpijv veooootc roiode TU Adyyxac SrA
gépovcay éOeiv, rovriwy xabapparwy
Xépoov 7’ aporBac, ov EuoxOnoer yaper.
c) AYK. add’ ela, ratdac cai dapapd’ ‘Hpaxdéove ? ie Sl
(@)
tEw xéAeve rovde paivecbar dopwr, ép’ otc Abadi atrenayyeArot Oaveir. AM. Gvaé, duwxec p a0rXiwe mempayora Sper 0 UBpizecc éxi Oavover roic époic’ a xpijv oe perplwe, Kei Kpareic, awoudHy EXEL. ows avaykny mpooribyc hpty Oaveir, orépyey dvayKn’ Spacréoyv 8 a aot doxel. AYK. roi dfjra Meyapa; rod réxv’’ AXkphyne yovov; AM. doxe pev airiy, we Oupaber eixacat, AYK. ri xpijpa ddéne rijod’ éxece rexpnprov ; AM. ixériv mpocg dyvoic Eoriac Odocev Babpac AYK. dvornra y’ ixerevovoay, éxodoat Blov.
rivwy 0 apotBac oy brijptev ‘Hoakdjjc ’ , Sarre nae a , owas pe vépbey, mABov, et Tt bi, yépor, i XEtpoc bpac Tic Epiic 7) cuppaywr. Ea’ Ti vexpwv THVOE mAnOvee méOor 5 ov mov AéAEtppat Kal vewrepwr KaKoY torepoc aptypar; rie rad’ Exretvey rékva $ , ~ lf 9 ee aw Ud rivog yeywoay Thvd bpe avvdopoy ; ‘ . =_— = a ; ov yap dopes ye Twaidec toravrae wéAac, GAN’ GAXo roi ov Katvoy evpioxw KaKkdy.
74 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
2. In the above passages explain the vrammar of— in (a) atdg, vic: in (6) Mevtaor, nveo’ (tense), dpoBac: in (¢) 颔 ole, & xpiv, avévnra: in (a) Updc, kaxwy, dopdc.
3. Explain—Kuxdwriay rodkiww—i) Exrarupyog wéAcc— Onpopdvoc Bea—ra pvorwy dpyt evriyna iiarv—
rivagoe kpdra PadPicwy axo—éporkic.
4, Translate and explain the construction in—zpacow
Pas wf P 7 5 aah t Sa Se éyw ri NuTpOv, ov daKxpuppoEtc s—yéuw Kaxor On, kovkér’- cB’ Grov reOn—rovroy 6 Srwe aprora dvarwepacere. |
5. Give a brief account of Euripides, and of the con- | ditions under which one of his dramas would be produced and performed.
6. State the scansion of a line of iambic dialogue, and scan the first three lines in passage 1 (a).
7. Translate, with parsing, as above— { (a) harika pév ovv rayaba mopuy AcBoEdog yervopuevoc, airn mposipnkev’ obdev yap dre ph epyarne Eon ro owpart TOVM@Y Kav TOUT THY aacay EXrida Tov Biov reDecuévoc, apaviic pey abroc dy, dNiya kal ayevvij STs Sara Aap Bavwr, rawervog THY yvopny, evrehnc O€ THY mpdodov, ovre gidotg emtdeckaousocg ovre eyOpoic \ bd ~ , , 9 ? - A goBepoc ovre Tote moNXiratc fnXwroc, aAN aidro povov épyarne kal ray éx rov woAXoOU Onpov Etc, Gel Tov mpovyovra vronrhoowy Kai Tov éyew duvdpevov Beparevwy, Kayw Biov Lév Kat rov kpeér- ; Ee
Tovog Eppacoy wy* ei dé Kai Pediac i TWodvcXetros yévowo kai wo\Aa Oavpacra éepyaoao, riy pev téxyny Gravrec éracvéoovrat, od Eore O€ Gotic THY | iddvrwr, ei vovr Exot, eveatr ay Guorde aoe yevéoOat.
DECEMBER, 1996. 79
(6) xai pry ob8’ cimeiv xorg Gy Kara Thy atiay, Srwe éort karayé\aora, © Xdpwy, cal padora ai ayay orovoat avra@y Kat ro peraty Troy EArwiowy otxecBat avapTaarouc yy vopervouc U0 Trou PeATiorov Bavarov. dyyedoe of kat danpérac abrov para TwoAdXoi, we opges, Hriadoe Kat Wuperot Kat Boat Kat mepemvevpoviat kat Lign cai Anarhpra Kat KwvEa Kal Sicagrai Kat Tupayvot. Kat rourwy ovdey SAwe abrove elaépxerat, tor &y ev mpartwouy, Grav oe ogadiior, mwoNU TO
Ororot kai aiai kai otpoe.
(c) dpav dé roAXOde odk Epwrt prrogopiac EXopErvous, GANG OdEne pdvor rijc aro Tov pligch dab! epeepevone, Kal ra bev mpdxetpa raira Kat Snpdora kal 67600 wavrt pipeioBa pqodvoy &v pada éocxorac ayaborc avdpact, TO yéveoy éyw kal ro Badiopa Kai rv avaBoArny, ext dé rov Biov Kat Tey mpayparwy avripbeyyouévove rp oxhpare xal ravavria bpiv émirnoevorvrag Kal dtapOeipovrag ro atiwua ric vrooxécewc, yavakrovy, Kat TO mpaypa Spor éddxec proc KaOarep et Tic UToKpeTIC Tpaygdiag pad- Baxde abroc Ov kal yuvanciac ’AyidA€éa f} Onoéa Fj
f echecatch sat kal rov ‘Hpaxdéa broxpivocro aurov pre Badivwr pnre O0eyyopuevoc Npwikor, “dha Opumropevoc bro TNAKoUT@ mpoowreiy, ov ove’ av f ‘EXEvn more 7 Todutévn avacyowTo mépa Tov perpiou airaic
mpoctotdra, ovx Srwe oO ‘HpakAjic 6 KxaAdXireKoc.
8. In the above passages explain the grammar of— In (@) ovdev Gre pj}, TY Yvwpny, av’ro povoy: in (c) ra mpdxetpa Taira, ijpwikdy, ovy Srwe.
9. In what chief respects is the Greek of Lucian not strictly that of Attic prose? Explain how
icmianects write in Greek.
76 10
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
. Explain—Bavavoo réyvat—npoedpia—dorep riv
NioBny daxovopev, érexhyec—ed KvdAAhvie—épn pny irioxerPe—evepyérne avayeypayy—aogiarijc—rac evOivac trooywv— wordac ’OAupmddac— prac "Arruxiic—tyyxer Te amrodoyoupéevy—ép0i)y Tiapay EXwv—ot ék Tov mepitrarov—é¢o TO mpuTavEtoy KaXecarw.
11. Draw a rough diagram of Athens to illustrate the
words #7 d€ ion rov agikerac éraviovea & “Axadn- peiag we wepirarhoee Kai év 7H Tlouxidy, and to shew the position of the Acropolis, the Areo- pagus, and ro IeNacyexdy.
- Who were Pheidias, Aeschines, Thamyris,
Chrysippus ?
LATIN.
First Paper.
Lhe Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with short marginal notes— (a) Hannibal, Capua recepta, quum iterum Nea-
politanorum animos partim spe, partim metu nequicquam tentasset, in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, quia non desperabat voluntariam deditionem, ita, si morarentur spem, nihil eorum, quae pati aut timere possent, praetermissurus. Senatus, ac maxime primores eius, in societate Romana cum fide perstare; plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse metumque agrorum
DECEMBER, 1906. - 72
populationis et patienda in obsidione multa gravia indignaque proponere animo; neque auctores defectionis deerant. Itaque ubi sena- tum metus cepit, si propalam peanereue resisti multitudini concitatae non posse, secunda simu- lando dilationem mali inveniunt.
(6) Quae si paria essent, ut quondam fuissent, tamen expertis, quam grave Romanum imperium sociis, quanta indulgzentia Hannibalis etigm in captivos omnes Italici pominis fuisset, Punicam Romange societatem atque amicitiam praeop- tandam esse. Si ambo consules cum suis ex- ercitibus ad Nolam essent, tamen non magis pares Hannibali futuros, quam ad Cannas fuissent, nedum praetor unus cum paucis et novis militibus Nolam tutari possit. Ipsorum quam Hannibalis magits interesse, capta an tradita Nola poteretur; potiturum enim, ut Capua Nuceriaque potitus esset; sed quid inter Capuae ac Nuceriae fortunam interesset, ipsos prope in mediv sitos Nolanos scire.
Turn into Oratio Recta from Ipsorum: quam . . + to the end.
(ec) Omnium denigue in illum odia civinm ardebant desiderio mei, quem ce tum interemisset, non de impunitate elus sed de praemiis cogitaretur. Tamen se Milo continnit et P. Clodium in iudicium bis, ad vim numquam vocavit. Quid? privato Milone et reo ad populum, accusante P. Clodio, quum in Cn. Pompeium pro Milone dicentem impetus factus est, quae tum non modo occasic sed etiam causa illius opprimendi fuit ? Nuper vero, quum M. Antonius summam spem salutis bonis omnibus attulisset gravissimamque adulescens nobilissimus rei publicae partem
78
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
fortissime suscepisset atque illam beluam, iudicii laqueos declinantem, iam irretitam teneret, qui locus, quod tempus illud, di immortales, fuit! Quom se ille fugiens in scalarum tenebras abdidisset, magnum Miloni fuit conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia, Antonii vero maxima gloria.
(d) auro repensus scilicet acrior
_ miles redibit. flagitio additis damnum: neque amissos colores lana refert medicata fuco, : nec vera virtus, cum semel excidit, curat reponi deterioribus. si pugnat extricata densis cerva plagis, erit ille fortis, qui perfidis se credidit hostibus, et Marte Poenos proteret altero, qui lora restrictis lacertis sensit iners timuitque mortem. hic, unde vitam sumeret inscius, pacem duello miscuit. o pudor! o magna Karthago, probrosis altior Italiae ruinis !
(e) sic et Europe niveum doloso
credidit tauro latus et scatentem beluis pontum mediasque fraudes palluit audax. nuper in pratis studiosa florum et debitae Nymphis opifex coronae zvocte sublustri nibil astra praeter mor. vidit et undas.
fimere jhi canities pulsis melioribus annis maxiMe pt, antiquas miscueratque comas, fide par 7608 ortus Pisaea vinctus oliva
atque 148Nh¢t decies praemia victor eques,
DECEMBER, 1906. 79
cum maris Euxini positos ad laeva Tomitas quaerere me laesi principis ira iubet.
causa meae cunctis nimium quoque nota ruinae indicio non est testificanda meo.
quid referam comitumque nefas famulosque
nocentes ?
ipsa multa tuli non leviora fuga.
indignata malis mens est succumbere, seque praestitit invictam, viribus usa suis ;
oblitusque mei ductaeque per otia vitae insolita cepi temporis arma manu.
totque tuli casus pelago terraque, quot inter occultum stellae conspicuumque polum.
2. Translate, with notes—
(2)
(¢)
Aetas parentum peior avis tulit nos nequiores.
Da lunae propere novae. Abstineto irarum calidaeque rixae.
Et qua pauper aquae Daunus agrestium reg navit populorum.
Duae legiones urbanse alteri consuli, qui in
locum L. Postumii suffectus esset, decretae sunt.
(f) Iliturgi obsidione liberato, ad Intibili oppug-
nandum Punici exercitus traducti, suppletis ae ex provincia, ut quae maxime omnium, ell
i avida, modo praeda aut merces esset, et
tum iuventute abundante.
83. Translate, and explain allusions in—
(@)
4
Utque malae matris crimen deponat, hirundo sub trabibus cunas tectaque parva facit.
80 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
(b) nec procul hinc nympha est, quae, dum fugit Elidis amnem, tecta sub aequorea nunc quoque currit aqua.
4. Draw a rough map to indicate the positions of Capua, Mount Tifata, the Volturnus, Casilinum, Nola, Cumae, Nuceria.
5. What was there unusual in the constitution of the court before which Cicero defended Milo, or in the other circumstances of the trial? Is the speech you have been studying the one Cicero actually.delivered ?
6. Give concise accounts, with approximate dates, of the lives of Ovid and Horace.
7. Explain—medix tuticus, connubium, qui spolia ex hoste fixa domi haberent, decurrere milites cogebat, haud facile litari haruspices responde- bant, opima spolia, hic dies campi, sine aulaeis et ostro, duodecim tabulae, imagines.
GREEK.
SEconD Paper. The Board of Examuers.
1. Translate into Greek— My name is Foily, and men speak ill of me. But what hurt does it do me, even if I am abused by all the world? As soon as I began to speak to this assembly, the taces of all present put on (évdvecdar) a new pleasure. As many of you as I behold around me seem to me,
DECEMBER, 1906.
like Homer’s gods, to be drunk (yeOvev) with nectar, whereas, befere, ye sat as gloomy (cxvQowrdc) as if ye had come from an oracle or a doctor. And as, when the sun begins to show his light, or when, after a sl (d£u¢)
winter, the spring appears once more, al
things
immediately regain (avaxraopac) a kind of youth ; in like manner, by but beholding me, ye have got a smiling countenance instead of a gloomy
one.
2. Translate into good English—
(a) | dé po’ év rohA@ orpare daxpuppoovrra, kal pe mpooAéPac Kader “6 OF
~ , 4 / 9 \ ,
W Tal, TpogEAGe, py HUyne TOUmOY KUKOY, pnd et oe xpy Oavovre cvvOaveiy épot:
» > fF ba \ ? ‘ ,
GAN’ dpov éfw, kai partora pev pébec évravd’ Grov pe ph tee OWerae Bporwr*
et 8 olxroy toyetc, GANG p’ Ex ye Tijoce yiic ropOpevaoy we TaxLoTa, nd adbrov Oavw.” tosaur émoxhWarroc, ev pio oxager Bévrec oe mpoc yitv THYVS ExéAoapeEV por«c Bovywpevoy oracpoia’ Kai vv abrixa
nN ~ > > 7 A soo 2 ’
i avr éadpec® i reOynxor’ apriwe.
(6) tay éxepwrioww ipac oi vewrepor mpd¢ Toioy Xp) wapdderypa abrovc roy Ploy moeicBa, ri ~ xs 4 os ~ \ kpiveire; eb yap tore, Ore ovy ai wadaiorpat ovdE cy a “ Ta dvdackaXeia obd’ H provork) povoy matdever Tovc vewrépouc, GAAG woAU paddAov ra Onuoota KypVy- para. kypurrerac év To Oearpy, Gre oreparovral Tig apEriic Evexa Kai ebvoiac, «alrep T@ Ovre Kaxog wy re Bio Kat Bdedupdc’ 6 bé ye vewrepo ¢ to Bip Kat Bderdvpdc’ Oo OE y po¢
: wm 2 ON nq t f , ravr’ idwy dcapbeiperat. dixny ric dédwKe trornpds, Gaorep Krnowor of d€ ye GAO meraidevvrac. nhicapevog rig Tavavria rev Kad@y Kal dxaiwy,
F
82 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
éraveAOwy oixade watdevet TOY Vio’ O O€ YE EiKOTwWC ob weiMerat. wo OVP) pdvor Kpivorrec, GAAG Kai guArarropevot, THY Wijpov pépere, Gore arodoyiay Exery Tote éxepnoopevorc bac, Ti edexalere. Ev yap tore, ® "AOnvaior, Gre roavryn ddbec 7 woALc Elvat, Omotee Tic &y 7 O Knpurropevog.
[émcoxenmrev = bid, BpvxyadcOa = bellow, xnpurrdépevoc = praised by proclamation.]
3. Give a very succinct account (with dates and an outline map) of the chief events of both the first and second attempts of Persia upon Greece.
4. State in chronological order the chief successes and reverses of the Athenians in the Peloponnesian war.
5. What do you know of Draco, Harmodius, Epami- nondas, and of the Philippics of Demosthenes?
LATIN. Seconp Paper. The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin—
There was nothing now to be dune but to name a dictator. The only man wortby to fill the post was Lucius Qainctius Cincinnatus, a noble patrician, who had long served his country in peace and war, as senator and consul, and was then living quietly at home, cultivating his small estate with his own hands. Now,
DECEMBER, 1906. 83
when the messengers of the senate came to Cincinnatus to announce to him that he was nominated dictator, they found him ploughing, and he had taken off his garments, for the heat was great. Therefore, he first asked his wife to bring him his toga, that he might receive the message of the senate in a becoming manner. And when he had heard their errand, he went with them into the town, accepted the dictator- ship, and chose for the master of the horse, Lucius Tarquitius, a noble but poor patrician. Then having ordered that all the courts of justice should be closed and all common busi- ness suspended till the danger was over, he summoned all who could bear arms to meet in the evening in the field of Mars.
2. Translate—
Ubi haec fremere militem in castris consul sensit, contione advocata, ‘ Quemadmodum” inquit “in Algido res gesta sit, arbitror vos, milites, audisse. Qualem liberi populi exercitum decuit esse, talis fuit; consilio collegae, virtute militum victoria partaest. Quod ad me attinet, id consilii animique habiturus sum, quod vos mihi feceritis. Et trahi bellum salubriter et mature perfici potest. Si trahendum est, ego, ut in dies spes virtusque vestra crescat, eadem qua institui, disciplina efficiam ; si iam satis animi est decernique placet, agite, clamorem, qualem in acie sublaturi estis, tollite hic indicem voluntatis virtutisque vestrae.” Postquam ingenti alacritate clamor est sublatus, quod bene vertat, gesturum se illis morem posteroque die in aciem deducturum affirmat. Reliquum diei apparandis armis consumptum est. Postero
F 2
84
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
die simul instrui Romanam aciem Sabini videre, et ipsi, iam pridem avidi certaminis, procedunt. Proelium fuit, quale inter fidentes sibimet ambo exercitus, veteris perpetuaeque alterum gloriae, alterum nuper nova victoria elatum.
3. Translate—
Aeneas celsa in puppi, iam certus eundi, carpebat somnos rebus iam rite paratis. Huic se forma dei vultu redeuntis eodem obtulit in somnis rursusque ita visa monere est, omnia Mercurio similis, vocemque coloremque et crines flavos et membra decora iuventa: ‘‘ Nate dea, potes hoc sub casu ducere somnos, nec quae te circum stent deinde pericula cernis, demens, nec zephyros audis spirare secundos ? Illa dolos dirumque nefas in pectore versat, certa mori, variosque irarum concitat aestus. Non fugis hinc praeceps, dum _praecipitare potestas ? Iam mare turbari trabibus saevasque videbis collucere faces, iam fervere litora flammis, si te his attigerit terris Aurora morantem. Eia age, rumpe moras. Varium et mutabile semper femina.” Sic fatus nocti se immiscuit atrae.
4. With what events in Roman History are the fol-
lowing places connected—the Allia, the Pass ot Caudium, Heraclea, Cynoscephale, Numantia?
5. Give a short account of the political career of
Pompey.
6. Construct four conditional sentences of different
kinds, using the subjunctive in three of them. Then convert them into Oratio Obliqua after a past tense.
DECEMBER, 1906. 85
ENGLISH. PASS AND HONOURS PAPER. First Paper.
The Board of Examuners.
1. State from what author and work each of the following extracts is taken. Explain them fully, giving as much of the context as is necessary to make their meaning clear :-—
(a) Then to come in spite of sorrow, And at my window bid good morrow.
(6) For when hard-hearted Interest first began To poison earth, Astreea left the plain.
(c) Perchance I may return with others there When I have purged my guilt.
(d) The lord of irony,—that master-spell Which stung his foes to wrath.
(e) To those who mock you gone to Pluto’s reign, There with sad ghosts to pine, and shadows dun. |
2. Explain the following allusions:—(a) learned Poussin; (0) his halt-regained Eurydice; (c) as jocular as a merry-andrew; (d) the Ionian father of the rest; (¢) the Ausonian king; (f) Tryphiodorus the Lipogrammatist; (g) I would deliver them after Plato’s manner ; (h) by some Draconic clause.
86 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
3. Describe briefly the incidents by which, in Rasselas, Johnson illustrates his view of (a) the pastoral life, (5) the danger of prosperity, and (c) the comparative value of society and solitude.
4. State precisely what is meant by the word allegory ; and illustrate your statement by re- ference to one of the prescribed selections.
5. Explain the meaning of the following words as used by
' (a) Addison: pulvillio, conceit, nice ; (6) Thomson: bale, sweltry, fain ; (c) Irving: anatomy, rigadoon ; (d) Shakespeare: breff, rivage, fet, gull, gleek, indirectly, peevish. 6. Explain the meaning of the following passages, naming the speaker in each case :—
(a) Let him be punished, sovereign, lest example Breed, by his sufferance, more of such a kind.
(5) For he hath stolen a pax, and hanged must a’ be.
(c) To-morrow the king himself will be a clipper.
(d) Big Mars seems bankrupt in their beggar’d host And faintly through a rusty beaver peeps.
(e) Haply a woman’s voice may do some good, When articles too nicely urged be stood on.
7.. Describe briefly the character of Henry V. as con- ceived by Shakespeare, illustrating your descrip- tion by quotations wherever possible.
DECEMBER, 1906. 87
8. In what connection does Bacon refer to the follow- ing persons? State concisely what you know about each :—Sejanus, Ravaillac, Timotheus the Athenian, Gaston de Fois, Albert Durer, Gregory the Great, Timoleon.
9. (a) “The changes and vicissitudes in war are many, but-chiefly in three things.’ What are the three things ? '
.. (6) “Honour hath three things in it.” What are they ? (c) Three classes of men “have an over-early ripe-
ness in their years, which fadeth betimes.” To what three classes does Bacon refer ?
10. Indicate the source, and explain the meaning o the following :— (4) He that plots to be the only figure amongst cyphers is the decay of an whole age. (6) And oes, or spangs, as they are of no great — cost, so they are of most glory. (c) Certainly there be whose fortunes are like Homer’s verses. (¢) -No youth can be comely but by pardon. fe) It is commonly seen, that men once placed take in with the contrary faction to that by which they enter.
88 SENIOR -PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
ENGLISH. SECOND PAPER. - The Board of Examiners.
1. Write an essay on etther “The Farmer’s Life,” or “ Australian Defence.”
2. “Many words, harmless once, have assumed a harmful as their secondary meaning.” Give six examples of this.
3. What do you know about the history of each of the following words ?—dunce, dahlia, mob, cosmo- polite, sacrament, derrick, silhouette, alligator, paraffin.
4. “Occasionally a name will embody and give per- manence to an error.” Give a few instances.
5. What is meant by the “ desynonymizing” process ? Illustrate your answer by an example.
DECEMBER, 1906. 89
BRITISH HISTORY. The Board of Examiners.
. Sketch the history of England, from the death of Alfred to the death of Edgar.
. How did the rule of Henry the Second aay towards the making of a united Englis nation ?
. What were the leading causes which promoted the growth of Towns in Englani ?
. Give a short account of the history of Scotland and of Ireland during the reign of Elizabeth.
. Give an account of the principal subjects or controversy between James the First and his Parliaments.
. What is meant by the Emancipation of the Press ? Trace briefly the steps by which the Emancipa- tion of the Press was accomplished in England.
. What were the ideas of George the Third as to the powers which should be possessed and exercised by a British King ?
. What is meant by the Domestic System of Indus-
try? Contrast it with the system which took
its place.
. (a) Trace briefly the history of British settlement in New Zealand.
(6) When, and in what circumstances, was the Colony of South Australia founded ?
90 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
FRENCH.
First Paper. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must satisfy the examiners in EACH part of the paper.
A.
TRADUCTION.
1. Traduisez en anglais idiomatique :
(a) Les premiers hommes, n’ayant que les monta- gnes pour asiles contre les inondations, chassés souvent de ces mémes asiles par le feu des -volcans, tremblants sur une terre qui tremblait sous leurs pieds, nus d’esprit et de corps, exposés aux injures de tous les éléments, victimes de la furenr des animaux féroces, dont ils ne pouvaient éviter de devenir la proie; tous également pénétrés du sentiment commun d’une terreur funeste, tous éyalement pressés par la nécessité, n’ont-ils pas trés promptement cherché a se réunir, d’abord pour se défendre par le nombre, ensuite pour s‘aider et travailler de concert a se faire un domicile et des armes ?
— Burron.
(6) Les peuples les plus éclairés, se ressaisissant du droit de disposer éux-mémes de leur sang et de leurs richesses apprendront peu A peu & regarder la guerre comme le fléau le plus funeste, comme le plus grand des crimes. Ils sauront quvils ne peuvent devenir conquérants sans
DECEMBER, 1906. 91
perdre leur liberté . . . . . qu’ils doivent chercher la sfireté et non la puissance. Peu a peu les préjugés commerciaux se dissiperont ; un faux intérét mercantile perdra laffreux pouvoir d’ensanglanter la terre et de ruiner les nations sous prétexte de les enrichir. . . . . Les guerres entre les peuples, comme les assas- sinats, seront au nombre de ces atrocités extraordinaires qui humilient et révoltent la nature, qui impriment un long opprobre sur le pays, sur le sidécle dont les annales ont été sonillées. — Conporcet.
(c) Les pluies avaient enfin cessé, et le printem)s se faisait tout & coup. Nous étions au mois de février: tous les amandiers étaient en fleurs, et les prés se remplissaient de jonquilles embaumées. C’était sauf la couleur du ciel et la vivacité des tons du paysage, la seule différence que |’ceil pit trouver entre les deux saisons; car les arbres de cette région sont vivaces pour la plupart. Ceux qui poussent de bonne heure n’ont pas a subir les coups de la gelée: les gazons conservent toute leur fraicheur et les fleurs n’ont besoin que d’une matinée de soleil pour mettre le nez au vent. Lorsque notre jardin avait un demi-pied de neige, la bourrasque balangait sur nos berceaux treillagés, de jolies petites roses grimpantes, qui, pour étre un peu péles, n’en paraissaient
" pas moins de fort bonne humeur.
—G. SAND.
(d) J’ai voulu ce matin te rapporter des roses ; Mais j’en avais tant pris dans mes ceintures closes, Que les noeuds trop serrés n'ont pu les contenir.
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
Les noeuds ont éclaté; les roses envolées, Dans le vent, & la mer s’en sont toutes allées; Elles ont suivi l’eau pour ne plus revenir.
La vague en a paru rouge et comme enflammée;
Ce soir ma robe encore en est toute embaumée.
Respires-en sur moi ]’odorant souvenir. —Mme. DesBoRDES-VALMORE.
B.
VERSION ET GRAMMAIRE.
2. Traduisez en francais:
The first time we meet the French peasant, is about the end of the twelfth century. Who can forget the sombre figure that makes rapid strides (s’avancer rapidement) across the pretty scene of Aucassin and Nicolette? Aucassin on his courser, dreamy and lost in thought, goes riding towards the greenwood to find his true love Nicolette. At the edge of the forest he passes the little herdboys, sitting on their mantles on the grass, as they break bread at noon by the fountain’s edge. These are mere children. It is far later, when the sun is sinking, while the tears fall down the cheeks of Aucassin at the thought of his poor lost love still unfound, that he meets the real French peasant.
3. Tradnisez :
(2)
He had cut his finger.
She looked at him.
The boy never came.
We do not doubt that you speak the truth. Old men, women, children, all were killed.
DECRMBER, 1906. 93
(6) Construisez quatre phrases montrant le mode & employer aprés les conjonctions suivantes : de peur que, aussitét que, jusqu’d ce que, aprés que, depuis que.
(ec) Donnez tout limpératif et ’imparfait du sub- jonctif des verbes—se laver; ne pas courir ; tentr. |
(d) ‘Traduisez:
I saw some children wandering in the wood.
In Africa there are many wandering tribe:
Which countries have you visited ?
The clothes I gave you to mend.
4. Traduisez:
It is past 83 o’clock. Is it?
They do nothing but go in and out.
Are you going in for the honours examination ? Did you call? Yes, I did.
Did you not call? Yes, I did.
We waited for four hours.
Has she not put her hat on ?
5. Traduisez en anglais les mots suivants en italique et montrez la différence de signification produite par l’accent— :
Cru and cra, la tache and la tache, jeune and le jetine, mal and mdle, pécher et pécher récréer et recréer, reformer et réformer, reprouver et réprouver.
é
94 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
FRENCH. PASS AND HONOURS PAPER. SEconD Paper.
Time: One hour and a half.
The Board of Examners.
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH Part of the Paper.
C.—AHistoire de la Littérature and Histoire de France.
(Questions 1 and 2 are to be answered in English.)
- 1, Dites trés briévement qui étaient Montaigne, Villon, Malherbe, Victor Hugo. <A quelles branches de la littérature appartiennent-ils ? Citez quelques-uns de leurs ouvrages et donnez les faits principaux de la vie de ces auteurs et les dates qui s’y rapportent.
2. @u’entend-on par l’expression Siécle de Louts XIV. et en quoi ce siécle est-il si remarquable au point de vue de l’histoire et de la littérature ?
3. Candidates for Pass should write in French an essay of not less than 250 words on ong, and candidates for Honours on two, of the following subjects,
(a) Cequ’on entend par Langue d’oc et Langue dol.
DECEMBER, 1906. 95
(6) Chanson de Roland et son importance dans Pépopée francaise. (c) Corneille et la tragédie classique trancaise.
(d) Traits caractéristiques et principaux écrivains du mouvement romantique au XI Xe. Siécle en France.
GERMAN. First Papgr.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in BACH part of the paper.
A.—TRANSLATION.
1. Translate into English—
Auf der ganzen weiten Erde war wohl sonst kein anmutigeres Land zu finden als das kleine Firstentum, worin sich das alles begab, was ich zu erzihlen eben im Begriff stehe. Von einem hohen Gebirge umschlossen, glich das Liindchen mit seinen griinen, duftenden Wéaldern, mit seinen blumen-besieten Wiesen, mit seinen rauschenden Strémen und lustig platschernden Springquellen, zumal da es gar keine Stidte, sondern nur freundliche Dérfer und hin und wieder einzeln-stehende Paliste darin gab, einem wunderbar herrlichen Garten, in welchem die Bewohner wie zu ihrer Lust wandelten, frei von jeder drtickenden Biirde des Lebens. Jeder wusste, dass Fiirst Demetrius das Land beherr- sche ; niemand merkte indessen das mindeste
96 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION,
von der Regierung, und alle waren wohl damit
zufrieden. Personen, welche die volle Freiheit
in allem ihrem Tun, eine schéne Gegend, ein
mildes Klima liebten, konnten ihren Aufenthalt
nicht besser wahlen als in dem kleinen urstentum.
2. Translate into English—
Die Frau trat aus dem Hause, eine saubere (neat) Gestalt, gefolgt von einem krausképfigen Knaben, der beim Anblick der Fremden schnell seine Finger in den Mund steckte und sich hinter der Schiirze der Mutter verbarg. Karl fragte nach dem Mann. “ Er kann Ihren Wagen vom Felde sehen, er wird soyvleich hier sein,” sagte die errdtende Frau. Sie bat die Herren in die Stube zu treten und stiubte mit ihrer Schiirze eilig zwei Holzstiihle ab. Es war ein kleines Zimmer, die Wéiinde weiss, die Mébel mit roter Farbe angestrichen, aber sauber gewa- schen, im Ofen brodelte (semmered) der Kaf- feetopf, in der Ecke tickte die Wanduhr, und auf einen kleinen Holzgestelle (bracket) standen zwei gemalte Porzellanfiguren und einige Tassen, darunter wohl ein Dutzend Biicher. Es war der erste behagliche Raum, den sie auf dem Gute gefunden hatten.
3. Translate into English—
(a) Das Alter ist ein héflicher Mann, Einmal iiber’s andre klopft er an, Aber nun sagt N temantts “ Herein!” Und vor der Tiire will er nicht sein. Da klinkt er auf (turns the handle), tritt ein so schnell, . Und nun heisst’s, er sei ein grober Gesell.
DECEMBER, 1906. 97
(5) Aus einer grossen Gesellschaft heraus Ging einst ein stiller Gelehrter zu Haus. Man fragte: ‘‘ Wie seid Ihr zufrieden gewe- sen?” “ Wiren’s Biicher,” sagt er, ‘ich wiird’ sie nicht lesen.”
B.—ComposITION AND GRAMMAR.
4, Translate into German—
One day an English tourist was overtaken by a thunderstorm. Perishing with cold he arrived at a couhtry-inn, but there were so many people there already that he could not get near the Ais to warm himself. ‘Take a dish with four dozen oysters (Auster f.), some bread and cheese, and a glass of ale to my horse,” he said to the landlord. ‘To your horse, Sir? Do you think he would like that?” ‘Do as I tell you and you will see.” The landlord shakes his head, but obeys. Curious to see a horse that eats oysters, everybody leaves the room and accom- panies him to the stables. In the meantime (inzwischen) the traveller chooses the most com- fortable seat at the fire. “Sir,” said the landlord, returning—“ It is just as I thought it would be; your horse will not touch the supper you ordered for him.” ‘‘ Very well, then J will take it myself,” said the guest; “ give him some oats and let me have the oysters.”
5. Give, with the definite article, the genitive singular and the nominative plural of—Fiirstentum, Be- grif, Gebirge, First, Gegend, Klima, Gestalt, Wagen, Mund, Feld, Ofen, Topf, Uhr, Raum, Gut.
G
98 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
6. Give the imperative (three forms, corresponding to the three forms of address: du, chr, Sie) and the past participle, of zuschliessen, wissen, treten, sich entfernen.
7. Translate into German—
(a) Your house is much higher than ours. Which of you has taken my pencil? I haven't. I haven't either. Which of the two brothers do you prefer? I don’t leke either of them. Everybody knows that.
(6) Lam tired of waiting for them. He is leaving to-day for Berlin. The sailing of the vessel has been postponed. Arriving at the door we found tt locked. I heard him playing upstairs.
(c) He opened his book in order to learn his lesson. I have looked for him without finding him. We might go for a walk, uf it were not raining. The farther one travels northward, the colder wt gets.
8. Give the German for—library, bookcase, railway station, pin, to press, to print, veil, match-box, painful, fur, to row, modesty, conceit, pious.
to
DECEMBER, 1906. 99
GERMAN.
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER. SeconD PapER. Time: One hour and a half. The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part of the paper.
C.—DrutscHe GESCHICHTE UND LITTERATU RGESCHICHTE.
(Questions ] and 2 are to be answered in English.)
. State briefly what you know of Gustav Freytag, Hans Sachs, Wieland, Uhland.
. Give a short account, with dates, of—(a) the Hohenstaufen ; (b) the Hohenzollern, indicating tbe part these two families have played in German history.
. Candidates for Honours should write an easay of not less than 250 words each on two of the following subjects, candidates for a Pass one such essay :-—
(a) Der Minnegesang. (6) Goethe und Schiller als Freunde. (c) ‘ Minna von Barnhelm.”
(d) Die deutsche Litteratur seit dem Tode Geethes. G2
461145
100 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
CHEMISTRY. e The Board of Examiners..
PASS AND FIRST HONOURS PAPER.
Candidates should write equations, where possible, as
1:
to
Cr
“I
well as verbal descriptions of chemical reactions.
Describe the process of purification of a soluble salt by recrystallization. Illustrate by reference to some particular instance, and shew how the removal of the impurities may be tested analytically.
. Shew how the atomic theory, as developed by
Dalton and Gay-Lussac, was amplified and cor- rected by Avogadro’s hypothesis.
. What is the average composition of the atmosphere?
The air of a room of 600 cubic metres capacity was found to contain 01 per cent. of carbon dioxide by volume; what weight of barium hydroxide would be required to absorb this amount of carbon dioxide ?
[Given that H = 1°01,C = 12, Ba = 137-4; Temp. = 14° C., Bar. = 768 mm. ]
. Describe the action of hydrochloric acid (in
aqueous solution) on sodium thiosulphate, man- ganese dioxide, silver nitrate, nitric acid and zinc.
. How is aluminium commercially extracted from its
ores ?
. Describe the manufacture of bleaching powder and
its more important properties.
. What are the chief homologous series of hydro-
_ carbons, and how are they related to each other ?
DECEMBER, 1906. 101 |
PHYSICS. The Board of Examwers.
. Obtain an expression for the time of vibration of a conical pendulum in terms of its length, inclina- tion, and the acceleration due to gravity.
Find correct to the nearest millimetre the length of the so-called “ Seconds’ Pendulum ” in Melbourne (g = 979°9).
. State the Laws of Limiting Friction, and define Coefficient of Friction. Describe an experi- mental method of determining this coefficient, and explain why it cannot be deduced from less than two experiments made with the ordinary apparatus.
. Give the theory of the Diving Bell.
The pressure of the air inside an immersed cylindrical Diving Bell, 8 feet high, is just great enough to keep the water out; if the bell sink 30 feet deeper the water rises 3 feet inside it. Find the original depth of the bell’s mouth.
.. Describe the experiments you would make and give the calculations necessary for determining the true coefficient of expansion of alcohol, supposing you knew that of mercury.
. Describe and give the theory of one method of measuring the latent heat of steam, applying all necessary corrections.
102 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
G. Describe the construction of Daniell’s hygrometer, -and explain fully how you would use it to determine the relative humidity of the air.
7. A horizontal magnet, of pole strength 5 c.g.s. units is 60 centimetres long; find by scale and compasses the direction and magnitude of the magnetic force at a point 20 centimetres above the magnet’s north pole.
8. State the definition of unit quantity of electricity, and explain why this particular unit was adopted.
Describe any experimental method of com- paring the quantities of electricity on two small conductors.
9. Give ashort account of Faraday’s experiments on electro-magnetic induction. State and explain the law deduced from these experiments by Lenz.
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. The Board of Examiners. FIVE questions only to be attempted.
1. What is meant by the term enzym* ? Name the enzymes found in the alimenta-y tract of a mammal, and state briefly their actions.
tS
en
tS
DECEMBER, 1996. 10
. What muscular mechanisms are concerned with
respiration in man? What conditions may ‘ bring about increased rate of breathing ?
. Describe, with the aid of drawings, the circulatory
system of a fish. In what respects is the circulatory system of a mammal superior to that of a fish ?
. Enumerate the connective tissues of the body, and
describe one of them with the aid of diagrams.
. How would you distinguish between the anterior
(ventral) and the posterior (dorsal) part of an excised portion of mammalian spinal cord ?
. In what manner is excretion of urine dependent
upon changes in blood pressure ?
GEOGRAPHY. The Board of Examiners.
. Draw an outline map of Asia; name and mark on
it the positions of six of euch of the following :— Mountain ranges, rivers, towns, islands.
. A heavy ball is freely suspended by-a wire 100 feet
long from the roof of a building, and is set swinging.
State and explain what is observed if the experiment is continuously watched for six hours.
104 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
3. Explain the principles of Mercator’s and of conical projection as applied to the construction of maps, and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each.
4. Describe the method of government of Canada, its principal products, and the trade routes from Canada to Melbourne and London respectively.
5. Describe and account for the appearance of an earthquake record from a seismometer, and men- tion the most important causes to which earth- quakes are commonly attributed.
6. Name and describe the modes of origin of the chief types of plains.
7. Account for the importance of the following places : —Singapore, Astrakhan, Buda-Pest, Milan, Honolulu. |
ALGEBRA. The Board of Examiners.
1. State and prove the remainder theorem. Resolve into factors
a?(65 — c*) + b7(c8 — a’) + c?(a? — 8).
2. Simplify
(a +) (a+ 9) a(a — 6) (a — Cc)
(6 + x) (6 + 9)
b(6 — e) (6 — a)
(c+ xz) (e+ y)
e(c —a) (c— Bb)
+
-f-
DECEMBER, 1906. 105
3. Shew that anyrational proper fraction 4/PQ where P, Q have no common factor can be expressed in the form P’/P + @/Q where P'/P, Q'/@ are proper fractions.
Express 2°/(a4 + 2? + 1) as the sum of two proper fractions.
4. Shew how to solve the simultaneous equations ax? + bay + cy? = d, vx? + Vey + cy? = d. Find the condition that two of the solutions
may be identical, and, in that case, state explicitly all the solutions.
5. Shew that a ratio, whose terms are positive, is made more nearly equal to unity by adding the same quantity to each of its terms.
In a years a father will be m times as old as his son, and a years ago he was 7 times as old as his son. Find their present ages.
6. If a/a’ = b/b' = e/e’. then each of these ratios is equal to la + mb + ne
la’ + mb’ + ne’
If (6 —c)z + (Cc —a)y + (a — b)z2 = 0, a(b — c)x? + (ce — a)y? + ca — b)27=— 0, find x: yz.
7. Define a” when m is fractional or negative, and for expressions so defined, prove that—
a" a®™ = a" +,
106 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
Simplify— (yz)"+" (zx)"+! (ry)'*™ gy” z 8. Define a logarithm, and state and prove the rules
for finding the logarithms of a product, quotient, and power.
Find the number of digits in 28, having given logy» 2 = 0°301030.
9. State and prove the formula for the number of combinations of » different things 7 at a time.
In how many ways can 8 crews, each of 8 men, be chosen from 64 men ?
10. State and prove the binomial theorem for 9 positive integral exponent.
If by, 5,, b3,.-.. 5, are in arithmetical] pro- gression, and
(1 + 2)" = Gy + ax +....+4,2", prove that
Ady + 2,0, + 220s + AD,
= 2"-"(b, + b,).
DECEMBER, 1906. 107
GEOMETRY. The Board of Examiners
1. Describe a circle about a given triangle.
An isosceles triangle has its vertical angle equal to the exterior angle of an equilateral triangle. Prove that the radius of its circum- circle is equal to one of the equal sides of the
' triangle. :
2. P is any point on the are APB. Show that the bisector of the angle APB passes through a fixed point, and that the bisector of its sup- plementary angle passes through another fixed point.
3. If a quadrilateral have its opposite angles supple- mentary a circle may be described about it.
Four circles, A, B, C, D, are such that A touches D and B, B touches A and C, C touches Band D, and D touches Cand A. Prove that the four points of contact are concyclic.
4. Tangents OA, OB are drawn from an external point to a circle. 2@ is any chord through the middle point of AB. Show that the line joining O to the centre bisects the angle POQ.
5. Define similar polygons, and prove that triangles which are equiangular to one another are similar. |
108 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATIO.
6. If the exterior vertical angle of a triangle be bisected by a straight line which cuts the base, the square on the bisector is equal to the difference between the rectangle contained by the segments of the base and that contained by the sides of the triangle.
7. Ifa straight line be at right angles to each of two straight lines at their point of intersection, it is perpendicular to the plane in which they lie.
AB and BC are two straight lines at right angles, and A is a straight line at right angles | to the plane ABC. Prove that if PB be joined it will be at right angles to BC.
8. If any two straight lines be cut by parallel planes they are cut proportionally.
9. In a parabola, prove that—
(a) If the tangent at P meet the directrix in Z, PZ subtends a right angle at the focus.
(6) The subnormal is constant.
TRIGONOMETRY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Prove that CtA — cosee A +1_ sind _ cot A + cosec A —1 1+ cos A
Verify the identity when sin A = 4, A being an acute angle.
DECEMBER, 1906. 109
. Define the trigonometrical ratios of an angle of any magnitude, and express the sine, cosine, and tangent of 180 — A, 180 + A, and — A, in terms of the tr igonometrical ratios of A.
. Find an expression for all angles having the same tangent as a. Solve completely the equation tan 8 + cos 6 = sec @. . Prove the formula for sin (A + #) in terms of
sines and cosines of A and B, when A und B are positive angles, and A + B less than 90°.
Ifsin.A = and cos B= z find the values of sin (A — B)..
. Shew that sin (y — 2) + sin (z — 2) + sin (@ — y) = —4sin 2” sin 7—” gin 274 2 2 2
_If A+ B+ C= 180°, prove that
cot B + cotC cot C + cot A tan B + tan C tan C + tan A
cot A+ cot B _ tan A + tan BT
. Prove that in any triangle sin A sin B _
ED _aae——— ep Oo
T10 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
Also prove that a® sin (B — C) + 6 sin (C — A) +c sin(4 — B)= 0. 8. Shew how to solve a triangle having given two sides and the included angle. Ifa /3 +1,86=23, C= 30°, solve the triangle. 9. Ifa = 19-22, 6 = 23-04, A = 88° 12’, find B and C, having given
log 1°922 = 0-28875
log 2°804 = 0°36247 L sin 35° 12’ = 9-76075 L sin 48° 42’ = 9°83940 difforl’= 18
10. Shew how to find the heisht of an inaccessible tree.
A vertical tower stands on a slope inclined to the horizontal at an angle of 15°. At the foot of the slope tle tower subtends an angle of 15°. On walking 200 feet up the slope it is found to subtend an angle of 60°. Find the height of the tower to the nearest tenth of a foot.
DECEMBER, 1906. 111
BOTANY. The Board of Examiners.
[Illustrate your answers with figures wherever possible. Five Questions only to be attempted. |
1. What is meant by a cambium? Where do cam- biums cccur? Describe a typical cambium cell.
2. Give an account of the life history of a Moss, paying special attention to the origin of the sporophyte.
ide)
. Describe experiments to shew the influence of light and darkness upon the growth and shape of seedlings.
4. What is meant by geotropic irritability? How does the geotropic irritability of a stem differ from that of a root, and how would you proceed to determine whether an organ was positively or negatively geotropic ?
[oi
. Explain fully how the wood of a Conifer differs from that of a Dicotyledon, and explain why the rings in the wood do not always give the age of the tree exactly.
6. What are stomata, where do they occur, and what is their structure and function ?
119 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
DRAWING. PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
1. PracTicaL GEOMETRY. Time allowed : One hour and a half. The Board of Examiners. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATE.
You are to attempt only five questions; one of these must be either question No. 7 or No. 9. Put the number of the question beside each answer.
Results must be obtained by construction, and must not be result of trial or guessing.
All construction lines must be allowed to remain.
Parallel and perpendicular lines may be drawn by means of the straight edge and set square.
Neat and accurate workmanship is expected. H.P. = Horizontal Co-ordinate Plane. V.P. = Vertical Co-ordinate Plane.
QUESTIONS.
1. A scalene triangle has a base 2” long, a vertical angle of 30°, and an altitude of 14”. Construct the triangle. —[15 marks. ]
2. Given three lines 4B 43’, CD 32’, and EF 2h’. Find a fourth line GH, such that AB: CD:: EF : GH. —[10 marks. ]
DECEMBER, 1906... 113 ©
. Asemi-circle and a straight line are given in diagram Q3. Describe a circle which shal] touch the semi-circle and the straight line in point A tan- gentially. —[20 marks. |
. Describe an ellipse, the major axis of which is 34” long and the distance between the foci 2}". At any point in the curve other than the ends of the axes draw a normal.
Use any method in describing the ellipse except that of the thread and pins. —(20 marks. |
. Construct a square equal in area to the quadrilateral figure given in diagram Q5. —[(15 marks. ]
. Find graphically the sum of (9 + 3 + 7 —5 + 2) unit = “25”, —[10 marks. ]
. The plan and elevation of a cube and square pyra- mid are given in diagram @Q7. Draw a second elevation when the horizontal edges of the solids make angles of 30° with the V.P.
| —[25 marks. |
. The side and end elevations of an ordinary building brick are given in diagram Q8.
Make an isometric projection of the brick employing the natural scale of 4” to 1’.
—[30 marks. |
. A right cone, axis 3”, diameter of base 2”, stands on the H.P. on its apex, with its axis vertical. Draw the plan and elevation of the cone, and draw the plan of the section made by a plane perpendicular to the V.P., making an angle of 45° with the H.P., and containing a diameter of the base of the solid. —[35 marks. ] H
114 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
DRAWING PASS AND HONOURS PAPER. 2. DrawinG 1n LicguTt AND SHADE. The Board of Examiners. Time allowed : One hour.
For this examination select either cast No. 141 or Cast No. 136 (or Ed. Dept. casts No. 13 or 16).
Place on a level with the Candidate’s eyes, and in a good light, which should come from the left of the Candidate.
Not more than three Candidates should work from the same cast.
Before the examination begins the following Instructions must be read to the Candidates :-—
1. You are to make a shaded drawing of the cast in front of you, and to a slightly larger scale than the cast.
2. Your drawing may be executed in any medium you choose, such as lead pencil, chalk, charcoal, pen and ink, or water colour. A complete rendering of the cast is not expected, but the chief shades and shadows should be shown, and a portion should be finished.
3. One hour is allowed for the work
DECEMBER, 1906. 115
DRAWING. PASS AND HONOURS PAPER. 3. PERSPECTIVE. The Board of Examiners.
Time allowed: One hour and a half:
1. The front and side elevations of a hanging book- case are given in the diagram on next page.
Give the perspective representation of the book-case when it hangs flat against a wall, the highest point being 6 feet above the ground, 2 ft. 6 :u. into the picture, and 1 foot to the right of the spectator, the vertical surface of the wall vanish- ing towards the left at an angle of 45° with the picture.
Height of the eye above the ground, 4 feet.
Distance of the eye in front of the picture, 6 feet.
Scale, 1} inches to 1 foot.
Dimensions may be taken directly from the diagram.
2. Height of eye, 5 feet.
Distance of eye in front of picture, 10 feet.
Scale, $ inch to 1 foot.
A square sheet of tin of 3 feet sides stands upon the ground on one of its edges. The plane of the square is perpendicular to the ground, and makes an angle of 60° with the picture towards the right. The nearest point on the ground is 1 foot to the left and 1 foot into the picture.
H 2
— ?
116
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
DECEMBER, 1906. 117
Put the sheet of tin into perspective, and show the shade on and the shadow cast by it when the sun is in the plane of the picture, on the left of the spectator, and its rays make angles of 45° with the ground.
DRAWING.
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER. 4. DRAWING FROM MEmMoRY. Time allowed : Thirty minutes. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATE.
Fifteen minutes will be allowed for each drawing, and both sides of your drawing paper may be used.
Your drawings must be of fair size—full size, where possible—and they should not be over- elaborated.
You are to make a drawing in lead pencil, and from memory, of two of the following subjects : — A wine glass. A cup and saucer. A cricket bat. A mug. A book, closed, and lying on its side.
A cigar box, with the lid raised into a vertica position.
118 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
HONOUR EXAMINATION.
GREEK.—(TRANSLATION OF PREPARED BOOKS).
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with brief notes upon any points which appear to require them—
(a) AYK. ovxovy rpadévrwy révde rypwpove épot
xenlw AeréoBac rHy Sedpapévwy ixny. AM. rq@ rov Adc péev Zeve apuvérw péper
maooc’ 70 0 cic Eu’, ‘HpaxAgcc, epol pédrec Adyout Tv TOVd apabiay brép céBer deitac’ Kaxw¢ yap o ovK éaréor KAvELY. TpWTOV Mev ovy Tappnr , Ev appHrotoc yap riy onv vopilw dedrtay, ‘Hpdxdeec, avy papruacy Oeoic det pp’ aradAdta oéOer.
(5) rov inmevray tT 'Apaldvwy orparov Ma@rev appt roAumdrapoy EBa de’ Evéevoy oidua Aiuvas, riv’ obk a? “EX\Aaviac a&yopor aXioac ditwy, Képac ’Apeiac wézXov Xpuceoorodor pera, Gwarijpoc oAeGpioug aypac.
(6)
(d)
(¢)
DECEMBER, 1906. 119
éyw d€ vipdac nxpobircalcuny,
Khon ovvarrove , & tT ’AOnvaiwy ,Bovoc Lraprnc re Onwy 0’, we avnppévor Kado apuuvnoloror Bloy Exot’ ebdaiuova.
kal ravra ppovdu’ peraBadovca & H rixn viopgoac pév div Kijpac avrédwk’ Execv, époi de daxpva Nourpa’ Svornvog pperarv. Tarip 0€ marpo¢ EoTig yapous Ode,
“Acény vouifwy werBepov, Kijdog meuxpoy.
el dé Oeoic Hy Ebveotc cai codia car’ avdpac, didupoy av Pav epepor
gavepoy xapakrijp’
dperac doar
péra, xarOarovrec rt
gic avyac waduy ddAiov
dtasovc ay EBay dravdrove,
& dvayévera 3 dxday ay
elye Lwac Bioray,
Kai Tyo hy rove re kaxovg &v
yvavat kai rove ayabouc,
iwov Gr’ év vepéAacory &-
orpwy vaurace apiOmoc wéAEL.
66 ééeXizawy maida Kiovog KiKg, répvevpa detvov woddc, évavriov crabeic Barre pd Wrap’ trrioc O& Aatvoucg dpVoordrac Edevoev éxrvéwy Bior.
2. Describe a (ireek sacrifice (with the Greek terms).
3. Give an exact explanation of the appearance of 4
for Attic 7 in dramatic lyrics.
e
4. Scan the first three lines of the first passage 1 (a).
5. Comment on— (a) The. forms—Bayr, d&vwyGe, aradcodpapovpat :
120 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
(6) The grammar ot—ro ypiv viv ekéoplev—rov Kpeoy péra—etyxaprephow Gavarov—ripac 5 exw rugs’, oi ayacOivar pirowe— ion 0 éohHADE p’, i naparnoalpeda gvyac :
(ce) The meaning of—zpoorpératoy alua—Kvuedwriay modLv— Atcov Baxxoc—imoypagery.
6. Translate verbatim, with any comment—
(a2) & xpy yap ovdeic pn xpewry Onoee Tore.
(>) warip € vv
Otyay xparatdc yewpoc Evvewer race.
7. Translate, with notes as above—
(a) rove d€ Adyouvg paxporépove ob mapa 7d eiwOdc pnkvvovper, GA’ extxwpcov ov Hyiv, ov pev Bpaxeic dpxwoe py TorACTS xpioBar, wAeion de
uy ~ év @ Gy xatpog 4 Otddoxorvrac re THY mpoupyou |
é Adyote TO déov mpaccety. 8 w (6) vopifopéy re rac peyddrac &yOpac padcor’ ay crarvectat eBaiwe, obx iv avrapuvopeEreg ree Kal émtxparijjoac Ta wAéw Tov moguoy Kar’ avayKny pxoe Eycaradapavwy pu) aro rov taov Lupfy, GAN iv xapov ro abro opdoat mpoc TO émteec kai aper? abroy vuKloag Tapa G@ mpooectyero perpiwe EvvadrAayy. ‘ \ \ \ ‘\ ? ’ ~ (c) xai rd peér xpdoc rove *AOnvaiove rocovroy ‘ ’ \ ry .. e@ ‘ \ ‘oe .N ayabdv eb BovArevopérorc etploxerac’ rijy Ge tro Ud ° x me TavtTwy Opodoyoupévny Gpraroy eivat tipnyny rac ov Xp) Kat év Hiv abroig mowjcacbac; } Soxeire, eu T@ Te Eorty ayaboy ij et Tw Ta Evayria, ov ‘yovxia paddov i} wéAXepog TO pEY mnavoae av , \ ‘ ‘ e Exarépy, ro d€ vvdiaowsar, Kat Tac ripac cal AapmMpornrac akevyouvorépac EXELY THY Eins es pig ge ee eke Te doa év phe Adywv ay ric otédrAOo,
@ ‘e0} A OTE TOU TOAEMELY | p i
DECEMBER, 1906. 121
(d) xai dua rev Eikorwy Bovdopévorc hy éxi rpogpace éxnéupat, un Te mpoc ra wapdvra rig I[vAov éxo- perne vewrepiowory’ émel cal rode Expagay goBov- plevoe abtav riv veornra Kal 76 wdO0c’—aei yap ra wodAa Aaxedaioviog apocg rovc Eidwrac rij¢ pudaxijc répt padtora xabeorhcet—npoeizoy abrey Soot abwovory év roig worepionc yeyevijabar cpio dptorot, kpivecBat, we EXevOEpwoorTEC, TEipay TroLOU- pevoe Kal ryoupervoe rovToue apiowy U0 dpovnparoc, oirep cat Hkiwoay mpw@rog Exaotoc éXevOepovcBat, padcora Gy xat éexcbéaBat’
(e) dere dn Gpdoréporg per Soxovy avaywpeiv dia TO d€0¢ abrév bvrwy avOpwrur payipwy, KupwOer dé ovdevy éx rig dtadepac ornvixa xp dppaobar, vuxrog re ércyevopernc, of pev Maxeddvec xai ro TrARO0¢ trav BapBdpwy evOvc goGnBévrec, Sep girei peydda orparémeda, aoadec éxxrAHyrvvoba, Kat vopioarrec moANaTAaaiove pev 7} HAGov ertévac, Scov dé o¥Tw rapEivat, Karaoravrec é¢ alpvidcoy guyiy éxwpouv ex’ otKov.
8. What view do you take of the actuality of the speeches in Thucydides ?
9. What indications do you discover of the sense of justice or honour possessed by the Athenians and Spartans respectively ?
10. Draw a rough outline map, and place upon it— Pallene, Plateza, Cythera, Niseea, Leucas, Cam- arina, Sphacteria, Rhegium, Tegea, Cenchrea, Thebes, Ampbipulis.
1]. Explain —ratiapyo: — BrapriGrat, Aaxedatporeor, meptoccor—yotvig, korvAn—ot Oadapcor—repirodor —Onfaior cai of Evppopor—’ Axaparri¢ éxpura- vever, Nexiadne émeorarer—rov Kwowvog mwapevex- Oévroc.
122
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
12. Comment briefly on the grammar of—gvAaaao-
pévouc rev veav—CiagOeipovery abrovc NaOdvrec THY andpactv—rac xXflpac avécecay, onAovrrec ™po- giectac ra Kexnpvypéva—etiac Gre, Oy pev Epievra, wpoc TOUG Guuvomeveug Emovrec KracOwoay—«ara vwrov det Eueddroy abroic y Xwphoeay of modEpmor Eaea0at—npoohpxorro we abAnry.
13. Translate, with notes as above—
(a) xarOar’ opec 6 7’ arupoc avip Eo 7’ EAdaXE
(6)
(c)
riopGov, éy de ig rey ‘Ipog xpeiwy 7’ "Ayapéuvwr* Gepoirn ’ laog Oéribog aig nixdouoo. wavrec 0 eloiy Gpac vextwy dpervnva Kapnva, yupvoi re Enpoi re xar’ dogodedoy Etpo@va.
ZOK. ooi oé ri, Epmredexdsrc, doxet ;
EMII. é¢ rove xparijpac éuneceiv avrov, we HaBy pi AodopeicBar roicg KpEirroat.
AAT. cai poy apeoroy ty xabarep teva IlevOéa 3} Opgea
Aaxtoroy Ey wérpacory evpeaOat popor, iy’ Gy Kai ro pépog abrov Exaoroc Exwy annh- Aarrero Kai— AOYK. pndapdc’ addAa rpd¢ ixeciou peisacbE pov. ZOK. dpaper’ ovbk av ageBeing Ere.
IAAT. rovr’ éxeivo, é¢ wediov rov ixroy, we mapakpovodpevog Tove dtkaorac arehOnc’ pact your pyropa ae cal duavecoy riva elvat Kat xavov- prov éy roic Ndyos. riva 6€ xat deaorny eBéArEkEtc yevéoOa, Gvreva py av SwpotoKhnaac, ola mwodda moire, &dika Teigec UrEp cov Whdhicacbat;
AOYK. @appeire rovrov ye Evexa’ oddéva rovovroy dtarrythny vrorroy y apgiBorov akwoayy’ ay yevéo- Gat xai dori avodwaerai poe THY Wijgoov.
DKCEMBER, 1906. 123
(d) AIOL. cai airec, & gpidogopia, wavy éxave rov &vdpa xai avariOepar ra Karnyopovpeva xal piroy roodpat abroy yevvaiov ovra.
MIA. cb ye, & Iappnoacy adiepév ce rife airlag, kai raicg maoatc Kparetc Kat ro Aotroy toBe Hpeérepoc Ov.
ITAPP. xposexiynoa rhy ye npwrnv' paddov d€ Tpayikwrepoy abro rohoey pot CoKw@’ cELvOTEpOY
0 yap.
14. Give a very succinct account of Lucian, his Greek, and his models.
15. Explain—é redevnco Aiaxédc—h rpobecpla—acia- gopov 6 rovroc—eoi yap To viv pet—repidecrvoy.
16. To what sects did the following belong—Chry- sippus, Diogenes, Epicurus? State their chiet tenets.
LATIN. : First PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate, with notes :—
(a) Ego, si quis de pace consulet seu deferenda hostibus seu accipienda, habeo, quid sententiae dicam ; si de iis, quae Mago postulat, refertis, nec victoribus mitti attinere puto, et frustran- tibus nos falsa atque inani spe multo minus censeo mittenda esse.
124 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
(6) Et de trecentis equitibus Campanis, qui in Sicilia cum fide stipendiis emeritis Romam venerant, Jatum ad populum, ut cives Romani essent ; item ut municipes Cumani essent pridie, jbo populus Campanus a populo Romano efecisset.
(c) Nec te nec exercitum tuum norim, nisi, a qno tot acies Romanas fusas stratasque esse sciam, ei facile esse ducam opprimere populatores nostros vagos sine signis palatos, quo quemque trahit quamvis vana praedae spes.
(d) Siciliam ac Sardiniam, quae ante bellum vec- tigales fuissent, vix praesides provinciarum exercitus alere; tributo sumptus suppeditari ; [eum] ipsum tributum conferentium numerum tantis exercituum stragibus et ad Trasumennum lacum et ad Cannas imminutum ; qui superessent pauci, si multiplici gravarentur stipendio, alia perituros peste. Itaque nisi fide staret res publica, opibus non staturam. Prodeundum in contionem Fulvio praetori esse, indicandas populo publicas necessitates cohortandosque, qui re- dempturis auxissent patrimonia, ut rei publicae, ex qua crevissent, tempus commodarent, con- ducerentque ea lege praebenda, quae ad exercitum Hispaniensem opus essent, ut quum pecunia in aerario esset, lis primis solveretur.
(e) An vero obliti estis, iudices, recenti illo nuntio necis Clodianae, non modo inimicorum Milonis sermones et opiniones sed non nullorum etiam imperitorum ? negabant eum Romam esse redi- turum. Sive enim illud animo irato ac percito fecisset ut incensus odio trucidaret inimicum,
DECEMBER, 1906. 125
arbitrabantur eum tanti mortem P. Clodii putassse ut aequo animo patria careret, quum sanguine ipimici explesset odium suum: sive etiam illius morte patriam liberare voluisset, non dubitaturum fortem virum quin, quum suo periculo salutem populo Romano attnlisset, cederet aequo animo legibus, secum auferret gloriam sempiternam, nobis haec fruenda relinqueret quae ipse servasset.
(7) Negat enim negat ingratis civibus fecisse se quae fecerit ; timidis et omnia circumspicientibus pericula non negat. Plebem et infimam multi- tudinem quae P. Clodio duce fortunis vestris imminebat, eam, quo tutior esset vestra vita, se fecisse cominemorat ut non modo virtnte flecteret, sed etiam tribus suis patrimoniis deleniret; nec timet ne, quum plebem muneribus placarit,vos non conciliarit meritis in rem publicam singularibus. Senatus erga se benevolentiam temporibus his ipsis saepe esse perspectam; vestras vero et vestrorum ordinum occursationes studia sermones, quemcumque cursum fortuna dederit, secum se ablaturum esse dicit.
(g) desierat Ianus. nec longa silentia feci,
sed tetigi verbis ultima verba meis :
“ quid volt palma sibi rugosaque carica,” dixi “ et data sub niveo condita mella cado ?”
“ omen ” ait “causa est, ut res sapor ille sequatur, et peragat coeptum dulcis ut annus iter.”
“‘ dulcia cur dentur, video. stipis adice causam, pars mihi de festo ne labet ulla tuo.”
risit, et “O quam te fallunt tua saecula,” dixit ‘¢ qui stipe mel sumpta dulcius esse putes !
vix ego Saturno quemquam regnante videbam, cuius non animo dulcia lucra forent.”
126 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
(hk) hac [arte] te merentem, Bacche pater, tuae vexere tigres indocili iugum collo trahentes; hac Quirinus Martis equis Acheronta fugit, gratum elocuta consiliantibus Iunone divis: Ilion, Ilion fatalis incestusque iudex et mulier peregrina vertit in pulverem, ex quo destituit deos mercede pacta Laomedon, mihi castaeque daumnuatum Minervae cum populo et duce fraudulento.
(t) hic dies anno redeunte festus corticem adstrictum pice dimovebit ampborae fumum bibere institutae
consule Tullo. sume, Maecenas, cyathos amici sospitis centum et vigiles lucernas perfer in lucem: procul omnis esto clamor et ira.
(j) rumpat et serpens iter institutum, si per obliquum similis sagittae terruit mannos: ego cui timebo
providus auspex, antequam stantes repetat paludes imbrium divina avis imminentum, oscinem corvum prece suscitabo solis ab ortu.
2. Show how the last stanzas in (h) and (7) of the previous question scan. What are those metres called ?
3. Translate, with short grammatical notes—
(a) Colligor ex ipso dominae placuisse sepulchro; ora fuere mihi plus ave docta loqui.
DECEMBER, 1906. 127
(6) Nec Mauris animum mitior anguibus.
(c) Catus idem per apertum fugientes agitato grege cervos iaculari.
Segetis certa fides meae fulgentem imperio fertilis Africae fallit sorte beatior.
(e) Cum famulis operum solutis.
(7) Ibit insignem repetens Nearchum, grande certamen, tibi praeda cedat maior an illi.
(g) Uxor invicti Iovis esse nescis.
4. Translate explaining allusions—
(2) Poma negat regio, nec haberet Acontius, in quo scriberet hic dominae verba legenda suae.
(6) Eque viris quondam pars tribus una fui. Curia restabat, clavi mensura coacta est.
(c) Esset perpetuo sua quam vitabilis Ascra, ausa est agricolae Musa docere senis.
5. Explain—bigati, sub pellibus haberi, ‘“ minime sis cantherium in fossam,” desultor, obire facinoris locum tempusque, multam inrogare, antestari, de tenero ung'ul.
6. How does Livy differ from Cicero in the use of (a) the subjunctive mood, (5) the accusative case ?
7. Give some account of the career of Clodius with special reference to his relations with Cicero and Milo.
128 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
8. “Corvino iubente promere languidiora vina.” Who was this Corvinus thus referred to by Horace? In what way was he connected with Ovid ?
9. Who were Pacuvius Calavius, Decius Magius, Q. Fabius Pictor, L. Bantius, M. Fabius Buteo, Hampsicora ? |
GREEK. SEconD PAPER.
The Board of Examwners.
1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin when you think them required—
(a) olo@’ 67 éorovdalec Gpyery Aavatoate mpog “IXcov, Wo raretvoc Haba wane deivac rpocbtyyavwr, kal Bipag Exwy axAnoroue TP Bédovre Onporwr, kat duove xpdapnocy ebfic xaor, Kei py Tig GéXox, roic rporae Cnra@y mpiacBatro piAdTipoy EK pEcoU" Kar’ ETEL karéoxec apyac, peraBadwv a&ddouvc
TpOTOUC
roic pl\ootw ober’ haba roic mpiv we mpdcOev pidoc,
dvonpdotroc, Eow Te KAnOpwy oravioc. Gvdpa 3” ob ypewy
tov ayabov xpaccovra peyada rove rpdrovc peOcoravat,
dda kal BéBaov elvat rore partora roc Pirate, Hvik’ wpereiv parwora duvardg éorey ebruy@r.
DECEMBER, 1906. 129
(bd) Kal yap avrn ) Aloe ov bévoy rove CaxruXlove aye Tove ardnpovc, ava Kxai dbvapey évriOnac roic Saxruriotc, or av duvacbat ravrov rovro rotiv, Srep fy diBos, GAXous dyew daxruXiouc, dar’ evlore dppaboc TAaVY paKpoc SaxruAiwy eg “AAR Awy hprnrac’ waa Of rovrotc 24 éxeivng rii¢ AlBov 4; Sbvapec dvhprnra. ovrw dé kal i) Movea évbéove per woeei, Our O€ Trav évOEwy rovTwy GdrAdAwy EvOovo.alortwrv dppaboc eCaprarat. mavTEC yap ot re ter éway rrounrat at ayaGot ouUK Ek rexYNE GAN’ EvOeoe ovrec TaVTa TAVTA TA KAA A€yover TOLpaTa, Kai Ware ot KopuBarvruavrec obk Eudpovec bvTEC Gpxovrrat, OUTW Kai of peAorouol obk Eugpovec OvTec Ta KaXa pédAy ravra mowvarv, adr’ Eredav éEuBwGow ei¢ rijv éppoviay Kat cic rov puudr, Paxxebovat, Kal Gorep at Baxxar dpurovrat EK TOY ; roTapaY pert kal yada parvopevat, Eudpovec dé ovoa ov, Tay pedowowy Wy Wux1) rovro épyaerat, drep abrot NEyouc.
2. Translate into Greek—
Do you remember that famous Grecian, wh. was so far mad that he would sit by himse: whole days in the theatre laughing and ° clapping his hands, as if he had seen some traredy ucting, whereas in truth there was nothing presented ; yet in other things a man reasonable enough, and so good a master to his servants, that if they had broken the seal of his most precious wine he would not have run mad for it? But at last, when by the care of his friends and by physic he was freed from his distemper and become his own man again, he thus expostulated with them. ‘“ Now, by Pollux, my friends, I am in a miserable con- dition, thanks to you. You have rather killed than saved me in thus forcing me from my
I
180 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
pleasure.” And, indeed, I think they were the madder of the two that thought fit to look upon so pleasant a madness as an evil which must be got rid of by physic. In my judgment every man is the more happy in proportion as he is the more mad. See, therefore, that no one cures you under the delusion that he is doing you a service.
3. Write very succinct accounts of the following matters, giving chief dates and facts—
(a) The political actions of Solon. (5) The confederacy of Delos.
(c) Events connected with Naupactus, Chzro- nea, Artemisium, Deceleia, Arginusee.
(d) The functions of Boulé and Ecclesia.
4. Comment on the syntax in— (i) Epapac otou cov avdpdc. (11) ob yéyover, obd€ pu) yévnrat. (ii) GAAG pet OF ToUTO yadeTOy 7. (iv) ddéyou deity awéBave.
(v) dmrwrecay abrov To Emi ogac elvac.
5. Turn into the normal Attic passive form—
amexrovaciy abrév—Kaxoc pe éyee—éEEBareg avrov Ek rijg wokewo—reOjxapev Tov vopoy.
DECEMBER, 1906. 131
LATIN. ; SeconD PAPER. The Board of Examiners.
1. Translate into Latin—
But before he would assemble them in arms, or urge them to any attempt which, if unfortu- nate, might in their present despondency prove fatal, he resolved to inspect himself the situation of the enemy, and to judge of the probability of success. For this purpose he entered their camp under the disguise of a harper and passed un- suspected through every quarter. He so enter- tained them with his music and _ facetious humours, that he met with a welcome reception and was even introduced to the tent of Guthrum, their prince, where he remained some days. He remarked the supine security of the Danes, their contempt of the English, their negligence in foraging and plundering, and their dissolute wasting of what they gained by rapine and violence. Kncouraged by these favourable appearances, he secretly sent emissaries to the most considerable of his subjects, and summoned them to a rendezvous, attended by their wariike followers, at Brixton. The English, who had hoped to put an end to their calamities by servile submission, now found the insolence and rapine of the conqueror more intolerable than all past fatigues and dangers; and at the appointed day they joyfully resorted to their prince.
(12
132
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
2. Translate—
Haec effatus equum in mediog, moriturus et ipse,
concitat et Venulo adversum se turbidus infert,
dereptumque ab equo dextra complectitur hostem
et gremium ante suum multa vi concitus aufert.
Tollitur in caelum clamor, cunctique Latini
convertere oculos. Volat igneus aequore T'archon
arma virumque ferens; tum summa ipsius ab hasta
defringit ferrum et partes rimatur apertas,
qua vulnus letale ferat ; contra ille repugnans
sustinet a iugulo dextram et vim viribus exit.
Utque volans alte raptum cum fulva draconem
fert aquila implicuitque pedes atque unguibus haesit,
saucius at serpens sinuosa volumina versat
arrectisque horret squumis et sibilat ore,
arduus insurgens; illa haud minus urget obunco
luctantem rostro, simul aethera verberat alis :
haud aliter praedam ‘Tiburtum ex agmine Tarchon ;
portat ovans.
3. Translate—
Tribuni reclamantibus consulibus _refecti- Patres quoque, ne quid cederent plebi, et ipsi L. Quinctium consulem reficiebant. Nulla toto anno vehementior actio consulis fuit. ‘ Mirer” inquit, “si vana vestra, patres conscripti, auctoritas ad plebem est? Vos elevatis eam; quippe, quia plebs senatus consultum continu- andis magistratibus solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis, ne temeritati multitudinis cedatis, tan- quam id sit plus posse in civitate, plus levitatis
DECEMBER, 1906. 133
ac licentiae habere. Levius enim vaniusque profecto est sua decreta et consulta tollere quam aliorum. Imitamini, patres conscripti, turbam ‘Inconsultam, et, qui exemplo aliis esse debetis, aliorum exemplo peccate potius, quam alii vestro recte faciant, dum ego ne imiter tribunos nec me contra senatus consultum consulem renuntiari patiar. Te vero, C. Claudi, adhortor, ut et ipse populum Romanum hac licentia arceas et de me hoc tibi persuadeas, me ita accepturum, ut non honorem meum a te impeditum, sed gloriam spreti honoris auctam invidiamque, quae ex continuato eo impenderet, levatam putem.”
4. Show in tabular form the names and dates of the wars in which Rome was engaged—(a) between 350 and 250 B.c.; (6) between 200 and 150.
5. Give some account of the two Triumvirates.
6. Construct and translate sentences illustrating the use of haud scio an, prae (owing to), erga, abhinc, quis (any one), quisquam, ecquis, quin with the Indicative, and distinguish between dum with the Present Indicative and dum with the Imperfect Indicative.
ENGLISH. SECOND PAPER The Board of Examiners.
1. Describe the fout chief ‘ Cycles of Romance.” At what period were they popular in England?
134 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.
Ne)
. By what Italian writers was Chaucer influenced ? Mention the names of some of his poems written during his ‘‘ Italian Period.”
3. Describe the Elizabethan theatre.
4. Explain the following terms :—(qa) blank verse ; (b) sonnet; (c) Spenserian stanza.
5. Give a concise account of one work by each of the following :—Marlowe, Lyly, Dryden, Hume, Cowper, Shelley. Give in each case the (approxi- mate) date of publication.
6. Explain Trench’s statement that ‘“‘ Wamba, the Saxon jester in Jvanhoe, plays the philologer.”
7. Give an account, in your own words, of the first day’s proceedings at the Passage of Arms at Ashby.
8. Compare the lives and characters of Rowena and Rebecca. 9. Explain the following words as used by Tenny-
son :—Tinct, scaur, boon, rathe, tarriance, dole, soilure.
10. Who is referred to in each of the following passages ?— (a) . . . anold, dumb, myriad-wrinkled man. (bo) . . . I never saw his like: there lives No greater leader. (c) A moral child without the craft to rule. (d) . . . Agood knight, but therewithal Sir Modred’s brother, and the child of Lot, Nor often loyal to his word. 11. What was the chief addition made by Tennyson to the story of Elaine as told by Malory ?
RS)
“)
DECEMBER, 196. 135
BRITISH HISTORY.
The Board of Examiners.
. Give an account of each of the following :—The
Danelagh; The Salisbury Gemot; The Grand Remonstrance; The Humble Petition and Advice; The Seven Men of Moidart; The Holy Alliance.
. Show the importance of the English wool trade in
the Middle Ages.
. Trace the influence of “The New Learning” in
England to the close of the reign of Henry the Eighth.
. What were the aims of the ecclesiastical policy of
Elizabeth ? What was her attitude towards the toleration of differences in religion ?
. Trace the leading causes of the downfall of the
House of Stuart.
. Show the importance of each of the following
battles:—Camperdown; Cape St. Vincent; Navarino; The Nile; Quebec; Wandewash.
. Trace the history of legislation regarding tha
Crown lands of any one of the Australian Colonies.
. Give an account of the public career of Benjamin
Disraeli.
136 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
FRENCH.
First PAPER.
The Board of Exanuners.
Candidates must satisfy the examiners in EACH part of the paper.
A. TRADUCTION.
1. Traduisez en anglais idiomatique :
(a) Boileau a dit que: ‘ Le francais, né malin, créa le vaudeville.” Cette malice percait déja dans les fabliaux qui eurent tant de vogue en France, durant tout le XIIle Siécle.
Les fabliaux ou romans se distinguent déja par des qualités toutes -frangaises; le bon sens, la saillie, la méchanceté naive, la bonhomie mordante. Dés cette époque reculée, la nation présente une alliance de qualités ou de défauts qui sembleraient devoir s’exclure: une raison éclairée, un coeur croyant, un esprit sceptique. Bien des légéretés—comme on les appelle—si souvent reprochées au peuple francais, tiennent & cette réunion ancienne de contrastes qui étonnent, mais qui plaisent, et qui n’ont point été sans exercer une heureuse influence sur le développement de l’histoire—BaRrreireE.
(5) Tl fallut que le maire, la commune de Paris, poussés, forcés par l’exemple et les priéres des
rad
DECEMBER, 1906. 137
autres villes, vinssent demander a |’ Assemblée une fédération générale. Il fallut que l’ Assemblée, bon gré, mal gré l’accordat. bn fit ce qu’on put du moins pour réduire le nombre de ceux qui voulaient venir. La chose fut décidée fort tard, de sorte que ceux qui venaient a pied des extrémités du royaume n’avaient guére moyen d’arriver & temps. La dépense fut a la charge des localités, obstacle peut-étre insurmontable pour les pays plus pauvres.
Mais, dans un si grand mouvement, y avait-il des obstacles? On se cotisa, comme on put; comme on put, on habilla ceux qui faisaient le voyage ; plusieurs vinrent sans uniformes. L’hospitalité fut immense, admirable, sur toute la route; on arrétait, on se disputait les pélerins de la grande féte. On les forcait de faire halte, de loger, manger, tout au moins boire au passage. Point d’étranger, point d’inconnu : tous parents. Gardes nationaux, soldats, marins; tous allaient ensemble. Ces bandes qui traversaient les villages offraient un touchant spectacle. C’étaient les plus anciens de |’armée, de la marine qu’on appelait & Paris. Pauvres soldats tout courbés de la guerre de sept ans, sous-officiers en cheveux blancs, braves officiers de fortune, qui avaient percé le granit avec leur front, vieux pilotes usés & la mer, toutes ces ruines vivantes de l’ancien régime, avaient voulu pourtant venir: C’était leur jour, c’était leur féte. On vit au 14 juillet des marins de quatre-vingts ans qui marchérent douze heures de suite; ils avaient retrouvé leurs forces, ils se sentaient, au moment de la mort, participer a la jeunesse de la France, a |’éternité de la patrie.
—MICHELET.
138 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
(c) D’od viens-tu?—Du pays de misére et de
honte. ae
Qu’as-tu fait ?—J’ai péché : je me sens avili.
Ov vas-tu ?—Je gravis le sentier qui remonte.
Que veux-tu ?—Du travail. Qu’espéres-tu ?— L’oubli.
Crois-tu qu’il est un Dieu, pauvre 4me encore obscure ?
Que ta bonté le prouve et j’y croirai demain.
Crois-tu que le regret peut laver la souillure ?
Je n’en douterai plus si tu me tends la main.
—E. MANUEL.
B. VERSION ET GRAMMAIRE.
2. Traduisez en frangais :
(a) But all this was sixty years ago. Nowadays the children are supposed to go, at least some- times and when possible, to the nearest village school (for education is compulsory in France); the young men are obliged to serve their time in the regiment; the girls enter domestic service. And so difficult is it to find recruits for the woodman’s free but rough and lonely life, that the lack of woodcutters is becoming a grave question among foresters in France.
When March is well out, and the trees are felled, when the wood is piled in stacks, the woodman consults the sky, and, on the first mild and growing morning, he begins to bark (écorcer) his oaks or at least such of them as are devoted to that tragic end. It is a nice and delicate business, which must be undertaken before the leaves are creen.
DECEMBER, 1906. 139
(6) The Nile was deified by the old inhabitants. It was a god to the mass, and at least one of the manifestations of deity to the priestly (des prétres) class. As it was the immediate cause of all they had, and all they hoped for, it was to them the good power, and the desert was the evil one. :
3. Montrez au moyen d’exemples la préposition que ’on doit employer aprés chacun des an suivants; sapprocher, punir, jouer, triompher, ressembler, succéder, manquer, se moquer.
4. Donnez d’autres noms liés par l’étymologie aux noms suivants: le potrier, le cerisier, la banane, la péche, le fruit, le prunier, la campagne, le village, le pays, le rot.
5. Traduisez:
Less rich than formerly; the least details ; prouder than ever; all men are equal before the law; they cast a glance at each other; they do not agree; do not trust her ; look at that large dog, it is his.
6. Corrigez les phrases suivantes et expliquez briéve- ment vos corrections :
L’assemblée, étant réuni, commencérent leurs délibérations.
L’assemblée finie, chacun rentrérent chez eux.
Tl ne croit pas V’histoire qu’on viennent de raconter.
140 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
7. Complétez les phrases suivantes, en mettant en francais et dans leurs propres modes ou temps, les verbes anglais suivants en italique :
J’ai peur qu’ to rain.
Tl Pa fait pour que vous to be happy.
Nous attendrons jusqu’a ce que tu to come.
Lorsqu ’il to arrive, nous nous to sit down to table.
8. Traduisez :
The next meeting will take place next day in the next viilage.
Here is a nice child, who lives ina nice house, and who has taste for nice things.
According to the order of departure, they started in good order and in good time.
—
GERMAN. First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part of the Paper.
A.—TRANSLATION.
1. Translate into English—
Mein Grossvater hat mir Ofters erziéhbit: sie waren nur ein kleiner Haufen Leute, kaum hundert an der Zahl; er selbst ein Junge von fiinfzehn Jahren. Sechs Tage seien
DECEMBER, 1906. 141
sie herumgezogen, kreuz und quer, bis sich von fern auf einem blanken klaren See etwas Dunkles gezeiget, recht wie ein steinernes Wundergewiichs anzusehen. Als aber einige von ihnen auf der schmalen Landzunge vordran- gen, die dort wie eine Briicke hiniiberfihrt iiber den See, da war es eine ganze Stadt mit gewal- tigen Mauern, Zinnen und Tiirmen Da er- scbraken sie anfangs und meinten man kime iibel an; sie lagen auch die ganze Nacht, wo es in einem fort regnete, unter den Felsen vor den Mauern. Nun es aber nach und nach tagte, kam sie beinahe noch ein firgeres Grauen (terror) an. Es krahten keine Hiéhne, kein Wagen liess sich héren, kein Bicker schlug den Laden auf, es stieg kein Rauch von den Dichern. Endlich traten sie sacht in die Wolbung der offenen Tore und sahen sich in den breifen Strassen um. Man vernahm keinen Laut als den eigenen Fusstritt und den Regen, der noch von den Dichern abtropfte. Nichts riihrte sich in dem Innern der Hauser.
2. Translate into English—
Sie haben wohlgetan, dass Sie, um Deutsch zu lernen, zu uns heriibergekommen sind, wo Sie nicht allein die Sprache schnell und leicht
' gewinnen, sondern auch die Elemente, worauf sie ruht, unsern Boden, Klima, Lebensurt, Sitten, gesellschaftlichen Verkehr, Verfassung und dergleichen mit sich nach England nehmen. Und dann verdient es auch nicht allein unsere eigene Litteratur an sich, sondern es ist auch nicht zu leugnen, dass wenn Kiner jetzt das Deutsche gut versteht, er viele andere Sprachen entbehren kann. Von der
149
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
franzésischen rede ich nicht, sie ist die Sprache des Umgangs und ganz besonders auf Reisen unentbehrlich, weil sie jeder versteht und man sich in allen Landern mit ihr statt eines guten Dolmetschers (interpreter) aushelfen kann. Was aber die anderen anbetrifft, so kénnen wir die vorziiglichsten Werke aller Nationen in so guten deutschen Uebersetzungen lesen, dass wir ohne ganz besondere Zwecke nicht Ursache haben, auf ihre mtibsame Erlernung viel Zeit zu verwenden. Es liegt in der deutschen Natur, alles Auslindi- sche in seiner Art zu wiirdigen, und dieses zusaminen mit der grossen Fiigsamkeit (pliancy ) unsrer Sprache macht die deutschen Ueberse- tzungen durchaus treu und vollkommen.
B.—CoMposiITION AND GRAMMAR.
8. Translate into German—
I was not surprised, when I ran down into the hall, to see that a brilliant June morning had succeeded to the tempest of the night; and to feel, through the open glass door, the breath- ing of a fresh aud fragrant breeze. Nature must be glad When I was so happy. A beggar woman and her little boy, pale, ragged objects both, were coming up the walk, and I ran down and gave them all the money I happened to have in my purse, some three or four shillings; good or bad, they must partake of my delight. All around me the birds were chirping and singing, but nothing was so merry or so musical as my own rejoicing heart.
Fragrant=duftend; walk=/Pfad ; to chirp= zwitschern.
DECEMBER, 1906. 143
4. Translate into German—
My first visit was to my friend, Major Ponto. The Major, in his little phaeton, was in waiting to take me up at the station. The vehicle cer- tainly was-pot splendid, but such a carriage as would accommodate a plain man (as Ponto said he was) and a numerous family. We drove by beautiful fresh fields and green hedges, through a cheerful English landscape; the road was as smooth and trim as the way in a nobleman’s park. Children, with cheeks as red as the apples in the orchards, curtsied to us at the cottage doors. Blue church spires rose here and there in the distance; and as the gardener’s wife opened the white gate at the Major’s little lodge, and we drove up to the house, my heart felt a joy which I thought it was impossible to experience in the smoky atmosphere of a town.
Phaeton = Phaethon m.; vehicle = Gefahrt: to accommodate = passen fir ; to curtsy = knicksen vor ; lodge= Villa f.; to experience—empfinden.
5. Give the first person singular of the present, im- perfect, and perfect indicative of the following verbs occurring in Questions Nos. 1 and 2 :—
Verschlagen, ausgestorben, herumgezogen, vor- drangen, erschraken, wohlgetan, entbehren, aushel- fen, verwenden.
6. Re-write the first two sentences of Question No. 2, turning them into “ indirect speech” (from “Sie haben” to ‘‘entbehren kann”; thus: ‘“ Ich sagte zu dem jungen Englinder, er hatte wohl- getan,” &c.)
144 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
7. Translate the following sentences, and re-write them in German, changing the present tense of the verbs into the perfect :—
Er kann nicht ausgehen; Ich méchte gern wissen, ob das wahr ist; sie garf nicht zu uns kommen ; er muss abreisen ; muss er das wirk- lich? Was soll aus thm werden ?
8. Beantworten Sie auf deutsch die foloenden Fragen. (Die Antwort muss einen vollstiindigen Satz bilden; das Verbum darf nicht fehlen):
Welches sind Ihre taglichen Mahlzeiten ? Woran erkennt man, dass es Frithling wird ? Was haben Sie alles avf der Schule gelernt?
Welche dffentlichen Gebdiude findet man in jeder grésseren Stadt?
Nennen Sie fiinf der Hauptstaaten Europas und die Namen der Volker, dte darin wohnen.
Welche Beforderungsmittel (means of loco- motion) kennen Sie ?
CHEMISTRY. The Board of Examiners.
SECOND HONOURS PAPER.
Candidates should write equations, where possible, as well as verbal descriptions of Chemical reactions.
1. How may the atomic weight of an element be determined, and what data are required { ?
ws)
DECEMBER, 1906. 145
. Describe the preparation, chemical properties, and
industrial and chemical uses of hydrogen peroxide and one of its metallic derivatives.
. Describe one process of manufacturing soap, indica-
ting the chief chemical reactions which occur. To what causes may the “ hardness ” of a water be due and what methods of overcoming the difficulty of obtaining a “lather” are available ?
. Shew how the physical properties of the halogens
and the formation and stability of their hydrides illustrate the gradual transition of properties with increase of atomic weight.
. What is meant by a reversible action? Discuss
the precipitation of cadmium and zinc sulphides in acid and neutral solutions.
PHYSICS. The Board of Examiners.
. Describe the construction, and give the mathe-
matical theory of the constant volume air ther- mometer.
Explain fully how you would use it to deter- mine the errors of a mercurial thermometer.
. Give a full account of Regnault’s investigation of
the relation between the boiling point of water and the external pressure. hat was the general character of his results P
ae
146 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
3. Describe the construction of the Dip Circle, and give a full account of the mode of using it, pointing out the purposes served by the dif- ferent experiments, and explaining how they achieve them.
4. Describe, in full detail, the construction of an astatic mirror gal vanometer.
A galvanometer with a 100 ohm shunt across its terminals, joined up in circuit with a 2,000 ohm coil and a battery of negligible resistance, gave a certain deflection; on removing the shunt and inserting an additional resistance of 20,000 ohms in the circuit the same deflection was obtained. Find the resistance of the galvano- meter.
5. Describe the construction of the copper voltameter and the experiments which must be made with it in order to measure the electro-chemical equivalent of copper, giving all necessary cal- culations.
6. Explain the terms Longitudinal Vibration, Wave Motion, Wave Length.
Draw to seale a diagram representing one complete wave length of a simple harmonic wave.
7. An object is placed on the axis of a concave mirror at a distance of 20 centimetres; the real image formed is half the size of the object. Find the radius of the mirror.
8. Describe and explain a method of determining the velocity of sound by experiments carried out in an ordinary-sized room.
1.
to
3.
4.
6.
DECEMBER, 1906. 147
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. The Board of Directors.
FIVE Questions only to be attempted.
What are the essential histological features of epithelial tissue? Enumerate the organs in which this tissue is found.
. What differences are to be found between blood
entering anc blood leaving each of the following organs :—Lung, kidney, liver, bowel ?
What evidence is there that accommodation is effected by changes in the lens? Describe these changes, and state how you think they are brought about.
What factors are concerned in the coagulation of blood? By what means may coagulation be prevented ?
What are the functions, origin, and composition of lymph, and how may variations in its amount be produced ?
What are the essential structural differences be- tween the brain of a frog and a mammal ?
148
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
MECHANICS. The Board of Examiners.
1. State and prove the polygon law of composition
of relative velocities and accelerations.
A railway carriage is travelling at 60 km./br. on a straight track. A small heavy body is thrown out horizontally with a velocity rela- tive to the carriage of 10 m./sec. at right angles to its length. Neglecting the resistance of the air, find where the body reaches the level ground 3 m. below the point of projection.
2. State Newton’s laws of motion, and explain care
fully the reason for the statement that the tension of a cord by which a mass of m gms. ia sus- pended is about 980 m dynes.
A .rough mass can slide along the upper horizontal surface of a straight bar which has a simple harmonic oscillation of 1 sec. period and 10 cm. amplitude in the direction of its length. The mass is placed on the bar when the latter is instantaneously at rest at one end of its range. Taking a coefficient of friction 1/6, sketch the velocity-time graphs of the bar and the mass and shew how to find the motion of the latter completely.
3. Find the range of an unresisted projectile on an
inclined plane through the point of projection.
Projectiles are pene with a maximum velocity of 60 ft./sec., from a point O on a horizontal plane, at a boy who shelters himself
DECEMBER, 1906. 149
behind a wall 10 feet high at a horizontal dis- tance of 60 feet from O. Shew that of the projectiles which get over the wall, those get nearest the boy which are discharged with the highest elevation, and find the safe distance from the wall 5 feet above the ground.
4. Find the acceleration of a particle moving with a speed of v cm./sec. in a circle of radius 7 cm: and find in gms. wt. the force per gm. required to maintain the motion. —
A mass P on a smooth horizontal plane is attached to a fixed point A in the plane by an inextensible cord of length 7 and moves with velocity vin its circular path. A point B of the cord, distant a from A is suddenly seized and held fixed and then the string is allowed to run out from B until P is again describing a circle of radius r. Find the new velocity of P.
5. A mass of &M lbs. is moving with a velocity of V ft./sec. and is brought to rest by a constant resistance in 7’ secs. Find the work done by the resistance in ft. lbs. and its initial rate of work in H.P.
If the same mass is brought to rest by a buffer spring which gives a thrust of P lbs. wt. per foot of compression, find the greatest com- pression of the spring and the time in which the mass is brought to rest.
6. Shew that the work in ft. lbs. of a constant couple on a rigid body is equal to the product of its moment in ft. lbs. and the angle turned through by the body in radians.
150
SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
A fiy-wheel makes each revolution in a second, and has a mean kinetic energy of 20 ft. ton. The wheel is driven by a con- stant force acting on a pin A fixed in it ata distance of 2 ft. from its centre C. This force is always parallel to a fixed direction but changes its sense so as tobe always driving. The re- sistance on the wheel is a constant couple of moment 4 ft. ton. Find the magnitude of the driving force, andthe H.P.
Shew that the fractional variation of the angular velocity is about -008.
[Take 6 = -881 rad. for the smallest positive root of cos @ = 2/7. |
?. AOB is a straight horizontal lever, O the fulcrum,
OA=a,0B=b. C, Dare fixed pulleys at equal distances h above and below O respectively. A cord attached to the lever at A runs in turn around the pulleys C, Dand a third pulley fixed to the lever at B. The driving force is a vertical pull on the cord hanging from B. The resis- tance is a vertical force at A. Find the mechanical advantage of the lever.
8. ABCD is a plane quadrilateral area, CM, DN
are perpendiculars from C, D to AB. CM — 1, DN=2,AM = 4, AN = 3, AB= 6. Find the distance of the centroid G of the quadrilateral from A and the X GAB.
9. Shew that if a body is in equilibrium under three
forces in one plane, they are either all parallel or they meet ata point. State the further con- ditions of equilibrium.
10.
DECEMBER, 1906. 151
The points A, B of a body and its centroid are in a vertical plane perpendicular toa wall. A wheel in the same plane is pivoted in the body with its centre at A. The body is in rough contact at
’ B with a horizontal floor BO and the wheel is
in contact at C with the wall OC. M is the foot of the perpendicular from the centroid G of the body and wheel to AB and AM = a, BU = b, GM =c,x ABO= 60. Find the re- actions at the two points of support B, C’ in terms of the total weight W.
Two light bars AO, BO in a vertical plane are jointed to fixed points at A,B and are also jointed together at O. A weight W is carried by AO at a point C. Sketch the figures for the graphical determination of the reactions at the joints. Shew that the reaction at O is
AC sin 0
AO sin o’ where 0, @ are the inclinations of AO to the vertical and OD respectively, and find an ex- pression for the reaction at A.
ALGEBRA. The Board of Examiners.
1. Enunciate and prove the remainder theorem.
Resolve
A? + B?+ C? —~2BC — VA — 2AB into factors, having given that. A = a3(b—c)?, B = B(c—a)*, C= 8 (a — B)?.
152 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
2. Find the conditions that, for real values of x, a fraction whose numerator and denominator are given quadratic functions of z may be capable of al! real values.
If A, B, C are positive, and a, b, ¢ are real, the equation A B C
zg—a «£—b x—e cannot have equal roots unless a = 6 = ¢.
3. State and prove the relations between the roots and coefficients of a rational integral equation. If a, b,c are the rootsof 2? — px? + gx —r = 0, shew that (a — 56)? (a ~ ce)? + (6 —c)? (b — a)? + (¢ — a)? (c— 5)? = (p? — 3g).
4. Shew that the elimination of y from two equations of the second order in x and y leads in general to an equation of the fourth order in av, and explain how the values of y are to be found when those of 2 have been found.
Solve
(x — a) (y—a@) + (@—d) (y — 5) = 0. ae _¥ =], atv b+1y
5. Define a determinant of the third order, and shew from the definition that the determinant changes sign if two rows are interchanged.
Eliminate x, y, z from (b—c)za+(e—a)y+ (a—b)z=0. (6+c)an+ (c+ a)yt(atd)z=0.
etytz=0.
DECEMBER, 1906. 153
6. Express a proper fraction whose denominator is the product of different simple factors as a sum of partial fractions.
If there are x letters a, b, c, &c., and & is a positive integer less than x — 1, shew that ak 0 2G=1) G@= G0... 7 ; Find the value of the first member when / has the values n — 1, n.
7. Find, without using the permutation formula, the . number of combinations of n different things r at a time.
If there are m sorts of things and of each sort, find the number of ways in which a selection of one or more things can be made from them.
8. Define a convergent series, and shew that a series is convergent if from and after some fixed term the ratio of each term to the preceding is numerically less than some quantity which is itself numerically less than unity.
Shew that the series L397 + 227? + 347% 4+ rng + nn?” +...
is convergent if @ is numerically less than unity, and find the term at which the series begins to converge if « = ‘999,
9. State the principal steps in the proof of the bi- nomial theorem for a fractional or negative exponent.
154 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
If a, 6 are two numbers whose difference is small compared with one of them, shew that, neglecting cubes of small quantities, the n” root
of afd is (n+ 1l)a+(n—1)) (n+1)b+(n—1)a-
10. Define a logarithm, and find the relation between the logarithms of the same number to different bases.
Eliminate x, y, z from loe,, =a, log,, y = 6, log, z=.
GEOMETRY. The Board of Examiners.
1. Define the radical axis of two circles, and show that if there be three circles, their three radical axes—taking the circles in pairs—are con- current.
Two points are taken on each side of a triangle—D, and D, on BC, #, and £, on CA, F, and Fion A B—such that 2, LFF, FF, D,D,;, D,D,E,E, are three sets of concyclic points. Prove that all six points lie on the same circle.
2. POQ is any chord of a circle, and RS is the polar of O. If OS be parallel to QZ, then PR will bisect OS.
3. The rectangle contained by the diaSonals of a quadrilateral is less than the sum of the rectangles contained by its opposite sides unless it be a cyclic quadrilateral.
DECEMBER, 1906. 156
AB, CD are the diagonals of a cyclic quadri- lateral, and H, Fare their middle points. IfCD bisects the angle AFB, then will AB bisect the angle CED.
. Of three plane angles which form a trihedral angle any two are torether greater than the third.
. Define a parallelopiped. Prove that its four diagonals are concurrent, and that they are all bisected at their common intersection.
Show also that the sum of the squares on its four diagonals is equal to the sum of the squares on its twelve edges.
. If two small circles on a sphere have equal radii their planes are equidistant from the centre uf the sphere.
. Prove by pure geometry that the tangents drawn from any point to a parabola subtend equal angles at the focus, and have equal projections on the directrix. . Find the condition that the straight lines az + by +c= 0, az + by +c —0, may be at right angles. Prove that the straight line which passes through the intersection of x cos (a+) + ysin (a + 3) = c(cosP + sin f), x cos (a—3) + ysin (a ~ 8) = c (cos — sin), and is perpendicular to xcosy + ysiny = p, has for equation —rsiny+y cos y =c {sin (a—y) + cos (a—y)}.
156 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
9. Investigate the equation to the rr Sia to the circle z? + y? = c? at the point (, 2). Prove that y= x tan 0 + ¢ sec 9 touches this circle for all values of 0 ; and find in terms of 6 the co-ordinates of the point of contact.
10. Find the co-ordinates of the points P,Q, wherein the straight line (m + n) y—2x2=2amn cuts the parabola y? = daz.
If PQ cut the axis in a fixed point whose abscissa is c, prove that the normals at P and Q meet on a fixed parabola whose latus rectum is 2
a 3 11. In the ellipse am + a = 1, prove that the locus a
of the middle points of chords parallel to the line y = ma, is the line ma*y + ba = 0.
Shew also that if chords through any point on the ellipse be drawn parallel to these two lines they will cut the ellipse again at the extremities of a diameter.
TRIGONOMETRY. The Board of Examiners,
1. Solve the equations (a) 8 cos 26 + tan 76 = 7, (6) tan 6 + tang = 2. _ 2vat ,
tan 260 + tan 29 = re
DECEMBER, 1906. 157
. Prove that sin = / a(t Sie ee ted /1 + tan’a
Shew that the ambiguous signs are both positive if a lies between (8 m + 1) 3 and (8m +3) ae
and find the limits for a when the signs are both negative.
. Ifsina + sin B = a,
andcosa + cos 6 = 8,
find the value of tana + tan (3.
. If 6,, 6., 6;, are different solutions of
tan (0 + a) + tan (0 + ) + tan (0 + y) = 0, no two of which differ by a multiple of two right angles, prove that
6+ +6 +at+ B+ y =a.
. A pole on a horizontal plane is of length /, and leans to the south at an angle 6 with the horizontal. The sun is at an elevation 0, and the vertical plane containing the sun makes an angle a with the meridian. Find the length and direction of the shadow.
. Shew that in general the change in the cotangent of an angle is proportional to the change in the angle itself. for what values of the angle does this cease to be true ?
The area of a triangle is determined from measurements of the three sides. If there are small errors x, y,2, in these, prove that the error in the area is 4 (ax cot A + by cot B + cz cot C).
. Prove that (cos 6 + 2 sin 0)*= cos 28 + 7 sin n@ for real values of 7.
158 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.
Deduce the value of cos 96 in terms of cos 6. x x 8. Prove that tan “x = L— 3 + 5 seeeee if l>z>—l. Hence deduce a useful series for calculating z.
9. Find the sum to ” terms of sin2a + sin? (a + B) + sin? (a + 28) + «+. and to infinity (when convergent) of
a
x3 x sin 6 +13 sin 30 + s, sin BO wc c eee
70. Explain carefully what is meant by a spherical triangle and its polar triangle, and state the relations between the sides and angles of the triangle and its polar.
Prove that in any spherical triangle cos a = cos bcose + sinb sinc cos A.
BOTANY. The Board of Examiners.
Zllustrate your answers by figures wherever possible.)
1. Explain fully the influence of the following factors upon the distribution of plants:—(a@) calcium, (6) common salt, (c) ants, (d) wind.
2. Describe the structure of the ovule of a typical Dicotyledon, and trace its development after pollination until the cotyledons of the embryo are formed.
3. Give an account of the structure, reproduction, and life history of a typical member of the Uredinee.
DECEMBER, 1906. 159
4. Give an account of the chief forms of tactic re- sponse shewn by freely motile plant organisms, giving instances of each.
5. Write a brief synopsis of the Natural Order Ranunculacew, mentioning six genera included in it, and giving the floral diagram of two dissimilar flowers belonging to the order.
DRAWING. 5. Drawina Piant Forms From Narvure. The Board of Examiners. Time allowed : One hour.
For this examination select a branch of Pittos- porum bearing ten or twelve leaves.
Arrange the branch in front of, but without pressing at against, a plain white background, and with the light on the Candidate’s left.
Before the examination’ begins, the following In- structions must be read to the Candidates :—
1. You are to make a drawing in outline of the branch in front of you and to the scale or nature.
2. Your drawing may be executed in lead pencil, in pen and ink, or with the brush and water colour, as you choose.
8. One hour is allowed for your work.
J. Kemp, Acting Government Printer, Melbourne
‘Ee Yr — wy Ld on. Tee
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
This book js under no circumstance
taken from the